FARNSWORTH BANCORP INC
SB-2, 1998-06-12
Previous: MUNIHOLDINGS NEW YORK INSURED FUND II /NEW/, N-2, 1998-06-12
Next: AVIATION GENERAL INC, S-4, 1998-06-12





      As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 12, 1998

                                                    Registration No. 333-_______

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM SB-2
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                        UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                            Farnsworth Bancorp, Inc.
                 ----------------------------------------------
                 (Name of Small Business Issuer in Its Charter)

             New Jersey                          6035            (Requested)
- ---------------------------------         -----------------  -------------------
   (State or Other Jurisdiction           (Primary SIC No.)   (I.R.S. Employer
of Incorporation or Organization)                            Identification No.)

               789 Farnsworth Avenue, Bordentown, New Jersey 08505
                                 (609) 298-0723
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        (Address and Telephone Number of Principal Executive Offices and
                          Principal Place of Business)

                              Mr. Gary N. Pelehaty
                      President and Chief Executive Officer
                            Farnsworth Bancorp, Inc.
               789 Farnsworth Avenue, Bordentown, New Jersey 08505
                                 (609) 298-0723
            ---------------------------------------------------------
            (Name, Address and Telephone Number of Agent for Service)

                  Please send copies of all communications to:
                               John J. Spidi, Esq.
                              Jean A. Milner, Esq.
                      MALIZIA, SPIDI, SLOANE & FISCH, P.C.
           1301 K Street, N.W., Suite 700 East, Washington, D.C. 20005

        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
  As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

         If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and
list the Securities Act registration  statement number of the earlier  effective
registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

         If this  form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed  pursuant  to Rule
462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities
Act  registration   statement  number  of  the  earlier  effective  registration
statement for the same offering. [  ]

         If this  form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed  pursuant  to Rule
462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities
Act  registration   statement  number  of  the  earlier  effective  registration
statement for the same offering. [  ]

         If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant  to  Rule
434, check the following box. [ ]

                         CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Title of Each                                         Proposed Maximum                 Proposed
Class of Securities                Amount to              Offering Price              Maximum Aggregate            Amount of
  To Be Registered               be Registered               Per Unit                 Offering Price(1)        Registration Fee
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                <C>                       <C>                        <C>                      <C>
Common Stock,
$.10 Par Value                      548,838                   $10.00                     $5,488,380                $1,619.07
Interest of participants in the
Profit Sharing Plan                10,645(3)                  $10.00                     $  106,457                $   --(2)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)      Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee.
(2)      Includes  10,645  shares  that  may be acquired by the Peoples  Savings
         Bank Employees' Savings and Profit Sharing Plan ("Profit Sharing Plan")
         of the  registrant,  based upon the  assumption  that the assets of the
         Profit Sharing Plan are used to purchase  such  shares.  The 10,645  of
         participations  to be registered  are based on the assets of the Profit
         Sharing Plan.  Pursuant to Rule  475(h)(2)  under the Securities Act of
         1933,  no  additional  fee is required with respect to the interests of
         participants of the Profit Sharing Plan.
(3)      These shares are included in the 548,838 shares being registered.
<PAGE>
PROSPECTUS
Up to 548,838 Shares of Common Stock
(Anticipated Maximum, as adjusted)

                                                        FARNSWORTH BANCORP, INC.
[LOGO]                       (Proposed Holding Company for Peoples Savings Bank)
                                                           789 Farnsworth Avenue
                                                    Bordentown, New Jersey 08505

================================================================================

         Peoples Savings Bank is converting from the mutual to the stock form of
organization.  As part of the  conversion,  Peoples  Savings  Bank will become a
wholly owned subsidiary of Farnsworth Bancorp, Inc. Farnsworth Bancorp, Inc. was
formed in May 1998 and, upon consummation of the conversion, will own all of the
shares of Peoples Savings Bank. The common stock of Farnsworth Bancorp,  Inc. is
being  offered for sale to the public in accordance  with a plan of  conversion.
The plan of conversion must be approved by the Office of Thrift  Supervision and
by a majority  of the votes  eligible  to be cast by members of Peoples  Savings
Bank.  No common  stock will be sold if Peoples  Savings  Bank does not  receive
these  approvals or if Farnsworth  Bancorp,  Inc. does not receive orders for at
least the minimum number of shares.

================================================================================

                                TERMS OF OFFERING

         An  independent  appraiser  has  estimated  the  market  value  of  the
converted  Peoples  Savings Bank to be between  $3,527,500 and $4,772,500  which
establishes  the  number of shares to be  offered.  Subject  to Office of Thrift
Supervision  approval, up to 548,838 shares, an additional 15% above the maximum
number of shares,  may be offered.  Based on these estimates,  we are making the
following offering of shares of common stock:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>      <C>                                                  <C>               <C>             <C>
o        Price Per Share:                                     $10.00

o        Number of Shares
         Minimum/Maximum/Maximum, as adjusted:                352,750           to 477,250       to  548,838

o        Underwriting Commissions and Other Expenses
         Minimum/Maximum/Maximum, as adjusted:                $330,000          $330,000         $330,000

o        Net Proceeds to Farnsworth Bancorp, Inc.
         Minimum/Maximum/Maximum, as adjusted:                $3,197,500        to $4,442,500    to  $5,158,380

o        Net Proceeds per Share
         Minimum/Maximum/Maximum, as adjusted:                $9.07             to $9.31         to  $9.40
</TABLE>

Please refer to "Risk Factors" beginning on page 9 of this document.

These  securities are not deposits or accounts and are not insured or guaranteed
by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency.

Neither  the   Securities  and  Exchange   Commission,   the  Office  of  Thrift
Supervision,  nor any state  securities  regulator  has approved or  disapproved
these  securities or determined if this prospectus is accurate or complete.  Any
representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

     For information on how to subscribe, call the Stock Information Center
                              at (609) _____-_____

                        ---------------------------------

                                Ryan, Beck & Co.
                The Date of this Prospectus is August ____, 1998


<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------












                                 [MAP GOES HERE]










- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------






                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                           Page
                                                                           ----

Questions and Answers About the Stock Offering...............................1
Summary......................................................................3
Selected Financial and Other Data............................................6
Risk Factors.................................................................9
Proposed Purchases by Directors and Officers................................12
Use of Proceeds.............................................................12
Dividends...................................................................13
Market for the Common Stock.................................................14
Capitalization..............................................................15
Pro Forma Data..............................................................16
Historical and Pro Forma Capital Compliance.................................22
The Conversion..............................................................23
Statements of Income........................................................35
Management's Discussion and Analysis .......................................36
Business of Farnsworth Bancorp, Inc.........................................46
Business of Peoples Savings Bank............................................46
Regulation..................................................................61
Taxation....................................................................67
Management of Farnsworth Bancorp, Inc.......................................68
Management of Peoples Savings Bank..........................................68
Restrictions on Acquisition of Farnsworth Bancorp, Inc......................74
Description of Capital Stock................................................77
Legal and Tax Matters.......................................................79
Experts.....................................................................79
Registration Requirements...................................................79
Where You Can Find Additional Information...................................79
Index to Financial Statements...............................................81


         This document contains  forward-looking  statements which involve risks
and  uncertainties.   Farnsworth  Bancorp,  Inc.'s  actual  results  may  differ
significantly  from the results  discussed  in the  forward-looking  statements.
Factors  that might  cause such a  difference  include,  but are not limited to,
those discussed in "Risk Factors" beginning on page 9 of this document.



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                 QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT THE STOCK OFFERING

Q:       What is the purpose of the offering?

A:       The  purpose  of the  offering  is to  raise  capital  and  change  our
         corporate  form of  organization.  The offering gives you the chance to
         become a stockholder  of our newly formed holding  company,  Farnsworth
         Bancorp,  Inc.  Stockholders  will share  indirectly in our future as a
         federal  stock  savings  bank.  The stock  offering  will  increase our
         capital  and  funds  for  lending  and  investment  activities  and for
         expanding  our  operations.  As a stock savings  institution  operating
         through a holding company structure,  we will have greater  flexibility
         for investments.

Q:       How do I purchase the stock?

A:       You must complete and return the stock order form to us (no copies will
         be accepted) together with your full payment,  on or before 12:00 noon,
         Eastern  time,  __________,  __________,  1998.  If we do  not  receive
         sufficient  orders by that time,  the  offering  may be extended  until
         ________ ____, 1998.

Q:       How much stock may I purchase?

A:       The minimum purchase is 25 shares or $250. The maximum purchase for any
         person or persons ordering through a single account, or for any person,
         associate  or group of persons  acting in  concert  is 6,000  shares or
         $60,000 of stock sold in the  conversion.  We may  decrease or increase
         the maximum  purchase  limitation  without  notifying you. In the event
         that the offering is oversubscribed, there will not be enough shares to
         fill all orders.

Q:       What happens if there are not enough shares to fill all orders?

A:       You might not receive any or all of the shares  you  want  to purchase.
         If there is an oversubscription in the subscription offering, the stock
         will be allocated in the following priorities:

         o        Priority 1 - Persons who had a  deposit  account  of  at least
                  $50.00 with us on December 31, 1996.

         o        Priority 2 - Tax Qualified  Employee Plans (the employee stock
                  ownership plan of Peoples Savings Bank).

         o        Priority 3 - Persons  who  had  a  deposit account of at least
                  $50.00 with us on June 30, 1998.

         o        Priority 4 - Other persons entitled to vote on the approval of
                  the plan of conversion.

If the above  persons do not  subscribe  for all of the  shares,  the  remaining
shares  may be  offered,  with  the  help of Ryan,  Beck & Co.,  in a  community
offering  or a  syndicated  community  offering.  In the  event  of a  community
offering,  we will give a preference to natural persons who reside in Burlington
County,  New Jersey.  In a  syndicated  community  offering,  we would offer any
remaining  shares to the  general  public  through a selling  group of  selected
brokers/dealers  organized  by Ryan,  Beck & Co. We have the right to reject any
stock order in the community or syndicated community offerings.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                        1

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------





Q:       What particular factors should I consider when deciding whether to  buy
         the stock?

A:       Since the common  stock is  expected  to be listed on the  OTC-Bulletin
         Board,  an active and liquid  market for the stock may not develop and,
         even if developed,  may not be  maintained.  This may make it difficult
         for you to resell the shares you purchase.  Also,  before you decide to
         purchase stock,  you should read this  prospectus,  including the "Risk
         Factors" section on pages ____-____.

Q:       As a depositor or borrower member of Peoples  Savings  Bank, what  will
         happen if I do not purchase any stock?

A:       You  presently  have  voting  rights  since we are in the mutual  form;
         however,  once we  convert,  voting  rights  will  be held  only by the
         stockholders.  You are not  required to purchase  stock.  Your  deposit
         accounts,  certificate accounts and any loans you may have with us will
         not be affected by the conversion.

Q:       Who can help answer any other questions I  may  have  about  the  stock
         offering?

A:       If you have any questions you should contact:

                            Stock Information Center
                            Farnsworth Bancorp, Inc.
                              789 Farnsworth Avenue
                          Bordentown, New Jersey 08505
                               (609) ______-______



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                        2

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                     SUMMARY

         This summary highlights selected information from this document and may
not contain all the  information  that is  important to you. To  understand  the
stock offering fully, you should read this entire document carefully,  including
the financial  statements  and the notes to the financial  statements of Peoples
Savings  Bank.  References in this  document to "we",  "us",  and "our" refer to
Peoples  Savings  Bank either in its  present  form or as a stock  savings  bank
following the conversion. In certain instances where appropriate, "we", "us", or
"our" refers collectively to Farnsworth Bancorp,  Inc. and Peoples Savings Bank.
References in this document to the "Company" refer to Farnsworth Bancorp, Inc.

The Companies
                            Farnsworth Bancorp, Inc.
                              789 Farnsworth Avenue
                          Bordentown, New Jersey 08505
                                 (609) 298-0723

        Farnsworth Bancorp, Inc. is not an operating company and has not
engaged in any significant  business to date. It was formed in May 1998 as a New
Jersey-chartered corporation to be the holding company for Peoples Savings Bank.
The holding  company  structure  will provide  greater  flexibility  in terms of
operations, expansion and diversification. See page __________.

                              Peoples Savings Bank
                              789 Farnsworth Avenue
                          Bordentown, New Jersey 08505
                                 (609) 298-0723

         Peoples Savings Bank was originally chartered in 1880 as The Bordentown
Building and Loan Association.  In 1965 we merged with Peoples Building and Loan
Association  and became  Bordentown  Peoples  Savings and Loan  Association.  We
acquired Florence Township Savings and Loan Association and Beverly Building and
Loan  Association  in 1985  and  1989,  respectively.  The  Beverly  branch  was
subsequently  closed in 1994.  In 1995,  we changed our name to Peoples  Savings
Bank, SLA. In 1996 we converted from a state-chartered  mutual savings bank to a
federally-chartered  mutual savings bank, and  concurrently  changed our name to
Peoples Savings Bank.

         We are a community and  customer-oriented  federal  mutual savings bank
with two branch  offices  located in  Burlington  County.  We provide  financial
services to individuals,  families and small businesses.  Historically,  we have
emphasized   residential  mortgage  lending,   primarily   originating  one-  to
four-family  mortgage  loans.  At March 31,  1998,  we had total assets of $38.7
million,  deposits of $36.1 million, and retained earnings of $ 2.3 million. See
pages ________ to ________.

The Stock Offering

         We are offering  between  352,750 and 477,250 shares of common stock at
$10.00 per share. We may increase the offering to 548,838 shares without further
notice  to you.  We would  do this for two  reasons:  changes  in our  financial
condition or market conditions that occur before we complete the conversion;  or
to fill the order from our employee  stock  ownership  plan.  Any increase  over
548,838  shares would  require the approval of the Office of Thrift  Supervision
(the "OTS"). If we do increase the size of the offering within these limits, you
may not change or cancel any stock order previously delivered to us.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                        3

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Stock Purchases

         The shares of common stock will be offered on the basis of  priorities.
If you are a depositor or borrower member, you will receive  subscription rights
to  purchase  the  shares.  The  shares  will be offered  first to persons  with
subscription rights in a subscription  offering, and any remaining shares may be
offered in a community  offering  and/or a syndicated  community  offering.  See
pages ________ to __________.

Subscription Rights

         You may not sell or assign your  subscription  rights.  Any transfer of
subscription  rights is illegal and will result in a loss of subscription rights
and possibly other sanctions.

The Offering Range and Determination of the Price Per Share

         The  offering  range  is  based  on an  independent  appraisal  of  the
estimated  market value of the common stock by FinPro,  Inc., an appraisal  firm
experienced in appraisals of savings  institutions.  FinPro,  Inc. has estimated
that in its opinion as of June 12, 1998,  the estimated  valuation  range of the
common  stock  was  between  $3,527,500  and  $4,772,500  (with  a  midpoint  of
$4,150,000). The estimated valuation range of the shares is our estimated market
value after giving effect to the sale of shares in this offering.

         The  appraisal  was  based  both  upon  our  financial   condition  and
operations and upon the effect of the  additional  capital we will raise in this
offering.  The $10.00 price per share was  determined by our board of directors.
It is the price most commonly used in stock offerings  involving  conversions of
mutual savings institutions. The independent appraisal will be updated before we
complete the  conversion.  If the estimated  market value of the common stock is
either below $3,527,500 or above $5,488,380,  you will be notified and will have
the  opportunity  to  modify  or  cancel  your  order.  See  pages  ________  to
__________.

Termination of the Offering

         The subscription  offering will terminate at 12:00 noon,  Eastern Time,
on ________ ____, 1998. Any community offering or syndicated  community offering
may terminate at any time without notice, but no later than ________ ____, 1998,
without approval by the OTS.

Benefits to Management from the Offering

         Our  employees  will  participate  in the offering  through  individual
purchases and through  purchases of stock by our employee stock  ownership plan,
which is a type of  retirement  plan.  We also intend to  implement a restricted
stock plan and a stock option plan,  which may benefit the  President  and other
officers and directors.  If we adopt the restricted stock plan, our officers and
directors will be awarded stock at no cost to them.  The  restricted  stock plan
and stock  option  plan may not be adopted  until after the  conversion  and are
subject to stockholder approval and compliance with OTS regulations.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                        4

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Use of the Proceeds Raised from the Sale of Common Stock

         Approximately  75% of the net  proceeds the Company  receives  from the
sale of its common  stock  will be  contributed  to the Bank as payment  for our
stock. Part of the Company's remaining funds will be loaned to the bank employee
stock  ownership  plan to fund  its  purchase  of 8% of the  shares  sold in the
conversion.   Remaining   proceeds  will   initially  be  placed  in  short-term
investments.  These  funds may later be used for  stock  repurchases  or for the
payment of dividends.

         The funds the Bank  receives  from the sale of our stock to the Company
will increase our capital for future lending and investment. In the near future,
we also plan to expand our operations by  establishing  a new branch  office.  A
portion of the funds we receive may be used for the  purchase of up to 4% of the
shares offered in the conversion for the restricted stock plan which is expected
to be adopted following the conversion. See page __________.

Dividends

         Farnsworth Bancorp, Inc. does not initially expect  to  pay  dividends.
We may, however, at a later time establish a dividend policy.  See page _______.

Market for the Common Stock

         It is expected that our common stock will be quoted on the OTC-Bulletin
Board.  An active and liquid  trading  market,  however,  may not  develop or be
maintained.  Investors  should  have  a  long-term  investment  intent.  Persons
purchasing  shares may not be able to sell their shares when they desire or sell
them at a price equal to or above $10.00. Ryan, Beck & Co. is expected to make a
market in the common stock.  Ryan, Beck & Co. will,  however,  not be subject to
any obligation with respect to such efforts. See page __________.


Important Risks in Owning Farnsworth Bancorp, Inc.'s Common Stock

         Before you decide to purchase  stock in the  offering,  you should read
the "Risk Factors" section on pages ____ -____ of this document.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                        5

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                        SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

         We are providing  the following  summary  financial  information.  This
information is derived from our 1997 and 1996 audited financial  statements,  as
well as our unaudited  period at and for the six months ended March 31, 1998 and
1997, as shown. The unaudited  financial  information at March 31, 1998, and for
the six  months  ended  March  31,  1998  and  1997,  reflects  all  adjustments
(consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) which are considered necessary
to present  fairly the financial  information  for such  periods.  The following
information  is only a summary  and you should read it in  conjunction  with our
financial statements and notes thereto beginning on page F-1. The operating data
for the six month periods ended March 31, 1998 is not necessarily  indicative of
the results to be expected for the full year.


Selected Financial Data
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             At March 31,             At September 30,
                                                                             ------------      ------------------------------
                                                                                 1998            1997               1996
                                                                               -------          -------            -------
                                                                                        (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                                            <C>              <C>                <C>
Total amount of:
  Assets........................................................               $38,685          $37,619            $34,362
  Loans receivable, net.........................................                28,280           26,409             23,261
  Mortgage-backed securities....................................                 2,540            3,016              2,781
  Investment securities, net....................................                 2,886            3,852              5,467
  Cash and cash equivalents.....................................                 2,925            2,365                483
  Deposits......................................................                36,088           35,197             29,570
  FHLB advances.................................................                    --               --              2,435
  Retained earnings (substantially restricted)..................                 2,225            2,088              1,879

Number of:
  Deposit accounts..............................................                 6,548            5,923              5,530
  Full service offices..........................................                     2                2                  2

</TABLE>


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                        6

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Summary of Operations

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         For the              For the
                                                                    Six Months Ended         Year Ended
                                                                        March 31,           September 30,
                                                                    ---------------       ------------------
                                                                      1998    1997          1997       1996
                                                                    ------   ------       -------   --------
                                                                                (In thousands)

<S>                                                                 <C>      <C>           <C>        <C>
Interest income..................................................   $1,333   $1,263        $2,635     $2,369
Interest expense.................................................      677      688         1,409      1,222
                                                                     -----    -----         -----      -----
Net interest income..............................................      656      575         1,226      1,147
Provision for loan losses........................................       59        4             8         13
                                                                    ------    -----         -----      -----
Net interest income after provisions for loan losses.............      597      571         1,218      1,134
Noninterest income...............................................      133       79           161        111
Noninterest expense(1)...........................................      578      566         1,106      1,287
                                                                     -----    -----         -----      -----
Income (loss) before income taxes................................      152       84           273       (42)
Income tax expense (benefit).....................................       38       22            81       (22)
                                                                     -----    -----         -----      ----
Net income (loss)................................................   $  114   $   62        $  192     $ (20)
                                                                     =====    =====         =====      ====
</TABLE>

- -----------------------
(1)      Includes a non-recurring expense of $192,000, or $121,000 net of taxes,
         for the year ended September 30, 1996 for a one-time deposit premium to
         recapitalize the SAIF. Excluding this non-recurring expense, net income
         would have been $101,000.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                        7

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Key Operating Ratios

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                               At or For the Six Months    At or For the Year Ended
                                                    Ended March 31,              September 30,
                                              -------------------------    -------------------------
                                                 1998(1)       1997(1)        1997            1996
                                              ----------     ---------     ---------       ---------
<S>                                           <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>
Performance Ratios:
Return on average assets (net income
  (loss) divided by average total assets)        0.60%          0.34%          0.51%         (0.05)%
Return on average equity (net income
   (loss) divided by average equity) ....       10.44           6.43           9.98          (1.02)
Average equity to average assets ........        5.78           5.29           5.29           5.80
Equity to assets ........................        5.75           5.09           5.55           5.47
Interest rate spread ....................        3.34           3.25           3.28           3.52
Net interest margin .....................        3.68           3.39           3.50           3.62
Average interest-earning assets to
  average interest-bearing liabilities ..      108.90         103.08         105.63         102.81
Net interest income after provision for
  loan losses, to total noninterest
  expenses ..............................      103.29         100.88         110.12          88.11

Asset Quality Ratios:
Nonperforming loans to total assets .....        0.69             --           0.53           0.03
Nonperforming assets to total assets ....        0.69           0.33           0.53           0.89
Nonperforming loans to total loans ......        0.94             --           0.75           0.04
Allowance for loan losses to total loans         0.44           0.25           0.25           0.25
Allowance for loan losses to
  nonperforming loans ...................       46.99            N/A(2)       33.16         644.44

</TABLE>

- ---------------------
(1)  Ratios are annualized where appropriate.
(2)  At March 31, 1997 there were no nonperforming loans. The allowance for loan
     losses was $62,000.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                        8

<PAGE>



                                  RISK FACTORS

         In  addition  to the other  information  in this  document,  you should
consider carefully the following risk factors in evaluating an investment in our
common stock.

Potential  Impact of Changes in  Interest  Rates and the Current  Interest  Rate
Environment

         Our  ability  to make a  profit  largely  depends  on our net  interest
income.  Net  interest  income  is the  difference  between  what we earn on our
interest-earning  assets (such as mortgage loans and investment  securities) and
what  we  pay  on  our  interest-bearing   liabilities  (such  as  deposits  and
borrowings).  Most of our  mortgage  loans have fixed rates of interest  and are
generally  originated with terms of up to 30 years,  while our deposit  accounts
have significantly  shorter terms to maturity. As a result, our interest-earning
assets have longer effective maturities than our  interest-bearing  liabilities,
which results in the yield on our  interest-earning  assets generally  adjusting
more slowly to changes in interest  rates than the cost of our  interest-bearing
liabilities.  Our net interest income,  therefore, will be adversely affected by
material and prolonged increases in interest rates. In addition, rising interest
rates may result in a lack of customer  demand for loans,  which would adversely
affect  our   earnings.   See   "Management's   Discussion   and   Analysis   --
Asset/Liability Management."

         Changes in interest rates can also affect the average life of loans and
mortgage-backed  securities.  Historically  a reduction  in  interest  rates has
resulted in increased  prepayments of loans and mortgage-backed  securities,  as
borrowers  refinanced  their  mortgages in order to reduce their borrowing cost.
Under these  circumstances,  we are subject to  reinvestment  risk to the extent
that we are not able to reinvest such  prepayments at rates which are comparable
to the rates on the prepaid loans or securities.

         Changes in interest  rates also can affect the value of our  investment
and mortgage-backed securities and our ability to realize gains from the sale of
those assets which are classified as available- for-sale.  Generally,  the value
of fixed-rate  instruments  fluctuates inversely with changes in interest rates.
Increases in interest rates usually result in decreases in the carrying value of
interest-earning assets which are classified as available-for-sale,  which would
adversely affect our results of operations if sold, or  stockholders'  equity if
retained  by the  Company  as a result  of  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting
Standards No. 115.

Decreased  Return on Average  Equity and Increased  Expenses  Immediately  After
Conversion

         As a result of the conversion,  our equity will increase substantially.
We anticipate that it will take time to prudently deploy the capital raised from
the offering.  Our expenses will increase  because of the costs  associated with
our employee stock ownership plan, restricted stock plan, and the costs of being
a public company.  We do not know if we will receive  sufficient other income to
offset  these  additional  costs.  Because  of the  increases  in our equity and
expenses,  our return on equity may decrease as compared to our  performance  in
previous years. A lower return on equity could limit the trading price potential
of the common stock. Moreover, we initially intend to invest the net proceeds in
short-term  investments  which  generally  have lower  yields  than  residential
mortgage loans. For 1997 our return on retained  earnings was 9.98%. See "Use of
Proceeds."



                                        9

<PAGE>



Lack of Active Market for Common Stock

         Due to the small size of the  offering,  it is unlikely  that an active
trading  market  will  develop or be  maintained.  If an active  market does not
develop, you may not be able to sell your shares promptly or at a price equal to
or above  the  price you paid for them.  It is  anticipated  that the  Company's
common  stock  will  be  traded  in the  over-the-counter  ("OTC")  market  with
quotations available through the OTC- Bulletin Board. See "Market for the Common
Stock."

Anti-Takeover  Provisions and Statutory Provisions That Could Discourage Hostile
Acquisitions of Control

         Provisions in the Company's  certificate of  incorporation  and bylaws,
the general  corporation code of New Jersey, and certain federal regulations may
make it  difficult  for someone to pursue a tender  offer,  change in control or
takeover  attempt  which is opposed by our  management  and board of  directors.
These  provisions  include:  restrictions  on the  acquisition  of the Company's
equity  securities and limitations on voting rights;  the  classification of the
terms of the members of the board of directors;  certain provisions  relating to
meetings of  stockholders;  denial of cumulative  voting to  stockholders in the
election of  directors;  the  ability to issue  preferred  stock and  additional
shares  of  common  stock  without  shareholder  approval;  and  super  majority
provisions  for the  approval  of certain  business  combinations.  As a result,
stockholders  who might desire to participate in such a transaction may not have
an  opportunity  to do so. Such  provisions  will also render the removal of the
current  board of directors or  management  of the Company  more  difficult.  In
addition,  the effect of these  provisions  could be to limit the trading  price
potential of our stock. See "Restrictions on Acquisition of Farnsworth  Bancorp,
Inc."

Possible Voting Control by Directors and Officers

         Our officers and directors intend to purchase approximately 9.8% of the
common stock offered in the  conversion  based on the sale of 415,000  shares at
the midpoint of the estimated valuation range. These purchases together with the
purchase  of  shares  by our  employee  stock  ownership  plan,  as  well as the
potential  acquisition  of  common  stock  through  the  stock  option  plan and
restricted  stock plan,  could make it  difficult  for a  stockholder  to obtain
majority  support for stockholder  proposals which are opposed by our management
and board of directors.  In addition, the voting of those shares could block the
approval of  transactions  (i.e.,  business  combinations  and amendments to our
articles of  incorporation  and  bylaws)  requiring  the  approval of 80% of the
stockholders  under the  Company's  articles  of  incorporation.  See  "Proposed
Purchases by Directors and  Officers,"  "Management  of Peoples  Savings Bank --
Executive  Compensation,"  "Description of Capital Stock," and  "Restrictions on
Acquisition of Farnsworth Bancorp, Inc."

Possible Dilutive Effect of Restricted Stock Plan and Stock Options

         Upon  completion  of the  conversion,  shareholders  will be  asked  to
approve the  restricted  stock plan and stock option plan. If approved,  we will
issue stock and options to purchase stock to our officers and directors  through
these plans.  If the shares for the restricted  stock plan and stock options are
issued from our  authorized  but unissued  stock,  your voting  interests may be
diluted by up to  approximately  12.3%.  See "Pro Forma  Data,"  "Management  of
Peoples Savings Bank -- Proposed Future Stock Benefit Plans," and "-- Restricted
Stock Plan."



                                       10

<PAGE>



Financial Institution Regulation and Future of the Thrift Industry

         We are subject to extensive regulation, supervision, and examination by
the OTS and the Federal Deposit Insurance  Corporation (the "FDIC").  Bills have
been  introduced  in Congress  that could  curtail the powers of unitary  thrift
holding companies.  Other legislation has been considered that would consolidate
the OTS with the Office of the  Comptroller of the Currency  ("OCC") and require
us to adopt a  commercial  bank  charter.  If we become a commercial  bank,  our
investment  authority  and the ability of the  Company to engage in  diversified
activities  may  be  limited,   which  could  adversely  affect  our  value  and
profitability. See "Regulation."

Restrictions on Repurchase of Shares

         Generally,  during the first year following the conversion, the Company
may not  repurchase  its  shares.  During  each of the  second  and third  years
following the conversion, the Company may repurchase up to 5% of its outstanding
shares.  During those periods,  even if we believe that  additional  repurchases
would be a prudent  use of funds,  we would not be able to do so  without  first
obtaining OTS approval.  There is no assurance that OTS approval would be given.
See "The Conversion -- Restrictions on Repurchase of Shares."

Possible Year 2000 Computer Problems

         A great deal of information has been disseminated  about the widespread
computer  problems that may arise in the year 2000.  Computer  programs that can
only distinguish the final two digits of the year entered (a common  programming
practice in earlier years) are expected to read entries for the year 2000 as the
year 1900 and compute payment,  interest or delinquency  based on the wrong date
or are expected to be unable to compute payment, interest or delinquency.  Rapid
and accurate data  processing  is essential to the  operation of the Bank.  Data
processing is also essential to most other financial institutions and many other
companies.

         All our material data processing that could be affected by this problem
is provided by a third party service bureau. The service bureau used by the Bank
has advised us that as of April 30, 1998,  their system is Year 2000  compliant.
Additional  testing of the system is  scheduled  for August  1998.  The  service
bureau has  advised  us that they will keep us  apprised  of the  results of the
testing. We are also in the process of upgrading our teller equipment to be Year
2000  compliant and we expect this upgrade to be completed by the fourth quarter
of 1998.  We do not believe that the costs of Year 2000  compliance  will have a
material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.  If
by the end of 1998 it appears that our primary data  processing  service  bureau
will be unable to resolve this problem in a timely  manner,  then we will seek a
secondary  data  processing  service  provider to complete  the task.  If we are
unable to do this,  we will  identify  those steps  necessary  to  minimize  the
negative  impact  the  computer  problems  could have on us. If we are unable to
resolve this potential  problem in time, we will likely  experience  significant
data processing delays, mistakes or failures. These delays, mistakes or failures
could have a significant  adverse impact on our financial  condition and results
of operations. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis -- Year 2000 Issues."


                                       11

<PAGE>



                  PROPOSED PURCHASES BY DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

         The  following  table sets forth the  approximate  purchases  of common
stock by each  director  and  executive  officer  and  their  associates  in the
conversion. Shares purchased by officers and directors in the conversion may not
be sold for at least one year.  The  table  assumes  that  415,000  shares  (the
midpoint of the estimated  valuation  range) of the common stock will be sold at
$10.00  per  share and that  sufficient  shares  will be  available  to  satisfy
subscriptions in all categories.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   Aggregate
                                                                 Total              Price of        Percent
                                                                Shares               Shares        of Shares
              Name                           Position        Purchased(1)         Purchased(1)      Sold(1)
- ---------------------------------   --------------------  ------------------   ---------------     ---------
<S>                                 <C>                       <C>                  <C>              <C>
George G. Aaronson, Jr.             Director                   6,000                $60,000          1.45%
Charles E. Adams                    Director                   6,000                 60,000          1.45
Herman Gutstein                     Chairman                   6,000                 60,000          1.45
G. Edward Koenig, Jr.               Director                   6,000                 60,000          1.45
Edgar N. Peppler                    Director                   6,000                 60,000          1.45
William H. Wainwright, Jr.          Director                   6,000                 60,000          1.45
Gary N. Pelehaty                    President, CEO and         4,000                 40,000          0.96
                                    Director
Charles Alessi                      Vice President, CFO,         800                  8,000          0.19
                                    Secretary and
                                    Treasurer

</TABLE>
- --------------------
(1) Does not include shares  purchased by the employee stock ownership plan (the
"ESOP").


                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

         The Company will contribute  approximately 75% of the net proceeds from
the offering to the Bank as payment for our stock. A portion of the net proceeds
to be retained by the Company  will be loaned to our  employee  stock  ownership
plan to fund its purchase of 8% of the shares sold in the  conversion.  See "Pro
Forma  Data." The  balance of the net  proceeds  retained  by the  Company  will
initially be placed in short-term investments. These remaining proceeds may also
serve as a source of funds for the payment of dividends to  stockholders  or for
the repurchase of the shares. See "Business of Farnsworth Bancorp, Inc."

         The  funds  contributed  to the  Bank by the  Company  will be used for
general corporate purposes including: (i) originating and purchasing loans, (ii)
investment in U.S. government and federal agency securities, or (iii) investment
in mortgage-backed  securities.  Initially, we intend to invest the net proceeds
in short- and medium-term investments such as mortgage-backed securities,  until
we can deploy the proceeds into higher yielding assets such as loans.  The funds
added to our capital will also strengthen our capital position.  We may also use
some  of our net  proceeds  to  fund  the  purchase  of 4% of the  shares  for a
restricted  stock plan (the "RSP") which is anticipated to be adopted  following
the conversion.  See "Pro Forma Data." In the near future, we plan to expand our
operations by establishing a new branch office.

         The net proceeds may vary because the total  expenses of the conversion
may be more or less than those estimated. We expect our estimated expenses to be
approximately  $330,000 even if the maximum of the estimated  valuation range is
increased  to up to  $5,488,380.  Our  estimated  net  proceeds  will range from
$3,198,000  to  $4,443,000  (or up to $5,158,000 in the event the maximum of the
estimated valuation range is increased to $5,488,380). See "Pro Forma Data." The
net proceeds will also vary if expenses

                                       12

<PAGE>



are  different  or if the  number of shares  to be issued in the  conversion  is
adjusted to reflect a change in our  estimated  valuation  range.  Payments  for
shares made through  withdrawals from existing deposit accounts with us will not
result in the  receipt of new funds for  investment  by us but will  result in a
reduction of our liabilities and interest  expense as funds are transferred from
interest-bearing certificates or accounts.

                                    DIVIDENDS

         Upon  conversion,  the  Company's  board  of  directors  will  have the
authority  to  declare  dividends  on  the  shares,  subject  to  statutory  and
regulatory requirements.  The Company, however, does not expect initially to pay
cash  dividends.  Any  declaration  of dividends by the board of directors  will
depend upon a number of factors,  including:  (i) the amount of the net proceeds
retained  by  the  Company  in the  conversion,  (ii)  investment  opportunities
available, (iii) capital requirements,  (iv) regulatory limitations, (v) results
of  operations  and  financial  condition,  (vi) tax  considerations,  and (vii)
general economic conditions.  Upon review of such considerations,  the board may
authorize  future  dividends  if  it  deems  such  payment  appropriate  and  in
compliance  with  applicable  law  and  regulation.  For a  period  of one  year
following  the  completion  of the  conversion,  we do  not  intend  to pay  any
extraordinary  dividends  that would be treated for tax  purposes as a return of
capital or take any actions to pursue or propose  such  dividends.  In addition,
there can be no assurance that regular or special dividends will be paid, or, if
paid,  will  continue  to  be  paid.  See  "Historical  and  Pro  Forma  Capital
Compliance",  "The  Conversion  --  Effects  of  Conversion  to  Stock  Form  on
Depositors  and Borrowers of Peoples  Savings Bank --  Liquidation  Account" and
"Regulation -- Dividend and Other Capital Distribution Limitations."

         The  Company  is not  subject  to OTS  regulatory  restrictions  on the
payment of dividends to its  stockholders  although the source of such dividends
will be  dependent  in part upon the  receipt of  dividends  from the Bank.  The
Company is  subject,  however,  to the  requirements  of New Jersey  law,  which
generally  requires that  dividends not be paid if it would cause the Company to
be unable to pay its debts as they become due in the usual course of business or
if, after paying the dividend, the Company's total assets would be less than its
total liabilities.

         In addition to the  foregoing,  the portion of our  earnings  which has
been  appropriated  for bad debt  reserves and  deducted for federal  income tax
purposes  cannot be used by us to pay cash dividends to the Company  without the
payment of federal income taxes by us at the then current income tax rate on the
amount deemed distributed,  which would include the amount of any federal income
taxes  attributable to the distribution.  See "Taxation -- Federal Taxation" and
Note 11 to our financial statements. We do not contemplate any distribution that
would result in a recapture of the bad debt reserve or otherwise  create federal
tax liabilities.


                                       13

<PAGE>



                           MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK

         As a newly organized corporation,  the Company has never issued capital
stock, and consequently  there is no established market for the common stock. It
is  expected   that  the   Company's   common   stock  will  be  traded  in  the
over-the-counter   ("OTC")  market  with   quotations   available   through  the
OTC-Bulletin  Board. Ryan, Beck & Co. is expected to make a market in the common
stock.  Making a market may include the  solicitation  of  potential  buyers and
sellers in order to match buy and sell orders.  Ryan, Beck & Co., however,  will
not be subject to any  obligation  with respect to such  efforts.  If the common
stock  cannot be traded  on the  OTC-Bulletin  Board,  it is  expected  that the
transactions  in the common  stock will be  reported  in the pink  sheets of the
National Quotation Bureau, Inc.

         The development of an active trading market depends on the existence of
willing  buyers and sellers.  Due to the small size of the  offering,  an active
trading market in our common stock may not develop or be  maintained.  You could
have  difficulty  disposing of your shares and so you should not view the shares
as a short-term  investment.  You may not be able to sell your shares at a price
equal to or above the price you paid for the shares.


                                       14

<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION

         The following  table  presents,  as of March 31, 1998,  our  historical
capitalization  and the consolidated  capitalization of the Company after giving
effect to the  conversion  and the other  assumptions  set forth below and under
"Pro  Forma  Data,"  based  upon the sale of  shares at the  minimum,  midpoint,
maximum,  and 15% above the maximum of the estimated valuation range (the "EVR")
at a price of $10.00 per share.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  Pro Forma Consolidated Capitalization
                                                                                        Based on the Sale of (2)(3)
                                                                       -------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Historical
                                                   Capitalization
                                                    at March 31,          352,750        415,000          477,250         548,838
                                                        1998              Shares         Shares           Shares          Shares
                                                   ----------------    ------------   -------------   --------------   ------------
                                                                                  (In thousands)
<S>                                                       <C>              <C>             <C>              <C>            <C>
Deposits(1) ..................................            $36,088          $36,088         $36,088          $36,088        $36,088
Stockholders' equity:
 Preferred stock, $.10 per share, 1,000,000
   shares authorized; none to be issued.......            $    --          $    --         $    --          $    --        $    --
 Common stock, $.10 par value, 5,000,000
   shares authorized; total shares to be
   issued as reflected........................                 --               35              42               48             55
Additional paid-in capital....................                 --            3,163           3,778            4,395          5,103
Retained earnings, substantially restricted...              2,143            2,143           2,143            2,143          2,143
Net unrealized gains on available-for-sale
 securities...................................                 82               82              82               82             82
                                                           ------          -------         -------           ------         ------
Total equity(4)...............................              2,225            5,423           6,045            6,668          7,383

Less:
  Common stock acquired by ESOP...............                 --              282             332              382            439
  Common stock acquired by RSP................                 --              141             166              191            220
                                                             ----              ---             ---            -----           ----
Total stockholders' equity....................             $2,225           $5,000          $5,547           $6,095         $6,724
                                                            =====            =====           =====            =====          =====
Total stockholders' equity
  as a % of total assets......................               5.75%           12.06%          13.20%           14.32%         15.57%
                                                            =====            =====           =====            =====          =====
</TABLE>
- ---------------------
(1)  Excludes  accrued  interest  payable on deposits.  Withdrawals from savings
     accounts  for the  purchase  of  stock  have not  been  reflected  in these
     adjustments.  Any withdrawals will reduce pro forma  capitalization  by the
     amount of such withdrawals.
(2)  Does not reflect the increase in the number of shares of common stock after
     the  conversion in the event of  implementation  of the Option Plan or RSP.
     See  "Management  of Peoples  Savings Bank - Proposed  Future Stock Benefit
     Plans -- Stock Option Plan" and "-- Restricted Stock Plan."
(3)  Assumes  that 8% and 4% of the  shares  issued  in the  conversion  will be
     purchased by the ESOP and RSP, respectively. No shares will be purchased by
     the RSP in the conversion.  It is assumed on a pro forma basis that the RSP
     will be adopted by the board of directors,  approved by stockholders of the
     Company,  and approved by the OTS. It is assumed that the RSP will purchase
     common stock at $10.00 per share in the open market  within one year of the
     conversion in order to give an indication of its effect on  capitalization.
     The pro forma  presentation  does not show the impact  of:  (a)  results of
     operations  after the  conversion,  (b) changing market prices of shares of
     common stock after the conversion, or (c) a smaller than 4% purchase by the
     RSP.  Assumes  that the  funds  used to  acquire  the ESOP  shares  will be
     borrowed  from  the  Company  for a ten  year  term  at the  prime  rate as
     published in The Wall Street Journal.  For an estimate of the impact of the
     ESOP  on  earnings,  see  "Pro  Forma  Data."  The  Bank  intends  to  make
     contributions  to the ESOP sufficient to service and ultimately  retire its
     debt.  The  amount to be  acquired  by the ESOP and RSP is  reflected  as a
     reduction  from  stockholders'  equity.  The  issuance  of  authorized  but
     unissued  shares  for the RSP in an amount  equal to 4% of the  outstanding
     shares  of  common  stock  will  have  the  effect  of  diluting   existing
     stockholders'   interests  by  4.32%.   There  can  be  no  assurance  that
     stockholder  approval  of the RSP  will be  obtained.  See  "Management  of
     Peoples  Savings Bank -- Proposed Future Stock Benefit Plans - - Restricted
     Stock Plan."
(4)  Includes   retained   earnings   and   unrealized   gains  and   losses  on
     available-for-sale securities, net of taxes. The equity of the Bank will be
     substantially restricted after the conversion. See "Dividends," "Regulation
     -- Dividends and Other Capital  Distribution  Limitations," "The Conversion
     -- Effects of  Conversion  to Stock Form on  Depositors  and  Borrowers  of
     Peoples  Savings Bank -- Liquidation  Account" and Note 14 to the Financial
     Statements.

                                       15

<PAGE>



                                 PRO FORMA DATA

         The actual net  proceeds  from the sale of the common  stock  cannot be
determined until the conversion is completed.  However,  investable net proceeds
are  currently  estimated  to be between  $3.2  million and $5.2  million at the
minimum and maximum, as adjusted,  of the estimated valuation range (the "EVR"),
based upon the following  assumptions:  (i) 8% of the shares will be sold to the
ESOP and 38,800 shares will be sold to executive  officers and their associates;
(ii)  Ryan,  Beck & Co.  will  receive a fee of  $125,000,  which  will  include
out-of-pocket  expenses (including legal fees and out-of-pocket expenses of such
counsel)  incurred  by  Ryan,  Beck & Co.;  (iii)  no  shares  will be sold in a
syndicated community offering and (iv) other conversion expenses,  excluding the
fees and  expenses  paid to Ryan,  Beck & Co.,  will be  $205,000.  In addition,
because  management  of the Bank  presently  intends to adopt the RSP within the
first year following the conversion, a purchase by the RSP in the conversion has
been  included  with the pro forma data to give an indication of the effect of a
4% purchase by the RSP at a $10.00 per share purchase price in the market,  even
though the RSP does not currently exist and is prohibited by OTS regulation from
purchasing  shares in the conversion.  The pro forma  presentation does not show
the effect of: (a) results of  operations  after the  conversion,  (b)  changing
market prices of the shares after the conversion, (c) less than a 4% purchase by
the RSP, or (d)  dilutive  effects of newly issued  shares under the  restricted
stock plan and the stock option plan (see footnotes 2 and 4).

         The following  table sets forth our  historical net earnings and equity
prior  to the  conversion  and the  pro  forma  consolidated  net  earnings  and
stockholders'  equity of the Company  following  the  conversion.  Unaudited pro
forma  consolidated  net  earnings and equity have been  calculated  for the six
months ended March 31, 1998 and the fiscal year ended  September  30, 1997 as if
the common stock to be issued in the conversion had been sold at October 1, 1997
and October 1, 1996,  respectively,  and the  estimated  net  proceeds  had been
invested at 5.41%,  which was approximately  equal to the one-year U.S. Treasury
bill rate at March 31, 1998. The one-year U.S.  Treasury bill rate,  rather than
an  arithmetic  average  of the  average  yield on  interest-earning  assets and
average rate paid on deposits,  has been used to estimate income on net proceeds
because it is  believed  that the  one-year  U.S.  Treasury  bill rate is a more
accurate  estimate of the rate that would be obtained  on an  investment  of net
proceeds from the offering.  In calculating pro forma income, an effective state
and federal  income tax rate of 37% has been assumed,  resulting in an after tax
yield of 3.41% for the six months ended March 31, 1998 and the fiscal year ended
September 30, 1997. Withdrawals from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares
are not reflected in the pro forma adjustments.  The computations are based upon
the assumptions  that 352,750 shares (minimum of EVR),  415,000 shares (midpoint
of  EVR),  477,250  shares  (maximum  of EVR) or  548,838  shares  (maximum,  as
adjusted,  of the EVR) are sold at a price of $10.00  per  share.  As  discussed
under "Use of Proceeds," a portion of the net proceeds that the Company receives
will be  loaned  to the ESOP to fund its  anticipated  purchase  of 8% of shares
issued in the  conversion.  It is assumed  that the yield on the net proceeds of
the conversion  retained by the Company will be the same as the yield on the net
proceeds of the conversion transferred to us. Historical and pro forma per share
amounts have been calculated by dividing historical and pro forma amounts by the
indicated  number of shares.  Per share  amounts  have been  computed  as if the
shares had been  outstanding  at the  beginning  of the  periods or at the dates
shown,  but  without  any  adjustment  of per  share  historical  or  pro  forma
stockholders' equity to reflect the earnings on the estimated net proceeds.


                                       16

<PAGE>




         The stockholders'  equity  information is not intended to represent the
fair  market  value  of the  shares,  or the  current  value  of our  assets  or
liabilities, or the amounts, if any, that would be available for distribution to
stockholders in the event of liquidation.  For additional  information regarding
the  liquidation  account,  see  "The  Conversion  --  Certain  Effects  of  the
Conversion to Stock Form on Depositors and Borrowers of Peoples  Savings Bank --
Liquidation  Account"  and Note 19 to the  Financial  Statements.  The pro forma
income  derived from the  assumptions  set forth above should not be  considered
indicative  of the actual  results of our  operations  for any period.  Such pro
forma  data may be  materially  affected  by a change  in the price per share or
number  of  shares to be issued  in the  conversion  and by other  factors.  For
information  regarding investment of the proceeds see "Use of Proceeds" and "The
Conversion -- Stock  Pricing" and "-- Change in Number of Shares to be Issued in
the Conversion."

                                       17

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    At or For the Six Months Ended March 31, 1998
                                                  ------------------------------------------------
                                                     352,750     415,000     477,250     548,838
                                                    Shares at   Shares at   Shares at   Shares at
                                                     $10.00       $10.00      $10.00      $10.00
                                                    Per Share   Per Share   Per Share   Per Share
                                                    ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
                                                  (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

<S>                                                 <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Gross proceeds ..................................   $ 3,528     $ 4,150     $ 4,773     $ 5,488
Less estimated offering expenses ................       330         330         330         330
                                                    -------     -------     -------     -------
  Estimated net proceeds ........................     3,198       3,820       4,443       5,158
  Less:  ESOP funded by the Company .............       282         332         382         439
         RSP funded by the Company ..............       141         166         191         220
                                                    -------     -------     -------     -------
  Estimated investable net proceeds: ............   $ 2,775     $ 3,322     $ 3,870     $ 4,499
                                                    =======     =======     =======     =======
Net income:
  Historical net income .........................   $   114     $   114     $   114     $   114
  Pro forma earnings on investable net proceeds .        47          57          66          77
  Pro forma ESOP adjustment(1) ..................        (9)        (10)        (12)        (14)
  Pro forma RSPs adjustment(2) ..................        (9)        (10)        (12)        (14)
                                                    -------     -------     -------     -------
         Total ..................................   $   143     $   151     $   156     $   163
                                                    =======     =======     =======     =======
Net income per share:(4)
  Historical net income per share ...............   $  0.35     $  0.30     $  0.26     $  0.22
  Pro forma earnings on net proceeds ............      0.14        0.15        0.15        0.15
  Pro forma ESOP adjustment(1) ..................     (0.03)      (0.03)      (0.03)      (0.03)
  Pro forma RSP adjustment(2) ...................     (0.03)      (0.03)      (0.03)      (0.03)
                                                    -------     -------     -------     -------
         Total(3) ...............................   $  0.43     $  0.39     $  0.35     $  0.31
                                                    =======     =======     =======     =======
Ratio of offering price to pro forma earnings per
share(3) ........................................     11.6x       12.8x       14.3x       16.1x
                                                    =======     =======     =======     =======
Stockholders' equity:(4)
  Historical ....................................   $ 2,225     $ 2,225     $ 2,225     $ 2,225
  Estimated net proceeds ........................     3,198       3,820       4,443       5,158
  Less:  Common stock acquired by ESOP(1) .......      (282)       (332)       (382)       (439)
         Common stock acquired by RSP(2) ........      (141)       (166)       (191)       (220)
                                                    -------     -------     -------     -------
         Total ..................................   $ 5,000     $ 5,547     $ 6,095     $ 6,724
                                                    =======     =======     =======     =======
Stockholders' equity (book value) per share:(4)
  Historical ....................................   $  6.31     $  5.36     $  4.66     $  4.05
  Estimated net proceeds ........................      9.07        9.20        9.31        9.40
  Less:  Common stock acquired by ESOP(1) .......     (0.80)      (0.80)      (0.80)      (0.80)
         Common stock acquired by RSP(2) ........     (0.40)      (0.40)      (0.40)      (0.40)
                                                    -------     -------     -------     -------
         Total ..................................   $ 14.18     $ 13.36     $ 12.77     $ 12.25
                                                    =======     =======     =======     =======
Offering price as percentage of pro forma
stockholders' equity per share(5) ...............      70.5%       74.9%       78.3%       81.6%
                                                    =======     =======     =======     =======
</TABLE>
                                                   (Footnotes on following page)


                                       18

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    At or For the Year Ended September 30, 1997
                                                  ------------------------------------------------
                                                     352,750     415,000     477,250     548,838
                                                    Shares at   Shares at   Shares at   Shares at
                                                      $10.00      $10.00     $10.00       $10.00
                                                    Per Share   Per Share   Per Share   Per Share
                                                    ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
                                                  (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

<S>                                                 <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Gross proceeds ..................................   $ 3,528     $ 4,150     $ 4,773     $ 5,488
Less estimated offering expenses ................       330         330         330         330
                                                    -------     -------     -------     -------
  Estimated net proceeds ........................     3,198       3,820       4,443       5,158
  Less:  ESOP funded by the Company .............       282         332         382         439
         RSP funded by the Company ..............       141         166         191         220
                                                    -------     -------     -------     -------
  Estimated investable net proceeds: ............   $ 2,775     $ 3,322     $ 3,870     $ 4,499
                                                    =======     =======     =======     =======
Net income:
  Historical net income .........................   $   192     $   192     $   192     $   192
  Pro forma earnings on investable net proceeds .        95         113         132         153
  Pro forma ESOP adjustment(1) ..................       (18)        (21)        (24)        (28)
  Pro forma RSPs adjustment(2) ..................       (18)        (21)        (24)        (28)
                                                    -------     -------     -------     -------
         Total ..................................   $   251     $   263     $   276     $   289
                                                    =======     =======     =======     =======
Net income per share:(4)
  Historical net income per share ...............   $  0.59     $  0.50     $  0.43     $  0.38
  Pro forma earnings on net proceeds ............      0.29        0.29        0.30        0.30
  Pro forma ESOP adjustment(1) ..................     (0.05)      (0.05)      (0.05)      (0.06)
  Pro forma RSP adjustment(2) ...................     (0.05)      (0.05)      (0.05)      (0.06)
                                                    -------     -------     -------     -------
         Total(3) ...............................   $  0.78     $  0.69     $  0.63     $  0.56
                                                    =======     =======     =======     =======
Ratio of offering price to pro forma earnings per
share(3) ........................................     12.8x       14.5x       15.9x       17.9x
                                                    =======     =======     =======     =======
Stockholders' equity:(4)
  Historical ....................................   $ 2,088     $ 2,088     $ 2,088     $ 2,088
  Estimated net proceeds ........................     3,198       3,820       4,443       5,158
  Less:  Common stock acquired by ESOP(1) .......      (282)       (332)       (382)       (439)
         Common stock acquired by RSP(2) ........      (141)       (166)       (191)       (220)
                                                    -------     -------     -------     -------
         Total ..................................   $ 4,863     $ 5,410     $ 5,958     $ 6,587
                                                    =======     =======     =======     =======
Stockholders' equity (book value) per share:(4)
  Historical ....................................   $  5.92     $  5.03     $  4.38     $  3.80
  Estimated net proceeds ........................      9.07        9.20        9.31        9.40
  Less:  Common stock acquired by ESOP(1) .......     (0.80)      (0.80)      (0.80)      (0.80)
         Common stock acquired by RSP(2) ........     (0.40)      (0.40)      (0.40)      (0.40)
                                                    -------     -------     -------     -------
         Total ..................................   $ 13.79     $ 13.03     $ 12.49     $ 12.00
                                                    =======     =======     =======     =======
Offering price as percentage of pro forma
stockholders' equity per share(5) ...............      72.5%       76.8%       80.1%       83.3%
                                                    =======     =======     =======     =======

</TABLE>
                                                   (Footnotes on following page)

                                       19

<PAGE>
- -------------------
(1)  Assumes 8% of the shares sold in the  conversion are purchased by the ESOP,
     and that the funds  used to  purchase  such  shares are  borrowed  from the
     Company.  The approximate amount expected to be borrowed by the ESOP is not
     reflected as a liability  but is  reflected  as a reduction of capital.  We
     intend to make annual  contributions  to the ESOP over a ten year period in
     an amount at least equal to the principal and interest  requirement  of the
     debt. The pro forma net income assumes:  (i) that 2,822,  3,320,  3,818 and
     4,391  weighted  average  shares at the  minimum,  mid-point,  maximum  and
     maximum,  as adjusted of the EVR, were committed to be released  during the
     year ended  September 30, 1997 and 1,411,  1,660,  1,909 and 2,195 weighted
     average  shares at the minimum,  midpoint,  maximum and maximum as adjusted
     were  committed to be released  during the six months ended March 31, 1998,
     at an average fair value of $10.00 per share in accordance  with  Statement
     of  Position  (SOP) 93-6 of the  American  Institute  of  Certified  Public
     Accountants ("AICPA"); (ii) the effective tax rate was 37% for such period;
     and (iii) only the ESOP shares  committed  to be released  were  considered
     outstanding  for  purposes  of the per  share net  earnings.  The pro forma
     stockholders'  equity per share  calculation  assumes  all ESOP shares were
     outstanding,  regardless  of whether such shares would have been  released.
     Because  the  Company  will be  providing  the ESOP  loan,  only  principal
     payments  on the ESOP  loan are  reflected  as  employee  compensation  and
     benefits  expense.  As a result,  to the  extent  the  value of the  shares
     appreciates  over  time,  compensation  expense  related  to the ESOP  will
     increase.  For  purposes of the  preceding  tables,  it was assumed  that a
     ratable  portion  of the  ESOP  shares  purchased  in the  conversion  were
     committed  to be  released  during the  periods  ended  March 31,  1998 and
     September 30, 1997. See Note 3 below. If it is assumed that all of the ESOP
     shares were  included  in the  calculation  of  earnings  per share for the
     period  ended at March 31,  1998,  earnings per share would have been $.41,
     $.36,  $.33,  and  $.30,  respectively,  based on the sale of shares at the
     minimum,  midpoint, maximum and the maximum, as adjusted, of the EVR. If it
     is assumed that all of the ESOP shares were included in the  calculation of
     earnings per share for the period ended at September 30, 1997, earnings per
     share would have been $.71,  $.63, $.58, and $.53,  respectively,  based on
     the sale of shares at the minimum,  midpoint,  maximum and the maximum,  as
     adjusted,  of the EVR.  See  "Management  of Peoples  Savings Bank -- Other
     Benefits -- Employee Stock Ownership Plan."

(2)  Assumes the purchase by the RSP of 14,110, 16,600, 19,090 and 21,954 shares
     at the minimum,  mid-point,  maximum,  and maximum, as adjusted of the EVR.
     The  assumption  in the pro  forma  calculation  is that  (i)  shares  were
     purchased by the Company following the conversion,  (ii) the purchase price
     for the  shares  purchased  by the RSP was equal to the  purchase  price of
     $10.00  per share and (iii) 10% and 20% of the  amount  contributed  was an
     amortized expense during the periods ended March 31, 1998 and September 30,
     1997,  respectively.  Such amount does not reflect  possible  increases  or
     decreases in the value of such stock relative to the Purchase  Price. As we
     accrue compensation expense to reflect the five year vesting period of such
     shares  pursuant to the RSP,  the charge  against  capital  will be reduced
     accordingly.  Implementation of the RSP within one year of conversion would
     be subject to regulatory  review and  stockholder  approval at a meeting of
     our  stockholders  to  be  held  no  earlier  than  six  months  after  the
     conversion. If the shares to be purchased by the RSP are assumed at October
     1, 1997 to be newly issued shares  purchased from the Company by the RSP at
     the Purchase  Price,  at the  minimum,  midpoint,  maximum and maximum,  as
     adjusted,  of the EVR, pro forma stockholders'  equity per share would have
     been  $13.63,  $12.85,  $12.28  and  $11.78,  respectively,  and pro  forma
     earnings  per share would have been $.43,  $.38,  $.35 and $.32 for the six
     months ended March 31,  1998.  If the shares to be purchased by the RSP are
     assumed at October 1, 1996 to be newly  issued  shares  purchased  from the
     Company by the RSP at the Purchase Price, at the minimum, midpoint, maximum
     and maximum, as adjusted,  of the EVR, pro forma  stockholders'  equity per
     share would have been $13.26, $12.53, $12.00 and $11.54, respectively,  and
     pro forma earnings per share would have been $.75,  $.67, $.61 and $.56 for
     the year ended  September  30, 1997. If the RSP is funded from newly issued
     shares,   stockholders'   voting  interests  could  be  diluted  by  up  to
     approximately  4.34%.  See  "Management of Peoples Savings Bank -- Proposed
     Future Stock Benefit Plans -- Restricted Stock Plan."

(3)  Pro forma net income per share  calculations  include  the number of shares
     assumed to be sold in the  conversion  and,  in  accordance  with SOP 93-6,
     exclude ESOP shares which would not have been  released  during the period.
     Accordingly,  26,809, 31,540, 36,271 and 41,712 shares have been subtracted
     from the shares assumed to be sold at the minimum, mid-point,  maximum, and
     maximum,  as adjusted,  of the EVR,  respectively,  and  325,941,  383,460,
     440,979 and 507,126  shares are assumed to be  outstanding  at the minimum,
     mid-point,  maximum,  and  maximum,  as adjusted of the EVR. For the period
     ended March 31, 1998,  25,398,  29,880,  34,362 and 39,516 shares have been
     subtracted  from the shares  assumed to be sold at the  minimum,  midpoint,
     maximum and maximum, as adjusted,  of the EVR,  respectively,  and 327,352,
     385,120,  442,888 and 509,322  shares are assumed to be  outstanding at the
     minimum,  midpoint,  maximum and maximum,  as adjusted,  of the EVR for the
     period ended September 30, 1997. See Note 1 above.

                                       20

<PAGE>




(4)  Assumes that following the consummation of the conversion, the Company will
     adopt the Option Plan,  which if implemented  within one year of conversion
     would be subject to regulatory review and board of director and stockholder
     approval,  and that  such plan  would be  considered  and  voted  upon at a
     meeting of the Company  stockholders  to be held no earlier than six months
     after the conversion.  Under the Option Plan, employees and directors could
     be granted  options to purchase an aggregate  amount of shares equal to 10%
     of the shares issued in the  conversion  at an exercise  price equal to the
     market  price of the  shares on the date of grant.  In the event the shares
     issued under the Option Plan were newly issued rather than purchased in the
     open market, the voting interests of existing stockholders could be diluted
     by up to approximately  10.83%. At the minimum,  midpoint,  maximum and the
     maximum, as adjusted,  of the EVR, if all shares under the Option Plan were
     newly issued at the  beginning of the  respective  periods and the exercise
     price for the option shares were equal to the Purchase Price, the number of
     outstanding shares would increase to 361,216, 424,960, 488,704 and 562,010,
     respectively,  pro forma stockholders'  equity per share at March 31, 1998,
     would have been $13.79,  $13.06,  $12.52 and $12.05,  respectively  and pro
     forma  earnings  per share  would  have  been  $.40,  $.35,  $.32 and $.29,
     respectively,  for the six months  ended March 31,  1998.  At the  minimum,
     midpoint,  maximum and the maximum, as adjusted,  of the EVR, if all shares
     under the Option Plan were newly issued at the  beginning of the period and
     the exercise price for the option shares were equal to the Purchase  Price,
     the number of  outstanding  shares  would  increase  to  362,627,  426,620,
     490,613 and 564,205, respectively, pro forma stockholders' equity per share
     at September  30, 1997 would have been $13.44,  $12.76,  $12.26 and $11.82,
     respectively,  and pro forma earnings per share would have been $.69, $.62,
     $.56 and $.51, respectively.

(5)  The amounts shown do not reflect the federal income tax consequences of the
     potential  restoration  to income of the bad debt  reserves  for income tax
     purposes, which would be required in the event of liquidation.  The amounts
     shown also do not  reflect the amounts  required to be  distributed  in the
     event of liquidation to eligible  depositors from the  liquidation  account
     which will be established  upon the  consummation  of the  conversion.  Pro
     forma  stockholders'  equity  information  is not intended to represent the
     fair  market  value of the  shares,  the  current  value of our  assets  or
     liabilities   or  the  amounts,   if  any,  that  would  be  available  for
     distribution to  stockholders  in the event of liquidation.  Such pro forma
     data may be  materially  affected by a change in the number of shares to be
     sold in the conversion and by other factors.


                                       21

<PAGE>



                                    HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA CAPITAL COMPLIANCE

         The  following  table  presents our  historical  and pro forma  capital
position  relative  to our  capital  requirements  as of March 31,  1998.  For a
discussion of the  assumptions  underlying  the pro forma  capital  calculations
presented below, see "Use of Proceeds,"  "Capitalization"  and "Pro Forma Data."
The definitions of the terms used in the table are those provided in the capital
regulations  issued  by the  OTS.  For a  discussion  of the  capital  standards
applicable  to  us,  see  "Regulation  --  Savings  Institution   Regulation  --
Regulatory Capital Requirements."
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       Pro Forma(1)
                                         -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                    5,488,380
                                                 $3,527,500            $4,150,000             $4,772,500            Maximum,
                                                   Minimum              Midpoint                Maximum             as adjusted
                                          ------------------- --------------------   --------------------   ---------------------
                            Percentage           Percentage             Percentage             Percentage           Percentage
                     Amount of Assets(2)  Amount of Assets(2) Amount  of Assets(2)   Amount  of Assets(2)   Amount   of Assets(2)
                     ------ ------------  ------ ------------ ------  ------------   ------  ------------   ------  -------------
                                                                       (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                 <C>      <C>          <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>
GAAP
  Capital.......... $2,225   5.75%        $4,201    10.33%    $4,592     11.19%     $ 4,984     12.03%     $ 5,435    12.97%
                     =====   ====          =====    =====      =====     =====       ======     =====       ======    =====

Tangible
  Capital:(3)
  Regulatory
  requirement...... $  579   1.50%        $  609     1.50%    $ 615       1.50%     $   620      1.50%     $   627     1.50%
Actual
  capital..........  2,143   5.55          4,119    10.15      4,510     11.01        4,902     11.85        5,353    12.81
                    ------   ----         ------    -----     ------     -----      -------     -----      -------    -----
Excess............. $1,564   4.05%        $3,510     8.65%    $3,895      9.51%     $ 4,282     10.35%     $ 4,726    11.31%
                     =====   ====          =====    =====      =====     =====       ======     =====       ======    =====

Core Capital:(3)
Regulatory
  requirement(4)... $1,158   3.00%        $1,217     3.00%    $1,229      3.00%     $ 1,241      3.00%     $ 1,254     3.00%
Actual capital.....  2,143   5.55          4,119    10.15      4,510     11.01        4,902     11.85        5,353    12.81
                     -----   ----         ------    -----     ------     -----      -------     -----      -------    -----
Excess............. $  985   2.55%        $2,902     7.15%    $3,281      8.01%     $ 3,661      8.85%     $ 4,099     9.81%
                     =====   ====          =====    =====      =====     =====       ======     =====       ======    =====

Risk-Based
  Capital:(4)
Regulatory
  requirement...... $1,538   8.00%        $1,600     8.00%    $1,612      8.00%     $ 1,625      8.00%     $ 1,640     8.00%
Actual capital.....  2,268  11.80          4,244    21.22      4,635     23.00        5,027     24.75        5,478    26.72
                     -----  -----         ------    -----     ------     -----      -------     -----      -------    -----
Excess............. $  730   3.80%        $2,644    13.22%    $3,023     15.00%     $ 3,402     16.75%     $ 3,838    18.72%
                     =====  =====          =====    =====      =====     =====       ======     =====       ======    =====
</TABLE>


- ---------------------
(1)  Institutions  must value  available-for-sale  debt  securities at amortized
     cost,  rather than at fair value,  for purposes of  calculating  regulatory
     capital.  Institutions  are still  required to comply with SFAS No. 115 for
     financial  reporting  purposes.  The pro forma  data has been  adjusted  to
     reflect  reductions  in our  capital  that would  result from an assumed 8%
     purchase by the ESOP and 4% purchase by the RSP as of March 31, 1998. It is
     assumed that the Company will retain 25% of net proceeds from the offering.
     See "Use of Proceeds."
(2)  GAAP, adjusted, or risk-weighted assets as appropriate.
(3)  The unrealized  gain on securities  available-for-sale  of $82,460 has been
     deducted from GAAP Capital to arrive at our Tangible and Core Capital.
(4)  Our risk-weighted assets as of March 31, 1998, totalled approximately $19.2
     million.  Net proceeds  available  for  investment  by us are assumed to be
     invested in interest-earning assets that have a 50% risk-weighing.

                                       22

<PAGE>



                                 THE CONVERSION

         Our board of  directors  and the OTS have  approved the Plan subject to
approval  by our  members,  and  subject to the  satisfaction  of certain  other
conditions imposed by the OTS in its approval.  OTS approval,  however, does not
constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the Plan.

General

         On March 2, 1998, our board of directors  adopted a Plan of Conversion,
pursuant to which we will convert from a federally chartered mutual savings bank
to a federally chartered stock savings bank and become a wholly owned subsidiary
of the Company.  The conversion  will include  adoption of the proposed  federal
stock  charter and bylaws which will  authorize the issuance of capital stock by
us.  Under the Plan,  our  capital  stock is being sold to the  Company  and the
common  stock of the Company is being  offered to our  eligible  depositors  and
other members and then to the public.  The  conversion  will be accounted for at
historical  cost in a manner  similar  to a pooling  of  interests.  The OTS has
approved the Company's  application to become a savings and loan holding company
and to acquire all of our common stock to be issued in the conversion.

         The  shares  are first  being  offered in a  subscription  offering  to
holders of  subscription  rights.  To the extent  shares of common  stock remain
available after the subscription offering, shares of common stock may be offered
in a community offering on a best efforts basis in such a manner as to promote a
wide distribution of the shares.  The community  offering,  if any, may commence
anytime subsequent to the commencement of the subscription offering.  Shares not
subscribed for in the  subscription  and community  offerings may be offered for
sale by the  Company  on a best  efforts  basis by a selling  group of  selected
broker/dealers  (which may include  Ryan Beck & Co.) in a  syndicated  community
offering  managed by Ryan Beck & Co. We have the right, in our sole  discretion,
to accept or reject,  in whole or in part, any orders to purchase  shares of the
common stock received in the community and syndicated community  offerings.  See
"-- Community Offering."

         Shares of common stock in an amount equal to our pro forma market value
as a stock  savings  institution  must be sold in order  for the  conversion  to
become effective.  The community offering or syndicated  community offering must
be  completed  within 45 days  after the last day of the  subscription  offering
period  unless such period is extended by us with the  approval of the OTS.  The
Plan provides that the conversion  must be completed  within 24 months after the
date of the approval of the Plan by our members.

         In the event that we are unable to  complete  the sale of common  stock
and  effect  the  conversion  within 45 days  after the end of the  subscription
offering, we may request an extension of the period by the OTS. No assurance can
be given that the extension  would be granted if requested.  Due to the volatile
nature of market conditions, no assurances can be given that our valuation would
not  substantially  change during any such  extension.  If the EVR of the shares
must be  amended,  no  assurance  can be given  that such  amended  EVR would be
approved by the OTS. Therefore,  it is possible that if the conversion cannot be
completed within the requisite  period,  we may not be permitted to complete the
conversion.  A  substantial  delay caused by an extension of the period may also
significantly increase the expense of the conversion. No sales of the shares may
be completed in the offering unless the Plan is approved by our members.

         The  completion  of the  offering is subject to market  conditions  and
other factors beyond our control.  No assurance can be given as to the length of
time following approval of the Plan at the meeting

                                       23

<PAGE>



of our  members  that will be  required  to  complete  the sale of shares  being
offered in the conversion.  If delays are experienced,  significant  changes may
occur in our  estimated  pro forma market value upon  conversion  together  with
corresponding  changes in the offering price and the net proceeds to be realized
by us from the sale of the shares. In the event the conversion is terminated, we
will  charge  all  conversion  expenses  against  current  income  and any funds
collected by us in the offering will be promptly  returned,  with  interest,  to
each potential investor.

Effects of  Conversion  to Stock Form on  Depositors  and  Borrowers  of Peoples
Savings Bank

         Voting Rights.  Currently in our mutual form, our depositor and certain
borrower  members as of December 2, 1996,  who  continue  to be  borrowers  have
voting  rights  and may  vote  for the  election  of  directors.  Following  the
conversion, all voting rights will be held solely by stockholders.

         Savings  Accounts and Loans.  The  balances,  terms and FDIC  insurance
coverage  of  savings   accounts  will  not  be  affected  by  the   conversion.
Furthermore,  the amounts and terms of loans and  obligations  of the  borrowers
under their individual contractual  arrangements with us will not be affected by
the conversion.

         Tax Effects.  We have  received an opinion  from our counsel,  Malizia,
Spidi,  Sloane & Fisch, P.C., on the federal tax consequences of the conversion.
The opinion has been filed as an exhibit to the registration  statement of which
this prospectus is a part and covers those federal tax matters that are material
to the transaction. The opinion provides, in part, that: (i) the conversion will
qualify as a reorganization  under Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code, and no gain
or loss will be recognized by us by reason of the proposed  conversion;  (ii) no
gain or loss will be recognized by us upon the receipt of money from the Company
for our stock,  and no gain or loss will be  recognized  by the Company upon the
receipt  of money for the  shares;  (iii) our  assets  will have the same  basis
before and after the  conversion;  (iv) the  holding  period of our assets  will
include the period  during  which the assets were held by us in our mutual form;
(v) no  gain or  loss  will  be  recognized  by the  Eligible  Account  Holders,
Supplemental  Eligible Account  Holders,  and Other Members upon the issuance to
them of withdrawable savings accounts in us in the stock form in the same dollar
amount as their  savings  accounts  in us in the mutual form plus an interest in
our liquidation account in the stock form in exchange for their savings accounts
in us in the  mutual  form;  (vi)  provided  that the  amount to be paid for the
shares pursuant to the subscription  rights is equal to the fair market value of
such shares,  no gain or loss will be  recognized by Eligible  Account  Holders,
Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, and Other Members under the Plan upon the
distribution to them of nontransferable  subscription rights; (vii) the basis of
each account  holder's savings accounts after the conversion will be the same as
the basis of his savings accounts prior to the conversion, decreased by the fair
market value of the  nontransferable  subscription rights received and increased
by the amount,  if any, of gain recognized on the exchange;  (viii) the basis of
each account holder's interest in the liquidation account will be zero; (ix) the
holding period of the common stock acquired through the exercise of subscription
rights shall begin on the date on which the  subscription  rights are exercised;
(x) we will succeed to and take into account our earnings and profits or deficit
in earnings and profits as of the date of  conversion;  (xi)  immediately  after
conversion,  we will succeed to the bad debt reserve accounts previously held by
us, and the bad debt  reserves  will have the same  character in our hands after
conversion  as if no  distribution  or  transfer  had  occurred;  and  (xii) the
creation of the liquidation account will have no effect on our taxable income.

         The opinion from Malizia,  Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C. is based in part
on the  assumption  that the exercise price of the  subscription  rights will be
approximately  equal to the fair market value of those shares at the time of the
completion  of the proposed  conversion.  We have received an opinion of FinPro,
Inc. which, based on certain assumptions, concludes that the subscription rights
to be received by Eligible

                                       24

<PAGE>


Account Holders and other eligible subscribers do not have any economic value at
the time of distribution or at the time the  subscription  rights are exercised.
Such  opinion is based on the fact that such  rights  are:  (i)  acquired by the
recipients  without  payment  therefor,  (ii)  non-transferable,  (iii) of short
duration,  and (iv) afford the recipients the right only to purchase shares at a
price equal to their  estimated fair market value,  which will be the same price
at which shares for which no subscription  right is received in the subscription
offering will be offered in a community  offering.  If the  subscription  rights
granted to Eligible Account Holders or other eligible  subscribers are deemed to
have an  ascertainable  value,  receipt of such rights  would be taxable only to
those Eligible  Account  Holders or other eligible  subscribers who exercise the
subscription  rights in an amount equal to such value  (either as a capital gain
or ordinary income), and we could recognize gain on such distribution.

         We are also  subject to New Jersey  income  taxes and have  received an
opinion from Wells,  Singer, Rubin & Musulin that the conversion will be treated
for New Jersey  state tax purposes  similar to the  conversion's  treatment  for
federal  tax  purposes.  The  opinion  has  been  filed  as an  exhibit  to  the
registration statement to which this prospectus is a part and covers those state
tax matters that are material to the transaction.

         Unlike a private letter ruling, the opinions of Malizia,  Spidi, Sloane
& Fisch, P.C., Wells,  Singer, Rubin & Musulin, and FinPro, Inc. have no binding
effect or official  status,  and no assurance can be given that the  conclusions
reached in any of those  opinions  would be sustained by a court if contested by
the  IRS  or  the  New  Jersey  tax   authorities.   Eligible  Account  Holders,
Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders,  and Other  Members are  encouraged to
consult with their own tax advisers as to the tax  consequences in the event the
subscription rights are deemed to have an ascertainable value.

         Liquidation  Account. In the unlikely event of our complete liquidation
in our present mutual form, each depositor is entitled to equal  distribution of
any of our  assets,  pro  rata  according  to the  value  of  his/her  accounts,
remaining after payment of claims of all creditors  (including the claims of all
depositors to the withdrawal value of their accounts). Each depositor's pro rata
share of such remaining  assets would be in the same  proportion as the value of
his/her deposit  accounts was to the total value of all deposit accounts held by
us at the time of liquidation.

         Upon a complete liquidation after the conversion,  each depositor would
have a claim, as a creditor,  of the same general  priority as the claims of all
of our  other  general  creditors.  Therefore,  except  as  described  below,  a
depositor's  claim  would be solely in the amount of the  balance in his deposit
account plus  accrued  interest.  A depositor  would not have an interest in the
residual value of our assets above that amount, if any.

         The  Plan  provides  for  the  establishment,  upon  completion  of the
conversion,  of a special  "liquidation  account"  for the  benefit of  Eligible
Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. Each Eligible Account
Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder, if he continues to maintain his
deposit account with us, would be entitled,  upon our complete liquidation after
conversion,  to an interest in the  liquidation  account prior to any payment to
stockholders.  Each Eligible  Account  Holder would have an initial  interest in
such  liquidation  account for each deposit account held in us on the qualifying
date, December 31, 1996. Each Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder would have a
similar  interest as of the qualifying  date,  June 30, 1998. The interest as to
each deposit  account would be in the same  proportion of the total  liquidation
account as the balance of the deposit account on the qualifying dates was to the
aggregate  balance in all the deposit  accounts of Eligible  Account Holders and
Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders on such qualifying dates. However, if the
amount in the deposit  account on any annual closing date (September 30) is less
than the amount in such account on the  respective  qualifying  dates,  then the
interest in this special liquidation account would be reduced at that

                                       25

<PAGE>



time by an amount  proportionate  to any such reduction,  and the interest would
cease to exist if such deposit  account was closed.  The interest in the special
liquidation  account will never be increased despite any increase in the related
deposit account after the respective qualifying dates.

         No merger,  consolidation,  purchase of bulk assets with assumptions of
savings accounts and other  liabilities,  or similar  transactions  with another
insured  institution  in which  transaction we in our converted form are not the
surviving  institution  shall be  considered  a  complete  liquidation.  In such
transactions,  the  liquidation  account  shall  be  assumed  by  the  surviving
institution.

Subscription Rights and the Subscription Offering

         Non-transferable  subscription  rights to purchase shares of the common
stock have been granted to persons and entities  entitled to purchase  shares in
the  subscription  offering  under  the  Plan.  If  the  community  offering  or
syndicated  community  offering,  as  described  below,  extends  beyond 45 days
following  the  completion of the  subscription  offering,  subscribers  will be
resolicited. Subscription priorities have been established for the allocation of
stock to the extent that more shares are subscribed for than are to be issued in
the conversion subject to the purchase  limitations set forth in the Plan and as
described  below under "-- Limitations on Purchases and Transfer of Shares." The
following priorities have been established:

Category 1: Eligible Account Holders (First Priority).  Eligible Account Holders
are  persons who had a deposit  account of at least $50 with us on December  31,
1996. Each Eligible  Account Holder will receive  non-transferable  subscription
rights on a priority  basis to purchase  that  number of shares of common  stock
which is equal to the greater of 6,000 shares ($60,000), or 15 times the product
(rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by multiplying the total number
of shares to be issued by a fraction of which the numerator is the amount of the
qualifying  deposit of the Eligible  Account  Holder and the  denominator is the
total amount of qualifying  deposits of all Eligible Account Holders (subject to
the  maximum  purchase  limitation).  If  there is an  oversubscription  in this
category,  shares shall be allocated among subscribing  Eligible Account Holders
so as to permit each such account holder,  to the extent  possible,  to purchase
the lesser of 100 shares or the total amount of his subscription. Any shares not
so allocated shall be allocated among the subscribing  Eligible  Account Holders
on an equitable  basis,  related to the amounts of their  respective  qualifying
deposits  as  compared  to the  total  qualifying  deposits  of all  subscribing
Eligible Account Holders.  Only a person(s) with a qualifying  deposit as of the
eligibility  record  date  (or a  successor  entity  or  estate)  shall  receive
subscription  rights in this category.  Any Person(s) added to a Savings Account
after  the  Eligibility   Record  Date  is  not  an  Eligible   Account  Holder.
Subscription rights received by officers and directors in this category based on
their increased  deposits with us in the one-year period preceding  December 31,
1996, are  subordinated  to the  subscription  rights of other Eligible  Account
Holders. See "-- Limitations on Purchases and Transfer of Shares."

Category  2:  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Benefit  Plans  (Second  Priority).   Our
tax-qualified  employee  benefit  plans  ("Employee  Plans")  have been  granted
subscription  rights to  purchase  up to 10% of the total  shares  issued in the
conversion. The ESOP is an Employee Plan.

         The right of Employee  Plans to subscribe for shares is  subordinate to
the right of the Eligible Account Holders to subscribe for shares.  However,  in
the event the  offering  results in the  issuance of shares above the maximum of
the EVR (i.e.,  more than 548,838  shares),  the Employee  Plans have a priority
right to fill their  subscription  (the ESOP, the only Employee Plan,  currently
intends to purchase up to 8% of the common stock issued in the conversion).  The
Employee  Plans may,  however,  determine to purchase  some or all of the shares
covered by their subscriptions after the conversion in the open

                                       26

<PAGE>



market or, if approved by the OTS, out of authorized but unissued  shares in the
event of an oversubscription.

Category 3: Supplemental Eligible Account Holders (Third Priority). Supplemental
Eligible  Account  Holders are persons who had a deposit account of at least $50
with us on June 30, 1998. Each  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder who is not
an Eligible Account Holder will receive non-transferable  subscription rights to
purchase  that number of shares  which is equal to the  greater of 6,000  shares
($60,000),  or 15 times the  product  (rounded  down to the next  whole  number)
obtained by multiplying the total number of shares to be issued by a fraction of
which the numerator is the amount of the qualifying  deposit of the Supplemental
Eligible  Account  Holder and the  denominator is the total amount of qualifying
deposits of all  Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holders (subject to the maximum
purchase  limitation).  If the allocation  made in this paragraph  results in an
oversubscription,  shares  shall be  allocated  among  subscribing  Supplemental
Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each such account holder, to the extent
possible,  to  purchase  the  lesser of 100  shares  or the total  amount of his
subscription.  Any  shares  not  so  allocated  shall  be  allocated  among  the
subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders on an equitable basis, related
to the amounts of their respective  qualifying deposits as compared to the total
qualifying  deposits of all subscribing  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders.
See "-- Limitations on Purchases and Transfer of Shares."

         The rights of  Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holders to subscribe for
shares is subordinate to the rights of the Eligible Account Holders and Employee
Plans to subscribe for shares.

Category 4: Other Members (Fourth Priority).  Other Members are persons who have
a deposit account of at least $50 on ________ ____, 1998, the voting record date
of our special meeting,  and borrowers as of December 2, 1996 who continue to be
borrowers as of the date of our special meeting. Each Other Member who is not an
Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holder,  will receive
non-transferable subscription rights to purchase up to 6,000 shares ($60,000) to
the extent such shares are available following subscriptions by Eligible Account
Holders, Employee Plans, and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. In the event
there are not  enough  shares  to fill the  orders  of the  Other  Members,  the
subscriptions  of the Other  Members will be allocated so that each  subscribing
Other Member will be entitled to purchase the lesser of 100 shares or the number
of shares  ordered.  Any remaining  shares will be allocated among Other Members
whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied on a 100 share (or whatever lesser amount
is available) per order basis until all orders have been filled on the remaining
shares have been  allocated.  See "--  Limitations  on Purchases and Transfer of
Shares."

         Members in  Non-Qualified  States.  We will make reasonable  efforts to
comply  with the  securities  laws of all states in the  United  States in which
persons  entitled  to  subscribe  for the shares  pursuant  to the Plan  reside.
However,  no person will be offered or allowed to purchase  any shares under the
Plan if he resides in a foreign  country or in a state with respect to which any
of the  following  apply:  (i) a small number of persons  otherwise  eligible to
subscribe  for shares under the Plan reside;  (ii) the granting of  subscription
rights or offer or sale of shares of common stock to those persons would require
either us or our employees to register under the  securities  laws of that state
or foreign  country as a broker or dealer,  or to register or otherwise  qualify
our  securities  for  sale in that  state or  foreign  country;  or  (iii)  such
registration  or  qualification  would be  impracticable  for reasons of cost or
otherwise.  No payments  will be made in lieu of the  granting  of  subscription
rights to any person.

         Restrictions on Transfer of Subscription Rights and Shares. Persons are
prohibited from  transferring or entering into any agreement or understanding to
transfer  the  legal  or  beneficial  ownership  of their  subscription  rights.
Subscription rights may be exercised only by the person to whom they are granted
and only for his or her  account.  Each  person  subscribing  for shares will be
required to certify

                                       27

<PAGE>



that  he/she is  purchasing  shares  solely for  his/her own account and has not
entered  into an agreement or  understanding  regarding  the sale or transfer of
those shares.  The regulations  also prohibit any person from offering or making
an announcement of an offer or intent to make an offer to purchase  subscription
rights or shares of common stock prior to the completion of the conversion.

         We will pursue any and all legal and equitable remedies in the event we
become aware of the transfer of subscription rights and will not honor orders we
believe to involve the transfer of subscription  rights or which appear to us to
present other irregularities.

         Expiration Date. The  Subscription  Offering will expire at 12:00 noon,
Eastern Time, on ________ ____, 1998 (Expiration Date). Subscription rights will
become void if not exercised prior to the Expiration Date.

Community Offering

         To the  extent  that  shares  remain  available  and  subject to market
conditions at or near the completion of the subscription  offering, we may offer
shares to certain members of the general public in a community offering,  with a
preference given to natural persons who reside in Burlington County, New Jersey.
Any orders  received in  connection  with the community  offering,  if any, will
receive a lower priority than orders properly made in the subscription  offering
by persons exercising  Subscription  Rights.  Common stock sold in the community
offering  will be sold at the  same  price  as all  shares  in the  subscription
offering.  We have the  right to  reject  any  orders in whole or in part in the
community offering.

         No person or persons ordering through a single account, nor any person,
associate  or group of persons  acting in concert may  purchase  more than 6,000
shares or $60,000  of stock sold in the  conversion.  To order  common  stock in
connection with the community  offering,  if held, an executed stock order  form
along  with  full  payment  must be  received  prior to the  termination  of the
community offering.

         The date by which  orders must be received  in the  community  offering
("community  offering  Expiration  Date")  will  be  set by us at  the  time  of
commencement of the community  offering;  provided  however,  if the offering is
extended beyond  ________ ____,  1998, each subscriber will have the opportunity
to maintain,  modify, or rescind his order. In such event, all funds received in
the  community  offering  will be promptly  returned  with  interest  unless the
subscriber affirmatively indicates otherwise.

         In the event that an order is not accepted in the community offering or
that the conversion is not  consummated,  we will promptly  refund with interest
the funds received.  If the appraisal of the estimated  market value of the Bank
and the Company is less than $3,527,500 or more than $5,488,380, each subscriber
will have the right to modify or rescind his order.

Syndicated Community Offering

         To the  extent  that  shares  remain  available  and  subject to market
conditions we may offer shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription
and community  offerings in a syndicated  community offering through a syndicate
of  selected  broker/dealers  to be formed and  managed by Ryan,  Beck & Co. The
syndicated community offering,  if held, will be conducted to achieve the widest
distribution  of shares,  subject  to our right to reject  orders in whole or in
part in our  sole  discretion.  Neither  Ryan,  Beck & Co.  nor  any  registered
broker/dealer will have any obligation to take or purchase any shares in the

                                       28

<PAGE>



syndicated community offering.  Shares sold in the syndicated community offering
will be sold at $10.00 per share.

         The purchase  limitations  that apply in the subscription and community
offerings also apply in the  syndicated  community  offering.  In the event of a
syndicated  community  offering,  Ryan,  Beck & Co. will form a selling group of
selected  NASD  member  firms  (including  Ryan,  Beck & Co.)  under a  selected
dealers'  agreement.  The Company will pay a fee equal to 5.5% of the  aggregate
amount of stock sold pursuant to such selected dealer  agreements.  Ryan, Beck &
Co. will not commence a  syndicated  community  offering  through such a selling
group without the Company's  prior  approval.  See "The  Conversion -- Marketing
Arrangements" and "-- Community Offering."

         The syndicated  community offering will terminate not more than 45 days
following the  Expiration  Date,  unless we further extend the offering with the
approval of the OTS and we resolicit subscribers.

Ordering and Receiving Shares

         Use of Order Forms.  Rights to subscribe for stock in the  subscription
offering or to purchase  stock in the  community  offering  (if any) may only be
exercised  by  completing  an  original  order form and  certification.  Persons
ordering shares in the subscription offering must deliver by mail or in person a
properly  completed and signed original order form to us prior to the Expiration
Date.  Order forms must be accompanied  by full payment for all shares  ordered.
See "-- Payment for Shares."  Subscription  rights under the Plan will expire on
the  Expiration  Date,  whether or not we have been able to locate  each  person
entitled to subscription  rights. Once submitted,  subscription orders cannot be
revoked  without our consent  unless the  conversion is not completed  within 45
days of the Expiration Date.

         In the event an order form (i) is not  delivered  and is returned to us
by the United  States Postal  Service or we are unable to locate the  addressee,
(ii) is not  received  or is  received  after  the  Expiration  Date,  (iii)  is
defectively  completed or executed,  or (iv) is not  accompanied by full payment
for the shares  subscribed for (including  instances  where a savings account or
certificate  balance from which withdrawal is authorized is insufficient to fund
the amount of such required payment),  the subscription rights for the person to
whom such rights have been  granted  will lapse as though that person  failed to
return the completed  order form within the time period  specified.  We may, but
will not be required to, waive any irregularity on any order form or require the
submission  of  corrected  order  forms or the  remittance  of full  payment for
subscribed  shares by such date as we specify.  The waiver of an irregularity on
an order form in no way obligates us to waive any other  irregularity on that or
on any other order form.  Waivers  will be  considered  on a case by case basis.
Photocopies of order forms,  payments from private third parties,  or electronic
transfers of funds will not be  accepted.  Our  interpretation  of the terms and
conditions  of the Plan and of the  acceptability  of the  order  forms  will be
final. We have the right to investigate any irregularity on any order form.

         To ensure that each  purchaser  receives a prospectus at least 48 hours
before the Expiration  Date in accordance  with Rule 15c2-8 of the Exchange Act,
no prospectus will be mailed any later than five days prior to such date or hand
delivered  any later than two days prior to such  date.  Execution  of the order
form will confirm  receipt or delivery in  accordance  with Rule  l5c2-8.  Order
forms will only be distributed with a prospectus.

         Payment for Shares.  Payment for shares of common stock may be made (i)
in cash,  if  delivered  in person,  (ii) by check or money  order,  or (iii) by
authorization  of withdrawal from savings  accounts  (including  certificates of
deposit)  maintained with us. Appropriate means by which such withdrawals may be
authorized  are provided for in the order form.  Once such a withdrawal has been
authorized, no

                                       29

<PAGE>



portion of the  designated  withdrawal  amount may be used by the subscriber for
any purpose other than to purchase the shares. Where payment has been authorized
to be made through  withdrawal  from a savings  account,  the sum authorized for
withdrawal  will  continue  to earn  interest  at the  contract  rate  until the
conversion  has been  completed  or  terminated.  Interest  penalties  for early
withdrawal  applicable to  certificate  accounts  will not apply to  withdrawals
authorized for the purchase of shares;  however, if a partial withdrawal results
in a certificate account with a balance less than the applicable minimum balance
requirement, the certificate evidencing the remaining balance will earn interest
at the passbook savings account rate subsequent to the withdrawal. Payments made
in cash or by check or money  order,  will be  placed  in a  segregated  savings
account and  interest  will be paid by us at our passbook  savings  account rate
from the  date  payment  is  received  until  the  conversion  is  completed  or
terminated.  An executed  order form,  once received by us, may not be modified,
amended,  or  rescinded  without  our  consent,  unless  the  conversion  is not
completed within 45 days after the conclusion of the subscription  offering,  in
which event  subscribers may be given an opportunity to increase,  decrease,  or
rescind their order.  In the event that the conversion is not  consummated,  all
funds  submitted  pursuant  to the  offering  will  be  refunded  promptly  with
interest.

         Owners  of  self-directed  IRAs  may use  the  assets  of such  IRAs to
purchase shares in the offering.  Persons with IRAs maintained with us must have
their accounts transferred to an unaffiliated  institution or broker to purchase
shares  in  the  offering.  The  Stock  Information  Center  can  assist  you in
transferring your self-directed IRA. Because of the paperwork involved,  persons
owning IRAs who wish to use their IRA account to purchase stock in the offering,
must contact the Stock Information Center no later than ________ ____, 1998.

         The ESOP may subscribe  for shares by  submitting  its order form along
with evidence of a loan commitment  from a financial  institution or the Company
for the purchase of the shares  during the  subscription  offering and by making
payment for shares on the date of completion of the conversion.

         Federal regulations  prohibit us from lending funds or extending credit
to any person to purchase shares in the conversion.

         Delivery of Stock  Certificates.  Certificates  representing  shares of
common stock  issued in the  conversion  will be mailed to the  person(s) at the
address noted on the order form, as soon as practicable  following  consummation
of the conversion. Any certificates returned as undeliverable will be held until
properly  claimed or otherwise  disposed.  Persons  ordering shares might not be
able to sell their shares until they receive their stock certificates.

Plan of Distribution

         Materials   for  the  offering  have  been   distributed   to  eligible
subscribers by mail.  Additional  copies are available at our Stock  Information
Center.  Our officers may be available to answer questions about the conversion.
Responses to questions about us will be limited to the information  contained in
this document.  Officers will not be authorized to render investment advice. All
subscribers  for the shares  being  offered will be  instructed  to send payment
directly to us. The funds will be held in a segregated  special  escrow  account
and will not be released until the closing of the conversion or its termination.



                                       30

<PAGE>



Marketing Arrangements

         We have engaged Ryan, Beck & Co. as our financial advisor in connection
with the offering.  Ryan,  Beck & Co. has agreed to exercise its best efforts to
assist  us in the sale of the  shares in the  offering.  Ryan,  Beck & Co.  will
receive a fee of $125,000,  which will include  reimbursement  for out-of-pocket
expenses  (including  legal fees and  out-of-pocket  expenses  of such  counsel)
incurred by Ryan,  Beck & Co. We have also agreed to indemnify  Ryan, Beck & Co.
for  reasonable  costs  and  expenses  in  connection  with  certain  claims  or
liabilities   which  might  be   asserted   against   Ryan,   Beck  &  Co.  This
indemnification covers the investigation,  preparation of defense and defense of
any  action,   proceeding   or  claim   relating   to,   among   other   things,
misrepresentation  or breach of warranty of the written  agreement between Ryan,
Beck & Co. and the Bank or the omission or alleged  omission of a material  fact
required to be stated or necessary in order to make disclosure in the prospectus
and related documents not misleading.  In the event that a syndicated  community
offering is conducted,  we will pay Ryan,  Beck & Co. a fee equal to 5.5% of the
aggregate  amount of our  common  stock sold  pursuant  to any  selected  dealer
agreements Ryan, Beck has entered into with any broker/dealer.  Ryan, Beck & Co.
will, however, not commence sales through these broker/dealers without our prior
approval.

         The shares  will be offered  principally  by the  distribution  of this
document and through activities  conducted at the Stock Information  Center. The
Stock Information Center is expected to operate during our normal business hours
throughout the offering.  A registered  representative  employed by Ryan, Beck &
Co. will be working at, and supervising the operation of, the Stock  Information
Center. Ryan, Beck & Co. will assist us in responding to questions regarding the
conversion  and the offering and processing  order forms.  Our personnel will be
present in the Stock Information Center to assist Ryan, Beck & Co. with clerical
matters and to answer questions related solely to our business.

Stock Pricing

         We have retained FinPro, Inc., an independent  consulting and appraisal
firm, which is experienced in the evaluation and appraisal of business entities,
including savings institutions involved in the conversion process, to prepare an
appraisal of our  estimated  market  value.  FinPro,  Inc.  will receive fees of
$13,000 for preparing the appraisal and $11,000 for its assistance in connection
with  the  preparation  of a  business  plan  and also  will be  reimbursed  for
reasonable  out-of-pocket  expenses.  We have agreed to indemnify  FinPro,  Inc.
under certain  circumstances  against liabilities and expenses arising out of or
based on the services provided by FinPro, Inc.

         FinPro,   Inc.  has  prepared  the   appraisal  in  reliance  upon  the
information contained herein, including the financial statements.  The appraisal
contains an analysis of a number of factors  including,  but not limited to, our
financial  condition and operating trends,  the competitive  environment  within
which we operate,  operating trends of certain savings  institutions and savings
and loan holding companies, relevant economic conditions, both nationally and in
the State of New Jersey,  which affect the  operations of savings  institutions,
and stock market values of certain savings  institutions.  In addition,  FinPro,
Inc. has advised us that it has considered the effect of the additional  capital
raised by the sale of the shares on our  estimated  aggregate  pro forma  market
value.

         On the basis of the above, FinPro, Inc. has determined, in its opinion,
that as of June 12,  1998,  our  estimated  market  value  was  $4,150,000.  OTS
regulations require,  however, that the appraiser establish a range of value for
the stock to allow for  fluctuations  in the aggregate value of the stock due to
changing  market  conditions and other factors.  Accordingly,  FinPro,  Inc. has
established a range of value from $3,527,500 to $4,772,500 for the offering, the
EVR. The EVR will be updated prior to

                                       31

<PAGE>



consummation  of the conversion  and the EVR may increase to $5,488,380  without
resolicitation of subscriptions.

         The  board  of  directors  has  reviewed  the  independent   appraisal,
including  the  stated   methodology  of  the  independent   appraiser  and  the
assumptions used in the preparation of the independent  appraisal.  The board of
directors is relying upon the  expertise,  experience  and  independence  of the
appraiser  and  is  not  qualified  to  determine  the  appropriateness  of  the
assumptions.

         In order for stock sales to take place FinPro, Inc. must confirm to the
OTS that, to the best of FinPro,  Inc.'s  knowledge  and judgment,  nothing of a
material nature has occurred which would cause FinPro, Inc. to conclude that the
aggregate sale price for the shares would not be compatible with FinPro,  Inc.'s
estimate of our pro forma market value immediately upon conversion. If, however,
facts do not justify such a statement, an amended EVR may be established.

         The  appraisal  is  not  a  recommendation   of  any  kind  as  to  the
advisability  of purchasing  these shares.  In preparing the appraisal,  FinPro,
Inc. has relied upon and assumed the accuracy and  completeness of the financial
and statistical information we provided them. FinPro, Inc. did not independently
verify the  financial  statements  and other  information  we provided,  nor did
FinPro,  Inc.  independently  value our assets and  liabilities.  The  appraisal
considers  us  only  as a going  concern  and it  should  not be  viewed  as our
liquidation value.  Moreover,  because the appraisal is based upon estimates and
projections of a number of matters which are subject to change, the market price
of the common stock could decline below $10.00.

Change in Number of Shares to be Issued in the Conversion

         Depending  on  market  and  financial  conditions  at the  time  of the
completion of the offering, we may significantly increase or decrease the number
of shares to be issued in the  conversion.  In the event of an  increase  in the
valuation,  we may  increase  the  total  number  of  shares to be issued in the
conversion.  An  increase  in the  total  number  of  shares to be issued in the
conversion would decrease a subscriber's  percentage  ownership interest and the
pro forma net worth (book value) per share and increase the pro forma net income
and net worth (book  value) on an  aggregate  basis.  In the event of a material
reduction in the valuation, we may decrease the number of shares to be issued to
reflect the reduced  valuation.  A decrease in the number of shares to be issued
in the conversion would increase a subscriber's  percentage  ownership  interest
and the pro forma net worth (book  value) per share and  decrease  pro forma net
income and net worth on an aggregate basis.

         Persons ordering shares will not be permitted to modify or cancel their
orders unless the change in the number of shares to be issued in the  conversion
results  in an  offering  which is  either  less  than  $3,527,500  or more than
$5,488,380.  Persons  who did  not  subscribe  for  shares  will  not  have  the
opportunity to do so.

Limitations on Purchases and Transfer of Shares

         The Plan  provides for certain  additional  purchase  limitations.  The
minimum purchase is 25 shares and the maximum purchase for any person or persons
ordering  through a single account,  or for any person,  associate,  or group of
persons  acting in concert,  is 6,000 shares.  However,  the Employee  Plans may
purchase  up to 10% of the  shares  sold.  The  OTS  regulations  governing  the
conversion  provide that  officers and directors  and their  associates  may not
purchase,  in the aggregate,  more than 35% of the shares issued pursuant to the
conversion.


                                       32

<PAGE>



         Depending on market  conditions  and the results of the  offering,  the
board of  directors  may,  if the OTS agrees,  increase  or decrease  any of the
purchase   limitations   without  the   approval  of  our  members  and  without
resoliciting  subscribers.  If the maximum  purchase  limitation  is  increased,
persons who ordered the maximum  amount will be given the first  opportunity  to
increase their orders.  In doing so the  preference  categories in the offerings
will be followed.

         In the event of an  increase in the total  number of shares  offered in
the  conversion  due to an  increase  in the  EVR  of up to 15%  (the  "Adjusted
Maximum"),  the  additional  shares will be allocated in the following  order of
priority:  (i) to fill  the  Employee  Plans'  subscription  of up to 10% of the
Adjusted  Maximum number of shares (the ESOP currently  intends to subscribe for
8%);  (ii) in the event that there is an  oversubscription  by Eligible  Account
Holders, to fill unfulfilled subscriptions of Eligible Account Holders; (iii) in
the event that there is an  oversubscription  by Supplemental  Eligible  Account
Holders,  to fill  unfulfilled  subscriptions  to Supplemental  Eligible Account
Holders;  (iv) in the event that there is an  oversubscription by Other Members,
to fill unfulfilled  subscriptions of Other Members; and (v) to fill unfulfilled
subscriptions in the community offering to the extent possible.

         The  term  "associate"  of  a  person  means  (i)  any  corporation  or
organization  (other than us or a  majority-owned  subsidiary  of ours) of which
such  person is an  officer  or  partner  or is,  directly  or  indirectly,  the
beneficial  owner of 10% or more of any  class of  equity  securities,  (ii) any
trust or other estate in which such person has a substantial beneficial interest
or as to which such person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary  capacity
(excluding  tax-qualified  employee stock benefit plans), and (iii) any relative
or spouse of such person or any relative of such  spouse,  who has the same home
as such  person or who is one of our  directors  or  officers,  or a director or
officer of the Company or of any of our subsidiaries. For example, a corporation
of which a person serves as an officer would be an associate of that person, and
therefore all shares  purchased by that  corporation  would be included with the
number of shares which that person  individually  could purchase pursuant to the
above limitations.

         The term  "officer"  may include our chairman of the board,  president,
vice  presidents  in charge  of  principal  business  functions,  secretary  and
treasurer and any other person  performing  similar  functions.  All  references
herein to an officer have the same meaning as used for an officer in the Plan.

         To order  shares in the  conversion,  persons  must  certify that their
purchase does not conflict with the purchase limitations.  In the event that the
purchase  limitations  are exceeded by any person  (including  any  associate or
group of persons  affiliated or otherwise  acting in concert with such persons),
we will have the right to  purchase  from  that  person at $10.00  per share all
shares  acquired by that person in excess of the  purchase  limitations.  If the
excess shares have been sold by that person,  we may recover the profit from the
sale of the shares by that  person.  We may assign our right  either to purchase
the excess shares or to recover the profits from their sale.

         Shares of common stock  purchased  pursuant to the  conversion  will be
freely transferable,  except for shares purchased by our directors and officers.
For certain restrictions on the shares purchased by directors and officers,  see
"-- Restrictions on Sales and Purchases of Shares by Directors and Officers." In
addition, under guidelines of the NASD, members of the NASD and their associates
are subject to certain  restrictions on the transfer of securities  purchased in
accordance with subscription  rights and to certain reporting  requirements upon
purchase of such securities.


                                       33

<PAGE>



Restrictions on Repurchase of Shares

         Generally,  during the first year following the conversion, the Company
may not  repurchase  its shares and  during  each of the second and third  years
following the  conversion,  the Company may repurchase up to five percent of the
outstanding  shares  provided  they are purchased in  open-market  transactions.
Repurchases  must not cause us to become  undercapitalized  and at least 10 days
prior  notice  of the  repurchase  must  be  provided  to the  OTS.  The OTS may
disapprove a repurchase  program upon a  determination  that (1) the  repurchase
program would  adversely  affect our financial  condition,  (2) the  information
submitted  is  insufficient  upon which to base a  conclusion  as to whether the
financial condition would be adversely affected, or (3) a valid business purpose
was  not  demonstrated.  However,  the  OTS  may  grant  special  permission  to
repurchase  shares after six months  following the  conversion and to repurchase
more than five percent  during each of the second and third years.  In addition,
SEC rules also govern the method,  time,  price,  and number of shares of common
stock that may be repurchased by the Company and affiliated  purchasers.  If, in
the future,  the rules and  regulations  regarding  the  repurchase of stock are
liberalized, the Company may utilize the rules and regulations then in effect.

Restrictions on Sales and Purchases of Shares by Directors and Officers

         Shares  purchased by  directors  and officers of the Company may not be
sold for one year following the conversion,  except in the event of the death of
the director or officer.  Any shares issued to directors and officers as a stock
dividend,  stock split,  or otherwise with respect to restricted  stock shall be
subject to the same restrictions.

         For three years  following the  conversion,  directors and officers may
purchase  shares only  through a  registered  broker or dealer.  Exceptions  are
available  only if the OTS has approved the purchase or the purchase is an arm's
length transaction and involves more than one percent of the outstanding shares.

Interpretation and Amendment of the Plan

         We  have  the   authority  to  interpret   and  amend  the  Plan.   Our
interpretations  are final.  Amendments  to the Plan after the receipt of member
approval will not need further member approval unless required by the OTS.

Conditions and Termination

         Completion of the  conversion  requires (i) the approval of the Plan by
the  affirmative  vote of a majority of the total number of votes eligible to be
cast by our members,  and (ii) completion of the sale of shares within 24 months
following  approval  of the Plan by our  members.  If these  conditions  are not
satisfied,  the Plan will be terminated and we will continue our business in the
mutual form of organization.  We may terminate the Plan at any time prior to the
meeting  of  members  to vote on the  Plan or at any  time  thereafter  with the
approval of the OTS.

Other

         All  statements  made in this  document  are  hereby  qualified  by the
contents of the Plan of  Conversion,  the material  terms of which are set forth
herein.  The Plan of  Conversion  is attached to the proxy  statement  mailed to
certain  depositors and borrowers.  Copies of the Plan are available from us and
should be consulted for further information. Adoption of the Plan by our members
authorizes us to interpret, amend or terminate the Plan.

                                       34

<PAGE>

                              PEOPLES SAVINGS BANK

                              STATEMENTS OF INCOME
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                        Six Months Ended                                  Year Ended
                                                            March 31,                                    September 30,
                                                    1998                   1997                    1997                   1996
                                                 -----------            -----------            ------------           --------------
                                               (Unaudited)            (Unaudited)
<S>                                               <C>                     <C>                    <C>                     <C>
Interest income:
  Loans receivable............................    $1,106,434              $  976,936             $2,034,408              $1,778,091
  Securities available-for-sale...............         9,346                   8,062                 21,049                  66,236
  Securities held-to-maturity.................       125,746                 196,733                402,617                 350,515
  Mortgage-backed securities held-to-
    maturity..................................        90,990                  80,895                176,755                 173,957
                                                  ----------              ----------             ----------              ----------
         Total interest income................     1,332,516               1,262,626              2,634,829               2,368,799
                                                   ---------               ---------              ---------               ---------
Interest expense:
  Deposits....................................       676,511                 625,839              1,328,640               1,186,639
  Federal Home Loan Bank advances.............           500                  62,012                 80,443                  35,282
                                                 -----------              ----------             ----------              ----------
         Total interest expense...............       677,011                 687,851              1,409,083               1,221,921
Net interest income...........................       655,505                 574,775              1,225,746               1,146,878
Provision for loan losses.....................        59,000                   4,000                  8,000                  12,500
                                                  ----------              ----------            -----------              ----------
Net interest income after provision
  for loan losses.............................       596,505                 570,775              1,217,746               1,134,378
                                                  ----------               ---------              ---------               ---------
Noninterest income:
  Fees and other service charges..............        77,913                  79,404                148,251                 109,791
  Collection on deficiency judgment...........        54,024                      --                     --                      --
  Gain (loss) on sale of assets...............            --                      --                 (1,757)                   (501)
  Income from REO.............................            --                      --                  7,966                      --
  Net realized gains on sale of
     available-for-sale securities............           933                      --                  6,977                   1,791
                                                 -----------            ------------            -----------             -----------
         Total noninterest income.............       132,870                  79,404                161,437                 111,081
                                                  ----------              ----------             ----------              ----------
                                                     729,375                 650,179              1,379,183               1,245,459
Noninterest expense:
  Compensation and benefits...................       258,952                 260,249                513,966                 482,335
  Occupancy and equipment.....................       114,274                 108,256                217,985                 219,499
  Federal insurance premiums
    and assessments...........................        17,205                  23,709                 40,339                 275,740
  Other.......................................       187,219                 174,116                333,646                 309,964
                                                  ----------               ---------             ----------              ----------
         Total noninterest expense............       577,650                 566,330              1,105,936               1,287,538
                                                  ----------               ---------              ---------               ---------
Income (loss) before provision
  for income taxes............................       151,725                  83,849                273,247                 (42,079)
Provision for income taxes....................        38,045                  22,000                 81,340                 (21,960)
                                                  ----------              ----------             ----------              ----------
         Net income...........................    $  113,680              $   61,849             $  191,907              $  (20,119)
                                                  ==========              ==========             ==========              ==========
</TABLE>




See accompanying notes to financial statements beginning on page F-5.

                                       35

<PAGE>



                      MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

         Management's  discussion  and  analysis  is  intended  to assist you in
understanding our financial condition and results of operations. The information
in this section  should also be read with our Financial  Statements and Notes to
the Financial Statements included elsewhere in this document.

General

         The Company has recently been formed and,  accordingly,  has no results
of operations.  The following discussion relates only to our financial condition
and results of operations. Please refer to our Pro Forma Data discussion on page
__ to see the potential effects of the offering on our financial statements.

         Our results of  operations  depend  primarily on net  interest  income,
which is determined by (i) the  difference  between rates of interest we earn on
our interest-earning assets and the rates we pay on interest-bearing liabilities
(interest rate spread), and (ii) the relative amounts of interest-earning assets
and interest-bearing liabilities. Our results of operations are also affected by
noninterest  income,  including,  income from customer  deposit  account service
charges,  gains and  losses  from the sale of  investments  and  mortgage-backed
securities and  noninterest  expense,  including,  primarily,  compensation  and
employee benefits,  federal deposit insurance  premiums,  office occupancy cost,
and  data  processing   cost.  Our  results  of  operations  are  also  affected
significantly by general and economic and competitive  conditions,  particularly
changes in market interest rates,  government policies and actions of regulatory
authorities, all of which are beyond our control.

Market Risk Analysis

         Our assets and  liabilities  may be analyzed by examining the extent to
which they are interest rate sensitive and by monitoring the expected effects of
interest rate changes on our net portfolio value.

         An asset or liability is interest rate sensitive within a specific time
period if it will  mature or  reprice  within  that time  period.  If our assets
mature or reprice more quickly or to a greater extent than our liabilities,  our
net  portfolio  value and net  interest  income  would tend to  increase  during
periods of rising interest rates but decrease during periods of falling interest
rates.  Conversely,  if our assets  mature or reprice more slowly or to a lesser
extent than our  liabilities,  our net portfolio  value and net interest  income
would tend to decrease  during  periods of rising  interest  rates but  increase
during  periods of falling  interest  rates.  Our policy has been to address the
interest rate risk inherent in the historical  savings  institution  business of
originating  long-term  loans  funded  by  short-term  deposits  by  maintaining
sufficient  liquid assets for material and prolonged  changes in interest  rates
and by  originating  loans with shorter terms to maturity such as  construction,
commercial and consumer loans. In addition,  we have invested in adjustable-rate
mortgage-backed securities as an interest rate risk management strategy.

Net Portfolio Value

         In order to encourage  savings  associations  to reduce their  interest
rate risk,  the OTS adopted a rule  incorporating  an interest rate risk ("IRR")
component  into the  risk-based  capital  rules.  The IRR  component is a dollar
amount that will be deducted from total  capital for the purpose of  calculating
an institution's  risk-based capital requirement and is measured in terms of the
sensitivity of its net portfolio value ("NPV") to changes in interest rates. NPV
is the  difference  between  incoming  and outgoing  discounted  cash flows from
assets,  liabilities,  and off-balance sheet contracts.  An institution's IRR is
measured as the change to its NPV as a result of a hypothetical  200 basis point
("bp") change in market

                                       36

<PAGE>



interest  rates.  A  resulting  change in NPV of more  than 2% of the  estimated
present value of total assets ("PV") will require the institution to deduct from
its capital  50% of that  excess  change.  The rules  provide  that the OTS will
calculate the IRR component  quarterly for each institution.  Based on our asset
size and risk-based capital, we have been informed by the OTS that we are exempt
from this rule. Nevertheless,  the following table presents our NPV at March 31,
1998, as calculated by the OTS,  based on quarterly  information  we voluntarily
provided to the OTS.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

      Changes                              Net Portfolio Value
     in Market        --------------------------------------------------------
   Interest Rates      $ Amount               $ Change              % Change         NPV Ratio(1)
   --------------     ---------             ------------           -----------       ------------

   (basis points)             (Dollars in Thousands)
        <S>            <C>                   <C>                    <C>                <C>
         +400             886                 - 2,158                - 70.8             2.40%

         +300           1,438                 - 1,607                - 52.8             3.82

         +200           2,008                 - 1,037                - 34.1             5.25

         +100           2,573                 -   471                - 15.5             6.61

            0           3,045                       0                     0             7.71

         -100           3,413                     368                  12.1             8.53

         -200           3,567                     522                  17.1             8.86

         -300           3,666                     621                  20.4             9.04

         -400           3,988                     943                  31.0             9.72
</TABLE>


- -------------------
(1) Calculated as the estimated NPV divided by present value of total assets.

         Computations  of  prospective  effects of  hypothetical  interest  rate
changes are based on numerous  assumptions,  including relative levels of market
interest rates,  prepayments and deposit  run-offs and should not be relied upon
as  indicative  of actual  results.  Certain  shortcomings  are inherent in such
computations.   Although   certain  assets  and  liabilities  may  have  similar
maturities  or periods of  repricing,  they may react at different  times and in
different degrees to changes in market rates of interest.  The interest rates on
certain types of assets and  liabilities  may fluctuate in advance of changes in
market interest rates,  while rates on other types of assets and liabilities may
lag  behind  changes  in  market  interest  rates.  In the  event of a change in
interest  rates,   prepayments  and  early   withdrawal   levels  could  deviate
significantly  from those  assumed in making the  calculations  set forth above.
Additionally,  an  increased  credit  risk may result as many  borrowers  may be
unable to service their debt in the event of an interest rate increase.

         Our board of directors  reviews our asset and liability  policies on an
annual basis.  The board of directors  meets  quarterly to review  interest rate
risk and  trends,  as well as  liquidity  and capital  ratios and  requirements.
Management administers the policies and determinations of the board of directors
with respect to our asset and liability goals and strategies. We expect that our
asset and liability  policies and strategies  will continue as described so long
as competitive and regulatory  conditions in the financial  institution industry
and market interest rates continue as they have in recent years.



                                       37

<PAGE>



Financial Condition

         Total assets  increased $1.07 million or 2.8% to $38.7 million at March
31, 1998 from $37.6  million at September  30, 1997.  The increase was primarily
attributable  to a $1.9  million  increase  in our loans  receivable  and a $1.4
million increase in interest-bearing deposits, partially offset by a decrease in
securities held-to-maturity of $998,000 as well as a decrease in mortgage-backed
and related  securities  held-to-maturity  of  $476,000.  Our total  liabilities
increased  $930,000  or 2.6%,  to $36.5  million  at March 31,  1998 from  $35.5
million at September  30, 1997.  The increase was  primarily  attributable  to a
$891,000  increase in deposits.  Deposits  increased  primarily due to increased
marketing  efforts  through  greater  advertising.  Total assets  increased $3.3
million or 9.3% to $37.6  million at September  30,  1997,  as compared to $34.4
million at September 30, 1996. This increase was primarily due to a $3.1 million
or 13.5% increase in loans receivable,  net, and a $1.2 million increase in cash
and due from banks,  partially  offset by a $1.6 million  decrease in securities
held-to-maturity.  The increase in loans receivable was due to greater marketing
and  increased  demand in our primary  market area.  The decrease in  securities
held-to-maturity was a result of maturing instruments.

         Total  liabilities  increased  $3.0 million or 9.4% to $35.5 million at
September  30, 1997 as compared to $32.5  million at September  30,  1996.  This
increase  was due to an  increase  in  deposits  of $5.6  million  or  19.0%  at
September  30,  1997,  partially  offset  by a $2.4  million  decrease  in  FHLB
advances.  We had no FHLB advances at September 30, 1997 as our borrowings  were
repaid during 1997 using funds provided by the increase in deposits.

         Retained earnings  increased  $137,000 to $2.2 million or 5.7% of total
assets at March 31, 1998, as compared to $2.1 million or 5.5% of total assets at
September  30, 1997 and $1.9 million or 5.5% of total  assets at  September  30,
1996.  The  increases in retained  earnings are  primarily  attributable  to net
income.



                                       38

<PAGE>
Average Balance Sheet

         The following table sets forth a summary of average  balances of assets
and liabilities as well as average yield and rate information.  Average balances
are  based  upon  month-end  balances,  however,  we do not  believe  the use of
month-end  balances  differs  significantly  from an  average  based  upon daily
balances. There have been no tax equivalent adjustments made to yields.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                For the Six Months Ended (5)
                                    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 March 31, 1998                            March 31, 1997
                                    ----------------------------------------   --------------------------------------
                                                                   Average                                    Average
                                         Average                   Yield/          Average                     Yield/
                                         Balance     Interest       Cost           Balance     Interest        Cost
                                         -------     --------   ------------       -------     --------      --------
                                                                       (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                      <C>           <C>          <C>            <C>           <C>         <C>
Interest-earning assets:
  Loans receivable(1).............       $27,392       $1,107         8.08%        $23,935       $  977        8.16%
  Mortgage-backed securities......         2,896           91         6.28           2,683           81        6.03
  Investment securities(2)........         3,442           96         5.50           5,197          152        5.85
  Other interest-earning assets...         1,944           39         4.01           2,150           53        4.91
                                          ------       ------         ----          ------        -----        ----
     Total interest-earning assets        35,674        1,333         7.47          33,965        1,263        7.43
                                                                      ----                                     ----
Noninterest-earning assets........         2,154           --                        2,417           --
                                          ------       ------                       ------       ------
     Total assets.................       $37,828        1,333                      $36,382        1,263
                                          ======        -----                       ======        -----
Interest-bearing liabilities:
  NOW Accounts....................        $4,225       $   49         2.32          $3,808         $ 44        2.31
  Savings accounts................         6,651           83         2.50           5,790           75        2.59
  Money market accounts...........         2,357           30         2.55           2,292           25        2.18
  Certificates of deposit.........        19,526          515         5.27          18,874          482        5.11
  Other liabilities...............            --           --           --           2,187           62        5.67
                                      ----------      -------         ----         -------         ----        ----
     Total interest-bearing liabilities   32,759          677         4.13          32,951          688        4.18
                                                                      ----                                     ----
Noninterest-bearing liabilities...         2,884                                     1,507
                                          ------                                    ------
     Total liabilities............        35,643                                    34,458
                                          ------                                    ------

Retained earnings.................         2,185           --                        1,924           --
                                          ------      -------                       ------         ----
     Total liabilities and
       retained earnings..........       $37,828                                   $36,382
                                          ======                                    ======

Net interest income...............                     $  656                                      $575
                                                        =====                                       ===
Interest rate spread(3)...........                                    3.34%                                    3.25%
                                                                     =====                                    =====
Net yield on
  interest-earning assets(4)......                                    3.68%                                    3.39%
                                                                     =====                                    =====
Ratio of average interest-earning
  assets to average interest-
  bearing liabilities.............                                  108.90%                                  103.08%
                                                                    ======                                   ======
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          Year Ended September 30,                                     At March 31,
                                    -------------------------------------------------------------------------   --------------------
                                                 1997                                    1996                              1998
                                    ----------------------------------   ------------------------------------   --------------------
                                                              Average                                Average               Average
                                    Average                   Yield/         Average                 Yield/     Actual     Yield/
                                    Balance      Interest      Cost          Balance    Interest      Cost      Balance     Cost
                                    -------      --------   ----------       -------    --------   ----------   -------     --------
                                                                            (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                 <C>            <C>        <C>            <C>          <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>
Interest-earning assets:
  Loans receivable(1).............  $24,832        $2,034       8.19%        $21,636      $1,778       8.22%       $28,280     7.81%
  Mortgage-backed securities......    2,962           177       5.97           2,940         174       5.92          2,540     6.18
  Investment securities(2)........    4,645           318       6.85           5,531         364       6.57          2,886     5.64
  Other interest-earning assets...    2,559           106       4.13           1,537          53       3.45          2,712     5.25
                                     ------        ------       ----          ------      ------       ----          -----     ----
     Total interest-earning assets   34,998         2,635       7.53          31,644       2,369       7.49         36,418     7.33
                                                                ----                                   ----                    ----
Noninterest-earning assets........    2,333            --                      2,234          --                     2,267
                                     ------        ------                    -------      ------                    ------
     Total assets.................  $37,331        $2,635                    $33,878      $2,369                   $38,685
                                     ======         =====                     ======       =====                    ======
Interest-bearing liabilities:
  NOW Accounts....................  $ 3,830         $  86       2.24          $3,708       $  74       1.99        $ 4,516     1.75
  Savings accounts................    6,187           152       2.46           5,568         167       3.01          7,007     2.50
  Money market accounts...........    2,283            60       2.62           2,746          59       2.15          2,540     2.62
  Certificates of deposit.........   19,530         1,031       5.28          18,019         887       4.92         19,475     5.40
  Other liabilities...............    1,302            80       6.14             738          35       4.78             --       --
                                     ------        ------       ----          ------       -----       ----         ------    -----
     Total interest-bearing liabilit 33,132         1,409       4.25          30,779       1,222       3.97         33,538     4.09
                                                                ----                                   ----                    ----
Noninterest-bearing liabilities...    2,225                                    1,134                                 2,922
                                     ------                                   ------                                ------
     Total liabilities............   35,357                                   31,913                                36,460
                                     ------                                   ------                                ------

Retained earnings.................    1,974            --                      1,965          --                     2,225
                                     ------        ------                     ------       -----                    ------
     Total liabilities and
       retained earnings..........  $37,331        $1,409                    $33,878                               $38,685
                                     ======         =====                     ======                                ======

Net interest income...............                 $1,226                                 $1,147
                                                    =====                                  =====
Interest rate spread(3)...........                              3.28%                                  3.52%                   3.24%
                                                                ====                                   ====                    ====
Net yield on
  interest-earning assets(4)......                              3.50%                                  3.62%                   3.56%
                                                                ====                                   ====                    ====
Ratio of average interest-earning
  assets to average interest-
  bearing liabilities.............                            105.63%                                102.81%                 108.59%
                                                              ======                                 ======                  ======
</TABLE>


- -------------------------
(1)  Average balances include non-accrual loans.
(2)  Includes interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions.
(3)  Interest-rate spread represents the difference between the average yield on
     interest-earning   assets  and  the   average   cost  of   interest-bearing
     liabilities.
(4)  Net yield on  interest-earning  assets  represents net interest income as a
     percentage of average interest-earning assets.
(5)  Annualized (where  appropriate) for purposes of comparability with year-end
     data.

                                       39

<PAGE>



         The table below sets forth certain information regarding changes in our
interest  income  and  interest  expense  for the  periods  indicated.  For each
category   of   interest-earning   assets  and   interest-bearing   liabilities,
information  is  provided  on  changes  attributable  to (i)  changes  in volume
(changes  in  average  volume  multiplied  by old rate);  (ii)  changes in rates
(changes in rate multiplied by old average volume); (iii) changes in rate-volume
(changes in rate multiplied by the change in average volume).

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    Six Months Ended March 31,          Year Ended September 30,
                                         1998 vs. 1997                      1997 vs. 1996
                                 ---------------------------------   --------------------------------
                                      Increase (Decrease)                Increase (Decrease)
                                            Due to                             Due to
                                 ---------------------------------   --------------------------------
                                                   Rate/                               Rate/
                                 Volume    Rate    Volume    Net     Volume    Rate    Volume    Net
                                 -------  ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   -----
                                                          (In thousands)
<S>                              <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
Interest income:
 Loans receivable ............   $ 141    $ (10)   $  (1)   $ 130    $ 263    $  (6)   $  (1)   $ 256
 Mortgage-backed securities ..       7        3       --       10        2        1       --        3
 Investment securities .......     (51)      (7)       2      (56)     (59)      16       (3)     (46)
 Other interest-earning assets      (5)     (10)       1      (14)      36       10        7      (53)
                                 -----    -----    -----    -----    -----    -----    -----    -----
  Total interest income ......   $  92    $ (24)   $   2    $  70    $ 242    $  21    $   3    $ 266
                                 =====    =====    =====    =====    =====    =====    =====    =====

Interest expense:
 NOW accounts ................   $   5    $  --    $  --    $   5    $   3    $   9    $  --    $  12
 Savings account .............      11       (3)      --        8       19      (31)      (3)     (15)
 Money market accounts .......       1        4       --        5      (10)      13       (2)       1
 Certificates of deposit .....      17       15        1       33       74       65        5      144
 Other liabilities ...........      --       --      (62)     (62)      27       10        8    $  45
                                 -----    -----    -----    -----    -----    -----    -----    -----
  Total interest expense
                                 $  34    $  16    $ (61)     (11)     113    $  66    $   8    $ 187
                                 =====    =====    =====    =====    =====    =====    =====    =====


Change in net interest income    $  58    $ (40)   $  63    $  81    $ 129    $ (45)   $  (5)   $  79
                                 =====    =====    =====    =====    =====    =====    =====    =====
</TABLE>


                                       40

<PAGE>



Results of Operations for the Six Months Ended March 31, 1998 and 1997

         Net Income.  Our net income increased  $52,000 for the six months ended
March 31,  1998,  to $114,000  from  $62,000 for the six months  ended March 31,
1997. This increase was primarily attributable to an $81,000 increase in our net
interest  income,  a $53,000  increase in our noninterest  income and an $11,000
decrease  in interest  expense,  partially  offset by a $55,000  increase in our
provision for loan losses, an increase in noninterest  expense of $11,000 and an
increase in income taxes of $16,000.

         Net  Interest  Income.  Net  interest  income  is the most  significant
component of our income from  operations.  Net interest income is the difference
between  interest we receive on our  interest-earning  assets,  primarily loans,
investment   and   mortgage-backed   securities  and  interest  we  pay  on  our
interest-bearing liabilities, primarily deposits. Net interest income depends on
the volume of and rates earned on interest-earning  assets and the volume of and
rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities.

         Our net interest income increased  $81,000,  or 15.15%, to $656,000 for
the six months ended March 31, 1998, as compared to the same period in 1997. The
increase was primarily due to the growth in our average  interest-earning assets
to $35.7  million in 1998 from $34.0  million in 1997 and growth in our interest
rate spread to 3.34% in 1998 compared to 3.25% in 1997.

         The  increase in our average  interest-earning  assets of $1.7  million
primarily  reflects  increases of $3.5 million in our balance of average  loans,
partially  offset by a decrease of $2.0  million in  investment  securities  and
other  assets.  The  increase in our  interest-earning  assets was funded by the
increase in deposits.

         Our  interest  rate  spread  and net yield on  interest-earning  assets
increased for the six months ended March 31, 1998 compared to the same period in
1997  which  was   primarily  due  to  an  increase  in  average  yield  on  our
interest-earning  assets of 7.47% in 1998  compared to 7.43% in 1997,  partially
offset by a decrease in our average yield on interest-bearing  deposits of 4.13%
in 1998  compared  to  4.18% in  1997.  The  increase  in our  average  yield on
interest-earning assets was due to increased lending activity.

         The decrease in our average  interest-bearing  liabilities  of $192,000
reflects increases of $417,000 in our average  interest-bearing  demand deposits
and $1.6 million in average  savings and  certificates of deposit and a decrease
of $2.2  million in average  FHLB  borrowings.  The decrease in our average FHLB
borrowings is primarily due to the increase in deposits.

         Provision  for Loan Losses.  Our  provision for loan losses was $59,000
for the six months  ended  March 31,  1998,  as  compared to $4,000 for the same
period in 1997.  The increase in the provision in the six months ended March 31,
1998 was the result of  management's  assessment  of its loan  portfolio and its
inherent  risks.  In  particular,  we increased the amount of our commercial and
consumer  loans during 1998,  which loans have greater credit risk and we expect
to increase this type of lending in the future.

         Historically, we have emphasized our loss experience over other factors
in establishing the provision for loan losses.  We review the allowance for loan
losses in relation to (i) our past loan loss experience, (ii) known and inherent
risks in our portfolio,  (iii) adverse situations that may affect the borrower's
ability to repay, (iv) the estimated value of any underlying collateral, and (v)
current economic  conditions.  Management believes the allowance for loan losses
is at a level that is adequate to provide for estimated losses.  However,  there
can be no assurance that further additions will not be

                                       41

<PAGE>



made to the allowance and that such losses will not exceed the estimated amount.
See "Business of Peoples  Savings Bank --  Nonperforming  and Problem  Assets --
Allowance for Loan Losses."

         Noninterest  Income.  Our noninterest income increased $53,000 or 67.3%
from  $79,000 for the six months  ended March 31, 1997 to $133,000  for the same
period  in  1998.  This  increase  in  our  noninterest  income  was  due to the
collection of a $54,000 deficiency  judgment,  partially offset by a decrease in
fees and other service charges of $1,000.

         Noninterest  Expense. Our noninterest expense increased $11,000 or 2.0%
from  $566,000  for the six months ended March 31, 1997 to $578,000 for the same
period in 1998.  The  increase  in our  noninterest  expense was due to a $6,000
increase in our occupancy and equipment  expense and a $13,000 increase in other
noninterest expense, partially offset by decreases of $1,000 in our compensation
and benefits and $7,000 in our federal insurance  premiums.  The decrease in our
federal  deposit  insurance  premiums was due to a reduction in the rate charged
for deposit insurance.

         As a result of the conversion, our noninterest expense may increase due
to costs  associated with our employee stock ownership  plan,  restricted  stock
plan,  if  implemented,  and the costs of being a public  company.  However,  we
expect any such  increase to be offset by increased  interest  income  resulting
from investment of the proceeds from the conversion.

         Income Tax  Expense.  Our income tax  expense  increased  $16,000  from
$22,000 in 1997 to $38,000 in 1998.  This  increase in income tax expense is due
to the increase in our pretax income of $68,000 from $84,000 in 1997 to $152,000
in 1998.  Our  effective tax rate was 25.07% and 26.24% for the six months ended
March 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

Results of Operations for the Years Ended September 30, 1997 and 1996

         Net  Income.  Our net  income  increased  $212,000  for the year  ended
September  30,  1997,  to  $192,000  from a loss of  $20,000  for the year ended
September  30, 1996.  This  increase  was  primarily  attributable  to a $79,000
increase in our net  interest  income,  a $50,000  increase  in our  noninterest
income and a $182,000 decrease in our noninterest expense, partially offset by a
$103,000 increase in our income tax expense due to the increase in income before
taxes. In 1996, we were required to pay a one-time assessment to the FDIC in the
amount of $192,000 to recapitalize the SAIF.

         Net Interest  Income.  Our net interest income  increased  $79,000,  or
6.9%, to $1.2 million for the year ended  September 30, 1997, as compared to the
same period in 1996. The increase was primarily due to the growth in our average
interest-earning  assets to $35.0  million in 1997 from  $31.6  million in 1996,
partially  offset by a decrease  in our  interest  rate  spread to 3.28% in 1997
compared to 3.52% in 1996.

         The  increase in our average  interest-earning  assets of $3.4  million
reflects  increases  of $3.2  million in our  balance of average  loans and $1.0
million in our other interest-earning  assets, partially offset by a decrease of
$886,000 in our  investment  securities.  The  increase in our  interest-earning
assets was funded by the  increase of $2.4  million in average  interest-bearing
liabilities.

         Our  interest  rate  spread  and net yield on  interest-earning  assets
decreased  for the year ended  September 30, 1997 compared to the same period in
1996  primarily  due to an  increase  in our  average  cost on  interest-bearing
liabilities  to 4.25% in 1997  compared  to 3.97% in 1996.  The  increase in our
average  cost  on  interest-bearing  liabilities  was  due  to  an  increase  in
borrowings of $564,000 and an increase in our average cost of deposits of 0.28%.

                                       42

<PAGE>




         The  increase  in our  average  interest-bearing  liabilities  of  $2.4
million  reflects  increases  of $1.5  million in our  average  certificates  of
deposit,  $619,000  in average  savings  accounts  and  $122,000  in average NOW
accounts.

         Provision for Loan Losses.  Our provision for loan losses was $8,000 in
1997 as compared to $13,000 in 1996.  The decrease in the  provision in 1997 was
the result of  management's  review of the  adequacy of the  allowance  for loan
losses.

         Noninterest  Income.  Our noninterest income increased $50,000 or 45.3%
from  $111,000  in 1996 to $161,000 in 1997.  This  increase in our  noninterest
income was due to increases  of $38,000 in our deposit  account fees and service
charges, $8,000 in income from real estate owned and $5,000 in increased gain on
sales of available-for-sale securities, partially offset by a $1,000 increase in
our loss on sale of assets.  Deposit account fees increased during 1997 due to a
higher number of accounts.

         Noninterest  Expense.  Our noninterest  expense  decreased  $182,000 or
14.1% from $1.3  million in 1996 to $1.1  million in 1997.  The  decrease in our
noninterest  expense  was due to a  $235,000  decrease  in our  federal  deposit
insurance  premiums  and  assessments,  offset by  increases  of  $32,000 in our
compensation and benefits and $24,000 in our other noninterest  expense accounts
which was partially attributable to increases in the processing costs related to
the growth in the number of  transaction  accounts.  The decrease in our federal
deposit  insurance  premiums was due to a $192,000  one-time special  assessment
levied in 1996 to recapitalize the SAIF, which did not recur in 1997.  Following
the one-time special assessment, the FDIC insurance premium rates decreased from
0.230% to 0.063%, resulting in lower noninterest expense.

         Income Tax Expense.  Our income tax expense  increased  $103,000 from a
credit of  $22,000  in 1996 to  $81,000  in 1997.  This  increase  in income tax
expense is due to the  increase  in our pretax  income from a loss of $42,000 in
1996 to income of $273,000  in 1997.  Our  effective  tax rate was 29.8% for the
year ended September 30, 1997.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

         We are required to maintain  minimum levels of liquid assets as defined
by OTS regulations.  This requirement,  which varies from time to time depending
upon economic  conditions and deposit  flows,  is based upon a percentage of our
deposits and short-term borrowings. The required ratio currently is 4.0% and our
regulatory  liquidity  ratio average was 11.14%,  11.63% and 12.86% at March 31,
1998, September 30, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

         Our  primary  sources  of funds are  deposits,  repayment  of loans and
mortgage-backed   securities,    maturities   of   investment   securities   and
interest-bearing  deposits with other banks, advances from the FHLB of New York,
and funds  provided from  operations.  While  scheduled  repayments of loans and
mortgage-backed   securities  and   maturities  of  investment   securities  are
predictable  sources of funds,  deposit flows,  and loan prepayments are greatly
influenced  by the general  level of interest  rates,  economic  conditions  and
competition.  We use our liquidity  resources  principally  to fund existing and
future loan  commitments,  maturing  certificates  of deposit and demand deposit
withdrawals,  to invest in other interest-earning assets, to maintain liquidity,
and meet operating expenses.

         Net cash  provided by our  operating  activities  (the cash  effects of
transactions  that enter into our  determination  of net income  e.g.,  non-cash
items,  amortization  and  depreciation,  provision for loan losses) for the six
months ended March 31, 1998 was $131,000, an increase of $206,000, as compared

                                       43

<PAGE>



to the same period in 1997.  The increase in 1998 was primarily due to a $52,000
increase in our net income,  an increase in our income taxes payable of $36,000,
an  increase  in  our  prepaid  expenses,   and  cash  used  to  reduce  accrued
liabilities.  Net cash provided by our operating  activities  year for the ended
September  30,  1997 was  $169,000  as  compared  to $42,000  for the year ended
September  30,  1996.  The  increase  in 1997 was  primarily  due to a  $212,000
increase in our net income, reduced by payments on other liabilities and taxes.

         Net  cash  used  by our  investing  activities  (i.e.,  cash  receipts,
primarily  from  our  investment   securities  and  mortgage-backed   securities
portfolios  and our loan  portfolio)  for the six months  ended March 31,  1998,
totalled $1.8 million,  a decrease of $2.3 million.  This decrease was primarily
attributable to loan originations and investments in interest-bearing  deposits.
For the year ended  September  30,  1997 net cash used by  investing  activities
totalled $2.2  million,  a decrease of $400,000  from  September  30, 1996.  The
decrease was primarily  attributable  to funding net loan growth of $3.1 million
in 1997 as compared to $2.6 million in 1996.  The decrease was also  affected by
paydowns and  maturities of investment  and  mortgage-backed  securities of $1.2
million in 1997 as compared to $4.5 million in 1996.

         Net  cash  used  in  our  financing  activities  (i.e.,  cash  receipts
primarily from net increases in deposits and net decreases in FHLB advances) for
the six months  ended  March 31,  1998,  totalled  $900,000,  a decrease of $3.5
million as compared to the six months ended March 31,  1997.  For the year ended
September 30, 1997 net cash used in financing  activities totalled $3.2 million,
an increase of $2.5 million from  September 30, 1996. The increase was primarily
attributable to repayment of FHLB advances.

         Approximately $11.3 million of our time deposits mature within the next
12 months. We expect such deposits to be renewed at market rates. In addition to
this  source  of  continuing  funding,  we have a $9.4  million  line of  credit
available through the FHLB of New York.

Year 2000 Issues

         The  approaching  millennium is causing  organizations  of all types to
review their computer  systems for the ability to properly  accommodate the year
2000.  When  computer  systems  were first  developed,  two digits  were used to
designate the year in date calculations and "19" was assumed for the century. As
a result,  there is  significant  concern about the integrity of date  sensitive
calculations  when the calendar  rolls over to January 1, 2000.  An older system
could interpret  01/01/00 as January 1, 1900 potentially  causing major problems
calculating interest, payment, delinquency or maturity dates.

         Our  internal  Year  2000  Working   Committee,   comprised  of  senior
management was formed to address the potential risk that Year 2000 poses for us.
This  committee  reports to the board of directors.  In June 1997, the committee
compiled a Year 2000 Action Plan to promote awareness of pertinent issues and to
provide for  evaluation  and testing of our  electronic  systems,  programs  and
processes.  This report was  submitted  to the OTS for review in August 1997 and
was deemed acceptable by the OTS in October 1997.

         Accurate data  processing is essential to our  operations and a lack of
accurate  processing  by our  vendor or by us could have a  significant  adverse
impact on our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.  We have been
assured by our data processing  service bureau that their computer services will
function  properly on and after  January 1, 2000.  Our data  processing  service
bureau  has  advised  us that as of April  30,  1998  their  system is Year 2000
compliant.  Additional testing of the system is scheduled for August 1998. If by
the end of this year it appears that our primary data processing service bureau

                                       44

<PAGE>



will be unable to resolve this problem in a timely  manner,  then we will seek a
secondary  data  processing  service  provider to complete  the task.  If we are
unable to do this,  we will  identify  those steps  necessary  to  minimize  the
negative  impact the computer  problems could have on us. Our computer  hardware
does not require specific upgrades in order to meet Year 2000 requirements.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

         FASB  Statement on Reporting  Comprehensive  Income.  In June 1997, the
Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board ("FASB")  issued  Statement of Financial
Accounting  Standards ("SFAS") No. 130. SFAS No. 130 will require us to classify
items of other comprehensive  income by their nature in the financial statements
and display the accumulated  balance of other  comprehensive  income  separately
from retained  earnings and additional  paid-in capital in the equity section of
the statement of equity.  SFAS No. 130 is effective  for fiscal years  beginning
after December 15, 1997. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a
material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

         FASB Statement on Earnings Per Share.  In March 1997,  FASB issued SFAS
No. 128. The  Statement  establishes  standards  for  computing  and  presenting
earnings per share and applies to entities  with  publicly  held common stock or
potential  common stock.  This Statement  supersedes the standards for computing
earnings per share  previously  found in  Accounting  Principles  Board  ("APB")
Opinion  No.  15,  Earnings  per Share  ("EPS"),  and makes them  comparable  to
international EPS standards.  It replaces the presentation of primary EPS with a
presentation  of basic EPS.  It also  requires  dual  presentation  of basic and
diluted EPS on the face of the income  statement  for all entities  with complex
capital  structures  and  requires a  reconciliation  of the  numerator  and the
denominator of the basic EPS computation to the numerator and denominator of the
diluted EPS computation. Basic EPS excludes dilution and is computed by dividing
income available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common
shares  outstanding for the period.  Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution
that could occur if  securities  or other  contracts  to issue common stock were
exercised or  converted  into common stock or resulted in the issuance of common
stock that then shared in the  earnings  of the entity.  Diluted EPS is computed
similarly to fully  diluted EPS  pursuant to APB Opinion No. 15. This  statement
supersedes Opinion 15 and AICPA Accounting  Interpretation  1-102 of Opinion 15.
This statement is effective for financial  statements  issued for periods ending
after December 15, 1997,  including interim periods.  We will adopt SFAS No. 128
for all our financial statements prepared after the conversion.

         FASB Statement on Disclosure of Information about Capital Structure. In
February  1997,  the FASB issued SFAS No. 129. The  Statement  incorporates  the
disclosure  requirements  of APB Opinion No. 15,  Earnings per Share,  and makes
them applicable to all public and nonpublic entities that have issued securities
addressed  by  the  Statement.   APB  Opinion  No.  15  requires  disclosure  of
descriptive  information about securities that is not necessarily related to the
computation  of  earnings  per share.  This  statement  continues  the  previous
requirements to disclose certain information about an entity's capital structure
found in APB Opinions No. 10, Omnibus  Opinion-  1966, and No. 15,  Earnings per
Share,  and FASB  Statement  No. 47,  Disclosure of Long-Term  Obligations,  for
entities  that  were  subject  to the  requirements  of  those  standards.  This
Statement eliminates the exemption of nonpublic entities from certain disclosure
requirements  of Opinion 15 as provided by FASB Statement No. 21,  Suspension of
the  Reporting  of  Earnings  per Share and  Segment  Information  by  Nonpublic
Enterprises.  It supersedes specific disclosure  requirements of Opinions 10 and
15 and  Statement  47 and  consolidates  them  in  this  Statement  for  ease of
retrieval  and for greater  visibility to nonpublic  entities.  The Statement is
effective for financial  statements  for periods ending after December 15, 1997.
We will adopt SFAS No. 129 for all our financial  statements  prepared after the
conversion.


                                       45

<PAGE>



         FASB  Statement on  Disclosures  about  Segments of an  Enterprise  and
Related  Information.  In June 1997,  the FASB issued SFAS No. 131. SFAS No. 131
establishes  standards for the way public  enterprises are to report information
about  operating  segments in annual  financial  statements  and requires  those
enterprises to report selected  information about operating  segments in interim
financial  reports.  SFAS No. 131 is  effective  for  financial  statements  for
periods  beginning after December 15, 1997. The adoption of this standard is not
expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

         FASB  Statement  on  Employers'  Disclosures  about  Pensions and Other
Postretirement  Benefits.  In February  1998, the FASB issued SFAS No. 132. SFAS
No. 132 revises  employers'  disclosures about pension and other  postretirement
benefit  plans.  SFAS No. 132 does not change the  measurement or recognition of
those plans and is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997.
The adoption of this  standard is not expected to have a material  impact on our
consolidated financial statements.

                      BUSINESS OF FARNSWORTH BANCORP, INC.

         The  Company is not an  operating  company  and has not  engaged in any
significant   business   to  date.   It  was   formed  in  May  1998  as  a  New
Jersey-chartered corporation to be the holding company for Peoples Savings Bank.
The  holding  company  structure  will  facilitate:   (i)  diversification  into
non-banking activities, (ii) acquisitions of other financial institutions,  such
as savings  institutions,  (iii)  expansion  within existing and into new market
areas, and (iv) stock repurchases  without adverse tax consequences.  There are,
however, no present plans regarding diversification,  acquisitions, expansion or
repurchases.

         Since the Company will own only one savings  association,  it generally
will not be  restricted  in the  types of  business  activities  in which it may
engage,   provided  that  we  retain  a  specified   amount  of  our  assets  in
housing-related  investments.  The Company initially will not conduct any active
business and does not intend to employ any persons  other than officers but will
utilize our support staff from time to time.

         The  office  of  the  Company  is  located  at 789  Farnsworth  Avenue,
Bordentown, New Jersey. The telephone number is (609) 298-0723.

                        BUSINESS OF PEOPLES SAVINGS BANK

         Peoples Savings Bank was originally chartered in 1880 as The Bordentown
Building and Loan Association.  In 1965 we merged with Peoples Building and Loan
Association  and became  Bordentown  Peoples  Savings and Loan  Association.  We
acquired Florence Township Savings and Loan Association and Beverly Building and
Loan  Association  in 1985  and  1989,  respectively.  The  Beverly  branch  was
subsequently  closed in 1994.  In 1995 we changed  our name to  Peoples  Savings
Bank, SLA. In 1996 we converted from a state-chartered  mutual savings bank to a
federally-chartered  mutual savings bank, and  concurrently  changed our name to
Peoples Savings Bank.

         We are a community and  customer-oriented  federal  mutual savings bank
with two branch  offices  located in  Burlington  County.  We provide  financial
services to individuals,  families and small businesses.  Historically,  we have
emphasized   residential  mortgage  lending,   primarily   originating  one-  to
four-family  mortgage  loans.  At March 31,  1998,  we had total assets of $38.7
million, deposits of $36.1 million, and retained earnings of $2.3 million.


                                       46

<PAGE>



         The  principal  sources  of  funds  for our  activities  are  deposits,
payments  on loans  and  borrowings  from the FHLB of New  York.  Funds are used
principally  for  the  origination  of  fixed-rate   mortgage  loans,  but  also
occasionally for the origination of adjustable-rate  mortgage loans,  secured by
first  mortgages  on  one-  to  four-family  residences  located  in  our  local
communities,  and for the purchase of investment securities. One- to four-family
mortgage  loans totalled  $21.6  million,  or 75% of our total loans  receivable
portfolio  at March 31,  1998.  Our  principal  sources of revenue are  interest
received on loans and on investments and our principal  expense is interest paid
on deposits and borrowings.

Market Area

         Our main  office is located  in  Bordentown  and our  branch  office is
located  in  Florence,  approximately  seven  miles from the main  office.  Both
offices  are in  northern  Burlington  County,  our primary  market  area.  Both
Bordentown and Florence are densely  populated,  urban areas.  Burlington County
has a stable economy with a low  unemployment  rate, and a diversified  economic
base of light  industry and retail  businesses.  Bordentown,  however has higher
household  and per capita  income  levels than both  Florence and the New Jersey
state averages.  Unlike  Florence,  the population in Bordentown is projected to
increase.

Lending Activities

         Most of our loans are  mortgage  loans  which  are  secured  by one- to
four-family  residences.  We also make construction loans on one- to four-family
and commercial properties, commercial real estate and business loans, as well as
consumer  loans.  Almost all of the loans we  originate  have rates of  interest
which are fixed ("fixed-rate").

         The  following  table sets forth  information  concerning  the types of
loans held by us.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              At March 31,                                   At September 30,
                                      -----------------------------   --------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  1998                            1997                             1996
                                      -----------------------------   -----------------------------   ------------------------------
                                               $               %               $               %               $               %
                                              ---             ---             ---             ---             ---             ---
                                                                          (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                         <C>             <C>            <C>             <C>              <C>             <C>
Type of Loans:
Residential .......................         $21,579          74.8%          $20,220          73.5%           $19,107          77.6%
Construction.......................           2,332           8.1             2,842          10.3              1,840           7.5
Commercial real estate.............           1,234           4.3             1,144           4.2                541           2.2
Commercial business................             176            .6                18            .1                 54           0.2
Consumer loans:
    Home equity....................           3,223          11.2             3,004          10.9              2,870          11.7
    Savings account loans..........             231           0.8               246           0.9                197           0.8
    Automobile loans...............              34           0.1                --            --                 --            --
    Other..........................              52           0.1                50           0.1                 --            --
                                             ------         -----            ------         -----             ------         ----- 
                                             28,861         100.0%           27,524         100.0%            24,609         100.0%
                                             ------         =====            ------         =====             ------         =====
Less:
  Loans in process.................             293                             895                            1,137
  Deferred loan origination
    fees and costs.................             163                             154                              153
  Allowance for loan losses........             125                              66                               58
                                             ------                          ------                           ------
Total loans, net...................         $28,280                         $26,409                          $23,261
                                             ======                          ======                           ======
</TABLE>



                                       47

<PAGE>



         The  following  table sets  forth the  estimated  maturity  of our loan
portfolio at March 31, 1998.  The table does not include the effects of possible
prepayments or scheduled  principal  repayments.  For the six months ended March
31,  1998 and the year ended  September  30,  1997,  prepayments  and  scheduled
principal  repayments  on  loans  totalled  $2.80  million  and  $1.19  million,
respectively.  All mortgage loans are shown as maturing based on the date of the
last payment required by the loan agreement.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  1-4 Family                         Commercial        Commercial
                                   Mortgage       Construction       Real Estate        Business          Consumer        Total
                                    Loans             Loans             Loans             Loans            Loans          Loans
                                    -----             -----             -----             -----            -----          -----
                                                                          (In thousands)
<S>                               <C>                <C>              <C>                  <C>            <C>           <C>
Amounts due:
Within 1 year................     $ 2,022            $2,332           $   251              $161           $   240       $ 5,006
Over 1 to 3 years............         491                --                --                --               344           835
Over 3 to 5 years............       1,472                --                --                15               521         2,008
Over 5 to 10 years...........       1,333                --               507                --               731         2,571
Over 10 to 20 years..........       5,730                --                80                --             1,704         7,514
Over 20 years................      10,531                --               396                --                --        10,927
                                   ------             -----             -----              ----           -------        ------
  Total amount due...........      21,579             2,332             1,234               176             3,540        28,861
                                   ------             -----             -----              ----           -------        ------
                                                                                                                         ------
Less:
Allowance for loan losses....         119                --                --                 2                 4           125
Loans in process.............          --               293                --                --                --           293
Deferred loan fees...........         163                --                --                --                --           163
                                   ------             -----             -----              ----           -------       -------
  Loans receivable, net           $21,297            $2,039            $1,234              $174            $3,536       $28,280
                                   ======             =====             =====               ===             =====        ======
</TABLE>



         The following table sets forth the dollar amount of all loans due after
March 31, 1999, which have pre-determined interest rates and which have floating
or adjustable interest rates.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           Floating or
                                                                Fixed-rates              Adjustable-rates        Total
                                                                -----------              ----------------        -----
                                                                                          (In thousands)

<S>                                                                <C>                         <C>              <C>
Residential.........................................               $19,370                     $187             $19,557
Construction........................................                    --                       --                  --
Commercial real estate..............................                   983                       --                 983
Commercial business.................................                    15                       --                  15
Construction........................................                    --                       --                  --
Consumer............................................                 2,976                      324               3,300
                                                                    ------                      ---              ------
  Total.............................................               $23,344                     $511             $23,855
                                                                    ======                      ===              ======

</TABLE>





                                       48

<PAGE>



         The following  information contains  information  concerning changes in
the amount of loans held by us.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               For the Six
                                                              Months Ended                    For the Years Ended
                                                                March 31,                        September 30,
                                                       --------------------------   ---------------------------------
                                                                  1998                    1997                 1996
                                                       --------------------------   -----------------   -------------
<S>                                                           <C>                     <C>                  <C>
Total gross loans receivable
  at beginning of period............................          $27,524                 $24,609              $20,626
Loans originated:
  Residential.......................................            2,633                   3,708                4,326
  Construction......................................              412                   2,315                1,876
  Commercial real estate............................               55                     656                   --
  Commercial business...............................              165                      20                   --
  Consumer..........................................              459                   1,905                1,217
    Total loans originated..........................            3,724                   8,604                7,419
Loan principal repayments...........................            2,387                   5,689                3,428
Loans charged off...................................               --                      --                    8
Net loan activity...................................            1,337                   2,915                3,983
                                                               ------                  ------               ------
    Total gross loans receivable
      at end of period..............................          $28,861                 $27,524              $24,609
                                                               ======                  ======               ======
</TABLE>



Mortgage Loans:

         One- to Four-Family  Residential  Loans.  Our primary lending  activity
consists of originating  one- to  four-family  fixed-rate  residential  mortgage
loans which are  owner-occupied  and  secured by property  located in our market
area.  We  generally  originate  fixed-rate  loans with  terms,  conditions  and
documentation which would permit us to either sell the loans to Federal National
Mortgage   Association  ("FNMA"  or  Federal  Home  Loan  Mortgage   Corporation
("FHLMC"), in the secondary market or retain them in our portfolio, depending on
the yield on the loan and on our asset/liability management objectives. While we
have in the past originated adjustable-rate mortgage ("ARM") loans, this has not
been a significant  aspect of our  business.  At March 31, 1998, we had only one
ARM loan.

         Our  fixed-rate  loans  generally  have  terms from 10 to 30 years with
principal and interest  payments  calculated using up to a 30-year  amortization
period.  Some of these  fixed-rate  loans are balloon loans with terms of 5 or 7
years,  with principal and interest  payments again calculated using up to a 30-
year  amortization  period.  The  maximum  loan-to-value  ratio  on  residential
mortgage loans is 95%. Loans originated with a loan-to-value  ratio in excess of
80% require private mortgage insurance.

         Our mortgage loans generally include due-on-sale clauses. This gives us
the right to deem the loan immediately due and payable in the event the borrower
transfers  ownership  of the property  securing  the  mortgage  loan without our
consent.


                                       49

<PAGE>



         Commercial  Real Estate  Loans.  Our  commercial  real estate loans are
secured  by  office  buildings,   retail  establishments  and  other  commercial
properties. These loans generally do not exceed $500,000, nor do they have terms
greater  than 15 years.  If a  borrower  should  require  a longer  amortization
period,  the loan  will be an  adjustable  or  balloon  mortgage,  adjusting  or
maturing in five years.

         Commercial real estate lending  entails  significant  additional  risks
compared to residential  property  lending.  These loans typically involve large
loan balances to single borrowers or groups of related borrowers.  The repayment
of these loans  typically is dependent on the  successful  operation of the real
estate project  securing the loan. For commercial real estate these risks can be
significantly  affected by supply and demand conditions in the market for office
retail space and may also be subject to adverse  conditions  in the economy.  To
minimize these risks, we generally limit this type of lending to our market area
and to borrowers who are otherwise well known to us and generally limit the loan
to value ratio to 75%.

Construction Loans:

         We  make  residential  construction  loans/permanent  loans  on one- to
four-family  residential  property to the individuals who will be the owners and
occupants upon completion of construction.  We also make commercial construction
loans to local business.  Our three current projects are a motel conversion loan
(in the amount of $500,000),  a shopping  center (in the amount  $350,000) and a
medical facility (in the amount of $504,000).

         Interest  payments only are required during  construction and these are
to be paid from the borrower's own funds. These loans are made at 1% to 2% above
prime and have terms of up to 12 months. The maximum  loan-to-value ratio is 75%
of the appraised value of the completed project. Upon completion of construction
the loan  converts  to a  permanent  loan and  regular  principal  and  interest
payments commence. We do not finance any speculative projects.

         Construction lending is generally considered to involve a higher degree
of credit risk than long-term financing of residential  properties.  Our risk of
loss on a  construction  loan is  dependent  largely  upon the  accuracy  of the
initial  estimate of the property's  value at completion of construction and the
estimated cost of  construction.  If the estimate of  construction  cost and the
marketability  of the  property  upon  completion  of the  project  prove  to be
inaccurate,  we may be  compelled  to advance  additional  funds to complete the
construction.  Furthermore, if the final value of the completed property is less
than the estimated amount,  the value of the property might not be sufficient to
assure the repayment of the loan.

Commercial Business Loans:

         Our  commercial  loans  generally  constitute  lines of credit to local
businesses.  These loans are  primarily  secured by real estate and generally do
not have terms greater than one year.

         We are also a Small Business  Administration ("SBA") authorized lender.
A  variety  of types of  small  business  administration  loans  are  available.
Currently there are no SBA loans in the portfolio.

Consumer Loans:

         We offer  non-collateralized  personal  loans in the  amounts  of up to
$5,000 in order to provide a wider range of financial  services to our customers
and because these loans provide  higher  interest rates and shorter terms (12 to
36 months) than many of our other loans. Consumer loans totalled $3.5 million

                                       50

<PAGE>



or 12.27% of our total loans at March 31, 1998. We also offer loans with savings
pledged as  additional  security.  Our  consumer  loans  consist of home equity,
savings account, automobile and personal loans.

         The home equity loans we originate  are secured by one- to  four-family
residences.  These  loans  have terms of three to 15 years,  generally  will not
exceed  $100,000  and have  loan-to-value  ratios of 80%.  Home equity  lines of
credit  have  interest  rates  of  prime  plus  1.5%  and are  subject  to a 75%
loan-to-value ratio, which includes a first mortgage balance.

         Consumer loans may entail greater risk than residential mortgage loans,
particularly  in the case of  consumer  loans that are  unsecured  or secured by
assets that depreciate rapidly.  Repossessed collateral for a defaulted consumer
loan may not be  sufficient  for  repayment  of the  outstanding  loan,  and the
remaining deficiency may not be collectible.

         Loan Approval Authority and Underwriting.  Our loan committee, which is
comprised of President Pelehaty,  Vice President Alessi, our Senior Loan Officer
and our Loan Servicing Manager,  approves one- to four-family  mortgage loans up
to the  conforming  loan limit of  $227,150,  and all other loans up to $50,000.
Loan requests above this amount must be approved by the full board of directors,
which  meets  twice  monthly,  or by the  Executive  Committee  composed of four
non-employee directors and President Pelehaty.

         Upon  receipt  of a  completed  loan  application  from  a  prospective
borrower,  a credit report is ordered.  Income and certain other  information is
verified. If necessary,  additional financial  information may be requested.  If
applicable,  an appraisal or other estimate of value of the real estate intended
to be used as  security  for the  proposed  loan  is  obtained.  Appraisals  are
processed by independent fee appraisers. Private mortgage insurance will also be
required in certain instances.

         Construction/permanent  loans are made on individual properties.  Funds
advanced during the construction  phase are held in a  loans-in-process  account
and disbursed at various stages of completion,  following physical inspection of
the construction by a loan officer or appraiser.

         Either title insurance or a title opinion is generally  required on all
real estate loans. Borrowers also must obtain fire and casualty insurance. Flood
insurance is also  required on loans  secured by property  which is located in a
flood zone.

         Loan  Commitments.   Written  commitments  are  issued  to  prospective
borrowers within 45 days of the loan application.  The prospective  borrower has
10 days from this commitment date within which to accept the loan. The loan must
close within 45 days of this  acceptance  date.  The interest  rate at which the
loan will be made is fixed for 60 days from the date of the loan application. At
March 31, 1998,  commitments  to cover  originations  of mortgage loans totalled
$1,705,000. We believe that virtually all of our commitments will be funded.

         Loans to One Borrower. The maximum amount of loans which we may make to
any one borrower may not exceed the greater of $500,000 or 15% of our unimpaired
capital and unimpaired  surplus. We may lend an additional 10% of our unimpaired
capital  and  unimpaired  surplus  if the  loan  is  fully  secured  by  readily
marketable  collateral.  Our maximum loan to one borrower  limit was $500,000 at
March 31, 1998.  One loan  exceeded  this limit at March 31, 1998.  This loan is
being refinanced so that it is within the required limit. At March 31, 1998, the
aggregate  loans of our five  largest  borrowers  have  outstanding  balances of
between $345,000 and $504,000.



                                       51

<PAGE>



Nonperforming and Problem Assets

         Loan  Delinquencies.  When a mortgage  loan becomes 15 days past due, a
notice of  nonpayment  is sent to the  borrower.  After the loan becomes 30 days
past due,  another notice of nonpayment,  accompanied by a personal  letter,  is
sent to the borrower.  If the loan continues in a delinquent  status for 90 days
past due and no repayment  plan is in effect,  foreclosure  proceedings  will be
initiated. The borrower will be notified when foreclosure is commenced.

         Loans are reviewed on a monthly  basis and are placed on a  non-accrual
status when, in our opinion,  the collection of additional interest is doubtful.
Interest accrued and unpaid at the time a loan is placed on nonaccrual status is
charged against  interest  income.  Subsequent  interest  payments,  if any, are
either  applied to the  outstanding  principal  balance or  recorded as interest
income, depending on the assessment of the ultimate collectibility of the loan.

         Nonperforming  Assets.  The  following  table  sets  forth  information
regarding nonaccrual loans and real estate owned, as of the dates indicated. For
the six  months  ended  March 31,  1998,  interest  income  that would have been
recorded on loans accounted for on a non-accrual  basis under the original terms
of such loans was $8,000.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 At March 31,               At September 30,
                                                                 ------------         -------------------------
                                                                    1998                 1997          1996
                                                                 ------------         ----------     ----------
                                                                        (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                                <C>                 <C>            <C>
Loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis:
Mortgage loans:
  Permanent loans secured by 1-4 family units........              $    127            $    199       $    --
  All other mortgage loans...........................                    74                  --            --
                                                                    -------             -------        ------
Total................................................              $    201            $    199       $    --
                                                                    =======             =======        ======

Accruing loans which are contractually past due 90 days or more:
Mortgage loans:
  Permanent loans secured by 1-4 family units........              $     65            $     --       $     9
Total................................................                    65                  --             9
Total non-accrual and accrual loans..................                   266                 199             9
Real estate owned....................................                    --                  --           298
Total nonperforming assets...........................                   266                 199           307
Total non-accrual and accrual loans to net loans.....                  0.94%               0.75%         0.04%
Total non-accrual and accrual loans to total
 assets..............................................                  0.69%               0.53%         0.03%
Total non performing assets to total assets..........                  0.69%               0.53%         0.89%
</TABLE>


         Classified Assets. OTS regulations provide for a classification  system
for problem  assets of savings  associations  which  covers all problem  assets.
Under this classification system, problem assets of savings institutions such as
ours  are  classified  as  "substandard,"  "doubtful,"  or  "loss."  An asset is
considered  substandard if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth
and paying  capacity  of the  borrower  or of the  collateral  pledged,  if any.
Substandard  assets include those  characterized  by the "distinct  possibility"
that the savings  institution  will sustain "some loss" if the  deficiencies are
not corrected. Assets classified as doubtful have all of the weaknesses inherent
in  those  classified  substandard,  with  the  added  characteristic  that  the
weaknesses present make "collection or liquidation in

                                       52

<PAGE>



full," on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, "highly
questionable  and  improbable."  Assets  classified as loss are those considered
"uncollectible"  and of such  little  value  that  their  continuance  as assets
without the  establishment  of a specific loss reserve is not warranted.  Assets
may be designated  "special  mention" because of potential  weakness that do not
currently warrant classification in one of the aforementioned categories.

         When  a  savings  association   classifies  problem  assets  as  either
substandard or doubtful,  it may establish general allowances for loan losses in
an amount  deemed  prudent by  management.  General  allowances  represent  loss
allowances which have been established to recognize the inherent risk associated
with lending activities,  but which, unlike specific  allowances,  have not been
allocated to particular problem assets.  When a savings  association  classifies
problem assets as loss, it is required either to establish a specific  allowance
for losses equal to 100% of that portion of the asset so classified or to charge
off such amount. A savings association's  determination as to the classification
of its assets and the amount of its valuation allowances is subject to review by
the OTS,  which may order the  establishment  of additional  general or specific
loss  allowances.  A portion of general  loss  allowances  established  to cover
possible  losses related to assets  classified as substandard or doubtful may be
included in determining a savings  association's  regulatory  capital.  Specific
valuation  allowances  for loan losses  generally  do not qualify as  regulatory
capital.  At March 31,  1998,  we had  $453,000 of loans  classified  as special
mention, and no loans classified as substandard, doubtful or loss.

         Allowances  for Loan Losses.  A provision for loan losses is charged to
operations  based on management's  evaluation of the losses that may be incurred
in our loan portfolio. The evaluation,  including a review of all loans on which
full  collectibility  of interest and principal  may not be reasonably  assured,
considers:  (i) our past loan loss experience,  (ii) known and inherent risks in
our portfolio,  (iii) adverse  situations that may affect the borrower's ability
to repay, (iv) the estimated value of any underlying collateral, and (v) current
economic conditions.

         We monitor  our  allowance  for loan losses and make  additions  to the
allowance as economic conditions dictate. Although we maintain our allowance for
loan losses at a level that we consider  adequate for the inherent  risk of loss
in our  loan  portfolio,  future  losses  could  exceed  estimated  amounts  and
additional  provisions  for loan losses  could be  required.  In  addition,  our
determination as to the amount of allowance for loan losses is subject to review
by  the  OTS,  as  part  of its  examination  process.  After  a  review  of the
information available,  the OTS might require the establishment of an additional
allowance.


                                       53

<PAGE>



         The following  table  illustrates  the  allocation of the allowance for
loan losses for each category of loans.  The allocation of the allowance to each
category is not necessarily indicative of future loss in any particular category
and does not  restrict our use of the  allowance to absorb  losses in other loan
categories.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     At March 31,                                  At September 30,
                                                -----------------------     --------------------------------------------------------
                                                        1998                           1997                            1996
                                                -----------------------     -----------------------------     ----------------------

                                                            Percent of                        Percent of                    Percent
                                                             Loans in                          Loans in                    of Loans
                                                               Each                             Each                       in Each
                                                             Category                          Category                    Category
                                                             to Total                          to Total                    to Total
                                               Amount          Loans           Amount           Loans          Amount       Loans
                                               ------          -----           ------           -----          ------       -----
                                                                           (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                           <C>              <C>             <C>            <C>             <C>           <C>
Residential............................        $  119           95.20%          $  66          100.00%         $  58         100.00%
Construction...........................            --              --              --              --             --              --
Commercial.............................             2            1.60              --              --             --              --
Consumer ..............................             4            3.20              --              --             --              --
                                               ------          ------           -----           -----          -----           -----
    Total allowance for
      loan losses......................        $  125          100.00%          $  66          100.00%         $  58         100.00%
                                                =====          ======           =====          ======          =====         ======
</TABLE>


         The  following  table  sets  forth  information  with  respect  to  our
allowance for loan losses at the dates and for the periods indicated:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                        At March 31,             At September 30,
                                                        ------------          --------------------------
                                                           1998                 1997               1996
                                                        ------------          --------           -------
                                                                (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                        <C>                 <C>               <C>
Total loans outstanding (1)....................            $28,405             $26,409           $23,261
                                                            ======              ======            ======
Average loans outstanding......................            $27,392             $24,832           $21,636
                                                            ======              ======            ======

Allowance balances (at beginning of period)....                 66                  58                46
Provision:
  Residential..................................                 53                   8                20
  Commercial real estate.......................                  2                  --                --
  Consumer.....................................                  4                  --                --
Net recoveries.................................                 --                  --                 8
                                                           -------              ------            ------
Allowance balance (at end of period)...........            $   125             $    66           $    58
                                                            ======              ======            ======
Allowance for loan losses as a percent of
  total loans outstanding......................               0.44%               0.25%             0.25%
Net loans charged off as a percent of average
  loans outstanding............................                 --%                 --%               --%

</TABLE>

- --------------
(1) Excludes allowance for loan losses

                                       54

<PAGE>



Investment Activities

         Investment  Securities.  We are required  under federal  regulations to
maintain a minimum  amount of liquid  assets  which may be invested in specified
short-term securities and certain other investments.  See "Regulation -- Savings
Institution  Regulation  -- Federal  Home Loan Bank  System"  and  "Management's
Discussion  and Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of  Operations  --
Liquidity and Capital  Resources."  The level of liquid assets varies  depending
upon several factors, including: (i) the yields on investment alternatives, (ii)
our judgment as to the  attractiveness  of the yields then available in relation
to  other  opportunities,   (iii)  expectation  of  future  yield  levels,  (iv)
asset/liability  management, and (v) our projections as to the short-term demand
for funds to be used in loan origination and other  activities.  We classify our
investment   securities  as   "available-for-sale"   or   "held-to-maturity"  in
accordance with SFAS No. 115. At March 31, 1998, our investment portfolio policy
permitted  investments in instruments  such as: (i) U.S.  Treasury  obligations,
(ii) U.S. federal agency or federally sponsored agency obligations,  (iii) local
municipal   obligations,   (iv)   mortgage-backed   securities,   (v)   banker's
acceptances,  (vi) certificates of deposit,  (vii) federal funds, including FHLB
overnight and term deposits (up to six months), (viii) collateralized automobile
receivables,  and (ix) investment  grade corporate  bonds,  commercial paper and
mortgage derivative products. See "-- Mortgage-Backed  Securities." The board of
directors may authorize additional investments.

         Our investment securities  "available-for-sale"  and "held-to-maturity"
portfolios at March 31, 1998,  did not contain  securities of any issuer with an
aggregate book value in excess of 10% of our equity,  excluding  those issued by
the United States government agencies.

         Mortgage-Backed  Securities.  To supplement lending activities, we have
invested in residential mortgage-backed  securities.  Mortgage-backed securities
can serve as collateral for borrowings and, through  repayments,  as a source of
liquidity.  Mortgage-backed  securities represent a participation  interest in a
pool of  single-family  or  other  type of  mortgages.  Principal  and  interest
payments  are  passed  from the  mortgage  originators,  through  intermediaries
(generally   quasi-governmental   agencies)   that   pool  and   repackage   the
participation interests in the form of securities,  to investors such as us. The
quasi-governmental  agencies  guarantee the payment of principal and interest to
investors and include the FHLMC, the Government  National  Mortgage  Association
("GNMA") and FNMA.

         At March 31, 1998, all of our mortgage-backed  securities portfolio was
classified as "held-to- maturity",  and totalled $2.5 million. Each security was
issued by GNMA, FHLMC or FNMA.  Expected maturities will differ from contractual
maturities due to scheduled  repayments and because borrowers may have the right
to call or prepay obligations with or without prepayment penalties.

         Mortgage-backed  securities  typically are issued with stated principal
amounts.  The  securities  are backed by pools of mortgages that have loans with
interest  rates that are  within a set range and have  varying  maturities.  The
underlying   pool  of  mortgages  can  be  composed  of  either   fixed-rate  or
adjustable-rate  mortgage  loans.   Mortgage-backed   securities  are  generally
referred to as mortgage participation certificates or pass-through certificates.
The  interest  rate risk  characteristics  of the  underlying  pool of mortgages
(i.e.,  fixed-rate or adjustable-rate) and the prepayment risk, are passed on to
the certificate holder. The life of a mortgage-backed  pass-through  security is
equal to the life of the underlying mortgages. Mortgage-backed securities issued
by FHLMC and GNMA make up a majority of the pass-through certificates market.


                                       55

<PAGE>



         Investment Portfolio. The following table sets forth the carrying value
of our investments.  See Notes 2, and 3 to our financial statements elsewhere in
this document.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    At March 31,          At September 30,
                                                                    ------------       -----------------------
                                                                        1998              1997          1996
                                                                    ------------       ---------     ---------
                                                                                     (In thousands)
<S>                                                                    <C>              <C>           <C>
Investments securities held-to-maturity:
  U.S. agency securities..................................             $2,659           $3,656        $5,302
  State and local government..............................                 99               99            99
                                                                        -----            -----         -----
     Total investment securities held-to-maturity.........              2,758            3,755         5,401

Investment securities available-for-sale:
  FHLMC Stock.............................................                128               96            66
                                                                          ---             ----          ----
      Total investment securities available-for-sale......                128               96            66

Interest-bearing deposits.................................              2,450            1,082           361
FHLB stock................................................                261              234           234
Mortgage-backed securities held-to-maturity...............              2,540            3,016         2,781
                                                                        -----            -----         -----
      Total investments...................................             $8,137           $8,183        $8,843
                                                                        =====            =====         =====
</TABLE>




                                       56

<PAGE>



         The following table sets forth certain information  regarding scheduled
maturities,  carrying  values,  approximate  fair values,  and weighted  average
yields  for our  investments  at March 31,  1998 by  contractual  maturity.  The
following  table  does not take into  consideration  the  effects  of  scheduled
repayments or the effects of possible prepayments.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                       One Year or Less    One to Five Years   Five to Ten Years  More than Ten Years  Total Investment Securities
                     --------------------- ------------------ ------------------- ------------------- ------------------------------
                                  Weighted           Weighted            Weighted           Weighted            Weighted 
                     Carrying     Average  Carrying  Average  Carrying   Average  Carrying  Average   Carrying   Average  Market
                       Value       Yield     Value    Yield     Value     Yield     Value    Yield     Value     Yield    Value
                      -------     -------   -------  -------   -------   -------   -------  -------   -------   -------   -----
                                                            (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                    <C>         <C>     <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>      <C>       <C>     <C>          <C>   <C>    
U.S. agency 
  securities.........  $   --         --%  $  748     7.52%     $1,412     3.91%    $  499    7.30%   $ 2,659      5.56% $ 2,612
State and 
  local government...      --         --       --       --          --       --         99    6.05         99      6.05      112
FHLMC stock..........     128       7.03       --       --          --       --         --      --        128      7.03      128
Interest-bearing 
  deposits...........   2,450       5.05       --       --          --       --         --      --      2,450      5.05    2,450
FHLB stock...........      --         --       --       --          --       --        261    7.15        261      7.15      261
Mortgage-backed 
  securities.........     461       5.40      197     5.50         406     6.00      1,476    7.11      2,540      6.18    2,540
                       ------      -----    -----   ------       -----    -----      -----   -----     ------     -----   ------
  Total investments..  $3,039       5.19%  $  945     7.10%      $1,818    4.37%    $ 2,335   7.11%   $ 8,137      5.68% $ 8,103
                        =====      =====    =====   ======        =====   =====      ======  =====     ======     =====   ======
</TABLE>







                                       57

<PAGE>



Sources of Funds

         Deposits are our major  external  source of funds for lending and other
investment  purposes.  Funds are also  derived  from the  receipt of payments on
loans and  prepayment  of loans and  maturities  of  investment  securities  and
mortgage-backed  securities  and  borrowings  and  operations.   Scheduled  loan
principal  repayments  are a relatively  stable  source of funds,  while deposit
inflows and  outflows  and loan  prepayments  are  significantly  influenced  by
general interest rates and market conditions.

         Deposits.  Consumer and commercial  deposits are attracted  principally
from within our  primary  market area  through  the  offering of a selection  of
deposit instruments including checking accounts, regular savings accounts, money
market accounts,  and term certificate accounts.  IRA accounts are also offered.
Deposit account terms vary according to the minimum balance  required,  the time
period the funds must remain on deposit, and the interest rate.

         The  interest  rates  paid  by us on  deposits  are set  weekly  at the
direction of our senior  management.  Interest rates are determined based on our
liquidity requirements,  interest rates paid by our competitors,  and our growth
goals and applicable regulatory restrictions and requirements.

         Regular savings, money market demand and NOW accounts constituted $14.1
million,  or 39.1%, of our deposit portfolio at March 31, 1998.  Certificates of
deposit  constituted  $19.5  million or 54.0% of the deposit  portfolio of which
$1.7 million or 4.7% of the deposit  portfolio were certificates of deposit with
balances of $100,000 or more. Noninterest-bearing accounts totalled $2.9 million
or 8.3% of our  deposits  at March  31,  1998.  Such  deposits  are  offered  at
negotiated rates. As of March 31, 1998, we had no brokered deposits.

         At March 31, 1998,  our deposits were  represented by the various types
of savings programs described below.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                    Percentage
                                                             Interest           Minimum                               of Total
Category                                Term                 Rate(1)        Balance Amount          Balance           Deposits
- --------                                ----                 -------        --------------          -------           --------
                                                                                                 (In thousands)
<S>                                     <C>                        <C>                 <C>              <C>                <C>   
Transactions and Savings:
  NOW accounts                          None                        1.75%              $  N/A           $ 4,516              12.51%
  Passbook accounts                     None                        2.50                  N/A             7,007              19.42
  Money market demand accounts          None                        2.62                2,500             2,540               7.04
  Noninterest-bearing accounts          None                          --                  N/A             2,551               7.07
                                                                                                        -------             ------
      Total non-certificates                                                                             16,614              46.04
Certificates of Deposit:
  Fixed Term, Fixed-rate                91 Days                     4.43                2,500               926               2.57
  Fixed Term, Fixed-rate                4-6 Months                  4.70                2,500             2,834               7.85
  Fixed Term, Fixed-rate                7-12 Months                 5.36                  N/A             7,381              20.45
  Fixed Term, Fixed-rate                13-24 Months                5.64                  N/A             4,685              12.98
  Fixed Term, Fixed-rate                25-36 Months                5.69                  N/A               945               2.62
  Fixed Term, Fixed-rate                36-48 Months                5.83                  N/A               515               1.43
  Fixed Term, Fixed-rate                49-120 Months               5.83                  N/A             2,188               6.06
                                                                                                         ------             ------
    Total certificates of deposit                                                                        19,474              53.96
                                                                                                         ------             ------
    Total deposits                                                                                      $36,088             100.00%
                                                                                                         ======             ======
</TABLE>

- ---------------------
(1) Current interest rate as of March 31, 1998.


                                       58

<PAGE>



         The following table sets forth our time deposits classified by interest
rate at the dates indicated.

                        March 31,            At September 30,
                       -----------   -------------------------------
                          1998            1997                1996
                       -----------   -----------            --------
                                         (In thousands)

Interest Rate
3.00 or less.........   $    --        $    --              $     3
3.01 - 4.00%.........       529            660                1,263
4.01 - 5.01%.........     3,658          2,278                4,636
5.01 - 6.00%.........    14,369         15,905                9,642
6.01 - 7.00%.........       918          1,027                1,472
                         ------         ------               ------
    Total............   $19,474        $19,870              $17,016
                         ======         ======               ======



         The  following  table  sets forth the  amount  and  maturities  of time
deposits in the Bank classified by interest rate as of the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            Amount Due     
                                                  One to      Two to           Over
Interest Rate                      One Year    Two Years   Three Years     Three Years      Total
- -------------                   ------------   ---------  ---------------  -------------  --------
                                                          (In thousands)

<S>                                <C>          <C>          <C>             <C>          <C>    
3.01-4.00%...................      $   110      $   196      $   223         $   --       $   529
4.01-5.00....................        3,601           47           10             --         3,658
5.01-6.00%...................        5,226        6,237        2,168            738        14,369
6.01-7.00%...................          107          198          213            400           918
                                    ------       ------       ------         ------       -------
     Total...................      $ 9,044      $ 6,678       $2,614         $1,138       $19,474
                                    ======       ======        =====          =====        ======
</TABLE>



         The  following  table  indicates  the  amount  of our  certificates  of
deposits of $100,000 or more by time  remaining  until  maturity as of March 31,
1998.

                                                            Certificates   
         Maturity Period                                    of Deposits
         ---------------                                    -----------
                                                           (In thousands)
         
         Within three months...............                     $  543
         Three through six months..........                        104
         Six through twelve months.........                        501
         Over twelve months................                        547
                                                                 -----
                                                                $1,695
                                                                 =====
         


                                       59

<PAGE>



         Borrowings.  Advances (borrowings) may be obtained from the FHLB of New
York to supplement our supply of lendable  funds.  Advances from the FHLB of New
York are  typically  secured by a pledge of our stock in the FHLB of New York, a
portion of our first mortgage  loans and other assets.  Each FHLB credit program
has its own  interest  rate  (which  may be fixed or  adjustable)  and  range of
maturities.  We may borrow up to $9.4 million from the FHLB of New York.  If the
need  arises,  we may also access the Federal  Reserve Bank  discount  window to
supplement  our  supply  of  lendable  funds  and  to  meet  deposit  withdrawal
requirements.  At March 31, 1998 and September 30, 1997, we had no borrowings or
advances  outstanding  from the  FHLB of New  York.  We had no other  borrowings
outstanding.

         The  following  table  sets  forth  the  terms of our  short-term  FHLB
advances.


                                            At or for the periods ended
                                     -----------------------------------------
                                     March 31, 1998         September 30, 1997
                                     --------------         ------------------
                                             (Dollars in thousands)

Balance at period end..............   $     --               $     --
Average balance outstanding                                     1,302
  during the period................         --
Maximum amount outstanding
  at any month-end during
  the period.......................         --                  3,585
Weighted average interest rate
  during the period................         --%                  6.14%


Competition

         Competition   for   deposits   comes  from  other   insured   financial
institutions  such as commercial  banks,  thrift  institutions,  credit  unions,
finance  companies,   and  multi-state  regional  banks  in  our  market  areas.
Competition for funds also includes a number of insurance products sold by local
agents and investment products such as mutual funds and other securities sold by
local and  regional  brokers.  Loan  competition  varies  depending  upon market
conditions and comes from commercial banks, thrift  institutions,  credit unions
and mortgage bankers.


                                       60

<PAGE>



Properties

         We operate from our main office and one branch office.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          Year     Net Book Value Of
                               Leased or    Year Leased   Lease     Real Property at
             Location            Owned      or Acquired  Expires     March 31, 1998
         ----------------        -----      ------------ -------    ---------------
<S>                               <C>          <C>        <C>         <C>       
MAIN OFFICE:
789 Farnsworth Avenue
Bordentown, New Jersey
08505                             Own          1975        N/A         $1,266,995

BRANCH OFFICE:
4 Broad Street
Florence, New Jersey
08518                             Own          1985        N/A          $ 94,215
</TABLE>


Personnel

         At March  31,  1998 we had 14  full-time  employees  and one  part-time
employee.  None of our  employees  are  represented  by a collective  bargaining
group. We believe that our relationship with our employees is good.

Legal Proceedings

         We are, from time to time, a party to legal proceedings  arising in the
ordinary  course of our business,  including  legal  proceedings  to enforce our
rights against borrowers.  We are not a party to any legal proceedings which are
expected to have a material adverse effect on our financial statements.

                                   REGULATION

         Set forth below is a brief  description of certain laws which relate to
us.  The  description  is not  complete  and is  qualified  in its  entirety  by
references to applicable laws and regulation.

Holding Company Regulation

         General. The Company will be required to register and file reports with
the OTS and will be  subject  to  regulation  and  examination  by the  OTS.  In
addition,  the OTS will have  enforcement  authority  over the  Company  and any
non-savings  institution  subsidiaries.  This will permit the OTS to restrict or
prohibit  activities  that  it  determines  to be a  serious  risk  to us.  This
regulation is intended  primarily for the  protection of our  depositors and not
for the benefit of you, as stockholders of the Company.

         QTL Test. Since the Company will only own one savings  institution,  it
will be able to diversify its operations into activities not related to banking,
but only so long as we satisfy the QTL test.  If the Company  controls more than
one savings  institution,  it would lose the ability to diversify its operations
into nonbanking related activities,  unless such other savings institutions each
also  qualify as a QTL or were  acquired in a  supervised  acquisition.  See "--
Savings Institution Regulation -- Qualified Thrift Lender Test."


                                       61

<PAGE>



         Restrictions on Acquisitions. The Company must obtain approval from the
OTS before acquiring control of any other SAIF-insured savings  institution.  No
person may acquire control of a federally  insured savings  institution  without
providing  at least 60 days  written  notice  to the OTS and  giving  the OTS an
opportunity to disapprove the proposed acquisition.

Savings Institution Regulation

         General. As a federally chartered, SAIF-insured savings institution, we
are  subject  to  extensive  regulation  by the OTS and the  FDIC.  Our  lending
activities  and other  investments  must comply with  various  federal and state
statutory and regulatory  requirements.  We are also subject to certain  reserve
requirements promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
("Federal Reserve").

         The OTS,  in  conjunction  with the  FDIC,  regularly  examines  us and
prepares  reports  for  the  consideration  of our  board  of  directors  on any
deficiencies  that the OTS finds in our operations.  Our  relationship  with our
depositors  and  borrowers  is also  regulated  to a great extent by federal and
state law,  especially in such matters as the ownership of savings  accounts and
the form and content of our mortgage documents.

         We  must  file  reports  with  the  OTS and  the  FDIC  concerning  our
activities  and  financial  condition,   in  addition  to  obtaining  regulatory
approvals  prior to entering into certain  transactions  such as mergers with or
acquisitions  of other financial  institutions.  This regulation and supervision
establishes a comprehensive  framework of activities in which an institution can
engage and is intended  primarily for the protection of the SAIF and depositors.
The  regulatory  structure  also  gives  the  regulatory  authorities  extensive
discretion in connection with their  supervisory and enforcement  activities and
examination  policies,  including policies with respect to the classification of
assets and the  establishment  of adequate  loan loss  reserves  for  regulatory
purposes.  Any change in regulations,  whether by the OTS, the FDIC or any other
government agency, could have a material adverse impact on our operations.

         Insurance  of Deposit  Accounts.  The FDIC is  authorized  to establish
separate annual  assessment  rates for deposit  insurance for members of the BIF
and the  SAIF.  The  FDIC may  increase  assessment  rates  for  either  fund if
necessary  to restore the fund's  ratio of  reserves to insured  deposits to its
target level within a reasonable time and may decrease such assessment  rates if
such target level has been met. The FDIC has established a risk-based assessment
system for both SAIF and BIF  members.  Under this system,  assessments  are set
within a range, based on the risk the institution poses to its deposit insurance
fund. This risk level is determined based on the institution's capital level and
the FDIC's level of supervisory concern about the institution.

         Because a significant  portion of the assessments paid into the SAIF by
savings  institutions  were  used to pay the cost of prior  savings  institution
failures, the reserves of the SAIF were below the level required by law. The BIF
had,  however,  met its required reserve level during the third calendar quarter
of 1995. As a result, deposit insurance premiums for deposits insured by the BIF
were  substantially  less than  premiums  for  deposits  such as ours  which are
insured by the SAIF.  Legislation  to  capitalize  the SAIF and to eliminate the
significant  premium  disparity  between the BIF and the SAIF  became  effective
September 30, 1996. The recapitalization  plan provided for a special assessment
equal to $.657 per $100 of SAIF  deposits  held at March 31,  1995,  in order to
increase SAIF reserves to the level  required by law.  Certain BIF  institutions
holding  SAIF-insured  deposits were required to pay a lower special assessment.
Based on our deposits at March 31, 1995, we paid a pre-tax special assessment of
$192,000.


                                       62

<PAGE>



         The recapitalization plan also provides that the cost of prior failures
which were funded  through the issuance of Fico Bonds (bonds  issued to fund the
cost of savings  institution  failures in prior years) will be shared by members
of both the SAIF and the BIF.  This will  increase BIF  assessments  for healthy
banks to approximately  $.013 per $100 of deposits in 1997. SAIF assessments for
healthy  savings  institutions in 1997 will be  approximately  $.064 per $100 in
deposits  and may be  reduced,  but not  below the  level  set for  healthy  BIF
institutions.

         The FDIC has  lowered  the  rates on  assessments  paid to the SAIF and
widened  the  spread  of those  rates.  The  FDIC's  action  established  a base
assessment  schedule for the SAIF with rates  ranging from 4 to 31 basis points,
and an adjusted  assessment schedule that reduces these rates by 4 basis points.
As a result,  the effective  SAIF rates range from 0 to 27 to basis points as of
October 1, 1996. In addition, the FDIC's final rule prescribed a special interim
schedule of rates  ranging  from 18 to 27 basis points for  SAIF-member  savings
institutions  for the last quarter of calendar 1996, to reflect the  assessments
paid to the Financing Corp. (Fico Bonds). Finally, the FDIC's action established
a procedure  for making  limited  adjustments  to the base  assessment  rates by
rulemaking without notice and comment, for both the SAIF and the BIF.

         The recapitalization  plan also provides for the merger of the SAIF and
BIF effective January 1, 1999, assuming there are no savings  institutions under
federal law. Under separate  proposed  legislation,  Congress is considering the
elimination  of the federal  thrift  charter  and  elimination  of the  separate
federal  regulation  of  thrifts.  As a result,  we might  have to  convert to a
different financial  institution charter and be regulated under federal law as a
bank,  including  being  subject to the more  restrictive  activity  limitations
imposed on national banks. We cannot predict the impact of our conversion to, or
regulation as, a bank until the legislation requiring such change is enacted.

         Regulatory  Capital  Requirements.   OTS  capital  regulations  require
savings institutions to meet three capital standards: (1) tangible capital equal
to 1.5% of total adjusted assets, (2) core capital equal to at least 3% of total
adjusted assets, and (3) risk-based  capital equal to 8% of total  risk-weighted
assets. Our capital ratios are set forth under "Historical and Pro Forma Capital
Compliance."

         Tangible capital is defined as core capital less all intangible  assets
(including  supervisory  goodwill),  less certain mortgage  servicing rights and
less certain investments. Core capital is defined as common stockholders' equity
(including  retained  earnings),  noncumulative  perpetual  preferred  stock and
minority interests in the equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries,  certain
nonwithdrawable accounts and pledged deposits of mutual savings associations and
qualifying supervisory goodwill,  less nonqualifying  intangible assets, certain
mortgage servicing rights and certain investments.

         The risk-based capital standard for savings  institutions  requires the
maintenance of total  risk-based  capital (which is defined as core capital plus
supplementary  capital)  of  8%  of  risk-weighted  assets.  The  components  of
supplementary capital include, among other items, cumulative perpetual preferred
stock,  perpetual  subordinated debt, mandatory  convertible  subordinated debt,
intermediate-term  preferred  stock,  and the portion of the  allowance for loan
losses not designated for specific loan losses. The portion of the allowance for
loan and lease  losses  includable  in  supplementary  capital  is  limited to a
maximum of 1.25% of  risk-weighted  assets.  Overall,  supplementary  capital is
limited  to 100% of core  capital.  A savings  association  must  calculate  its
risk-weighted  assets by multiplying  each asset and  off-balance  sheet item by
various risk factors as determined  by the OTS,  which range from 0% for cash to
100% for delinquent  loans,  property acquired through  foreclosure,  commercial
loans, and other assets.



                                       63

<PAGE>



         The risk-based  capital  standards of the OTS generally require savings
institutions  with more than a "normal"  level of interest rate risk to maintain
additional total capital.  An institution's  interest rate risk will be measured
in terms of the sensitivity of its "net portfolio  value" to changes in interest
rates.  Net  portfolio  value is defined,  generally,  as the  present  value of
expected cash inflows from existing assets and off-balance  sheet contracts less
the present value of expected cash outflows from existing liabilities. A savings
institution  will be considered  to have a "normal"  level of interest rate risk
exposure if the decline in its net portfolio  value after an immediate 200 basis
point increase or decrease in market  interest rates  (whichever  results in the
greater  decline)  is less than two percent of the  current  estimated  economic
value of its assets.  An  institution  with a greater than normal  interest rate
risk will be required to deduct from total capital,  for purposes of calculating
its  risk-based  capital  requirement,   an  amount  (the  "interest  rate  risk
component") equal to one-half the difference between the institution's  measured
interest rate risk and the normal level of interest rate risk, multiplied by the
economic value of its total assets.

         The OTS calculates the  sensitivity of an  institution's  net portfolio
value  with  data  submitted  by the  institution  and the  interest  rate  risk
measurement  model  adopted  by the OTS.  The amount of the  interest  rate risk
component,  if any, to be deducted from an  institution's  total capital will be
based on the  institution's  Thrift Financial Report filed two quarters earlier.
Savings  institutions  with less than $300  million in assets  and a  risk-based
capital ratio above 12% are generally  exempt from filing the interest rate risk
schedule with their Thrift Financial Reports.  However,  the OTS may require any
exempt  institution  that it  determines  may have a high level of interest rate
risk exposure to file such  schedule on a quarterly  basis and may be subject to
an additional capital  requirement based upon its level of interest rate risk as
compared to its peers.  Although  the rule is not yet in effect,  due to our net
size and  risk-based  capital  level,  we are exempt from the interest rate risk
component.

         Dividend and Other Capital  Distribution  Limitations.  OTS regulations
require us to give the OTS 30 days advance notice of any proposed declaration of
dividends to the Company,  and the OTS has the authority  under its  supervisory
powers to prohibit the payment of  dividends by us to the Company.  In addition,
we may not declare or pay a cash  dividend  on our  capital  stock if the effect
would be to reduce our  regulatory  capital  below the amount  required  for the
liquidation  account to be established at the time of the  conversion.  See "The
Conversion -- Effects of Conversion to Stock Form on Depositors and Borrowers of
Peoples Savings Bank -- Liquidation Account."

         OTS regulations  impose  limitations upon all capital  distributions by
savings  institutions,  such  as  cash  dividends,  payments  to  repurchase  or
otherwise acquire its shares, payments to stockholders of another institution in
a cash-out merger,  and other  distributions  charged against capital.  The rule
establishes  three tiers of  institutions  based  primarily on an  institution's
capital  level.  An  institution  that  exceeds  all  fully  phased-in   capital
requirements  before  and  after  a  proposed  capital   distribution  ("Tier  1
institution")  and has not  been  advised  by the OTS that it is in need of more
than the normal  supervision can, after prior notice but without the approval of
the OTS, make capital  distributions during a calendar year equal to the greater
of (i) 100% of its net income to date during the  calendar  year plus the amount
that would reduce by one-half its "surplus  capital  ratio" (the excess  capital
over its fully phased-in capital  requirements) at the beginning of the calendar
year,  or (ii) 75% of its net income over the most recent four  quarter  period.
Any additional  capital  distributions  require prior regulatory  notice.  As of
September 30, 1997, we qualified as a Tier 1 institution.

         In January 1998, the OTS proposed amendments to its current regulations
with  respect  to  capital  distributions  by  savings  associations.  Under the
proposed regulation,  savings associations that would remain at least adequately
capitalized  following the capital  distribution,  and that meet other specified
requirements,  would not be required to file a notice or application for capital
distributions (such as cash dividends)  declared below specified amounts.  Under
the proposed regulation, savings associations which

                                       64

<PAGE>



are eligible for  expedited  treatment  under  current OTS  regulations  are not
required  to file a notice  or an  application  with the OTS if (i) the  savings
association would remain at least adequately  capitalized  following the capital
distribution and (ii) the amount of the capital  distribution does not exceed an
amount equal to the savings association's net income for that year to date, plus
the savings association's  retained net income for the previous two years. Thus,
under the proposed  regulation,  only undistributed net income for the prior two
years may be  distributed in addition to the current  year's  undistributed  net
income without the filing of an application with the OTS.  Savings  associations
which do not qualify for  expedited  treatment or which desire to make a capital
distribution in excess of the specified  amount,  must file an application with,
and obtain the  approval  of, the OTS prior to making the capital  distribution.
Under certain other circumstances, savings associations will be required to file
a notice  with  OTS  prior to  making  the  capital  distribution.  All  savings
associations  which  are  subsidiaries  of  holding  companies,  as we  will  be
following the  Conversion,  will be required to file a notice with the OTS prior
to  making a capital  distribution.  The OTS  proposed  limitations  on  capital
distributions  are similar to the limitations  imposed upon national banks.  The
Association is unable to predict  whether or when the proposed  regulation  will
become effective.

         In the event our capital falls below our fully phased-in requirement or
the OTS  notifies  us that we are in need of more than  normal  supervision,  we
would become a Tier 2 or Tier 3 institution and as a result, our ability to make
capital  distributions  could be  restricted.  Tier 2  institutions,  which  are
institutions that before and after the proposed  distribution meet their current
minimum capital requirements,  may only make capital distributions of up to 75 %
of net income over the most recent four  quarter  period.  Tier 3  institutions,
which are institutions that do not meet current minimum capital requirements and
propose to make any capital  distribution,  and Tier 2 institutions that propose
to make a capital  distribution  in excess of the noted safe harbor level,  must
obtain OTS approval  prior to making such  distribution.  In  addition,  the OTS
could prohibit a proposed capital  distribution by any institution,  which would
otherwise  be  permitted  by the  regulation,  if the OTS  determines  that such
distribution  would  constitute  an  unsafe  or  unsound  practice.  The OTS has
proposed  rules  relaxing   certain   approval  and  notice   requirements   for
well-capitalized institutions.

         A savings institution is prohibited from making a capital  distribution
if,  after  making  the   distribution,   the  savings   institution   would  be
undercapitalized  (i.e.,  not meet  any one of its  minimum  regulatory  capital
requirements).  Further,  a savings  institution  cannot  distribute  regulatory
capital that is needed for its liquidation account.

         Qualified  Thrift  Lender  Test.  Savings   institutions  must  meet  a
qualified  thrift lender  ("QTL") test. If we maintain an  appropriate  level of
qualified  thrift  investments  ("QTIs")  (primarily  residential  mortgages and
related  investments,   including  certain   mortgage-related   securities)  and
otherwise qualify as a QTL, we will continue to enjoy full borrowing  privileges
from the FHLB of New York.  The required  percentage of QTIs is 65% of portfolio
assets  (defined as all assets minus  intangible  assets,  property  used by the
institution  in conducting  its business and liquid assets equal to 10% of total
assets).  Certain  assets  are  subject  to a  percentage  limitation  of 20% of
portfolio assets. In addition,  savings institutions may include shares of stock
of the  FHLBs,  FNMA,  and  FHLMC  as  QTIs.  Compliance  with  the QTL  test is
determined  on a monthly  basis in nine out of every 12 months.  As of March 31,
1998, we were in compliance with our QTL requirement with  approximately  88.06%
of our assets invested in QTIs.

         Transactions With Affiliates.  Generally,  restrictions on transactions
with affiliates require that transactions  between a savings  institution or its
subsidiaries  and  its  affiliates  be on  terms  as  favorable  to the  savings
institution as comparable transactions with non-affiliates. In addition, certain
of these  transactions are restricted to an aggregate  percentage of the savings
institution's capital. Collateral in

                                       65

<PAGE>



specified  amounts  must usually be provided by  affiliates  in order to receive
loans from the  savings  institution.  Within  certain  limits,  affiliates  are
permitted  to  receive  more  favorable  loan  terms  than  non-affiliates.  Our
affiliates  include  the Company  and any  company  which would be under  common
control with us. In addition, a savings institution may not extend credit to any
affiliate  engaged in activities not  permissible  for a bank holding company or
acquire the  securities of any affiliate  that is not a subsidiary.  The OTS has
the discretion to treat  subsidiaries of savings  institution as affiliates on a
case-by-case basis.

         Liquidity  Requirements.  All  savings  institutions  are  required  to
maintain an average daily balance of liquid assets equal to a certain percentage
of the sum of its average daily balance of net withdrawable deposit accounts and
borrowings payable in one year or less. The liquidity  requirement may vary from
time to time (between 4% and 10%) depending upon economic conditions and savings
flows of all savings institutions.  At March 31, 1998, our required liquid asset
ratio was 4%. Our  average  liquid  asset  ratio at March 31,  1998 was  11.14%.
Monetary  penalties may be imposed upon institutions for violations of liquidity
requirements.

         Federal Home Loan Bank System. We are a member of the FHLB of New York,
which is one of 12 regional FHLBs. Each FHLB serves as a reserve or central bank
for its members within its assigned  region.  It is funded  primarily from funds
deposited  by  savings  institutions  and  proceeds  derived  from  the  sale of
consolidated  obligations  of the FHLB System.  It makes loans to members (i.e.,
advances) in accordance with policies and procedures established by the board of
directors of the FHLB.

         As a member, we are required to purchase and maintain stock in the FHLB
of  New  York  in an  amount  equal  to at  least  1% of  our  aggregate  unpaid
residential  mortgage loans, home purchase  contracts or similar  obligations at
the beginning of each year. At March 31, 1998, we had $261,300 in FHLB stock, at
cost,  which was in compliance with this  requirement.  The FHLB imposes various
limitations  on advances  such as limiting  the amount of certain  types of real
estate  related  collateral  to 30% of a member's  capital  and  limiting  total
advances to a member.

         The FHLBs are required to provide funds for the  resolution of troubled
savings  institutions  and to contribute to affordable  housing programs through
direct loans or interest subsidies on advances targeted for community investment
and  low-  and  moderate-income  housing  projects.   These  contributions  have
adversely  affected the level of FHLB dividends paid and could continue to do so
in the future.

         Federal   Reserve.   The  Federal   Reserve   requires  all  depository
institutions  to  maintain  non-interest-bearing  reserves at  specified  levels
against  their  transaction  accounts  (primarily  checking,  NOW and  Super NOW
checking  accounts) and non-personal time deposits.  The balances  maintained to
meet the  reserve  requirements  imposed by the  Federal  Reserve may be used to
satisfy  the  liquidity  requirements  that are imposed by the OTS. At March 31,
1998, our reserve met the minimum level required by the Federal Reserve.

         Savings  institutions have authority to borrow from the Federal Reserve
System "discount  window," but Federal Reserve System policy generally  requires
savings  institutions  to exhaust all other sources  before  borrowing  from the
Federal Reserve System.  We had no borrowings from the Federal Reserve System at
March 31, 1998.



                                       66

<PAGE>



                                    TAXATION

Federal Taxation

         We are subject to the provisions of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended  (the  "Code"),  in the same  general  manner as other  corporations.
Generally,  thrifts  with  $500  million  of  assets  or less may  still use the
experience method in determining  additions to bad debt reserves,  which is also
available to small banks. Larger thrifts must use the specific charge off method
regarding  bad debts.  Any reserve  amounts  added to our bad debt reserve after
1987 will be recaptured into our taxable income over a six year period beginning
in 1996.  A thrift may delay  recapturing  into  income its  post-1987  bad debt
reserves for an  additional  two years if it meets a  residential  lending test.
This recapture will not have a material impact on us.

         Under the experience method, the bad debt deduction may be based on (i)
a six-year  moving  average of actual  losses on qualifying  and  non-qualifying
loans, or (ii) a fill-up to the institution's base year reserve amount, which is
the tax bad debt reserve determined as of September 30, 1987.

         If a savings institution's qualifying assets (generally,  loans secured
by  residential  real estate or deposits,  educational  loans,  cash and certain
government  obligations)  constitute  less  than 60% of its  total  assets,  the
institution may not deduct any addition to a bad debt reserve and generally must
include  existing  reserves  in  income  over  a  four  year  period,  which  is
immediately accruable for financial reporting purposes. As of March 31, 1998, at
least 60% of our  assets  were  qualifying  assets as  defined  in the Code.  No
assurance  can be given  that we will meet the 60% test for  subsequent  taxable
years.

         Earnings  appropriated  to our bad debt  reserve  and  claimed as a tax
deduction  including our supplemental  reserves for losses will not be available
for the payment of cash dividends or for  distribution to you, our  stockholders
(including distributions made on dissolution or liquidation),  unless we include
the amount in income.  Distributable amounts may be reduced by any amount deemed
necessary to pay the resulting  federal income tax. As of September 30, 1997, we
had $241,000 of accumulated  earnings,  representing  our base year tax reserve,
for which federal  income taxes have not been  provided.  If such amount is used
for any purpose other than bad debt losses, including a dividend distribution or
a distribution in  liquidation,  it will be subject to federal income tax at the
then current rate.

         The Code imposes an alternative  minimum tax ("AMT") on a corporation's
alternative  minimum taxable income ("AMTI") at a rate of 20%. AMTI is increased
by certain  preference  items,  including the excess of the tax bad debt reserve
deduction  using the percentage of taxable income method over the deduction that
would have been allowable under the experience  method.  Only 90% of AMTI can be
offset by net operating loss carryovers of which we currently have none. AMTI is
also adjusted by determining the tax treatment of certain items in a manner that
negates the deferral of income resulting from the regular tax treatment of those
items.  Thus,  our AMTI is increased by an amount equal to 75 % of the amount by
which our adjusted current earnings exceeds our AMTI (determined  without regard
to this  adjustment  and  prior  to  reduction  for net  operating  losses).  In
addition,  for  taxable  years  beginning  after  September  30, 1986 and before
January  1,  1996,  an  environmental  tax of 0.12% of the  excess of AMTI (with
certain modifications) over $2 million is imposed on corporations, including us,
whether or not an AMT is paid.  For tax years  beginning  in 1998 a  corporation
that has had average  annual gross receipts of $5 million or less over its 1995,
1996 and 1997 tax years will be a "small  corporation."  Once the corporation is
recognized as a small  corporation it will be exempt from the AMT for so long as
its average  annual  gross  receipts for the prior 3 year period does not exceed
$7,500,000. The Company will be recognized as a small corporation.


                                       67

<PAGE>



         The Company may exclude from its income 100% of dividends received from
us as a member of the same  affiliated  group of  corporations.  A 70% dividends
received  deduction  generally  applies with respect to dividends  received from
corporations that are not members of such affiliated  group,  except that an 80%
dividends  received  deduction  applies if the Company owns more than 20% of the
stock of a corporation paying a dividend.

         Our federal  income tax returns have not been audited by the IRS during
the past ten years.

State Taxation

         The  Association  files New Jersey  income tax returns.  For New Jersey
income tax purposes, savings institutions are presently taxed at a rate of up to
3% of net income,  which is calculated based on federal taxable income,  subject
to certain adjustments.

         Our state tax returns  have not been audited by the State of New Jersey
during the past ten years.


                     MANAGEMENT OF FARNSWORTH BANCORP, INC.

         Our board of directors  consists of the same  individuals  who serve as
directors  of  our   subsidiary,   Peoples  Savings  Bank.  Our  certificate  of
incorporation  and bylaws  require that directors be divided into three classes,
as nearly  equal in number as  possible.  Each class of  directors  serves for a
three-year period,  with  approximately  one-third of the directors elected each
year.  Our  officers  will be  elected  annually  by the  board and serve at the
board's discretion. See "Management of Peoples Savings Bank."


                       MANAGEMENT OF PEOPLES SAVINGS BANK

Directors and Executive Officers

         Our board of directors is composed of seven members each of whom serves
for a term of three years, with approximately one-third of the directors elected
each year.  Our current  charter and bylaws and our proposed  stock  charter and
bylaws require that directors be divided into three classes,  as nearly equal in
number as possible.  Our officers are elected annually by our board and serve at
the board's discretion.



                                       68

<PAGE>



         The  following  table  sets  forth  information  with  respect  to  our
directors and executive officers, all of whom will continue to serve in the same
capacities after the conversion.

                             Age at                                   Current
                            March 31,                     Director      Term
Name                          1998      Position            Since    Expires(1)
- ----                          ----      --------          --------   -------

George G. Aaronson, Jr.        66       Director            1970        1999

Charles E. Adams               82       Director            1985        1998

Herman Gutstein                85       Chairman            1965        1999

G. Edward Koenig, Jr.          56       Director            1981        1999

Edgar N. Peppler               62       Director (Vice      1970        2000
                                        Chairman)

William H. Wainwright, Jr.     67       Director            1986        1998

Gary N. Pelehaty               45       President, CEO      1992        2000
                                        and Director

Charles Alessi                 35       Vice President,      N/A         N/A
                                        CFO, Secretary
                                        and Treasurer


- ------------------
(1)  The terms for  directors  of the  Company  are the same as those of Peoples
     Savings Bank.

         The  business  experience  for  the  past  five  years  of  each of the
directors and executive officers is as follows:

         George G. Aaronson,  Jr. has been a director of the Bank since 1970. He
is employed by Falconer & Bell as a real estate  sales  agent.  Mr.  Aaronson is
supervisor of the Burlington County Soil Conservation Committee.

         Charles E. Adams has been a director of the Bank since 1985.  Mr. Adams
is now retired,  but was the  Administrator  and Secretary of Florence  Township
Saving and Loan  Association  for 20 years.  Mr. Adams is on the  administrative
board of Florence  United  Methodist  Church,  and is  treasurer of the Florence
Historical Society.

         Herman Gutstein has been a director of the Bank since 1965. He has also
served as  chairman of the board since 1992.  Mr.  Gutstein  owns a  convenience
store.

         G. Edward  Koenig,  Jr. has,  except for a three year hiatus  ending in
1993,  been a director since 1981. Mr. Koenig is President of E. J. Koenig Inc.,
a fuel service  petroleum  products  company and a heating and air  conditioning
equipment  sales,  installation  and service  business.  Mr.  Koenig sits on the
Burlington County Military Affairs  Committee  Executive Board and served as its
chairman from 1996 to 1997.

         Edgar N.  Peppler has been a director  of the Bank since  1970.  He has
served as  vice-chairman  of the board since 1992. Mr. Peppler is part owner and
President of Peppler Funeral Home, a business

                                       69

<PAGE>



he has  been  associated  with  since  1957.  Mr.  Peppler  is a  member  of the
Bordentown Chamber of Commerce, a past president of the Bordentown Kiwanis Club,
and a past master of the Masonic Lodge.

         William H. Wainwright,  Jr. has been a director of the Bank since 1968.
Before  retiring in 1995,  he was employed for 20 years as a loan officer at the
Farmers  Home  Administration  and  the  Small  Business   Administration.   Mr.
Wainwright is a member of the Surf City Yacht Club and served as their Commodore
in 1996.

         Gary N. Pelehaty has served the Bank as a director  since October 1992.
He has also  been  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of the Bank  since
February of the same year. Mr. Pelehaty is a director of First Nations Financial
Services  Company.  Active in the local  community,  Mr.  Pelehaty serves on the
boards of directors of Bordentown Rotary, Burlington County Burn Foundation, and
is the finance chairman of Bordentown Veterans' Memorial Foundation.  He is also
a former director of Bordentown's  Chamber of Commerce and Vice President of the
Burlington/Camden Savings League.

         Charles  Alessi  has  been  employed  by the  Bank  since  1992  and is
Vice-President  and  our  Chief  Financial  Officer.  He is also  Secretary  and
Treasurer of the Bank. Mr. Alessi is a member of the Financial Managers Society.

Meetings and Committees of the Board of Directors

         The board of directors  conducts its business  through  meetings of the
board and through activities of its committees.  During the year ended September
30,  1997,  the board of  directors  held 24 regular  meetings  and one  special
meeting.  No director attended fewer than 75% of the total meetings of the board
of directors  and  committees  on which such  director  served  during this time
period.

Director Compensation

         Each  director  is  paid  monthly.  Total  aggregate  fees  paid to the
directors for the year ended  September  30, 1997 were $4,800.  Since October 1,
1997,  each  director  (including  the  chairman  of the  board) has been paid a
monthly fee of $500.

         Directors   Consultant  and  Retirement  Plan  ("DRP").  We  intend  to
establish a DRP which will provide  retirement  benefits to our directors  based
upon the  number of years of  service  to our  board,  which  must be at least 5
years.  If a director  agrees to become a consulting  director to our board upon
retirement,  he or she will  receive  a monthly  payment  of $500 for 5 years or
until  death,  whichever  is earlier.  Benefits  under our DRP will begin upon a
director's retirement.  In the event there is a change in control, all directors
will be presumed to have not less than 5 years of service and each director will
receive  a lump sum  payment  equal to the  present  value  of  future  benefits
payable.

Executive Compensation

         Summary Compensation Table. The following table sets forth the cash and
non-cash  compensation  awarded to or earned by our chief  executive  officer at
September 30, 1997. No other employee  earned in excess of $100,000 for the year
ended September 30, 1997.

                                       70

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                  Annual Compensation
                                                    ------------------------------------------------

                                                                                        Other Annual            All Other
Name and Principal Position                         Salary              Bonus           Compensation          Compensation
- ---------------------------                         ------              -----           ------------          ------------
<S>                                                 <C>                 <C>               <C>                   <C>      
Gary N. Pelehaty
Director, President and CEO                         $88,150             $   --            $4,800(1)             $7,544(2)
</TABLE>


- ------------------
(1)      Consists of Board fees.
(2)      Consists of 401(k) plan matching contributions and cost of automobile.

         Employment Agreement. We have entered into an employment agreement with
our President, Gary N. Pelehaty. Mr. Pelehaty's base salary under the employment
agreement is $90,000.  The employment  agreement has a term of three years.  The
agreement is terminable by us for "just cause" as defined in the  agreement.  If
we  terminate  Mr.  Pelehaty  without  just  cause,  he  will be  entitled  to a
continuation  of his salary from the date of  termination  through the remaining
term of the  agreement  but in no event for a period  of less  than  twenty-four
months. The employment  agreement contains a provision stating that in the event
of the termination of employment in connection with any change in control of us,
Mr.  Pelehaty  will be paid a lump sum amount  equal to 2.99 times his five year
average annual taxable cash  compensation.  If such payments had been made under
the  agreement  as of  September  30,  1997,  such  payments  would have equaled
approximately  $278,000. The aggregate payments that would have been made to Mr.
Pelehaty  would be an expense  to us,  thereby  reducing  our net income and our
capital by that amount.  The agreement  may be renewed  annually by our board of
directors upon a determination  of satisfactory  performance  within the board's
sole  discretion.  If Mr.  Pelehaty shall become disabled during the term of the
agreement, he shall continue to receive payment of 100% of the base salary for a
period of 12 months and 65% of such base salary for the  remaining  term of such
agreement.  Such payments  shall be reduced by any other  benefit  payments made
under other disability programs in effect for our employees.

         Supplemental  Executive  Retirement  Plan.  We  intend to  implement  a
supplemental   executive  retirement  plan  ("SERP")  for  the  benefit  of  our
President,  Mr. Pelehaty. The SERP will provide Mr. Pelehaty with a supplemental
retirement  benefit in addition to benefits under the Bank's 401(k) Plan and the
proposed  ESOP.  Under the SERP, it is anticipated  that an annual  contribution
will  be  made  to a  reserve  equal  to  approximately  10% of  Mr.  Pelehaty's
compensation.  Upon  retirement on or after age 55, Mr. Pelehaty may receive the
value of such  reserve  account  payable  in a  lump-sum  amount or in  periodic
payments  over a ten year  period.  The SERP is unfunded.  All benefits  payable
under  the  SERP  would  be paid  from  our  current  assets.  There  are no tax
consequences to either participant or us related to the SERP prior to payment of
benefits.  Upon receipt of payment of benefits,  the participant  will recognize
taxable  ordinary income in the amount of such payments  received and we will be
entitled to recognize a tax-deductible compensation expense at that time.

         Employee Stock  Ownership  Plan. We have  established an employee stock
ownership plan, the ESOP, for the exclusive  benefit of participating  employees
of ours, to be implemented upon the completion of the conversion.  Participating
employees are  employees  who have  completed one year of service with us or our
subsidiary  and have  attained  the age of 21.  An  application  for a letter of
determination  as to the  tax-qualified  status of the ESOP will be submitted to
the IRS.  Although  no  assurances  can be given,  we expect  that the ESOP will
receive a favorable letter of determination from the IRS.


                                       71

<PAGE>



         The ESOP is to be funded by contributions  made by us in cash or common
stock.  Benefits may be paid either in shares of the common stock or in cash. In
accordance  with the Plan, the ESOP may borrow funds with which to acquire up to
8% of the  common  stock to be issued in the  conversion.  The ESOP  intends  to
borrow  funds from the  Company.  The loan is  expected  to be for a term of ten
years at an annual  interest  rate equal to the prime rate as  published  in The
Wall Street Journal.  Presently it is anticipated that the ESOP will purchase up
to 8% of the common stock to be issued in the  offering  (i.e.,  33,200  shares,
based on the  midpoint  of the EVR).  The loan  will be  secured  by the  shares
purchased and earnings of ESOP assets.  Shares purchased with such loan proceeds
will be held in a suspense account for allocation among participants as the loan
is repaid. We anticipate contributing approximately $33,200 annually (based on a
$332,000  purchase)  to the ESOP to meet  principal  obligations  under the ESOP
loan,  as  proposed.  It is  anticipated  that  all such  contributions  will be
tax-deductible.  This loan is expected to be fully  repaid in  approximately  10
years.

         Shares  sold  above the  maximum of the EVR  (i.e.,  more than  548,838
shares) may be sold to the ESOP before satisfying  remaining  unfilled orders of
Eligible  Account  Holders  to fill  the  ESOP's  subscription  or the  ESOP may
purchase  some  or all of the  shares  covered  by its  subscription  after  the
conversion in the open market.

         Contributions to the ESOP and shares released from the suspense account
will be allocated  among  participants on the basis of total  compensation.  All
participants  must be  employed  at least  1,000  hours in a plan year,  or have
terminated  employment  following death,  disability or retirement,  in order to
receive an allocation.  Participant  benefits become vested in plan  allocations
following  five years of service.  Employment  prior to the adoption of the ESOP
shall be credited for the purposes of vesting.  Vesting will be accelerated upon
retirement,  death, disability, change in control of the Company, or termination
of the ESOP.  Forfeitures  will be reallocated to participants on the same basis
as other  contributions in the plan year. Benefits may be payable in the form of
a lump sum upon retirement,  death,  disability or separation from service.  Our
contributions to the ESOP are  discretionary  and may cause a reduction in other
forms of  compensation.  Therefore,  benefits  payable  under the ESOP cannot be
estimated.

         The board of directors has appointed non-employee directors to the ESOP
Committee to administer the ESOP and to serve as the initial ESOP Trustees.  The
board of  directors  or the  ESOP  Committee  may  instruct  the  ESOP  Trustees
regarding  investments of funds  contributed to the ESOP. The ESOP Trustees must
vote all allocated  shares held in the ESOP in accordance with the  instructions
of the  participating  employees.  Unallocated  shares and allocated  shares for
which no timely  direction  is  received  will be voted by the ESOP  Trustees as
directed  by the  board of  directors  or the  ESOP  Committee,  subject  to the
Trustees' fiduciary duties.

Proposed Future Stock Benefit Plans

         Stock  Option  Plan.  The board of  directors  intends to adopt a stock
option plan (the Option Plan) following the  conversion,  subject to approval by
the Company's stockholders, at a stockholders' meeting to be held no sooner than
six months after the conversion. The Option Plan would be in compliance with the
OTS regulations in effect.  See "-- Restrictions on Stock Benefit Plans." If the
Option Plan is implemented  within one year after the conversion,  in accordance
with OTS regulations, a number of shares equal to 10% of the aggregate shares of
common stock to be issued in the offering  (i.e.,  41,500  shares based upon the
sale of  415,000  shares  at the  midpoint  of the EVR)  would be  reserved  for
issuance by the  Company  upon  exercise  of stock  options to be granted to our
officers,  directors and employees  from time to time under the Option Plan. The
purpose  of the  Option  Plan would be to  provide  additional  performance  and
retention   incentives   to  certain   officers,   directors  and  employees  by
facilitating their

                                       72

<PAGE>



purchase of a stock  interest in the  Company.  Under the OTS  regulations,  the
Option Plan,  would provide for a term of 10 years,  after which no awards could
be made,  unless  earlier  terminated by the board of directors  pursuant to the
Option Plan and the options  would vest over a five year period  (i.e.,  20% per
year),  beginning one year after the date of grant of the option.  Options would
be granted  based upon  several  factors,  including  seniority,  job duties and
responsibilities, job performance, our financial performance and a comparison of
awards given by other savings institutions converting from mutual to stock form.

         The Company would receive no monetary consideration for the granting of
stock  options under the Option Plan. It would receive the option price for each
share issued to optionees upon the exercise of such options.  Shares issued as a
result of the exercise of options will be either  authorized but unissued shares
or shares purchased in the open market by the Company.  However, no purchases in
the  open  market  will  be  made  that  would  violate  applicable  regulations
restricting  purchases by the  Company.  The exercise of options and payment for
the shares received would contribute to the equity of the Company.

         If the  Option  Plan is  implemented  more  than  one  year  after  the
conversion,  the Option Plan will comply with OTS  regulations and policies that
are applicable at such time.

         Restricted  Stock Plan. The boards of directors intend to adopt the RSP
following  the  conversion,  the  objective  of which is to  enable us to retain
personnel  and  directors  of  experience   and  ability  in  key  positions  of
responsibility.  The Company expects to hold a  stockholders'  meeting no sooner
than six  months  after  the  conversion  in order for  stockholders  to vote to
approve the RSP. If the RSP is implemented within one year after the conversion,
in accordance with applicable OTS regulations,  the shares granted under the RSP
will be in the form of  restricted  stock vesting over a five year period (i.e.,
20% per  year)  beginning  one  year  after  the  date of  grant  of the  award.
Compensation  expense to the  Association in the amount of the fair market value
of the common stock  granted will be  recognized  pro rata over the years during
which the shares are  payable.  Until they have  vested,  such shares may not be
sold,  pledged or  otherwise  disposed of and are required to be held in escrow.
Any shares not so allocated would be voted by the RSP Trustees.  The RSP will be
implemented in accordance with applicable OTS regulations.  See "-- Restrictions
on Stock Benefit Plans." Awards would be granted based upon a number of factors,
including  seniority,  job duties and  responsibilities,  job  performance,  our
performance  and a comparison of awards given by other  institutions  converting
from  mutual  to  stock  form.  The RSP  would  be  managed  by a  committee  of
non-employee  directors  (the "RSP  Trustees").  The RSP Trustees would have the
responsibility  to invest all funds  contributed  by us to the trust created for
the RSP (the "RSP Trust").

         We expect  to  contribute  sufficient  funds to the RSP so that the RSP
Trust can  purchase,  in the  aggregate,  up to 4% of the amount of common stock
that is  sold in the  conversion.  The  shares  purchased  by the RSP  would  be
authorized but unissued shares or would be purchased in the open market.  In the
event the market price of the common  stock is greater  than $10 per share,  our
contribution of funds will be increased. Likewise, in the event the market price
is lower than $10 per share, our contribution will be decreased.  In recognition
of their prior and expected services to us and the Company,  as the case may be,
the officers,  other employees and directors  responsible for  implementation of
the policies  adopted by the board of  directors  and our  profitable  operation
will,  without cost to them, be awarded stock under the RSP. Based upon the sale
of 415,000  shares of common  stock in the  offering at the midpoint of the EVR,
the RSP Trust is expected to purchase up to 16,600 shares of common stock.

         If the RSP is implemented more than one year after the conversion,  the
RSP will comply with such OTS  regulations  and policies that are  applicable at
such time.


                                       73

<PAGE>



         Restrictions on Stock Benefit Plans.  OTS  regulations  provide that in
the event stock option or  management  and/or  employee  stock benefit plans are
implemented within one year from the date of conversion,  such plans must comply
with the following  restrictions:  (1) the plans must be fully  disclosed in the
prospectus,  (2) for stock  option  plans,  the total number of shares for which
options  may  be  granted  may  not  exceed  10%  of the  shares  issued  in the
conversion,  (3) for restricted stock plans, the shares may not exceed 3% of the
shares  issued  in the  conversion  (4% for  institutions  with  10% or  greater
tangible  capital),  (4) the aggregate  amount of stock purchased by the ESOP in
the  conversion  may  not  exceed  10%  (8%  for  well-capitalized  institutions
utilizing a 4% restricted  stock plan),  (5) no individual  employee may receive
more than 25% of the  available  awards under the option plan or the  restricted
stock plans,  (6)  directors  who are not employees may not receive more than 5%
individually or 30% in the aggregate of the awards under any plan, (7) all plans
must be approved  by a majority  of the total  votes  eligible to be cast at any
duly  called  meeting of the  Company's  stockholders  held no earlier  than six
months following the conversion,  (8) for stock option plans, the exercise price
must be at least  equal to the  market  price of the stock at the time of grant,
(9) for restricted  stock plans,  no stock issued in a conversion may be used to
fund the plan, (10) neither stock option awards nor restricted  stock awards may
vest earlier than 20% as of one year after the date of stockholder  approval and
20% per year  thereafter,  and  vesting may be  accelerated  only in the case of
disability or death (or if not  inconsistent  with applicable OTS regulations in
effect  at such  time,  in the  event of a change  in  control),  (11) the proxy
material  must clearly  state that the OTS in no way endorses or approves of the
plans,  and (12) prior to implementing the plans, all plans must be submitted to
the  Regional  Director of the OTS within five days after  stockholder  approval
with a certification  that the plans approved by the  stockholders  are the same
plans that were filed with and disclosed in the proxy materials  relating to the
meeting at which stockholder approval was received.

         Certain Related Transactions. We grant loans to our officers, directors
and employees.  These loans are made in the ordinary course of business and upon
the  same  terms,  including  collateral,  as those  prevailing  at the time for
comparable  transactions  and do not  involve  more  than  the  normal  risk  of
collectibility or present any other unfavorable features.  Loans to officers and
directors  and their  affiliates  amounted to $219,000,  or 9.8% of our retained
earnings at March 31, 1998.  Assuming the  conversion  had occurred at September
30, 1997 with the issuance of 415,000  shares,  these loans would have  totalled
approximately 3.9% of pro forma consolidated stockholders' equity.

             RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF FARNSWORTH BANCORP, INC.

         While the board of  directors  is not aware of any effort that might be
made to obtain control of the Company after  conversion,  the board of directors
believes that it is  appropriate  to include  certain  provisions as part of the
Company's  certificate of  incorporation to protect the interests of the Company
and its stockholders from hostile takeovers  ("anti-takeover"  provisions) which
the board of directors  might conclude are not in our best interests or those of
our stockholders.  These provisions may have the effect of discouraging a future
takeover  attempt  which is not  approved  by the board of  directors  but which
individual  stockholders  may deem to be in  their  best  interests  or in which
stockholders may receive a substantial premium for their shares over the current
market prices. As a result, stockholders who might desire to participate in such
a transaction  may not have the  opportunity to do so. Such provisions will also
render the  removal of the  current  board of  directors  or  management  of the
Company more difficult.

         The  following   discussion  is  a  general  summary  of  the  material
provisions  of the  certificate  of  incorporation,  bylaws,  and certain  other
regulatory  provisions  of the  Company,  which  may be  deemed  to have such an
anti-takeover effect. The description of these provisions is necessarily general
and reference  should be made in each case to the  certificate of  incorporation
and bylaws of the Company

                                       74

<PAGE>



which  are  filed as  exhibits  to the  registration  statement  of  which  this
prospectus is a part. See "Where You Can Find Additional  Information" as to how
to obtain a copy of these documents.

Provisions of the Company Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

         Limitations on Voting Rights.  The certificate of  incorporation of the
Company provides that after completion of the conversion,  in no event shall any
record  owner of any  outstanding  common  stock  which is  beneficially  owned,
directly or indirectly,  by a person who  beneficially  owns in excess of 10% of
the then  outstanding  shares of common  stock (the  "Limit"),  be  entitled  or
permitted  to any vote in respect of the shares held in excess of the Limit.  In
addition,  for a period of five years from the completion of our conversion,  no
person may  directly or  indirectly  offer to acquire or acquire the  beneficial
ownership  of more than 10% of any class of an equity  security  of the  Company
without the approval of the Company's continuing directors.

         The impact of these  provisions on the  submission of a proxy on behalf
of a beneficial  holder of more than 10% of the common stock is (1) to disregard
for  voting  purposes  and  require  divestiture  of the amount of stock held in
excess  of 10% (if  within  five  years of the  conversion  more than 10% of the
common  stock is  beneficially  owned by a  person),  and (2)  limit the vote on
common stock held by the beneficial  owner to 10% or possibly  reduce the amount
that may be voted  below the 10% level (if more than 10% of the common  stock is
beneficially  owned by a person  more than  five  years  after the  conversion).
Unless the grantor of a revocable  proxy is an affiliate or an associate of such
a 10% holder or there is an arrangement,  agreement or understanding with such a
10% holder, these provisions would not restrict the ability of such a 10% holder
of revocable  proxies to exercise  revocable proxies for which the 10% holder is
neither  a record  owner  nor  otherwise  a  beneficial  owner.  A  person  is a
beneficial  owner of a security if he has the power to vote or direct the voting
of all or part of the voting rights of the security, or has the power to dispose
of or direct the disposition of the security.  The certificate of  incorporation
of the Company further  provides that this provision  limiting voting rights may
only be amended upon the vote of 80% of the outstanding shares of voting stock.

         Election of Directors.  Certain provisions of the Company's certificate
of incorporation and bylaws will impede changes in majority control of the board
of directors.  The Company's articles of incorporation provide that the board of
directors  of the Company  will be divided into three  staggered  classes,  with
directors in each class elected for  three-year  terms.  Thus, it would take two
annual  elections to replace a majority of the  Company's  board.  The Company's
certificate  of  incorporation  provides that the size of the board of directors
may be increased or decreased  only if approved by a vote of  two-thirds  of the
whole board of directors.  The bylaws also provide that any vacancy occurring in
the board of directors, including a vacancy created by an increase in the number
of directors, may be filled only by the board of directors, acting by a majority
vote of the  directors  then in office  and any  director  so chosen  shall hold
office until the next  succeeding  annual  election of directors.  Finally,  the
articles of  incorporation  and the bylaws impose certain notice and information
requirements in connection with the nomination by stockholders of candidates for
election to the board of directors or the proposal by  stockholders  of business
to be acted upon at an annual meeting of stockholders.

         The certificate of  incorporation  provides that a director may only be
removed for cause by the  affirmative  vote of at least 80% of the shares of the
Company entitled to vote generally in an election of directors cast at a meeting
of stockholders called for that purpose.

         Restrictions   on  Call  of  Special   Meetings.   The  certificate  of
incorporation of the Company provides that a special meeting of stockholders may
be called only pursuant to a resolution adopted by

                                       75

<PAGE>



a  majority  of the  board  of  directors,  or by a  committee  of the  board of
directors which is authorized to call such meetings,  or by the President of the
Company.

         Absence  of   Cumulative   Voting.   The   Company's   certificate   of
incorporation  provides that  stockholders  may not cumulate  their votes in the
election of directors.

         Authorized  Shares.  The  certificate of  incorporation  authorizes the
issuance of 5,000,000  shares of common stock and 1,000,000  shares of preferred
stock.  The shares of common stock and  preferred  stock were  authorized  in an
amount greater than that to be issued in the conversion to provide the Company's
board of directors with as much  flexibility as possible to effect,  among other
transactions,  financings,  acquisitions,  stock dividends, stock splits and the
exercise of stock options.  However, these additional authorized shares may also
be used by the board of directors  consistent  with its fiduciary  duty to deter
future attempts to gain control of the Company.  The board of directors also has
sole  authority  to  determine  the terms of any one or more series of preferred
stock, including voting rights,  conversion rates, and liquidation  preferences.
As a result of the ability to fix voting rights for a series of preferred stock,
the board has the power,  to the extent  consistent  with its fiduciary duty, to
issue a series of preferred stock to persons  friendly to management in order to
attempt to block a post  tender  offer  merger or other  transaction  by which a
third party seeks control, and thereby assist management to retain its position.

         Procedures  for  Certain  Business  Combinations.  The  certificate  of
incorporation  requires  that  unless  certain  fair price  provisions  are met,
business  combinations  with any interested  stockholder must be approved by the
affirmative vote of the holders of not less than 80% of the outstanding stock of
the  Company  not  beneficially  owned  by the  interested  stockholder,  or the
business combination must be approved by the continuing directors of the Company
and then by the Company's stockholders. Any amendment to this provision requires
the  affirmative  vote of at least 80% of the shares of the Company  entitled to
vote generally in an election of directors.

         Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws. Amendments to the
Company's  certificate of incorporation  must be approved by the Company's board
of directors and also by a majority of the  outstanding  shares of the Company's
voting  stock,  provided,  however,  that  approval  by  at  least  80%  of  the
outstanding  voting stock is required for certain  provisions (i.e.,  provisions
relating to  restrictions  on the  acquisition and voting of greater than 10% of
the common  stock;  number,  classification,  election and removal of directors;
amendment of bylaws; call of special stockholder  meetings;  director liability;
certain  business  combinations;  power of  indemnification;  and  amendments to
provisions relating to the foregoing in the certificate of incorporation).

         The  bylaws  may be  amended  by a  two-thirds  vote  of the  board  of
directors  or  the  affirmative  vote  of the  holders  of at  least  80% of the
outstanding shares of the Company entitled to vote in the election of directors,
cast at a meeting called for that purpose.

         Benefit  Plans.   In  addition  to  the  provisions  of  the  Company's
certificates of incorporation and bylaws described above, certain of our benefit
plans adopted in connection  with the conversion  contain  provisions  which may
also  discourage  hostile  takeover  attempts which the board of directors might
conclude are not in our best  interests in those of or our  stockholders.  For a
description  of the benefit plans and the  provisions of such plans  relating to
changes in control,  see  "Management of Peoples Savings Bank -- Proposed Future
Stock Benefit Plans."

         Regulatory  Restrictions.  A federal  regulation  prohibits  any person
prior to the completion of a conversion from transferring,  or entering into any
agreement or understanding to transfer, the legal or

                                       76

<PAGE>



beneficial  ownership  of  the  subscription  rights  issued  under  a  plan  of
conversion  or the stock to be issued  upon the  exercise of such  rights.  This
regulation  also  prohibits  any person prior to the  completion of a conversion
from offering, or making an announcement of an offer or intent to make an offer,
to  purchase  such  subscription  rights or stock.  For  three  years  following
conversion,  OTS regulations prohibit any person,  without the prior approval of
the OTS, from acquiring or making an offer to acquire more than 10% of the stock
of any converted savings institution if such person is, or after consummation of
such acquisition  would be, the beneficial owner of more than 10% of such stock.
In the event that any person, directly or indirectly,  violates this regulation,
the securities  beneficially  owned by such person in excess of 10% shall not be
counted  as shares  entitled  to vote and  shall  not be voted by any  person or
counted as voting  shares in connection  with any matter  submitted to a vote of
stockholders.

         Federal  regulations  require  that,  prior to obtaining  control of an
insured institution, a person, other than a company, must give 60 days notice to
the OTS and have received no OTS objection to such acquisition of control, and a
company  must apply for and receive OTS  approval of the  acquisition.  Control,
involves a 25% voting  stock  test,  control in any manner of the  election of a
majority of the institution's  directors, or a determination by the OTS that the
acquiror  has the power to direct,  or  directly  or  indirectly  to  exercise a
controlling  influence  over,  the  management  or policies of the  institution.
Acquisition of more than 10% of an  institution's  voting stock, if the acquiror
also is subject to any one of either "control factors," constitutes a rebuttable
determination of control under the regulations. The determination of control may
be rebutted by submission to the OTS,  prior to the  acquisition of stock or the
occurrence of any other circumstances  giving rise to such  determination,  of a
statement  setting forth facts and  circumstances  which would support a finding
that no control relationship will exist and containing certain undertakings. The
regulations provide that persons or companies which acquire beneficial ownership
exceeding  10% or more of any class of a savings  association's  stock after the
effective date of the regulations  must file with the OTS a  certification  that
the holder is not in control of such institution, is not subject to a rebuttable
determination  of  control  and will  take no  action  which  would  result in a
determination or rebuttable  determination of control without prior notice to or
approval of the OTS, as applicable.

                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

         The Company is  authorized to issue  5,000,000  shares of common stock,
$0.10 par value per share, and 1,000,000 shares of serial preferred stock, $0.10
par value per share. The Company currently expects to issue up to 548,838 shares
of common  stock in the  conversion.  The  Company  does not intend to issue any
shares of serial  preferred stock in the  conversion,  nor are there any present
plans to issue such preferred stock following the conversion.  The aggregate par
value of the issued shares will  constitute the capital  account of the Company.
The balance of the purchase  price will be recorded for  accounting  purposes as
additional  paid-in  capital.  See  "Capitalization."  The capital  stock of the
Company will  represent  nonwithdrawable  capital and will not be insured by us,
the FDIC, or any other governmental agency.

Common Stock

         Voting  Rights.  Each  share of the  common  stock  will  have the same
relative  rights and will be identical in all respects with every other share of
the common stock. The holders of the common stock will possess  exclusive voting
rights in the  Company,  except to the extent  that  shares of serial  preferred
stock  issued in the future may have  voting  rights.  Each holder of the common
stock  will be  entitled  to only one vote for each  share held of record on all
matters  submitted to a vote of holders of the common stock and holders will not
be permitted to cumulate their votes in the election of the Company's directors.


                                       77

<PAGE>



         Liquidation.  In the  unlikely  event of the  complete  liquidation  or
dissolution of the Company,  the holders of the common stock will be entitled to
receive all assets of the Company available for distribution in cash or in kind,
after payment or provision for payment of (i) all debts and  liabilities  of the
Company; (ii) any accrued dividend claims; and (iii) liquidation  preferences of
any serial preferred stock which may be issued in the future.

         Restrictions on Acquisition of the Common Stock.  See  "Restrictions on
Acquisition of Farnsworth Bancorp,  Inc." for a discussion of the limitations on
acquisition of shares of the common stock.

         Other  Characteristics.  Holders  of the  common  stock  will  not have
preemptive  rights with  respect to any  additional  shares of the common  stock
which may be issued.  Accordingly,  the board of  directors  may sell  shares of
capital  stock of the Company  without  first  offering  such shares to existing
stockholders  of the  Company.  The  common  stock  is not  subject  to call for
redemption,  and the  outstanding  shares of common  stock when  issued and upon
receipt by the Company of the full purchase price  therefor,  will be fully paid
and non-assessable.

         Issuance of  Additional  Shares.  Except in the  offering  and possibly
pursuant to the RSP or Option Plan, the Company has no present plans, proposals,
arrangements or  understandings  to issue  additional  authorized  shares of the
common stock. In the future,  the authorized but unissued and unreserved  shares
of the common stock will be available for general corporate purposes, including,
but  not  limited  to,  possible  issuance:  (i) as  stock  dividends;  (ii)  in
connection   with  mergers  or   acquisitions;   (iii)  under  a  cash  dividend
reinvestment  or stock purchase plan; (iv) in a public or private  offering;  or
(v) under employee benefit plans. See "Risk Factors -- Possible  Dilutive Effect
of RSP and Stock Options" and "Pro Forma Data." Normally no stockholder approval
would be required for the issuance of these shares,  except as described  herein
or as otherwise required to approve a transaction in which additional authorized
shares of the common stock are to be issued.

         For  additional   information,   see   "Dividends,"   "Regulation"  and
"Taxation" with respect to  restrictions on the payment of cash dividends;  "The
Conversion  --  Restrictions  on Sales and  Purchases of Shares by Directors and
Officers"  relating to certain  restrictions  on the  transferability  of shares
purchased by directors  and  officers;  and  "Restrictions  on  Acquisitions  of
Farnsworth Bancorp,  Inc." for information  regarding  restrictions on acquiring
common stock of the Company.

Serial Preferred Stock

         None of the 1,000,000  authorized  shares of serial  preferred stock of
the Company will be issued in the conversion. After the conversion is completed,
the  board of  directors  of the  Company  will be  authorized  to issue  serial
preferred stock and to fix and state voting powers, designations, preferences or
other  special  rights of such shares and the  qualifications,  limitations  and
restrictions  thereof,  subject to regulatory approval,  but without stockholder
approval. If and when issued, the serial preferred stock is likely to rank prior
to the common stock as to dividend rights, liquidation preferences, or both, and
may  have  full or  limited  voting  rights.  The  board of  directors,  without
stockholder  approval,   can  issue  serial  preferred  stock  with  voting  and
conversion  rights which could adversely  affect the voting power of the holders
of the common stock.  The board of directors  has no present  intention to issue
any of the serial preferred stock.


                                       78

<PAGE>



                              LEGAL AND TAX MATTERS

         The  legality  of the  common  stock  has  been  passed  upon for us by
Malizia, Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C., Washington, D.C. Certain legal matters for
Ryan,  Beck & Co. may be passed  upon by Luse Lehman  Gorman  Pomerenk & Schick,
P.C., Washington, DC. The federal income tax consequences of the conversion have
been passed upon for us by Malizia,  Spidi,  Sloane & Fisch,  P.C.,  Washington,
D.C. The New Jersey income tax  consequences  of the conversion have been passed
upon for us by Wells, Singer, Rubin & Musulin.

                                     EXPERTS

         The  financial  statements  of Peoples  Savings  Bank as of and for the
years ended  September  30, 1997 and 1996,  appearing in this document have been
audited by Lewis W. Parker, III,  independent  certified public accountants,  as
set forth in their  report which  appears  elsewhere  in this  document,  and is
included in reliance  upon such report given upon the  authority of such firm as
experts in accounting and auditing.

         FinPro,  Inc. has consented to the  publication  herein of a summary of
its  letters  to  Peoples  Savings  Bank  setting  forth its  opinion  as to our
estimated pro forma market value in converted form and its opinion setting forth
the value of subscription  rights.  It has also consented to the use of its name
and statements with respect to it appearing in this document.

                            REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS

         The common stock of the Company is registered pursuant to Section 12(g)
of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange  Act").  The
Company will be subject to the information, proxy solicitation,  insider trading
restrictions,  tender offer rules,  periodic reporting and other requirements of
the SEC under the Exchange Act. The Company may not  deregister the common stock
under  the  Exchange  Act for a period of at least  three  years  following  the
conversion.

                    WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

         The  Company  is  subject  to  the  informational  requirements  of the
Exchange Act and must file reports and other information with the SEC.

         The Company  has filed with the SEC a  registration  statement  on Form
SB-2 under the  Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  with respect to the common
stock offered in this document. As permitted by the rules and regulations of the
SEC,  this  document  does not  contain  all the  information  set  forth in the
registration  statement.  Such information can be examined without charge at the
public  reference  facilities  of the SEC  located  at 450 Fifth  Street,  N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of such material can be obtained from the SEC
at prescribed  rates.  The SEC also  maintains an internet  address ("Web site")
that contains  reports,  proxy and information  statements and other information
regarding registrants,  including the Company, that file electronically with the
SEC.  The  address  for this Web site is  "http://www.sec.gov".  The  statements
contained in this document as to the contents of any contract or other  document
filed as an exhibit to the Form SB-2 are, of necessity,  brief  descriptions and
are not necessarily  complete;  each such statement is qualified by reference to
such contract or document.


                                       79

<PAGE>



         Peoples  Savings Bank has filed an Application  for Conversion with the
OTS with respect to the conversion. Pursuant to the rules and regulations of the
OTS, this document omits certain information contained in that Application.  The
Application may be examined at the principal office of the OTS at 1700 G Street,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20552 and at the Northeast Regional Office of the OTS, 10
Exchange Place, 18th Floor, Jersey City, New Jersey 07302.

         A copy of the  certificates  of  incorporation  and the  bylaws  of the
Company are available without charge from the Company.


                                       80

<PAGE>



                              Peoples Savings Bank

                          Index to Financial Statements



                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

Independent Auditors' Report..............................................   F-1

Statements of Financial Condition.........................................   F-2

Statements of Income......................................................    35

Statements of Retained Earnings...........................................   F-3

Statements of Cash Flows..................................................   F-4

Notes to Financial Statements.............................................   F-5

All  schedules  are  omitted  because  the  required  information  is either not
applicable or is included in the financial statements or related notes.

Separate  financial  statements  for the Company have not been included since it
will not  engage  in  material  transactions  until  after the  conversion.  The
Company,   which  has  been  inactive  to  date,  has  no  significant   assets,
liabilities, revenues, expenses or contingent liabilities.





                                       81

<PAGE>

LEWIS W. PARKER, III
CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT
- -------------------------------
P.O. BOX 6510, 9L PRINCESS ROAD
LAWRENCEVILLE, N.J. 08648
TEL: 609-896-2177
FAX: 609-844-0133



To the Board of Directors
Peoples Savings Bank


                          INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT
                          ----------------------------


I have audited the  accompanying  statements  of financial  condition of Peoples
Savings Bank as of September  30, 1997 and 1996,  and the related  statements of
income and  retained  earnings  and cash flows for the years then  ended.  These
financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of the  Bank's  management.  My
responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based on
my audits.

I conducted my audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing  standards.
Those standards  require that I plan and perform the audit to obtain  reasonable
assurance   about  whether  the  financial   statements  are  free  of  material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
I believe that my audits provide a reasonable basis for my opinion.

In my opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly , in
all  material  respects,  the  financial  position  of Peoples  Savings  Bank at
September 30, 1997 and 1996,  and the results of its  operations  and cash flows
for the years  then  ended in  conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles.


                                             /s/Lewis W. Parker
                                             -----------------------------------

October 29, 1997
Except for Note 19
as to which the date is
June 10, 1998
                                      F-1
<PAGE>



                              PEOPLES SAVINGS BANK

                        STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                    September 30,
                                                                     March 31,          -------------------------------------
              ASSETS                                                   1998                 1997                      1996
              ------                                                -----------         -----------               -----------
                                                                    (Unaudited)

<S>                                                                 <C>                 <C>                       <C>        
Cash and due from banks                                             $   474,699         $ 1,282,390               $   121,898
Interest bearing deposits with banks                                  2,449,766           1,082,151                   361,404
Securities available for sale                                           128,278              95,992                    65,995
Securities held to maturity                                           2,758,440           3,755,516                 5,400,707
Mortgage backed and related securities
  held to maturity                                                    2,539,703           3,016,352                 2,780,512
Loans receivable, net                                                28,280,451          26,408,713                23,261,013
Accrued interest receivable                                             237,569             247,263                   257,344
Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock
  at cost substantially restricted                                      261,300             234,100                   234,100
Premises and equipment                                                1,466,145           1,463,866                 1,499,991
Foreclosed real estate                                                   --                  --                       297,690
Other assets                                                             88,757              32,263                    81,542
                                                                    -----------         -----------               -----------
         Total assets                                               $38,685,108         $37,618,606               $34,362,196
                                                                    ===========         ===========               ===========



    LIABILITIES AND RETAINED EARNINGS
    ---------------------------------

Deposits                                                            $36,088,181         $35,196,576               $29,569,883
Advances by borrowers for taxes and
  insurance                                                             164,684             157,843                   151,907
Accrued income taxes                                                    128,124              84,594                     8,526
Accrued interest payable                                                 53,762              50,789                    71,271
Accounts payable and other accrued
  expenses                                                               25,041              40,313                   246,696
Federal Home Loan Bank advances                                          --                  --                     2,435,291
                                                                    -----------         -----------               -----------
         Total liabilities                                           36,459,792          35,530,115                32,483,574
                                                                    -----------         -----------               -----------
Commitments and contingencies                                            --                  --                       --
                                                                    -----------         -----------               -----------
Retained earnings:
  Partially restricted                                                2,142,856           2,029,176                 1,837,269
  Net unrealized appreciation on available
    for sale securities net of taxes                                     82,460              59,315                    41,353
                                                                    -----------         -----------               -----------
         Total retained earnings                                      2,225,316           2,088,491                 1,878,622
                                                                    -----------         -----------               -----------
         Total liabilities and retained
           earnings                                                 $38,685,108         $37,618,606               $34,362,196
                                                                    ===========         ===========               ===========
</TABLE>

                          The accompanying notes are and
                  integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-2
<PAGE>



                              PEOPLES SAVINGS BANK

                         STATEMENTS OF RETAINED EARNINGS

                     For the Six Months Ended March 31, 1998
           (Unaudited) and the Years Ended September 30, 1997 and 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                                                                         Net Unrealized
                                                                          Appreciation
                                                                         on Securities                Total
                                                      Retained           Available for               Retained
                                                      Earnings          Sale, Net of Tax             Earnings
                                                      --------          ----------------             --------

<S>                                                  <C>                <C>                         <C>       
Balance at September 30, 1995                        $1,857,388         $         24,675            $1,882,063

Net income                                              (20,119)                   --                  (20,119)

Change in unrealized appreciation
  on securities available for
  sale, net of tax                                        --                      16,678                16,678
                                                     ----------         ----------------            ----------

Balance at September 30, 1996                         1,837,269                   41,353             1,878,622

Net income                                              191,907                    --                  191,907

Change in unrealized appreciation
  on securities available for
  sale, net of tax                                        --                      17,962                17,962
                                                     ----------         ----------------            ----------

Balance at September 30, 1997
  (unaudited)                                         2,029,176                   59,315             2,088,491

Net income (unaudited)                                  113,680                    --                  113,680

Change in unrealized appreciation
  on securities available for
  sale, net of tax (unaudited)                            --                      23,145                23,145
                                                     ----------         ----------------            ----------

Balance at March 31, 1998
  (unaudited)                                        $2,142,856         $         82,460            $2,225,316
                                                     ==========         ================            ==========
</TABLE>

                   The accompanying notes are an integral part
                         of these financial statements.

                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                              PEOPLES SAVINGS BANK

                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              Six Months Ended                        Year Ended
                                                                  March 31,                          September 30,
                                                           1998               1997               1997               1996
                                                       -----------        -----------        -----------        ------------
                                                       (Unaudited)        (Unaudited)
<S>                                                    <C>                <C>                <C>                <C>         
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income (loss)                                    $    13,680        $    61,849        $   191,907        $   (20,119)
                                                       -----------        -----------        -----------        -----------
  Adjustments to reconcile net income
    to net cash provided by (used in)
    operating activities:
      Depreciation and amortization                         27,159             25,576             57,264             53,107
      Net (gain) loss on sale of assets                       (933)              --                5,220              1,290
      Decrease (increase) in accrued
        interest receivable                                  9,694              4,179             10,081             (2,722)
      Decrease (increase) in prepaid
        expenses and other assets                          (56,494)            32,088             49,279            (34,248)
      Increase (decrease) in advances
        from borrowers                                       6,841            (13,426)             5,936             27,673
      Increase (decrease) in accrued
        income taxes                                        43,530              7,065             76,068            (84,040)
      Increase (decrease) in accrued
        interest payable                                     2,973             (1,258)           (20,482)           (22,261)
      Increase (decrease) in other
        accrued liabilities                                (15,272)          (191,338)          (206,383)           123,260
                                                       -----------        -----------        -----------        -----------
         Total adjustments                                  17,498           (137,114)           (23,017)            62,059
                                                       -----------        -----------        -----------        -----------
         Net cash provided by
           operations                                      131,178            (75,265)           168,890             41,940
                                                       -----------        -----------        -----------        -----------
Cash flows from investing
  activities:
  Net increase in interest-bearing
    deposits with banks                                 (1,367,615)        (3,930,003)          (720,747)          (361,404)
  Net increase in loans receivable                      (1,871,738)        (1,185,392)        (3,147,700)        (2,634,265)
  Redemption (purchase) of securities,
    to be held to maturity                               1,464,384            809,445          1,384,394         (2,187,347)
  Purchase of securities, available
    for sale                                              (996,875)             --            (1,215,742)        (1,000,000)
  Proceeds from sale of securities,
    available for sale                                     997,808              --             1,219,685          4,500,625
  Purchase of Federal Home Loan Bank
    stock                                                  (27,000)             --                 --               (78,800)
  Proceeds from sale of real estate
    owned                                                    --               168,378            297,690
  Purchase of premises and equipment                       (29,438)             5,590            (17,380)           (47,527)
                                                       -----------        -----------        -----------        -----------
         Net cash provided by (used in)
          investing activities                          (1,830,474)        (4,131,982)        (2,199,800)        (1,808,718)
                                                       -----------        -----------        -----------        -----------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Increase (decrease) in savings
    accounts and demand deposits                           891,605          5,367,887          3,074,729           (109,197)
  Net increase (decrease) in
    certificates of deposit                                  --                 --             2,551,964         (1,642,550)
  Federal Home Loan Bank Advance
    (repayment)                                              --              (935,291)        (2,435,291)         2,435,291
                                                       -----------        -----------        -----------        -----------
         Net cash provided by
           financing activities                            891,605          4,432,596          3,191,402            683,544
                                                       -----------        -----------        -----------        -----------
Net increase (decrease) in cash
  and due from banks                                      (807,691)           225,349          1,160,492         (1,083,234)
Cash at beginning of period                              1,282,390            131,898            121,898          1,205,132
                                                       -----------        -----------        -----------        -----------
Cash at end of period                                  $   474,699        $   357,247        $ 1,282,390        $   121,898
                                                       ===========        ===========        ===========        ===========
Supplemental disclosure:
  Cash paid during the period for:
    Interest                                           $   694,520        $   389,109        $ 1,429,565        $ 1,244,183
                                                       ===========        ===========        ===========        ===========
    Income taxes                                       $     6,500        $    45,255        $     2,055        $    45,295
                                                       ===========        ===========        ===========        ===========
  Loans receivable transferred to
    foreclosed real estate                             $     --           $    --            $     --           $   164,794
                                                       ===========        ===========        ===========        ===========
</TABLE>
                   The accompanying notes are an integral part
                         of these financial statements.

                                      F-4
<PAGE>



                              PEOPLES SAVINGS BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



1.    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
      ------------------------------------------

      Basis of Financial Statement Presentation
      -----------------------------------------

      The financial  statements  have been prepared in conformity with generally
      accepted  accounting  principles.  In preparing the financial  statements,
      management is required to make estimates and  assumptions  that affect the
      reported  amount of assets and  liabilities  as of the date of the balance
      sheet and revenues and expenses for the period then ended.  Actual results
      could differ  significantly from those estimates.  Material estimates that
      are  particularly  susceptible  to  significant  changes  in the near term
      relate  to the  determination  of  the  allowance  for  loan  losses,  the
      valuation of foreclosed real estate and the assessment of prepayment risks
      associated with mortgage-backed  securities.  Management believes that the
      allowance  for  loan  losses  is  adequate,   foreclosed  real  estate  is
      appropriately  valued and prepayment risks associated with mortgage-backed
      securities  are  properly  recognized.  While  management  uses  available
      information  to  recognize  losses on loans and  foreclosed  real  estate,
      future additions to the allowance for loan losses or further writedowns of
      foreclosed  real  estate may be  necessary  based on  changes in  economic
      conditions  in the market area.  Additionally,  assessments  of prepayment
      risks related to mortgage-backed  securities are based upon current market
      conditions, which are subject to frequent change.

      In addition,  various  regulatory  agencies,  as an integral part of their
      examination  process,  periodically  review the Bank's  allowance for loan
      losses and foreclosed  real estate.  Such agencies may require the Bank to
      recognize  additions  to the  allowance  for  loan  losses  or  additional
      writedowns  on  foreclosed  real estate  based on their  judgements  about
      information available to them at the time of their examination.

      Concentration of Risk
      ---------------------

      The Bank's lending and real estate activity is concentrated in real estate
      and loans secured by real estate  located in the State of New Jersey.  The
      Bank's loan portfolio is predominantly made up of 1 to 4 family unit first
      mortgage loans in Burlington County.  These loans are typically secured by
      first lien  positions on the  respective  real estate  properties  and are
      subject to the Bank's loan underwriting  policies.  In general, the Bank's
      loan   portfolio   performance   is  dependent  upon  the  local  economic
      conditions.

      Interest-rate Risk
      ------------------

      The Bank is  principally  engaged in the business of  attracting  deposits
      from the general  public and using these deposits to make loans secured by
      real  estate  and,  to a lesser  extent,  consumer  loans and to  purchase
      mortgage-backed and investment securities. The potential for interest-rate
      risk  exists  as  a  result  of  the   shorter   duration  of  the  Bank's
      interest-sensitive  liabilities  compared to the generally longer duration
      of  interest-sensitive  assets.  In a rising  interest  rate  environment,
      liabilities  will reprice faster than assets,  thereby reducing the market
      value of  long-term  assets  and net  interest  income.  For this  reason,
      management  regularly monitors the maturity structure of the Bank's assets
      and liabilities in order to measure its level of interest-rate risk and to
      plan for future volatility.

      Cash Equivalents
      ----------------

      For the purpose of presentation in the statements of cash flows,  cash and
      cash   equivalents   are  defined  as  those   amounts   included  in  the
      balance-sheet caption "cash and due from banks."



                                      F-5
<PAGE>



                              PEOPLES SAVINGS BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)


1.    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
      ------------------------------------------

      Investment and Mortgaged-backed Securities
      ------------------------------------------

      The  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (FASB)  issued  Statement of
      Financial  Accounting  Standards  (SFAS) No. 115  "Accounting  for Certain
      Investments  in Debt and Equity  Securities"  which is effective for years
      beginning   after  December  15,  1993.   This  statement   requires  that
      investments in debt and equity  securities  owned shall be classified into
      one of three categories: held-to-maturity, available-for-sale, or trading.
      the Bank's  investments in securities are classified in two categories and
      accounted for as follows:

     o    Securities Held to Maturity. Bond,s notes and debentures for which the
          Bank has the  positive  intent  and  ability to hold to  maturity  are
          reported at cost,  adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion
          of  discounts  which  are  recognized  in  interest  income  using the
          interest method over the period to maturity.

     o    Securities  Available for Sale.  Securities available for sale consist
          of certain debt and equity  securities  not  classified  as trading or
          securities to be held to maturity.

      Declines in the fair value of  individual  held to maturity and  available
      for sale  securities  below their cost that are other than  temporary will
      result in write-downs  of the  individual  securities to their fair value.
      The related write-downs will be included in earnings as realized losses.

      Unrealized holding gains and losses,  net of tax, on securities  available
      for sale are  reported as a net amount in a separate  component  of equity
      until realized.

      Gains  and  losses  on the  sale of  securities  available  for  sale  are
      determined using the specific-identification method.

      Premiums  and  discounts  are  recognized  in  interest  income  using the
      interest method over the period to maturity.

      Loans Receivable
      ----------------

      Loans  receivable  that  management has the intent and ability to hold for
      the foreseeable  future or until maturity or pay-off are reported at their
      outstanding principal adjusted for any charge-offs, the allowance for loan
      losses, and any deferred fees or costs on originated loans and unamortized
      premiums or discounts on purchased loans.

      Discounts  and  premiums on  purchased  residential  real estate loans are
      amortized to income using the interest method over the remaining period to
      contractual maturity, adjusted for anticipated prepayments.  Discounts and
      premiums on  purchased  consumer  loans are  recognized  over the expected
      lives of the loans using methods that approximate the interest method.

      Loan origination fees and certain direct origination costs are capitalized
      and recognized as an adjustment of the yield of the related loan.

      Effective  October 1, 1995,  the Savings Bank adopted FASB  Statements No.
      114,  "Accounting  by Creditors  for  Impairment  of a Loan," and No. 118,
      "Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan - Income Recognition and
      Disclosures."  The  provisions of these  statements  are applicable to all
      loans, uncollateralized as well as collateralized,  except large groups of
      smaller- balance  homogeneous  loans that are  collectively  evaluated for
      impairment  and loans that are  measured  at fair value or at the lower of
      cost or fair value.  Loans classified as impaired are to be measured based
      on the present value

                                      F-6
<PAGE>



                              PEOPLES SAVINGS BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)


1.    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
      ------------------------------------------

      Loans Receivable (Continued)
      ----------------

      of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective  interest
      rate, or as a practical  expedient,  at the loan's observable market price
      or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. A
      loan  evaluated  for  impairment  is deemed to be  impaired  when based on
      current  information and events, it is probable that the Savings Bank will
      be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of
      the loan  agreement.  All  loans  identified  as  impaired  are  evaluated
      independently.  No loans were  identified  as impaired as of September 30,
      1997 and 1996, respectively.

      The  allowance  for loan  losses is  increased  by  charges  to income and
      decreased  by  charge-offs  (net  of  recoveries).  Management's  periodic
      evaluation  of the  adequacy of the  allowance is based on the Bank's past
      loan loss experience,  known and inherent risks in the portfolio,  adverse
      situations that may affect the borrower's  ability to repay, the estimated
      value of any underlying collateral, and current economic conditions.

      The  accrual of  interest  on  impaired  loans is  discontinued  when,  in
      management's  opinion, the borrower may be unable to meet payments as they
      become due.  When interest  accrual is  discontinued,  all unpaid  accrued
      interest is reversed.  Interest income is subsequently  recognized only to
      the extent cash payments are received.

      Premises and Equipment
      ----------------------

      Land is carried at cost.  Bank  premises and equipment are carried at cost
      less accumulated  depreciation and amortization.  Significant  renovations
      and  additions  are  capitalized.  When  assets are  retired or  otherwise
      disposed  of, the cost and related  accumulated  depreciation  are removed
      from the  accounts and any  resulting  gain or loss is reflected in income
      for the period.  The cost of maintenance and repairs is charged to expense
      as incurred.  The Bank computes depreciation on a straight-line basis over
      the estimated useful lives of the assets.

      Foreclosed Real Estate
      ----------------------

      Real estate properties  acquired through,  or in lieu of, loan foreclosure
      are  initially  recorded at the lower of cost or fair value at the date of
      foreclosure. Costs relating to development and improvement of property are
      capitalized,  whereas  costs  relating  to the  holding  of  property  are
      expensed.  Valuations are  periodically  performed by  management,  and an
      allowance  for  losses is  established  by a charge to  operations  if the
      carrying value of a property exceeds its fair value less estimated selling
      cost.  Gains and losses from sale of these  properties  are  recognized as
      they occur. Income from operating  properties is recorded in operations as
      earned.

      Income Taxes
      ------------

      Deferred  tax assets and  liabilities  are  recognized  for the future tax
      consequences  attributable to differences  between the financial statement
      carrying  amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their  respective
      tax bases.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted
      tax rates  expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those
      temporary  differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect
      on  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  of a change  in tax  rates is
      recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date of any
      law change.

      Deferred  income  taxes  are  recognized  for  differences  in the time of
      recording  significant  items  of  income  and  expense  in the  financial
      accounting  records  and their  inclusion  in or  deduction  from  taxable
      income.

                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                              PEOPLES SAVINGS BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)

1.    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
      ------------------------------------------

      Reclassification
      ----------------

      Certain  amounts  for  the  year  ended  September  30,  1996,  have  been
      reclassified to conform with the current period's presentation.

2.    Investment Securities
      ---------------------

      The carrying amounts and fair values of investments in securities at March
      31, 1998 and September 30, 1997 and 1996 are summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         March 31, 1998
                                                     -------------------------------------------------------
                                                      Amortized          Gross Unrealized
                                                      Amortized     --------------------------
                                                        Cost           Gains          Losses     Fair Value
                                                        ----           -----          ------     -----------
                                                                           (Unaudited)
<S>                                                  <C>             <C>            <C>          <C>        
      Held to maturity:
          U.S. Government and agency
            securities                               $ 2,659,255     $    --        $   47,391   $ 2,611,864
          Municipal securities                            99,185         12,519          --          111,704
                                                     -----------     ----------     ----------   -----------

                                                     $ 2,758,440     $   12,519     $   47,391   $ 2,723,568
                                                     ===========     ==========     ==========   ===========
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       September 30, 1997
                                                     ------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Gross Unrealized
                                                      Amortized      -------------------------
                                                        Cost           Gains          Losses     Fair Value
                                                        ----           -----          ------     ----------
<S>                                                  <C>             <C>            <C>          <C>       
      Held to maturity:
          U.S. Government and agency
            securities                               $ 3,656,359     $    --        $  105,428   $3,550,931
          Municipal securities                            99,157         11,714          --         110,871
                                                     -----------     ----------     ----------   ----------

                                                     $ 3,755,516     $   11,714     $  105,428   $3,661,802
                                                     ===========     ==========     ==========   ==========
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       September 30, 1996
                                                    -------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Gross Unrealized
                                                      Amortized      ------------------------
                                                        Cost           Gains          Losses     Fair Value
                                                        ----           -----          ------     ----------
<S>                                                  <C>             <C>            <C>          <C>       
      Held to maturity:
          U.S. Government and agency
            securities                               $ 5,301,663     $    --        $  217,216   $5,084,447
          Municipal securities                            99,044          6,811          --         105,855
                                                     -----------     ----------     ----------   ----------

                                                     $ 5,400,707     $    6,811     $  217,216   $5,190,302
                                                     ===========     ==========     ==========   ==========
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         March 31, 1998
                                                     ------------------------------------------------------
                                                                           (Unaudited)
<S>                                                  <C>             <C>            <C>          <C>       
      Available for sale securities:
        Equity securities                            $     3,339     $  124,939     $    --      $  128,278
                                                     ===========     ==========     ==========   ==========

                                                                       September 30, 1997
      Available for sale securities:
        Equity securities                            $     3,339     $   92,653     $    --      $   95,992
                                                     ===========     ==========     ==========   ==========
</TABLE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       September 30, 1996
                                                                       ------------------
<S>                                                  <C>             <C>            <C>          <C>       
      Available for sale securities:
        Equity securities                            $     3,339     $   62,616     $    --      $   65,955
                                                     ===========     ==========     ==========   ==========
</TABLE>

      The schedule of maturities of securities to be  held-to-maturity  at March
      31, 1998 (unaudited), were as follows:

                                                 Held-to-Maturity
                                                    Securities
                                       -------------------------------------
                                        Amortized                 Fair
                                          Cost                    Value
                                          ----                    -----
      Due in one year or less           $    --                 $    --   
      Due from one to five years           747,583                 773,603
      Due from five to ten years         1,411,672               1,339,041
      Due after ten years                  599,186                 610,925
                                        ----------              ----------

                                        $2,758,441              $2,723,569
                                        ==========              ==========

                                      F-8
<PAGE>



                              PEOPLES SAVINGS BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)


3.    Mortgage Backed Securities, Held to Maturity
      --------------------------------------------

      Investments in mortgage-backed  and related securities are stated at cost,
      adjusted for  amortization of premiums and accretion of fees and discounts
      using a method  that  approximates  level  yield.  The  Bank has  adequate
      liquidity and capital, and it is generally  management's intention to hold
      such assets to maturity.

      The  carrying  values  and fair  values  of  mortgage-backed  and  related
      securities are summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     March 31, 1998
                                       -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        Principal          Unamortized                Unearned            Carrying
                                         Balance             Premiums                 Discounts             Value
                                         -------             --------                 ---------             -----
                                                                      (Unaudited)
<S>                                    <C>                 <C>                        <C>                <C>
      GNMA Certificates                $  892,996          $    13,886                $   --             $  906,882
      FHLMC and FNMA
        Certificates                    1,642,468                --                       9,647           1,632,821
                                       ----------          -----------                ---------          ----------
                                       $2,535,464          $    13,886                $   9,647          $2,539,703
                                       ==========          ===========                =========          ==========
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION> 
                                                                    March 31, 1998
                                       -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 Gross Unrealized
                                        Carrying           --------------------------------------
                                         Value                Gains                    Losses               Value
                                         -----                -----                    ------               -----
                                                                       (Unaudited)
<S>                                    <C>                 <C>                        <C>                <C>
      GNMA Certificates                $  906,882          $     9,627                $   --             $  916,509
      FHLMC and FNMA
        Certificates                    1,632,821                3,636                    --              1,636,457
                                       ----------          -----------                ---------          ----------
                                       $2,539,703          $    13,263                $   --             $2,552,966
                                       ==========          ===========                =========          ==========
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                   September 30, 1997
                                       -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        Principal          Unamortized                Unearned            Carrying
                                         Balance             Premiums                 Discounts             Value
                                         -------             --------                 ---------             -----
<S>                                    <C>                 <C>                        <C>                <C>
      GNMA Certificates                $  991,502          $    15,221                $   --             $1,006,723
      FHLMC and FNMA
        Certificates                    2,020,626                --                      10,997           2,009,629
                                       ----------          -----------                ---------          ----------
                                       $3,012,128          $    15,221                $  10,997          $3,016,352
                                       ==========          ===========                =========          ==========
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   September 30, 1997
                                      ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    Gross Unrealized
                                       Carrying           ----------------------------------------
                                         Value                Gains                    Losses               Value
                                         -----                -----                    ------               -----
<S>                                    <C>                 <C>                        <C>                <C>
      GNMA Certificates                $1,006,723          $    15,047                $   --             $1,021,770
      FHLMC and FNMA
        Certificates                    2,009,629                --                       3,563           2,006,066
                                       ----------          -----------                ---------          ----------
                                       $3,016,352          $    15,047                $   3,563          $3,027,836
                                       ==========          ===========                =========          ==========
</TABLE>





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   September 30, 1996
                                       ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        Principal          Unamortized                Unearned            Carrying
                                         Balance             Premiums                 Discounts             Value
                                         -------             --------                 ---------             -----
<S>                                    <C>                 <C>                        <C>                <C>          
      GNMA Certificates                $1,174,580          $    20,038                $   --             $1,194,618
      FHLMC and FNMA
        Certificates                    1,593,165                --                       2,271           1,585,894
                                       ----------          -----------                ---------          ----------
                                       $2,767,745          $    20,038                $   2,271          $2,780,512
                                       ==========          ===========                =========          ==========
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     September 30, 1996
                                      ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      Gross Unrealized
                                        Carrying           ---------------------------------------
                                         Value                Gains                    Losses               Value
                                         -----                -----                    ------               -----
<S>                                    <C>                 <C>                        <C>                <C>       
      GNMA Certificates                $1,194,618          $     --                   $   8,818          $1,185,800
      FHLMC and FNMA
        Certificates                    1,585,894                --                      49,308           1,536,586
                                       ----------          -----------                ---------          ----------
                                       $2,780,512          $     --                   $  58,126          $2,722,386
                                       ==========          ===========                =========          ==========
</TABLE>
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                              PEOPLES SAVINGS BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)

3.    Mortgage Backed Securities, Held to Maturity (Continued)
      --------------------------------------------

      Securities  with a face  value  and fair  value of  $619,296  (unaudited),
      $944,928 and $802,652,  respectively  are pledged as security for deposits
      of governmental entities under the provisions of Governmental Unit Deposit
      Protection Act (GUDPA) as of March 31, 1998, September 30, 1997 and 1996.

4.    Accrued Interest Receivable
      ---------------------------

      Accrued interest receivable is summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 September 30,
                                                        March 31,           -------------------------------
                                                           1998                 1997               1996
                                                           ----                 ----               ----
                                                        (Unaudited)
<S>                                                     <C>                 <C>                 <C>        
      Loans receivable                                  $  195,493          $   185,970         $   164,013
      Mortgage backed securities                            13,395               15,996              14,201
      Investments                                           28,681               45,297              79,130
                                                        ----------          -----------         -----------
                                                        $  237,569          $   247,263         $   257,344
                                                        ==========          ===========         ===========
</TABLE>

5.    Loans Receivable
      ----------------

      Loans  receivable  at March 31,  1998,  September  30, are  summarized  as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  September 30,
                                                        March 31,           ---------------------------------
                                                           1998                 1997                1996
                                                           ----                 ----                ----
                                                        (Unaudited)
<S>                                                     <C>                 <C>                 <C>        
      First mortgage loans Principal balance:
          Secured by one to four
            family residence                            $21,578,479         $20,220,605         $19,107,731
          Construction loans                              2,331,561           2,842,410           1,840,300
          Commercial real estate                          1,234,199           1,143,688             541,065
                                                        -----------         -----------         -----------

                                                         25,144,239          24,206,703          21,489,096
        Less:
          Loans in process                                 (292,727)           (894,743)         (1,137,037)
          Unearned discounts                                (12,466)            (12,466)            (12,466)
          Deferred loan origination
            fees net of costs of
            ($79,736, $64,643 and
            $57,153)                                       (150,409)           (141,171)           (140,715)
                                                        -----------         -----------         -----------
           Total first mortgage
             loans                                       24,688,637          23,158,323          20,198,878
                                                        -----------         -----------         -----------

      Consumer and other loans Principal balances:
          Home equity                                     3,223,707           3,003,459           2,860,795
          Personal loans                                     86,402              48,939               7,918
          Loans secured by savings                          230,558             246,442             197,422
          Commercial line of credit                         176,147              17,550              54,000
                                                        -----------         -----------         -----------
           Total consumer and other
             loans                                        3,716,814           3,316,390           3,120,135
                                                        -----------         -----------         -----------

           Total Loans                                   28,405,451          26,474,713          23,319,013

      Less allowance for loan losses:
        General valuation allowance                        (125,000)            (66,000)            (58,000)
                                                        -----------         -----------         -----------

           Total loans receivable                       $28,280,451         $26,408,713         $23,261,013
                                                        ===========         ===========         ===========
</TABLE>

                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                              PEOPLES SAVINGS BANK
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)

5.    Loans Receivable (Continued)
      ----------------

      At March 31, 1998 and  September 30, 1997 and 1996,  nonaccrual  loans for
      which  interest  had been  discontinued  totalled  approximately  $201,000
      (unaudited),  $126,512 and $-0-,  respectively.  Interest  income actually
      recognized is summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     September 30,
                                                        March 31,           --------------------------------
                                                           1998                 1997               1996
                                                           ----                 ----               ----
                                                        (Unaudited)
<S>                                                     <C>                 <C>                 <C>        
      Interest income that would
        have been recorded                              $    7,707          $     9,478         $     --   
      Interest income recognized                             --                   4,677               --   
                                                        ----------          -----------         -----------
      Interest income foregone                          $    7,707          $     4,801         $     --   
                                                        ==========          ===========         ===========
</TABLE>
      An analysis of the change in the allowance for loan losses:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    September 30,
                                                        March 31,           -------------------------------
                                                           1998                 1997               1996
                                                           ----                 ----               ----
                                                        (Unaudited)
<S>                                                     <C>                 <C>                 <C>        
      Allowance for loan losses:
        General valuation allowance:
          Beginning of year                             $   66,000          $    58,000         $    45,500
            Addition                                        59,000                8,000              20,500
            Charge offs                                      --                   --                 (8,000)
                                                        ----------          -----------         -----------
          End of year                                   $  125,000          $    66,000         $    58,000
                                                        ==========          ===========         ===========
</TABLE>
      The activity with respect to loans to directors,  officers and  associates
      of such persons, is summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     September 30,
                                                        March 31,           --------------------------------
                                                           1998                 1997               1996
                                                           ----                 ----               ----
                                                        (Unaudited)
<S>                                                     <C>                 <C>                 <C>        
      Beginning of period                               $  291,218          $   301,675         $   276,191
      Loans originated                                       --                  25,000              42,055
      Collection of principal                               71,944               35,457              16,571
                                                        ----------          -----------         -----------
      End of period                                     $  219,274          $   291,218         $   301,675
                                                        ==========          ===========         ===========
</TABLE>
      All loans are collateralized by deposits and/or real estate.

6.    Premises and Equipment
      ----------------------

      Premises and equipment are summarized by major classification as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    September 30,
                                                          March 31,        ----------------------------------
                                                             1998               1997                 1996
                                                             ----               ----                 ----
                                                          (Unaudited)
<S>                                                       <C>               <C>                   <C>        
      Land                                                $  128,262        $   126,435           $   126,435
      Office building (Bordentown)                         1,349,960          1,349,960             1,349,960
      Office building (Florence)                              38,299             38,299                38,299
      Furniture, fixtures and equipment                      312,356            284,745               269,117
                                                          ----------        -----------           -----------
                                                           1,828,877          1,799,439             1,783,811
      Less accumulated
        depreciation                                         362,732            335,573               283,820
                                                          ----------        -----------           -----------
                                                          $1,466,145        $ 1,463,866           $ 1,499,991
                                                          ==========        ===========           ===========
</TABLE>
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                              PEOPLES SAVINGS BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)


6.    Premises and Equipment (Continued)
      ----------------------

      Depreciation  charged to operations  was $27,159  (unaudited)  and $25,576
      (unaudited)  for the six months  ended March 31, 1998 and 1997 and $51,753
      and $51,688 for the years ended 1997 and 1996, respectively.  Useful lives
      used in the calculation of depreciation are as follows:

      Buildings                                     25 to 40 years
      Building improvements and land improvements    7 to 15 years
      Furniture and equipment                        5 to  7 years

7.    Deposits
      --------

      Deposits as of September 30, are summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                          
                                                              March 31,           1997                1996
                                                                 1998          -----------         -------
                                                                Amount            Amount              Amount
                                                                ------            ------              ------
                                                             (Unaudited)

<S>                                                          <C>               <C>                 <C>        
               NOW accounts                                  $ 4,516,477       $ 3,518,176         $ 2,427,442
               Money Market accounts                           2,539,829         2,912,054           2,216,550
               Passbook and club accounts                      7,007,468         5,963,246           5,815,444
               Non Interest Bearing                            2,549,996         2,933,125           1,792,436
                                                             -----------       -----------         -----------

                        Subtotal                              16,613,770        15,326,601          12,251,872
                                                             -----------       -----------         -----------

               Certificates of deposit:
                  0.0% to 3.0%                                     --                --                  2,678
                 3.01% to 4.0%                                   529,190           660,029           1,262,520
                 4.01% to 5.0%                                 3,657,864         2,278,310           4,635,555
                 5.01% to 6.0%                                14,369,181        15,905,072           9,944,181
                 6.01% to 7.0%                                   918,076         1,026,564           1,473,077
                                                             -----------       -----------         -----------

               Total Certificates of
                 Deposit                                      19,474,311        19,869,975          17,318,011
                                                             -----------       -----------         -----------
               Total Deposits                                $36,088,081       $35,196,576         $29,569,883
                                                             ===========       ===========         ===========
</TABLE>

               The  aggregate  amount of jumbo  certificates  of deposit  with a
               minimum  denomination  of $100,000 was  approximately  $1,695,000
               (unaudited),   $2,236,764  and  $1,265,000  at  March  31,  1998,
               September 30, 1997 and 1996. These certificates of deposit do not
               receive preferential rates of interest.

               As of March 31, 1998 (unaudited) and September 30, 1997 and 1996,
               scheduled  maturities of certificates of deposit  (rounded to the
               nearest $1,000) are summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 September 30,
                                                      March 31,         -------------------------------------
                                                        1998               1997                     1996
                                                     -----------        -----------               -------
                                                     (Unaudited)


<S>                                                 <C>                <C>                      <C>        
      3 months or less                               $ 4,646,000        $ 4,070,000              $ 3,478,000
      3 months to 6 months                             4,399,000          5,798,000                4,211,000
      6 months to 1 year                               6,678,000          5,353,000                5,305,000
      1 year to 3 years                                2,613,000          4,040,000                4,028,000
      3 years to 5 years                               1,138,000            609,000                  296,000
                                                     -----------        -----------              -----------

                                                     $19,474,000        $19,870,000              $17,318,000
                                                     ===========        ===========              ===========
</TABLE>

                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                              PEOPLES SAVINGS BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)

7.    Deposits (Continued)
      --------

      Interest  expense on deposits  for the six months ended March 31, 1998 and
      1997 and the years  ended  September  30, 1997 and 1996 is  summarized  as
      follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       September 30,
                                              March 31,        March 31,       ------------------------------
                                                1998             1997             1997              1996
                                                ----             ----             ----              ----
                                             (Unaudited)      (Unaudited)
<S>                                          <C>              <C>              <C>               <C>        
      NOW accounts                           $    48,881      $    43,809      $   252,442       $    73,848
      Money market accounts                       83,195           75,101          106,291            58,739
      Passbook and club accounts                  30,246          481,895          225,869           167,370
      Certificates of deposit                    514,189           25,034          744,038           886,682
                                             -----------      -----------      -----------       -----------
                                             $   676,511      $   625,839      $ 1,328,640       $ 1,186,639
                                             ===========      ===========      ===========       ===========
</TABLE>

8.    Other Borrowed Funds
      --------------------

      Borrowed funds at March 31 and September 30 are summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    September 30,
                                                      March 31,            ----------------------------------
                                                        1998                  1997                   1996
                                                     -----------           -----------            -------
                                                     (Unaudited)

<S>                                                  <C>                   <C>                    <C>        
      Advances from Federal Home
        Loan Bank                                    $     --              $     --               $ 1,435,291
      Overnight borrowings from
        Federal Reserve Bank                               --                    --                 1,000,000
                                                     -----------           -----------            -----------

                                                     $     --              $     --               $ 2,435,291
                                                     ===========           ===========            ===========
</TABLE>

      Interest is payable on these advances at rates ranging from 5.54% to 5.86%
      with  maturities  due October and  December of 1996.  These  advances  are
      collateralized by Federal Home Loan Bank stock,  investments in securities
      and mortgages.  The Association has $9,684,527  (unaudited) and $9,404,651
      available for borrowing as of March 31, 1998 and September 30, 1997.

9.    Retained Earnings
      -----------------

      In  connection  with  the  insurance  of  savings  accounts  the  Bank has
      maintained  general  reserves which may be used only for absorbing  future
      losses.   These  reserves  do  not  reflect  amounts  of  losses  actually
      anticipated and the  appropriations  thereto have not been charged against
      tax income.  Such reserves represent a restriction on retained earnings of
      the Bank. At March 31, 1998  (unaudited)  and September 30, 1997 and 1996,
      this reserve was $306,008.

10.   Gains and Losses on Sale of Interest Earning Assets
      ---------------------------------------------------

      Gains and losses are summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     September 30,
                                                           March 31,          --------------------------------
                                                              1998                1997               1996
                                                              ----                ----               ----
                                                           (Unaudited)
<S>                                                        <C>                <C>                 <C>        
      Realized gain (loss) on sales of:
        Investment securities                              $      933         $     6,977         $     1,791
                                                           ==========         ===========         ===========
</TABLE>
                                      F-13
<PAGE>



                              PEOPLES SAVINGS BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)



11.   Income Taxes
      ------------

      The Bank has qualified as a Savings  Institution  under  provisions of the
      Internal  Revenue Code. Prior to January 1, 1996 the bank was permitted to
      deduct  from  taxable  income  an  allowance  for  bad  debts  based  on a
      percentage-  of-taxable-income,  the rate was 8%  before  such  deduction.
      Retained earnings at March 31, 1998,  September 30, 1997 and 1996 included
      untaxed  earnings  of  approximately  $489,704,   $489,704  and  $472,905,
      representing such bad debt deductions.

      On August 21,  1996,  legislation  was signed into law which  repealed the
      percentage  of  taxable  income  method for tax bad debt  deductions.  The
      repeal is effective for the Bank's taxable year beginning October 1, 1996.
      In  addition,  the  legislation  requires  the Bank to  include in taxable
      income its bad debt  reserves in excess of its base year  reserves  over a
      six, seven, or eight year period  depending upon the attainment of certain
      loan origination levels. Since the percentage of taxable income method for
      federal  tax bad debt  deductions  and the  corresponding  increase in the
      Federal  tax bad debt  reserve  in  excess  of the  base  year  have  been
      reflected as temporary  differences  pursuant to FASB  Statement  No. 109,
      with deferred  income taxes recorded  thereon,  this change in the tax law
      did not have a material adverse effect on the Bank's financial position or
      operations.

      Retained  earnings  at March 31,  1998 and  September  30,  1997  includes
      approximately  $241,000 of tax bad debt  deductions  which,  in accordance
      with FASB Statement No. 109, are considered a permanent difference between
      the book and income tax basis of loans  receivable,  and for which  income
      taxes have not been  provided.  If such amount is used for purposes  other
      than bad debt losses,  including distributions in liquidation,  it will be
      subject to income tax at the then current rate.

      The  provision  for  federal  and state  income  taxes  differs  from that
      computed at the statutory graduated rates as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        September 30,
                                                March 31,       March 31,         -------------------------------
                                                   1998            1997               1997              1996
                                                ----------      ----------        -----------        -------
                                                (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)

<S>                                             <C>             <C>               <C>                <C>         
      Tax at statutory rates                    $   47,645      $   24,309        $    94,114        $   (14,300)
      Decrease in tax:
        Tax exempt income                           (1,000)         (1,000)            (2,000)            (2,000)
        Miscellaneous                               (8,600)         (1,309)           (10,774)            (5,660)
                                                ----------      ----------        -----------        -----------
                                                $   38,045      $   22,000        $    81,340        $   (21,960)
                                                ==========      ==========        ===========        ===========
</TABLE>

      The tax provision is summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        September 30,
                                                                                 ---------------------------------
                                                March 31,       March 31,
                                                   1998            1977               1997              1996
                                                ----------      ----------        -----------        -------
                                                (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)

<S>                                             <C>             <C>               <C>                <C>        
      Current federal                           $   42,729      $  (15,382)       $     3,006        $    31,144
      Deferred federal                              (7,786)         35,619             71,238            (52,074)
      Current state                                  3,964          (1,475)               620              3,570
      Deferred state                                  (862)          3,238              6,476             (4,600)
                                                ----------      ----------        -----------        -----------
                                                $   38,045      $   22,000        $    81,340        $   (21,960)
                                                ==========      ==========        ===========        ===========
</TABLE>

                                      F-14
<PAGE>



                              PEOPLES SAVINGS BANK
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)


11.   Income Taxes (Continued)
      ------------

      The following  temporary  differences gave rise to deferred tax assets and
      liabilities:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        March 31,          September          September
                                                           1998             30, 1997           30, 1996
                                                           ----             --------           --------
                                                        (Unaudited)
<S>                                                     <C>                <C>                <C>       
      Deferred tax assets:
        Allowance for loan losses                       $   41,875         $   22,167         $   19,700
        Deferred loan origination
          fees, net                                         33,000             30,920             26,221
        Accrued payroll                                      4,300              8,350              5,700
        SAIF assessment                                      --                 --                68,900
                                                        ----------         ----------         ----------

           Total deferred tax
             assets                                         79,175             61,437            120,521
                                                        ----------         ----------         ----------

      Deferred tax liabilities:
        Premises and equipment                              17,320             17,390             10,800
        Unrecorded appreciation on
          investments                                       42,500             33,340             21,300
        Tax reserve for loan
          losses                                            91,647             91,647             91,647
                                                        ----------         ----------         ----------

           Total deferred tax
             liabilities                                   151,467            142,377            123,747
                                                        ----------         ----------         ----------

          Net deferred tax asset
             (liability)                                $  (72,292)        $  (80,940)        $   (3,226)
                                                        ==========         ==========         ==========
</TABLE>

12.   Commitments & Contingencies
      ---------------------------

      At March  31,  1998 the Bank had the  following  commitments  outstanding.
      Mortgage  commitments are for 45 days. Home equity  commitments are for 60
      days. The commitments are summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              Amounts                Rate                         Term
                                              -------                ----                         ----
                                            (Unaudited)

<S>                                         <C>                   <C>                          <C>        
      Mortgages                             $ 1,322,500           6.125% to 7.375%              10 to 30 years

      Mortgages (construction)                  165,000           Prime + 1% or 2%              6 month &
                                                                   1 points                      12 month
      Commercial loan                           200,000           FHLB + 1.50%                  30 years
      Home Equity Loan                           17,500           Prime + 1.5% to               3 to 15 years
                                            -----------            9.00%
                                            $ 1,705,000
                                            ===========
</TABLE>

      There are four letters of credit outstanding.  An annual fee of 1 point is
      due on each of the letters of credit.  Interest is due at various rates if
      the letters of credit are utilized.  The value of all four letters  totals
      $198,418.  The institution  also has lines of credit with undrawn balances
      of $368,034.

                                      F-15
<PAGE>



                              PEOPLES SAVINGS BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)


13.   Lease Commitments
      -----------------

      At  September  30, 1997,  the Bank was  obligated  under a  noncancellable
      operating lease for a vehicle.  This lease requiring  monthly  payments of
      $432 expired  October 15, 1997. A new vehicle lease was signed  October 9,
      1997.  The terms of the new lease  are $477 per month for 24  months.  Net
      rent expense under the operating  lease,  included in automobile  expense,
      was  approximately  $2,862 and $2,592 for the six months  ended  March 31,
      1998 and 1997 and $5,189 and $4,127 for the years ended September 30, 1997
      and 1996, respectively. Future minimum lease payments are as follows:

                           12 Months Ended
                              March 31                   Amount
                              --------                   ------
                                                       (Unaudited)

                               1999                    $     5,724
                               2000                          2,862
                                                       -----------

                                                       $     8,586
                                                       ===========

14.   Financial Instruments
      ---------------------

      Off-Balance-Sheet Instruments
      -----------------------------

      Fair values for  off-balance-sheet  lending  commitments are based on fees
      currently  charged to enter into similar  agreements,  taking into account
      the  remaining  terms of the  agreements  and the  counterparties'  credit
      standings.

      Fair Values of Financial Instruments
      ------------------------------------

      The following  methods and assumptions were used by the Bank in estimating
      fair values of financial instruments as disclosed herein:

         Cash and Short-Term Instruments
         -------------------------------

         The carrying  amounts of cash and  short-term  instruments  approximate
         their fair value.

         Available-for-Sale and Held-to-Maturity Securities
         --------------------------------------------------

         Fair values for securities, excluding restricted equity securities, are
         based on quoted market prices. The carrying values of restricted equity
         securities approximate fair values.

         Loans Receivable
         ----------------

         For variable-rate loans that reprice frequently and have no significant
         change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying  values.  Fair
         values for certain mortgage loans and other consumer loans are based on
         quoted  market  prices  of  similar  loans  sold  in  conjunction  with
         securitization   transactions,   adjusted  for   differences   in  loan
         characteristics.  Fair values for commercial real estate and commercial
         loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using interest
         rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers
         of similar credit quality. Fair values for impaired loans are estimated
         using discounted cash flows analyses or underlying  collateral  values,
         where applicable.



                                      F-16
<PAGE>

                              PEOPLES SAVINGS BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)


14.   Financial Instruments (Continued)
      ---------------------

      Fair Values of Financial Instruments (Continued)
      ------------------------------------

         Deposit Liabilities
         -------------------

         The fair values disclosed for demand deposits are, by definition, equal
         to the amount  payable on demand at the  reporting  date.  The carrying
         amounts  of  variable-rate,   fixed-term   money-market   accounts  and
         certificates  of deposit  (CDs)  approximate  their fair  values at the
         reporting  date.  Fair values for fixed-rate CDs are estimated  using a
         discounted cash flow  calculation that applies interest rates currently
         being  offered on  certificates  to a schedule of  aggregated  expected
         monthly maturities on time deposits.

         Short-Term Borrowings
         ---------------------

         The carrying amounts of federal funds  purchased,  and other short-term
         borrowings  maturing within 90 days approximate their fair values. Fair
         values of other  short-term  borrowings are estimated using  discounted
         cash flow analyses  based on the Bank's current  incremental  borrowing
         rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements.

         Long-Term Debt
         --------------

         The fair  values  of the  Bank's  long-term  debt are  estimated  using
         discounted  cash flow analyses based on the Bank's current  incremental
         borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements.

         Accrued Interest
         ----------------

         The carrying amounts of accrued interest approximate their fair values.

         Other Off-Balance-Sheet Instruments
         -----------------------------------

         In  the  ordinary   course  of  business  the  Bank  has  entered  into
         off-balance- sheet financial  instruments  consisting of commitments to
         extend  credit  AND  commercial  letters  of  credit.   Such  financial
         instruments  are  recorded in the  financial  statements  when they are
         funded or related fees are incurred or received.

      The Bank is a party to financial instruments with  off-balance-sheet  risk
      in the  normal  course  of  business  to meet  the  financing  need of its
      customers and to reduce its own exposure to fluctuation in interest rates.
      These  financial   instruments   include  commitments  to  extend  credit.
      Commitments  to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long
      as  there  is no  violation  of any  condition  established  in  the  loan
      agreement.  These commitments are comprised of the undisbursed  portion of
      construction  loans and residential loan origination.  The Bank's exposure
      to credit loss from  nonperformance  by the other  party to the  financial
      instruments  for  commitments  to  extend  credit  is  represented  by the
      contractual  amount of those  instruments.  The Bank uses the same  credit
      policies in making commitments and conditional  obligations as it does for
      on-balance-sheet instruments.  Generally,  collateral, usually in the form
      of real estate, is required to support  financial  instruments with credit
      risk.

      The Bank's exposure to credit loss in the event of  nonperformance  by the
      other party to the financial  statement for  commitments to extend credit,
      standby letters of credit, and financial guarantees written is represented
      by the contractual notional amount of those instruments. The Bank uses the
      same credit policies in making commitments and conditional  obligations as
      it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.

      Unless  noted  otherwise,  the Bank does not require  collateral  or other
      security to support financial instruments with credit risk.

                                      F-17
<PAGE>

                              PEOPLES SAVINGS BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)

14.   Financial Instruments (Continued)
      ---------------------

      Commitments  to Extend Credit and  Financial  Guarantees.  Commitments  to
      extend credit are  agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no
      violation  of  any  condition  established  in the  contract.  Commitments
      generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may
      require  payment of a fee. Since many of the  commitments  are expected to
      expire without being drawn upon by customers, the total commitment amounts
      do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.  The Bank evaluates
      each customer's credit  worthiness on a case-by-case  basis. The amount of
      collateral obtained,  if it is deemed necessary by the Bank upon extension
      of credit,  is based on  management's  credit  evaluation  of the  counter
      party.  Collateral  held  varies  but  may  include  accounts  receivable;
      inventory, property, plant, and equipment; and income-producing commercial
      properties.

      Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written are conditional
      commitments  issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a customer
      to a third party.  Those guarantees are primarily issued to support public
      and private  borrowing  arrangements,  including  commercial  paper,  bond
      financing,  and similar transactions.  The credit risk involved in issuing
      letters of credit is  essentially  the same as that  involved in extending
      loan facilities to customers. The Bank has not been required to perform on
      any  financial  guarantees  during  the past two  years.  The Bank has not
      incurred any losses on its commitments in either 1997 or 1996.

      The estimated fair values of the Bank's financial instruments were as
      follows at:  (000's omitted)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   March 31, 1998         September 30, 1997      September 30, 1996
                                                ----------------------    ---------------------   -----------------------
                                                Carrying        Fair      Carrying       Fair     Carrying       Fair
      Financial Assets                           Amount         Value      Amount        Value     Amount        Value
      ----------------                          --------       -------    --------      -------   --------      ------
                                                     (Unaudited)
<S>                                             <C>            <C>        <C>           <C>       <C>           <C>    
      Cash and cash equivalents                 $    475       $   475    $  1,282      $ 1,282   $    483      $   483
      Interest bearing deposit                     2,450         2,450       1,082        1,082      --           --
      Securities held to maturity                  5,298         5,277       6,772        6,690      8,181        7,971
      Securities available for sale                  128           128          96           96         66           66
      Loans receivable                            28,280        28,670      26,409       26,107     23,261       22,959
      Accrued interest receivable                    238           238         247          247        257          257
      Real estate owned                            --            --          --           --           298          298

      Financial Liabilities
      ---------------------

      Deposit liabilities                         36,088        36,076      35,197       35,170    29,570        29,511
      Short-term borrowings                        --            --          --           --        2,435         2,435

      Commitments to originate loans               1,705         1,705         653          653     1,434         1,434
</TABLE>

15.   Pension Plan
      ------------

      During the fiscal  year ended  September  30,  1996,  the Board  adopted a
      salary reduction thrift plan. The plan covers all employees with 1 year of
      service  of at least  1,000  hours.  The Bank  matches  elective  employee
      deferrals at a rate of 50% of the deferral for the first 6% deferred.  The
      employee may defer another 9% of his salary.  Employer  contributions were
      $3,652  (unaudited)  and $5,171  (unaudited)  and for the six months ended
      March  31,  1998  and 1997  and  $6,767  and  $3,672  for  1997 and  1996,
      respectively.

16.   Regulatory Capital Requirement
      ------------------------------

      The  Bank  is   subject  to  various   regulatory   capital   requirements
      administered  by the federal  banking  agencies.  Failure to meet  minimum
      capital  requirements  can  initiate  certain  mandatory  -- and  possibly
      additional  discretionary  -- actions by regulators  that, if  undertaken,
      could have a direct  material effect on the Bank's  financial  statements.
      Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory  framework for prompt
      corrective  action,  the Bank must meet specific  capital  guidelines that
      involve

                                      F-18
<PAGE>

                              PEOPLES SAVINGS BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)

16.   Regulatory Capital Requirement (Continued)
      ------------------------------

      quantitative measures of the Bank's assets, liabilities,  and certain off-
      balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory  accounting  practices.
      The  Bank's  capital  amounts  and  classification  are  also  subject  to
      qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings,
      and other factors.

      The  Office  of  Thrift   Supervision   ("OTS")  has  prescribed   capital
      requirements   which  include  three  separate   measurements  of  capital
      adequacy:  a leverage- ratio capital standard ("core"), a tangible capital
      standard and a risk- based  capital  standard  (collectively  known as the
      "Capital  Rule").  The Capital Rule requires each savings  institution  to
      maintain  tangible  capital  equal to at least 1.5% of its adjusted  total
      assets  and core  capital  equal to at least  4.0% of its  adjusted  total
      assets.  The Capital Rule further  requires  each savings  institution  to
      maintain total capital equal to at least 8.0% of its risk-weighted assets.

      The  institution at September 30, 1997 and 1996 meets the regulatory  core
      capital,   tangible  capital,  and  risk  based  capital  requirements  as
      summarized:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               To be Well-
                                                                                            Capitalized Under
                                                                     For Capital            Prompt Corrective
                                            Actual                Adequacy Purposes         Action Provisions
                                      ----------------------   -----------------------   ------------------------
                                       Amount        Ratio        Amount        Ratio       Amount        Ratio
                                       ------        -----        ------        -----       ------        -----
                                                              (Dollars to Thousands)
<S>                                   <C>             <C>        <C>              <C>      <C>             <C>  
      As of September 30, 1996:
        Risk-based capital            $  1,896        12.18      $  1,245         8.00     $  1,557        10.00
        Tier 1 capital                   1,838        11.80          N/A          N/A           934         6.00
        Core capital                     1,838         5.35         1,031         3.00        1,718         5.00
        Tangible capital                 1,838         5.35           807         1.50         N/A          N/A

      As of September 30, 1997:
        Risk-based capital            $  2,095        11.52         1,454         8.00        1,818        10.00
        Tier 1 capital                   2,029        11.16          N/A          N/A         1,091         6.00
        Core capital                     2,029         5.40         1,127         3.00        1,878         5.00
        Tangible capital                 2,029         5.40           563         1.50         N/A          N/A

      As of March 31, 1998:
        Risk-based capital            $  2,225        11.59      $  1,536         8.00     $  1,920        10.00
        Tier 1 capital                   2,100         8.84          N/A          N/A         1,425         6.00
        Core capital                     2,100         5.43         1,160         3.00        1,933         5.00
        Tangible capital                 2,100         5.43           580         1.50         N/A          N/A
</TABLE>

      A reconciliation of net worth, as reported in the financial  statements to
      regulatory capital is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                              Tangible          Core              Risk-based
                                                              Capital          Capital             Capital
                                                              -------          -------             -------
                                                                          (In Thousands)
<S>                                                           <C>              <C>                <C>       
      As of September 30, 1996:
        GAAP capital per financial
          statements                                          $  1,879         $ 1,879            $    1,879
        Unrealized gain on securities
          available for sale                                       (41)            (41)                  (41)
        General allowance for loan losses                        --              --                    --
                                                              --------         -------            ----------

              Total regulatory capital                           1,838           1,838                 1,838

        Minimum required capital                                   515           1,031                 1,245
                                                              --------         -------            ----------

              Excess regulatory capital                       $  1,323         $   807            $      593
                                                              ========         =======            ==========
</TABLE>

                                      F-19

<PAGE>



                              PEOPLES SAVINGS BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)



16.   Regulatory Capital Requirement (Continued)
      ------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              Tangible          Core              Risk-based
                                                              Capital          Capital             Capital
                                                              -------          -------             -------
                                                                          (In Thousands)
<S>                                                           <C>              <C>                <C>       
      As of September 30, 1997:
        GAAP capital per financial
          statements                                          $  2,088         $ 2,088            $    2,088
        Unrealized gain on securities
          available for sale                                       (59)            (59)                  (59)
        General allowance for loan losses                        --              --                       66
                                                              --------         -------            ----------
              Total regulatory capital                           2,029           2,029                 2,095

        Minimum required capital                                   563           1,127                 1,454
                                                              --------         -------            ----------

              Excess regulatory capital                       $  1,466         $   902            $      641
                                                              ========         =======            ==========
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              Tangible          Core              Risk-based
                                                              Capital          Capital             Capital
                                                              -------          -------             -------
                                                                          (In Thousands)
<S>                                                           <C>              <C>                <C>       
      As of March 31, 1998 (unaudited)
        GAAP capital per financial
          statements                                          $  2,225         $ 2,225            $    2,225
        Unrealized gain on securities
          available for sale                                      (125)           (125)                 (125)
        General allowance for loan losses                        --              --                      125
                                                              --------         -------            ----------
              Total regulatory capital                           2,100           2,100                 2,225

        Minimum required capital                                   580           1,160                 1,536
                                                              --------         -------            ----------

              Excess regulatory capital                       $  1,520         $   940            $      689
                                                              ========         =======            ==========
</TABLE>

      The  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation   Improvement  Act  of  1991
      ("FDICIA")  imposes increased  requirements on the operations of financial
      institutions  and  mandated the  development  of  regulations  designed to
      empower  regulators  to take  prompt  corrective  action  with  respect to
      institutions that fall below certain capital standards.  FDICIA stipulates
      that an  institution  with  less  than 4% core  capital  is  deemed  to be
      undercapitalized.  Quantitative  measures  established by FDICIA to ensure
      capital  adequacy  require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios
      of  total  and  Tier  I  capital  (as  defined  in  the   regulations)  to
      risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier I capital to average assets
      (as defined). Management believes, as of September 30, 1997, that the Bank
      meets all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.

      As of September 19, 1997, the most recent  notification  from the OTS, the
      Bank was categorized as well  capitalized  under the regulatory  framework
      for prompt corrective  action. To be categorized as well capitalized,  the
      Bank must maintain minimum total,  risk-based,  and Tier I leverage ratios
      of 10%,  6%, and 5%,  respectively.  There are no  conditions  existing or
      events which have occurred since  notification  that  management  believes
      have changed the institution's category.

      Management  believes that,  under the current  regulations,  the Bank will
      continue  to meet its  minimum  capital  requirements  in the  foreseeable
      future.  However,  events  beyond the control of the Bank could  adversely
      affect its future minimum capital requirements.

                                      F-20


<PAGE>



                              PEOPLES SAVINGS BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)


17.   Special Deposit Insurance Assessment
      ------------------------------------

      On September  30, 1996,  congressional  legislation  was enacted  which is
      designed to recapitalize the Savings Association Insurance Fund (SAIF) and
      to  eliminate  the  substantial  deposit  premium  disparity  between Bank
      Insurance Fund and SAIF-insured  institutions.  The legislation  imposed a
      one-time  assessment on all SAIF-insured  deposits,  as of March 31, 1995.
      For the Bank, the assessment  totalled  $191,615,  and is reflected in the
      non-interest  expenses  section  of the  statement  of income for the year
      ended September 30, 1996.

      Beginning on January 1, 1997, the FDIC has estimated  that, in addition to
      normal deposit insurance  premiums,  BFI members will pay a portion of the
      FICO payment equal to 1.3 basis points on BIF-insured deposits compared to
      6.4  basis  points  by  SAIF  members  on   SAIF-insured   deposits.   All
      institutions  will pay a pro-rate share of the FICO payment on the earlier
      of  January 1, 2000 or the date upon  which the last  savings  association
      ceases to exist.  The legislation  also requires BIF and SAIF to be merged
      by January 1, 1999 provided that  legislation  is adopted to eliminate the
      savings association  charter and no savings  associations remain as of the
      time.

      The FDIC has recently  lowered SAIF  assessments to a range  comparable to
      that of BIF  members,  although  SAIF  members  must  also  make  the FICO
      payments  described above.  Management cannot predict the precise level of
      FDIC insurance assessments on an ongoing basis or whether the BIF and SAIF
      will eventually be merged.

18.   Bank Charter and Name Change
      ----------------------------

      During 1996, the Bank converted from a state chartered  mutual savings and
      loan to a  federally  chartered  mutual  savings  bank after this the bank
      changed its name from Peoples Savings Bank, SLA to Peoples Savings Bank.

19.   Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (Unaudited)
      -------------------------------------------------

      On March 2, 1998,  the Board of  Directors  of the Bank  adopted a Plan of
      Conversion,  pursuant to which the bank would be converted  from a federal
      mutual savings bank to a federally  chartered stock savings bank, with the
      concurrent formation of a holding company.

      The  Conversion  will be  accomplished  through  adoption of the  proposed
      Federal  Stock  Charter and Bylaws to  authorize  the  issuance of capital
      stock by the  Bank,  at which  time the Bank  will  become a  wholly-owned
      subsidiary of the Holding Company. The Conversion will be accounted for at
      historical cost in a manner similar to a pooling of interests.  As part of
      the  Conversion,  the Bank is  conducting a  Subscription  Offering of the
      Common Stock for holders of subscription  rights in the following order of
      priority: (i) depositors of the Bank as of December 31, 1996 with deposits
      of at least $50 ("Eligible Account Holders");  (ii) tax-qualified employee
      benefit plans of the Bank (i.e., an employee stock ownership  plan)' (iii)
      other  depositors  of the Bank as of the last day of the calendar  quarter
      preceding  the  approval of the plan by OTS with  deposits of at least $50
      ("Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders");  and (iv) depositors who are
      neither  Eligible  Account  Holders  nor  Supplemental   Eligible  Account
      Holders.

      The Bank may offer shares not  subscribed  in a Community  Offering to the
      general public in New Jersey with a preference to natural persons residing
      in Burlington County,  New Jersey,  subject to the prior rights of holders
      of subscription rights.

                                      F-21
<PAGE>



                              PEOPLES SAVINGS BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)


19.   Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (Unaudited) (Continued)
      -------------------------------------------------

      At the time of the  conversion,  the Bank  will  establish  a  Liquidation
      Account  in an  amount  equal to its total net worth as of the date of the
      latest balance sheet  appearing in the final  prospectus.  The Liquidation
      Account will be maintained for the benefit of eligible account holders and
      supplemental  eligible  account  holders who  continue  to maintain  their
      accounts at the Bank after the conversion. The Liquidation Account will be
      reduced   annually  to  the  extent  that  eligible  account  holders  and
      supplemental  eligible  account  holders  have  reduced  their  qualifying
      deposits.  Subsequent  increases  will not  restore  an  eligible  account
      holder's  or  supplemental  eligible  account  holder's  interest  in  the
      Liquidation Account. In the event of a complete liquidation, each eligible
      account holder and  supplemental  eligible account holder will be entitled
      to  receive a  distribution  from the  Liquidation  Account  in the amount
      proportionate  to the current  adjusted  qualifying  balances for accounts
      they held.

      Subsequent  to the  conversion,  the  Bank  may not  declare  or pay  cash
      dividends if the effect  thereof  would cause  stockholders'  equity to be
      reduced below (1) the amount required for the Liquidation  Account or (ii)
      applicable  regulatory  capital  requirements  or if such  declaration and
      payment would otherwise violate regulatory requirements.

      Conversion  costs will be deferred and  deducted  from the proceeds of the
      shares sold in the  conversion.  If the conversion is not  completed,  all
      costs  will  be  charged  as an expense. Conversion costs incurred through
      June 10, 1998 totalled $53,448.

                                      F-22


<PAGE>


You should rely only on the  information  contained in this  document or that to
which we have  referred you. We have not  authorized  anyone to provide you with
information  that is  different.This  document  does not  constitute an offer to
sell,  or the  solicitation  of an offer to buy, any of the  securities  offered
hereby to any person in any  jurisdiction  in which  such offer or  solicitation
would be unlawful.  The affairs of Peoples  Savings Bank or Farnsworth  Bancorp,
Inc. may change after the date of this prospectus. Delivery of this document and
the sales of shares made hereunder does not mean otherwise.


                            Farnsworth Bancorp, Inc.

                                     [LOGO]


                              Up to ________ Shares
                       (Anticipated Maximum, as adjusted)
                                  Common Stock





                                   PROSPECTUS






                                Ryan, Beck & Co.




                              Dated August __, 1998



                  THESE SECURITIES ARE NOT DEPOSITS OR ACCOUNTS
                  AND ARE NOT FEDERALLY INSURED OR GUARANTEED.

Until the later of  _______  __,  1998,  or 90 days  after  commencement  of the
offering of common stock, all dealers that buy, sell or trade these  securities,
whether or not participating in this distribution,  may be required to deliver a
prospectus.  This is in  addition  to the  obligation  of  dealers  to deliver a
prospectus  when  acting  as  underwriters  and with  respect  to  their  unsold
allotments or subscriptions.



<PAGE>


                 PART II: INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 24.     Indemnification of Officers and Directors.

    Section  14A:3-5  of the New Jersey  Business  Corporation  Act (the  "Act")
describes those  circumstances  under which directors,  officers,  employees and
agents may be insured or indemnified  against  liability which they may incur in
their capacities as such.

    The  Certificate  of   Incorporation  of  Farnsworth   Bancorp,   Inc.  (the
"Certificate")  attached as Exhibit 3(i)  hereto,  requires  indemnification  of
directors,  officers,  employees  or agents of the  Company  to the full  extent
permissible under New Jersey law.

    Farnsworth Bancorp, Inc. ("the Company") may purchase and maintain insurance
on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of
the  Company or is or was  serving at the  request of the Company as a director,
officer, employee or agent of another corporation,  partnership,  joint venture,
trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and
incurred by such person in any such  capacity,  or arising out of such  person's
status as such,  whether or not the  Company  would have the power to  indemnify
such person  against such  liability  under the  provisions of the Act or of the
Certificate.




Item 25.     Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

         Legal Fees ...............................................     $ 70,000
         Printing and postage......................................       25,000
         Appraisal/Business Plan...................................       24,000
         Accounting fees...........................................       15,000
         Data processing/Conversion agent..........................       10,000
         SEC Registration Fee......................................        1,619
         OTS Filing Fees...........................................        8,400
         NASD Filing Fees..........................................        1,049
         Blue sky filing fees......................................        5,000
         Underwriting fees.........................................      100,000
         Underwriter's expenses, including legal fees..............       25,000
         Miscellaneous expenses....................................       44,932
                                                                         -------
         TOTAL                                                          $330,000
                                                                         =======
                                                                   

<PAGE>





Item 26. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

                  Not Applicable

Item 27. Exhibits:

                  The exhibits filed as part of this Registration  Statement are
as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 <S>      <C>
                   1       Form of Sales Agency Agreement with Capital Resources, Inc.
                   2       Plan of Conversion
                   3(i)    Certificate of Incorporation of Farnsworth Bancorp, Inc.
                   3(ii)   Bylaws of Farnsworth Bancorp, Inc.
                   5       Opinion of Malizia, Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C. regarding legality of securities registered
                   8.1     Federal Tax Opinion of Malizia, Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C.
                   8.2     State Tax Opinion of Lewis W. Parker, III
                   8.3     Opinion of FinPro, Inc. as to the value of subscription rights
                  10.1     Employment Agreement between Peoples Savings Bank and Gary N. Pelehaty
                  10.2     Employment Agreement between Peoples Savings Bank and Charles Alessi
                  10.3     Change in Control Severance Agreement between Peoples Savings Bank and Elaine
                           Denelsbeck
                  23.1     Consent of Malizia, Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C. (contained in its opinions filed as Exhibits
                           5 and 8.1)
                  23.2     Consent of Lewis W. Parker, III
                  23.3     Consent of FinPro, Inc.
                  23.4     Consent of Lewis W. Parker, III (contained in his opinion filed as Exhibit 8.2)
                  24       Power of Attorney (reference is made to the signature page)
                  27       Financial Data Schedule**
                  99.1     Stock Order Form
                  99.2     Marketing Materials
</TABLE>

                  ----------------------
                  *   To be filed by amendment
                  **  Electronic filing only


Item 28. Undertakings

         The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

         (1) To file,  during any period in which it offers or sells securities,
a post-effective amendment to this registration statement to:

                (i) Include any prospectus  required by Section  10(a)(3) of the
Securities Act of 1933 ("Securities Act");

                (ii)  Reflect  in  the  prospectus  any  facts  or events  which
individually or together,  represent a fundamental  change in the information in
the  registration  statement.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  any increase or
decrease  in  volume  of  securities  offered  (if the  total  dollar  value  of
securities offered would not exceed that which


<PAGE>



was  registered)  and any  deviation  from the low or high end of the  estimated
maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the
Commission  pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate,  the changes in volume
and price  represent no more than a 20 percent  change in the maximum  aggregate
offering price set forth in the  "Calculation of Registration  Fee" table in the
effective registration statement.

                  (iii) Include any additional or changed  material  information
on the plan of distribution.

         (2) For  determining  liability under the Securities Act, to treat each
post-effective  amendment  as a new  registration  statement  of the  securities
offered,  and the offering of the securities at that time to be the initial bona
fide offering.

         (3) To file a post-effective  amendment to remove from registration any
of the securities that remain unsold at the end of the offering.

         (4) To provide  to the  underwriter  at the  closing  specified  in the
underwriting  agreement,  certificates in such  denominations  and registered in
such names as  required by the  underwriter  to permit  prompt  delivery to each
purchaser.

         (5)  Insofar  as  indemnification  for  liabilities  arising  under the
Securities Act may be permitted to directors,  officers and controlling  persons
of the small business issuer pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise,
the small business issuer has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities
and  Exchange  Commission  such  indemnification  is  against  public  policy as
expressed in the Securities Act, and is therefore,  unenforceable.  In the event
that a claim  for  indemnification  against  such  liabilities  (other  than the
payment by the small business issuer of expenses incurred or paid by a director,
officer or  controlling  person of the small  business  issuer in the successful
defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer
or controlling  person in connection with the securities being  registered,  the
small business issuer will,  unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has
been  settled  by  controlling  precedent,  submit  to a  court  of  appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such  indemnification  by it is against public
policy as  expressed  in the  Securities  Act and will be  governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.




<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES

         In accordance  with the  requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that
it meets all of the  requirements  for filing on Form SB-2 and  authorized  this
registration  statement  to be  signed  on its  behalf  by the  undersigned,  in
Bordentown, New Jersey, on June 11, 1998.

                                  FARNSWORTH BANCORP, INC.



                                  By:   /s/Gary N. Pelehaty
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Gary N. Pelehaty
                                        President and Chief Executive Officer
                                        (Duly Authorized Representative)

         We the undersigned  directors and officers of Farnsworth Bancorp,  Inc.
do hereby severally  constitute and appoint Gary N. Pelehaty our true and lawful
attorney  and  agent,  to do any and all  things  and  acts in our  names in the
capacities  indicated  below and to execute  all  instruments  for us and in our
names in the  capacities  indicated  below which said Gary N.  Pelehaty may deem
necessary  or advisable to enable  Farnsworth  Bancorp,  Inc. to comply with the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any rules,  regulations and requirements
of the Securities and Exchange  Commission,  in connection with the registration
statement on Form SB-2  relating to the  offering of  Farnsworth  Bancorp,  Inc.
common stock, including specifically, but not limited to, power and authority to
sign for us or any of us, in our names in the capacities  indicated  below,  the
registration  statement  and any and all  amendments  (including  post-effective
amendments)  thereto; and we hereby ratify and confirm all that Gary N. Pelehaty
shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

         In accordance  with the  requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended,  this  registration  statement  has been signed below by the  following
persons in the capacities indicated as of June 11, 1998.

/s/George G. Aaronson, Jr.       /s/Gary N. Pelehaty
- -----------------------------    ----------------------------------------
George G. Aaronson, Jr.          Gary N. Pelehaty
Director                         President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
                                 (Principal Executive Officer)


/s/Charles E. Adams
- -----------------------------
Charles E. Adams
Director


/s/Herman Gutstein               /s/Charles Alessi
- -----------------------------    -----------------------------------------------
Herman Gutstein                  Charles Alessi
Chairman of the Board            Vice President, Secretary and Treasurer
                                 (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)


/s/G. Edward Koenig, Jr.
- -----------------------------
G. Edward Koenig, Jr.
Director


/s/Edgar N. Peppler
- -----------------------------
Edgar N. Peppler
Director


/s/William H. Wainwright, Jr.
- -----------------------------
William H. Wainwright, Jr.
Director

<PAGE>




      As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 12, 1998

                                                    Registration No. 333-_______

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    EXHIBITS
                                       TO
                                    FORM SB-2
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                        UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                            Farnsworth Bancorp, Inc.
                 ----------------------------------------------
                 (Name of Small Business Issuer in Its Charter)

            New Jersey                  6035                    (Requested)
- ---------------------------------  -----------------         -------------------
   (State or Other Jurisdiction    (Primary SIC No.)          (I.R.S. Employer
of Incorporation or Organization)                            Identification No.)

               789 Farnsworth Avenue, Bordentown, New Jersey 08505
                                 (609) 298-0723
        ----------------------------------------------------------------
        (Address and Telephone Number of Principal Executive Offices and
                          Principal Place of Business)

                              Mr. Gary N. Pelehaty
                      President and Chief Executive Officer
                            Farnsworth Bancorp, Inc.
               789 Farnsworth Avenue, Bordentown, New Jersey 08505
                                 (609) 298-0723
            ---------------------------------------------------------
            (Name, Address and Telephone Number of Agent for Service)

                  Please send copies of all communications to:
                               John J. Spidi, Esq.
                              Jean A. Milner, Esq.
                      MALIZIA, SPIDI, SLOANE & FISCH, P.C.
           1301 K Street, N.W., Suite 700 East, Washington, D.C. 20005

        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
   As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.




<PAGE>




                         INDEX TO EXHIBITS TO FORM SB-2


Exhibit

                  The exhibits filed as part of this Registration  Statement are
as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 <S>      <C>
                   1       Form of Sales Agency Agreement with Capital Resources, Inc.
                   2       Plan of Conversion
                   3(i)    Certificate of Incorporation of Farnsworth Bancorp, Inc.
                   3(ii)   Bylaws of Farnsworth Bancorp, Inc.
                   5       Opinion of Malizia, Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C. regarding legality of securities registered
                   8.1     Federal Tax Opinion of Malizia, Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C.
                   8.2     State Tax Opinion of Lewis W. Parker, III
                   8.3     Opinion of FinPro, Inc. as to the value of subscription rights
                  10.1     Employment Agreement between Peoples Savings Bank and Gary N. Pelehaty
                  10.2     Employment Agreement between Peoples Savings Bank and Charles Alessi
                  10.3     Change in Control Severance Agreement between Peoples Savings Bank and Elaine Denelsbeck
                  23.1     Consent of Malizia, Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C. (contained in its opinions filed as Exhibits 5
                           and 8.1) 
                  23.2     Consent of Lewis W. Parker, III
                  23.3     Consent of FinPro, Inc.
                  23.4     Consent of Lewis W. Parker, III (contained in his opinion filed as Exhibit 8.2)
                  24       Power of Attorney (reference is made to the signature page)
                  27       Financial Data Schedule**
                  99.1     Stock Order Form
                  99.2     Marketing Materials
</TABLE>



                  ----------------
                  *   To be filed by amendment
                  **  Electronic filing only






                                    EXHIBIT 1

<PAGE>


                            FARNSWORTH BANCORP, INC.
                           (a New Jersey corporation)

                      548,838 Shares (Maximum, as adjusted)
                                  Common Stock
                           (Par Value $0.10 Per Share)

                                AGENCY AGREEMENT
                                ----------------

                                 August __, 1998

Ryan, Beck & Co., Inc.
150 Monument Road
Suite 106
Bala Cynwyd, Pennsylvania 19004-1725

Dear Sirs:

         Farnsworth Bancorp,  Inc., a New Jersey corporation (the "Company") and
Peoples  Savings Bank, a federally  chartered  mutual savings bank (the "Bank"),
hereby confirm their agreement with Ryan, Beck & Co., Inc. ("Ryan,  Beck" or the
"Agent" or "you"), as follows:

         Introductory. The Bank is in the process of converting from a federally
chartered savings bank in the mutual form to a federally  chartered savings bank
in stock form in accordance with the provisions of the Home Owners' Loan Act, as
amended  (the  "HOLA"),  and the rules and  regulations  of the Office of Thrift
Supervision  ("OTS") which have been or which may be  promulgated  thereunder by
the OTS, such statute,  rules and regulations being collectively  referred to as
the "Conversion Regulations." An Application for Approval of Conversion has been
filed with the OTS (the "Conversion Application") and all amendments required to
the date hereof have also been filed. The Conversion Application includes, among
other things,  the Bank's plan of  conversion  (the "Plan") and the Bank's proxy
statement for the Special  Meeting of Members,  to be held on September __, 1998
("Proxy Statement"). Prior to the date hereof, the Plan has been approved by the
Board of Directors  (hereinafter  referred to as "Directors") of the Bank and by
the OTS. Pursuant to the Plan, the Bank will convert from a federally  chartered
mutual savings bank to a federally chartered stock savings bank; the Company has
filed an application (the "Holding Company  Application") with the OTS to become
a registered  savings and loan holding  company  under HOLA;  all the issued and
outstanding stock of the Bank will be sold to the Company,  and the Company will
issue and sell its Common Stock (as defined  below) in a  Subscription  Offering
and, if  necessary,  in a Community  Offering  or Public  Offering,  including a
syndicated  public  offering,  all of which are described below and in the Plan.
Collectively,  these  transactions  are referred to herein as the  "Conversion."
Collectively,  the Subscription Offering, the Community Offering, and the Public
Offering,  including a syndicated public offering, are herein referred to as the
"Offerings";   and  the  term  "Offering"   shall  mean  any  of  the  Offerings
individually.  In the  Offerings,  the Company is offering  between  352,750 and
477,250 shares,  with the possibility of offering up to 548,838 shares without a
resolicitation  of  subscribers,  as  contemplated  by  Title  12 of the Code of
Federal Regulations, Part 563b.

         Upon  consummation of the Conversion,  the Company will have authorized
capital of 6,000,000 shares of capital stock, of which 5,000,000 shares shall be
common  stock,  $0.10 par value per share (the  "Common  Stock")  and  1,000,000
shares shall be preferred stock of $0.10 par value.  The Company,  in accordance
with the Plan, is offering, in a subscription offering by way of nontransferable
subscription


<PAGE>


Ryan, Beck & Co., Inc.
August __, 1998 
Page 2


rights,  shares of Common Stock, in order of priority, to depositors of the Bank
with  account  balances  of $50.00 or more as of December  31,  1996  ("Eligible
Account  Holders"),  the Bank's  Employee Stock  Ownership Plan, a tax qualified
employee benefit plan (the "ESOP"), depositors of the Bank with account balances
of $50.00 or more as of June 30, 1998 ("Supplemental Eligible Account Holders"),
and depositors  other than Eligible  Account Holders and  Supplemental  Eligible
Account  Holders as of the Voting  Record  Date and  borrowers  of the Bank with
loans  outstanding  as of December 2, 1996 and continued  outstanding  as of the
Voting Record Date ("Other Members"). Any remaining shares not subscribed for in
the Subscription  Offering may be offered by the Company for sale in a community
offering to the general  public,  with  preference  given to natural persons who
reside in Burlington County, New Jersey or to selected persons in a best efforts
Public Offering through Ryan, Beck ("Other Subscribers").  With the exception of
the ESOP,  which  intends to purchase up to 8% of the total  number of shares of
Common Stock issued in the Conversion, no individual person, or persons ordering
through a single account,  may purchase in the  Subscription  Offering more than
6,000 shares of the Common Stock  offered in the  Conversion;  no person will be
permitted to purchase  more than 6,000  shares of Common Stock in the  Community
Offering or Public Offering; and no person,  together with their associates,  or
group of persons  acting  together,  may purchase  more than 6,000 shares of the
Common  Stock  offered in the  conversion;  provided,  however  that the maximum
overall purchase limitation may be increased or decreased as a result of changes
in market and financial conditions prior to the completion of the Conversion, or
to fill the order of the ESOP, and subject to OTS approval.  It is  acknowledged
that the  Company in its sole  discretion  may accept or reject,  in whole or in
part,  any  orders  to  purchase  shares of the  Common  Stock  received  in the
Community Offering or in the Public Offering.

         The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission (the
"Commission")  a registration  statement on Form SB-2 (File No.  333-_____) (the
"Registration  Statement") containing a Prospectus relating to the Offerings for
the  registration  of the Common  Stock  under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as
amended  (the " 1933  Act"),  and has filed  such  amendments  thereto  and such
amended  prospectuses  as may  have  been  required  to  the  date  hereof.  The
Prospectus, as amended, on file with the Commission at the time the Registration
Statement becomes effective is hereinafter called the "Prospectus",  except that
if the Prospectus filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 424 (b) of the rules and
regulations of the Commission  under the 1933 Act (the " 1933 Act  Regulations")
differs  from the  prospectus  on file at the time  the  Registration  Statement
becomes  effective,  the term  "Prospectus"  shall refer to the prospectus filed
pursuant to Rule 424(b)  from and after the time said  prospectus  is filed with
the Commission.

         SECTION 1. Appointment of Agent;  Compensation to the Agent. Subject to
the terms and  conditions  herein set  forth,  the Bank and the  Company  hereby
appoint  the  Agent as its agent to  consult  with and  advise  the Bank and the
Company, to solicit subscriptions and purchase orders for Common Stock on behalf
of the Bank and the Company, or manage a public offering of the Common Stock, as
the case may be, in connection  with the Company's  offering of Common Stock (i)
in the Subscription Offering, and (ii) if applicable,  the Community Offering or
the  Public  Offering.  On the  basis  of the  representations,  warranties  and
agreements herein contained,  and subject to the terms and conditions herein set
forth, Ryan, Beck accepts such appointment and agrees to consult with and advise
the Bank and the  Company  as to the  matters  set  forth  in  Section  3 of the
Engagement Letter between the Agent and the Bank dated March 24, 1998,  included
as  Exhibit  A  attached  hereto,  and  to  use  its  best  efforts  to  solicit
subscriptions  and  purchase  orders for Common  Stock in  accordance  with this
Agreement; provided, however, that the Agent shall not be


<PAGE>


Ryan, Beck & Co., Inc.
August __, 1998
Page 3


responsible  for  obtaining  subscriptions  or purchase  orders for any specific
number of shares of Common  Stock,  shall not be required to purchase any shares
and shall not be  obligated to take any action  which is  inconsistent  with all
applicable laws, regulations, decisions or orders.

         The appointment of the Agent hereunder shall terminate upon termination
of the Offerings and satisfaction of the obligations of the Bank and the Company
pursuant to this Agreement.

         Subject to the prior approval of the Company and the Bank,  Ryan,  Beck
may also assemble and manage a selling group of broker dealers ("Selling Group")
which are  members of the  National  Association  of  Securities  Dealers,  Inc.
("NASD") to participate  in the  solicitation  of purchase  orders for shares of
Common Stock in the Public  Offering  under a selected  dealers'  agreement (the
"Selected Dealers'  Agreement").  the form of which is set forth as Exhibit B to
this Agreement.

         In addition to the reimbursement of the expenses  specified in Sections
6, 7 and 8 hereof, the Agent will receive an advisory,  management and marketing
fee of $125,000  ("Advisory and Marketing Fee") for the sale of the Common Stock
sold in the Subscription  Offering and, if applicable,  the Community  Offering.
Such  fees  will  include  out-of-pocket  expenses  (including  legal  fees  and
out-of-pocket expenses of such Counsel). The parties acknowledge,  however, that
such cap may be exceeded  in the event of any  material  delay in the  Offerings
which would  require an update of the  financial  information  contained  in the
Prospectus  for a period later than March 31, 1998.  Should the Company elect to
conduct a Public  Offering,  a selling  group of NASD  member  firms  (which may
include  Ryan,  Beck or consist of only Ryan,  Beck)  under a Selected  Dealers'
Agreement (the "Selling Group") may be implemented, and the Bank shall pay a fee
to Ryan, Beck for each share sold by it or selected dealers in a Public Offering
(collectively,  "Selected  Dealers' Fee") of five and one-half percent (5.5%) in
the aggregate.  Ryan, Beck shall be responsible for paying any appropriate  fees
to a  selected  dealer  for any  shares of Common  Stock sold by such a selected
dealer in the Public  Offering.  The Advisory and Marketing Fee and the Selected
Dealers'   Fee  are   hereinafter   collectively   referred  to  as  the  "Sales
Compensation."  No  Selected  Dealers'  Fee shall be  payable  pursuant  to this
section in  connection  with the sale of Common  Stock to  officers,  directors,
employees (and members of the immediate  family  thereof),  and employee benefit
plans of the Company  and the Bank.  It is  acknowledged  that the Bank paid the
Agent $25,000 of the Advisory and Marketing Fee upon execution of the Engagement
Letter.  Ryan,  Beck will not commence  sales of shares of Common Stock  through
members of the Selling Group without prior approval of the Bank.

         If the  Conversion  is not  consummated  by December 31,  1998,  due to
conditions  beyond the  control of the Agent,  or if the Agent  terminates  this
Agreement in  accordance  with Section 10 hereof,  the Agent shall  receive,  in
addition to the  Agent's  reasonable  out of pocket  expenses,  an advisory  and
administrative  services  fee of $25,000 in  consideration  of its  advisory and
administrative  services  in  lieu  of  the  Sales  Compensation.  If  there  is
necessitated a resolicitation of subscriptions and purchase orders, the Company,
the Bank and the Agent agree to  negotiate  in good faith an  agreement to cover
the Agent's further fees and expenses in connection therewith.

         The  compensation  specified  above shall be payable (to the extent not
already  paid) to the Agent on the earlier of the Closing  Date (as  hereinafter
defined), or a determination by the Company and the Bank to terminate or abandon
the Plan.  The Bank and the Company  agree to reimburse  the Agent for the costs
and


<PAGE>


Ryan, Beck & Co., Inc.
August __, 1998
Page 4


expenses  specified in Sections 6, 7 and 8 hereof,  to the extent such costs and
expenses  are  reasonably  incurred  by the Agent,  promptly  upon  receiving  a
reasonable accounting of such costs and expenses.

         SECTION 2. Closing Date: Release of Funds and Delivery of Certificates.
If all conditions  precedent to the  consummation of the Conversion,  including,
without  limitation,  the sale of all Common  Stock  required  by the Plan to be
sold, are satisfied, the Company agrees to issue or have issued the Common Stock
sold in the Offerings and to release for delivery  certificates for Common Stock
on the Closing Date (as hereinafter defined) against payment therefor by release
of funds from the special  interest  bearing account referred to in Section 5(r)
hereof and by the  authorized  withdrawal  of funds  from  deposit  accounts  of
Eligible  Account  Holders,  Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders  and Other
Members in accordance with the Plan; provided, however, that no such funds shall
be  released to the  Company or  withdrawn  until the  conditions  specified  in
Section 9 hereof shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of
the Agent and its counsel. Such release, withdrawal and payment shall be made at
the Closing Date of the Offerings,  on a business day and at a place selected by
the Agent,  which date and place are acceptable to the Bank and the Company,  on
at least  two  business  days  prior  notice to the Bank and  Company  (it being
understood that such business day shall not be more than ten business days after
completion of the Offerings or the  solicitation  of purchase  orders for shares
under the Selected  Dealers'  Agreement  unless an amendment to the Registration
Statement is required or the Conversion  appraisal  update has not been approved
by the OTS),  or such other time or place as shall be agreed  upon by the Agent,
the Bank and the  Company.  Certificates  for Common  Stock  shall be  delivered
directly to the purchasers  thereof or in accordance with their directions.  The
hour and date upon which the Company  shall  release or deliver the Common Stock
sold in the Offerings,  in accordance  with the terms hereof,  are herein called
the "Closing Date."

         SECTION 3. Prospectus: The Offerings. The Common Stock is to be offered
in the  Offerings  at $10.00  per  share,  as set forth on the cover page of the
Prospectus.  The number of shares  offered may be changed by the  Company  after
consultation with the Agent.

         SECTION 4.  Representations  and  Warranties  of Company and Bank.  The
Company and the Bank jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Agent as
follows.

                  (a) The Registration  Statement was declared  effective by the
         Commission on August __, 1998. At the time the Registration  Statement,
         including the  Prospectus  contained  therein,  became  effective,  the
         Registration  Statement  complied  in all  material  respects  with the
         requirements  of the  1933 Act and the  1933  Act  Regulations  and the
         Registration Statement, any final Prospectus,  any Blue Sky Application
         or any Sales Document (as such terms are defined  previously  herein or
         in Section 7 hereof)  authorized  by the Company or the Bank for use in
         connection  with the  Offerings  (and only with respect to  information
         provided by or approved by the Company and the Bank) did not contain an
         untrue  statement of a material  fact or omit to state a material  fact
         required  to be stated  therein  or  necessary  to make the  statements
         therein,  in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
         misleading,  and at the time any Rule 424(b)  Prospectus was filed with
         the  Commission  and at the Closing Date  referred to in Section 2, the
         Registration Statement,  any preliminary or final Prospectus,  any Blue
         Sky  Application  or any Sales  Information  (as such terms are defined
         previously herein or in Section 7 hereof)  authorized by the Company or
         the Bank for use in connection  with the Offerings  will not contain an
         untrue statement of a material fact or omit to


<PAGE>


Ryan, Beck & Co., Inc.
August __, 1998
Page 5


         state a  material  fact  necessary  in  order  to make  the  statements
         therein,  in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
         misleading;  provided, however, that the representations and warranties
         in this Section 4(a) shall not apply to statements in or omissions from
         such  Registration  Statement,  Prospectus or Sales Information made in
         reliance upon and in conformity with  information  furnished in writing
         to the Company or the Bank by the Agent  expressly  regarding the Agent
         for use under the  captions  "Market  for the  Common  Stock"  and "The
         Conversion - Marketing Arrangements. "

                  (b)  The  Bank  has   filed   with  the  OTS  the   Conversion
         Application,  including the Prospectus,  exhibits,  and an amendment or
         amendments  thereto,  as  required,  which was approved by the OTS; the
         Proxy  Statement of the Bank,  to be dated as of August __,  1998,  has
         been  approved  by the OTS;  and the Plan has been  adopted by both the
         Board of  Directors  of the Company and the Board of  Directors  of the
         Bank.

                  (c) The  Company  has filed with the OTS the  Holding  Company
         Application,  which was approved by the OTS and, to the best  knowledge
         of the  Company  and the  Bank,  no order  has been  received  by or is
         pending  before the OTS to  prevent,  suspend  or revoke  any  approval
         thereof.

                  (d) At the  Closing  Date,  the Company and the Bank will have
         completed all conditions  precedent to the Conversion and the offer and
         sale of the Common Stock in accordance  with the Plan,  the  Conversion
         Regulations  and  all  other  applicable  material  laws,  regulations,
         decisions and orders, including all terms, conditions, requirements and
         provisions  precedent to the Conversion imposed upon the Company or the
         Bank by the Commission and the OTS or any other regulatory authority.

                  (e) No order has been issued by the  Commission,  the OTS, the
         Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  (the  "FDIC"),  or any  State
         regulatory  or Blue Sky authority  preventing or suspending  the use of
         the Prospectus and no action by or before any such government entity to
         revoke any approval, authorization or order of effectiveness related to
         the  Conversion  is, to the best  knowledge of the Bank or the Company,
         pending or threatened.

                  (f) At the date hereof,  to the best  knowledge of the Company
         and the Bank. no person has sought to obtain review of the final action
         of the OTS in  approving  the Plan of  Conversion  or  Holding  Company
         Application.

                  (g) At the time of the approval of the Conversion  Application
         by the OTS (including  any amendment or supplement  thereto) and at all
         times  subsequent  thereto  until  the  Closing  Date,  the  Conversion
         Application  complied  in all  material  respects  with the  Conversion
         Regulations.  The Prospectus  contained in the  Conversion  Application
         (including  any  amendments  or  supplements  thereto)  complied in all
         material  respects with the  Conversion  Regulations at the time of the
         approval of the  Conversion  Application  by the OTS and the Prospectus
         contained  in the  Conversion  Application  will comply in all material
         respects  with such  rules  and  regulations  from such time  until the
         Closing Date.



<PAGE>


Ryan, Beck & Co., Inc.
August __, 1998
Page 6


                  (h) FinPro,  Inc.  ("FinPro"),  which  prepared the Conversion
         appraisal dated as of June 12, 1998,  described in the  Prospectus,  is
         independent with respect to the Company and the Bank within the meaning
         of the Conversion Regulations,  is believed by the Company and the Bank
         to be  experienced  and expert in  rendering  corporate  appraisals  of
         thrift  institutions and the Bank believes that FinPro has prepared the
         pricing  information set forth in the Prospectus in accordance with the
         requirements of the Conversion Regulations.

                  (i)  Lewis W.  Parker,  III,  the  firm  which  certified  the
         financial  statements filed as part of the  Registration  Statement is,
         with  respect to the Company  and the Bank,  an  independent  certified
         public  accountant  as  required  by the  1933  Act  and the  1933  Act
         Regulations.

                  (j) The  financial  statements  included  in the  Registration
         Statement  and  which are part of the  Prospectus  present  fairly  the
         financial  condition,  results of  operations,  retained  earnings  and
         changes in financial  position and statement of cash flows of the Bank,
         at and for the dates indicated and the periods  specified and comply as
         to  form  in all  material  respects  with  the  applicable  accounting
         requirements  of the  Conversion  Regulations  and  generally  accepted
         accounting  principles.  Said financial  statements are consistent with
         financial  statements  and other reports filed by the Bank with the OTS
         and  the  FDIC  except  that  accounting  principles  employed  in such
         statements  and reports  (not  including  the  Registration  Statement)
         conform to  requirements  of such  authorities  and not  necessarily to
         generally  accepted   accounting   principles.   The  other  financial,
         statistical,  and pro forma  information  and related notes included in
         the Prospectus  present fairly the information shown therein on a basis
         consistent with the audited  financial  statements of the Bank included
         in the Prospectus, and as to the pro-forma adjustments, the adjustments
         made therein have been properly applied on the basis described therein.

                  (k)  There  has  been  no  material  change  in the  condition
         (financial or otherwise),  results of operations or business, including
         assets and properties,  of the Company and the Bank,  taken as a whole,
         since the latest  date as of which such  condition  is set forth in the
         Registration Statement and the Prospectus, except as set forth therein;
         and the capitalization, assets, liabilities, properties and business of
         each of the Company and the Bank conforms to the  descriptions  thereof
         contained in the Registration  Statement and the Prospectus.  There has
         been no material  transactions entered into by the Company or the Bank,
         except  those  transactions  entered  into in the  ordinary  course  of
         business  and  those  specifically   contemplated  by  the  Prospectus,
         including  the  execution  of loan  documents  pertaining  to the ESOP.
         Neither the Company nor the Bank has any  material  liabilities  of any
         kind, contingent or otherwise, except as set forth in the Prospectus.

                  (l) The  Bank is now a  federally  chartered  savings  bank in
         mutual  form of  organization  and upon the  Conversion  will  become a
         federally chartered savings bank in capital stock form of organization,
         in both instances  duly  authorized to conduct its business and own its
         property as described in the  Registration  Statement;  the Company and
         the Bank  have  obtained  all  material  licenses,  permits  and  other
         governmental  authorizations,  currently  required  for the  conduct of
         their  respective  businesses;  all  such  licenses,  permits  and  the
         governmental  authorizations  are in full  force  and  effect;  and the
         Company and the Bank are in all material  respects  complying  with all
         laws,  rules,  regulations  and orders  applicable  to the operation of
         their businesses. The Bank does not own equity


<PAGE>


Ryan, Beck & Co., Inc.
August __, 1998
Page 7


         securities  or any equity  interest  in any other  business  enterprise
         except as described in the  Prospectus.  Upon completion of the sale by
         the  Company  of  the  shares  of  Common  Stock  contemplated  by  the
         Prospectus,  (i) the Bank will be  converted  pursuant to the Plan to a
         federally  chartered  stock  savings  bank,  (ii) all of the issued and
         outstanding capital stock of the Bank will be owned by the Company, and
         (iii) the Company will have no direct subsidiaries other than the Bank.
         The  Conversion  will have been  effected in all  material  respects in
         accordance  with all applicable  statutes,  regulations,  decisions and
         orders;  and,  except with respect to the filing of certain  post-sale,
         post-conversion   reports  and   documents,   all  terms,   conditions,
         requirements  and provisions with respect to the Conversion  imposed by
         the Commission and the OTS, if any, will have been complied with by the
         Company and the Bank in all material  respects or  appropriate  waivers
         will have been  obtained  and all material  notice and waiting  periods
         will have been satisfied, waived or elapsed.

                  (m) The  deposit  accounts  of the  Bank  are  insured  by the
         Savings Association Insurance Fund ("SAIF") as administered by the FDIC
         up to the maximum  amount allowed under law. Upon  consummation  of the
         Conversion, the liquidation account for the benefit of Eligible Account
         Holders  and  Supplemental   Eligible  Account  Holders   ("Liquidation
         Account") will be duly  established in accordance with the requirements
         of the Conversion Regulations.

                  (n)  Upon  consummation  of the  Conversion,  the  authorized,
         issued and  outstanding  equity  capital of the Company  will be as set
         forth in the Registration Statement under the caption "Capitalization,"
         and no  shares  of  Common  Stock  have  been  or will  be  issued  and
         outstanding  prior to the Closing Date referred to in Section 2, except
         as to the  issuance by the Company of shares of Common  Stock,  if any,
         for the purpose of the Company's initial  capitalization and conducting
         organizational   business,  which  shares  of  Common  Stock  shall  be
         cancelled on the Closing Date; the shares of Common Stock issued in the
         Conversion will have been duly and validly authorized for issuance and,
         when issued and  delivered by the Company  pursuant to the Plan against
         payment of the consideration calculated as set forth in the Plan and in
         the  Prospectus,  will be duly and  validly  issued  and fully paid and
         non-assessable;  the  issuance of the Common Stock will not violate any
         preemptive  rights;  and the terms and  provisions  of the Common Stock
         will  conform  in all  material  respects  to the  description  thereof
         contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus. To the best
         knowledge of the Company and the Bank,  upon the issuance of the Common
         Stock,  good title to the Common  Stock  will be  transferred  from the
         Company to the purchasers thereof against payment therefor,  subject to
         such  claims as may be  asserted  against  the  purchasers  thereof  by
         third-party claimants.

                  (o) The  Company  has been duly  incorporated  and is  validly
         existing  as a I  corporation  in good  standing  under the laws of the
         State of New Jersey with  corporate  power and authority to own,  lease
         and operate its  properties and to conduct its business as described in
         the Registration  Statement and the Prospectus,  and the Company is not
         required to qualify as a foreign  corporation in any jurisdiction where
         it has not so qualified.

                  (p) As of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date,  neither
         the  Company  nor  the  Bank  is  in   violation  of  its  articles  of
         incorporation, charter or bylaws (and the Bank will not be in violation
         of its charter or bylaws in capital stock form upon consummation of the
         Conversion); the


<PAGE>


Ryan, Beck & Co., Inc.
August __, 1998
Page 8


         consummation of the Conversion, the execution, delivery and performance
         of this  Agreement  and the  consummation  of the  transactions  herein
         contemplated  have been duly and validly  authorized  by all  necessary
         corporate  action on the part of the  Company  and the  Bank;  and this
         Agreement  has been validly  executed and  delivered by the Company and
         the Bank and is the valid,  legal and binding  Agreement of the Company
         and the Bank  enforceable in accordance  with its terms,  except to the
         extent  that  rights  to  indemnity  hereunder  may  be  limited  under
         applicable law and subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or
         other laws  relating to or  affecting  the  enforcement  of  creditors'
         rights generally and equitable  principles limiting the right to obtain
         specific  enforcement or similar equitable relief.  The consummation of
         the  transactions  herein  contemplated  will not (i) conflict  with or
         constitute   a  breach  of,  or  default   under,   the   articles   of
         incorporation,  charter or bylaws of the Company or the Bank (in either
         mutual or capital stock form), or any material contract, lease or other
         instrument  to which the Company or the Bank is a party or in which the
         Company or the Bank has a beneficial  interest,  or any applicable law,
         rule,  regulation or order to which the Company or the Bank is subject;
         (ii) violate any governmental  license or permit or any  authorization,
         approval,  judgment,  injunction, writ, decree, order, statute, rule or
         regulation  applicable  to the  Company or the Bank;  or (iii) with the
         exception of the  Liquidation  Account  established in the  Conversion,
         result in the  creation  of any lien,  charge or  encumbrance  upon any
         property of the Company or the Bank.

                  (q) The Company  and the Bank have all such power,  authority,
         authorizations,  approvals  and orders as may be required to enter into
         this Agreement,  to carry out the provisions and conditions  hereof and
         to issue and sell the capital stock of the Bank and the Common Stock as
         provided in the Plan and as described in the Prospectus, subject to the
         final approval of the OTS and to the  satisfaction of the conditions of
         the OTS approval of the Conversion.

                  (r) The Company and the Bank have good and marketable title to
         all  properties  and assets  which are  material to the business of the
         Company and the Bank on a  consolidated  basis and to those  properties
         and assets described in the  Registration  Statement and the Prospectus
         as owned by them, free and clear of all liens, except such liens as are
         described  in the  Prospectus  or are  not  materially  significant  or
         important  in relation to the business of the Company and the Bank on a
         consolidated basis; and all of the leases and subleases material to the
         business  of the  Company  and the Bank on a  consolidated  basis under
         which  the  Company  or  the  Bank  hold  properties,  including  those
         described in the Prospectus, are in full force and effect.

                  (s) The  Company  and the  Bank  are not in  violation  of any
         directive from the  Commission,  the OTS, the FDIC, or any other agency
         to  make  any  material  change  in  the  method  of  conducting  their
         respective businesses so as to comply in all material respects with all
         applicable  statutes and regulations  (including,  without  limitation,
         regulations,  decisions,  directives and orders of the Commission,  the
         FDIC  and  the  OTS)  and  there  is no  suit  or  proceeding,  charge,
         investigation or action before or by any court, regulatory authority or
         governmental  agency  or body,  pending  or,  to the  knowledge  of the
         Company or the Bank,  threatened,  which might materially and adversely
         affect  the  Conversion,  the  performance  of  this  Agreement  or the
         consummation  of  the  transactions  contemplated  in the  Plan  and as
         described  in the  Prospectus  or which  might  result in any  material
         adverse  change in the  financial  condition,  results of operations or
         business of the Company and the


<PAGE>


Ryan, Beck & Co., Inc.
August __, 1998
Page 9


         Bank taken as a whole or which would materially affect their properties
and assets.

                  (t) As of the Closing  Date,  the Bank and the  Company  shall
         have  conducted the  Conversion in all material  respects in accordance
         with  the  Plan,  and  the  Conversion  Regulations  and in the  manner
         described in the Prospectus.

                  (u) The Bank has  received an opinion of its special  counsel,
         Malizia,  Spidi,  Sloane & Fisch,  P.C.,  with  respect to the  federal
         income tax  consequences  and with respect to the New Jersey income tax
         consequences  of the  Conversion.  The facts and  representations  upon
         which such opinions are based are truthful  accurate and complete,  and
         neither  the Bank nor the  Company  will take any  action  inconsistent
         therewith.

                  (v) No default  exists,  and no event has occurred  which with
         notice or lapse of time,  or both,  would  constitute  a default on the
         part of the Company or the Bank in the due  performance  and observance
         of any term, covenant or condition of any indenture,  mortgage, deed of
         trust,  note, bank loan or credit  agreement or any other instrument or
         agreement  to which the  Company or the Bank is a party or by which any
         of them or any of their  property  is bound or  affected in any respect
         which,  in any such case, is material to the Company and the Bank; such
         agreements are in full force and effect, and no other party to any such
         agreements  has  instituted or, to the best knowledge of the Company or
         the Bank,  threatened  any action or proceeding  wherein the Company or
         the Bank would or might be alleged to be in default thereunder.

                  (w)  Subsequent  to the date  the  Registration  Statement  is
         declared  effective by the  Commission  and prior to the Closing  Date,
         except as otherwise may be indicated or contemplated  therein,  neither
         the Company nor the Bank will have  issued any  securities  or incurred
         any liability or obligation,  direct or contingent, for borrowed money,
         except  borrowings  from the same or similar  sources  indicated in the
         Prospectus in the ordinary course of its business. For purposes of this
         Section 4(w), obligations for borrowed money do not include deposits.

                  (x) The Company and the Bank have filed all federal, state and
         local tax returns required to be filed and have made timely payments of
         all taxes due and payable in respect of such returns and no  deficiency
         has been asserted with respect thereto by any taxing authority.

                  (y) To the best knowledge of the Company and the Bank, none of
         the Company,  the Bank or employees of the Bank has made any payment of
         funds of the  Company  or the Bank as a loan  for the  purchase  of the
         Common Stock or made any other payment of funds  prohibited by law, and
         no funds have been set aside to be used for any payment  prohibited  by
         law except as disclosed in the Prospectus with respect to the ESOP.

                  (z) Prior to the  Conversion,  the Bank was not  authorized to
         issue  shares of capital  stock;  neither the Bank nor the Company has:
         (i) issued any  securities  within the last 18 months (except for notes
         to evidence other bank loans and reverse repurchase  agreements);  (ii)
         had any material dealings within the 12 months prior to the date hereof
         with any  member of the NASD,  or any person  related to or  associated
         with such member, other than discussions and meetings relating to the


<PAGE>


Ryan, Beck & Co., Inc.
August __, 1998
Page 10


         Conversion  and  routine   purchases  and  sales  of  U.S.   government
         securities;  (iii)  entered into a financial or  management  consulting
         agreement  except  as  contemplated  hereunder;  and (iv)  engaged  any
         intermediary  between  the  Agent  and  the  Company  or  the  Bank  in
         connection  with the offering of Common  Stock,  and no person is being
         compensated in any manner for such service.

                  (aa)     Neither the Company nor the Bank is  required  to  be
         registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

                  (bb) Except for information provided in writing to the Company
         or Bank by the Agent for use in the  Prospectus,  the  Company  and the
         Bank have not relied upon the Agent or its legal or other  advisors for
         any legal, tax or accounting advice in connection with the Conversion

                  (cc) To the best  knowledge of the Company and the Bank,  each
         of them is in compliance in all material  respects with all laws, rules
         and regulations relating to environmental  protection except where such
         failure  would not have a  material  adverse  effect  on the  financial
         condition of the Company and the Bank taken as a whole, and neither the
         Company  nor the Bank has been  notified  or is  otherwise  aware  that
         either of them is  potentially  liable,  or is  considered  potentially
         liable, under the Comprehensive  Environmental  Response,  Compensation
         and  Liability  Act of 1980,  as amended,  or any similar state law. No
         action,  suits,  regulatory  investigations  or other  proceedings  are
         pending,  or,  to the  best  knowledge  of the  Company  and the  Bank,
         threatened  against the Company or the Bank  relating to  environmental
         protection, nor does the Company or the Bank have any reason to believe
         any such proceedings may be brought against either of them. To the best
         knowledge  of the  Company  and  the  Bank,  no  disposal,  release  or
         discharge of hazardous or toxic substances, pollutants or contaminants,
         including  petroleum  and gas  products,  as any of such  terms  may be
         defined under  federal,  state or local law, has occurred on, in, at or
         about any of the facilities or properties of the Company or the Bank.

                  (dd) No labor dispute with the employees of the Company or the
         Bank  exists  or, to the  knowledge  of the  Company  or the  Bank,  is
         imminent.

                  (ee) All of the loans represented as assets on the most recent
         financial  statements  or selected  financial  information  of the Bank
         included in the Prospectus meet or are exempt from all  requirements of
         federal, state and local law pertaining to lending, including,  without
         limitation, truth in lending (including the requirements of Regulations
         Z and 12 C.F.R. Part 226), real estate settlement procedures,  consumer
         credit  protection,  equal credit  opportunity  and all disclosure laws
         applicable to such loans,  except for  violations  which,  if asserted,
         would  not  result  in a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  financial
         condition,  results of  operations  or  business of the Company and the
         Bank taken as a whole. Any certificate signed by an officer of the Bank
         or of the Company and delivered to the Agent or its counsel that refers
         to this Agreement shall be deemed to be a  representation  and warranty
         by the  Bank or the  Company  to the  Agent as to the  matters  covered
         thereby  with the same effect as if such  representation  and  warranty
         were set forth herein.

         SECTION  4A.   Representations  and  Warranties  of  Agent.  The  Agent
represents and warrants to the Company and the Bank as follows:


<PAGE>


Ryan, Beck & Co., Inc.
August __, 1998
Page 11


                  (a) The Agent is a corporation and is validly existing in good
         standing  under the laws of the State of New Jersey and under the rules
         and  regulations  of the  Commission  and the NASD with full  power and
         authority  to provide the  services to be  furnished to the Company and
         the Bank hereunder.

                  (b) The  Agent  is  registered  as a  broker-dealer  with  the
Commission and the NASD.

                  (c) The  execution  and  delivery  of this  Agreement  and the
         consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and
         validly  authorized by all  necessary  action on the part of the Agent,
         and this Agreement has been duly and validly  executed and delivered by
         the Agent and is the legal,  valid and binding  agreement of the Agent,
         enforceable in accordance with its terms (except as the  enforceability
         may be limited by applicable  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,
         moratorium or similar laws relating to or affecting the  enforcement of
         creditors'  rights  generally,  and subject,  as to the  enforcement of
         remedies,  including the remedy to specific  performance and injunctive
         and other  forms of  equitable  relief  which may be subject to certain
         equitable  defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any
         proceeding may be brought,  to general  principles of equity regardless
         of whether the  enforceability  is considered in a proceeding at law or
         in equity).

                  (d)  Each  of  the  Agent  and  its   employees,   agents  and
         representatives who are assigned to the transaction contemplated hereby
         have all  licenses,  approvals and permits  necessary,  to perform such
         services;   and  the  Agent  is  a  registered  selling  agent  in  the
         jurisdictions  in which it is  required  to be  registered  in order to
         perform its obligations under this Agreement and will remain registered
         in  such   jurisdictions   until  the   Conversion  is  consummated  or
         terminated.

         SECTION 5.  Covenants of the Company and Bank. The Company and the Bank
hereby jointly and severally covenant with you as follows.

                  (a) The Company has filed the Registration  Statement with the
         Commission.  The Company will not, at any time before the  Registration
         Statement is declared  effective by the Commission,  file any amendment
         to such  Registration  Statement without providing you and your counsel
         an  opportunity  to review such  amendment and to reasonably  object in
         writing.  The  Company  will  not,  at any  time  after  the  date  the
         Registration  Statement is declared  effective,  file any  amendment or
         supplement to the Registration Statement without providing you and your
         counsel an opportunity  to review such amendment or to which  amendment
         you or your counsel shall reasonably object.

                  (b) The  Company  and the Bank will use their best  efforts to
         cause  the  Registration  Statement  to be  declared  effective  by the
         Commission and the Conversion Application to be approved by the OTS and
         will immediately upon receipt of any information  concerning the events
         listed below notify you: (i) when the Registration Statement has become
         effective; (ii) of the receipt of any comments from the Commission, the
         OTS, or any other governmental entity with respect to the Conversion or
         the transactions  contemplated by this Agreement;  (iii) of the request
         by the Commission,  the OTS, or any other  governmental  entity for any
         amendment or supplement to the


<PAGE>


Ryan, Beck & Co., Inc.
August __, 1998
Page 12


         Registration  Statement  or for  additional  information;  (iv)  of the
         issuance by the Commission,  the OTS, or any other governmental  entity
         of any  order or  other  action  suspending  the  effectiveness  of the
         Registration Statement or the approval of the Conversion Application or
         the use of the  Registration  Statement or the  Prospectus or any other
         filing of the  Company and the Bank under the  Conversion  Regulations,
         the 1933 Act,  1933 Act  Regulations  or other  applicable  law, or the
         threat of any such action; (v) the issuance by the Commission, the OTS,
         or  any  other  state  authority  of  any  stop  order  suspending  the
         effectiveness   of  the   Registration   Statement  or  the  Conversion
         Application  or of the  initiation or threat of initiation or threat of
         any  proceedings  for such  purposes;  or (vi) of the occurrence of any
         event  mentioned in paragraph (g) below.  The Company and the Bank will
         make every reasonable effort to prevent the issuance by the Commission,
         the OTS,  or any other  state  authority  of any such order and, if any
         such order shall at any time be issued,  to obtain the lifting  thereof
         at the earliest possible time.

                  (c) The Company will provide you with notice of its  intention
         to file and reasonable  time to review prior to filing any amendment or
         supplement  to  the  Conversion   Application,   the  Holding   Company
         Application  or  to  the  Registration   Statement  or  the  Prospectus
         (including a prospectus  filed  pursuant to Rule 424 which differs from
         the prospectus on file at the time the  Registration  Statement and any
         amendments  thereto  become  effective)  and  will  not  file  any such
         amendment or supplement to which you shall  reasonably  object or which
         shall be reasonably objected to by your counsel in writing.

                  (d) The Company  and the bank will  deliver to you and to your
         counsel two conformed copies of each of the following  documents,  with
         all  exhibits:  The  Conversion  Application  and the  Holding  Company
         Application,  as originally  filed and of each  amendment or supplement
         thereto, and the Registration  Statement,  as originally filed and each
         amendment or supplement thereto.

                  (e) The Company  and the Bank will  deliver to you such number
         of copies of the  Prospectus,  as amended or  supplemented,  as you may
         reasonably  request.  The  Company  authorizes  the  Agent  to use  the
         Prospectus (as amended or supplemented, if amended or supplemented) for
         any lawful  manner in  connection  with the sale of the Common Stock by
         the Agent.

                  (f) During the  periods  prior to the Closing  Date,  when the
         Prospectus  is required to be delivered  and  subsequent to the Closing
         Date, the Company and the Bank will comply, at their own expense,  with
         any and all terms,  conditions requirements and provisions with respect
         to the Conversion and the  transactions  contemplated  thereby  imposed
         upon them by the Commission and the OTS, by applicable state law or the
         Conversion Regulations,  and by the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations,
         the  1934  Act  and  the  rules  and   regulations  of  the  Commission
         promulgated  under  such  statutes,   including,   without  limitation,
         Regulation  M under the 1934 Act,  in each case as from time to time in
         force, in accordance with the provisions hereof and the Prospectus.

                  (g) If, at any time  during  the  period  when the  Prospectus
         relating to the Shares is required to be delivered,  any event relating
         to or  affecting  the Company or the Bank shall  occur,  as a result of
         which it is necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of counsel for the
         Company and the Bank to amend or supplement the Registration  Statement
         or Prospectus in order to make the


<PAGE>


Ryan, Beck & Co., Inc.
August __, 1998
Page 13


         Registration  Statement or  Prospectus  not  misleading in light of the
         circumstances existing at the time it is delivered to a purchaser,  the
         Company and the Bank will, at their expense,  forthwith  prepare,  file
         with the Commission and furnish to you a reasonable number of copies of
         an amendment or amendments of, or a supplement or  supplements  to, the
         Registration   Statement   or   Prospectus   (in  form  and   substance
         satisfactory  to you and  your  counsel  after a  reasonable  time  for
         review) which will amend or supplement  the  Registration  Statement or
         Prospectus so that as amended or  supplemented  it will not contain any
         untrue  statement of a material  fact or omit to state a material  fact
         necessary  in  order to make the  statements  therein,  in light of the
         circumstances  existing at the time the  Prospectus  is  delivered to a
         purchaser, not misleading.

                  (h) The Company and the Bank will take all necessary  actions,
         in  cooperation  with you, and furnish to whomever the Agent may direct
         such  information  as may be required to qualify or register the Common
         Stock and sale by the Company under the  applicable  securities or Blue
         Sky laws of such  jurisdictions as you and the Company and the Bank and
         its counsel may agree upon; provided,  however,  that the Company shall
         not be obligated  to file any general  consent to service of process or
         to qualify to do  business  in any  jurisdiction  in which it is not so
         qualified.  In each  jurisdiction  where any of the Common  Stock shall
         have been qualified or registered as above  provided,  the Company will
         make and file such  statements and reports as are or may be required by
         the laws of such jurisdiction.

                  (i) The  Company  will not sell or issue,  contract to sell or
         otherwise  dispose  of, for a period of 90 days after the date  hereof,
         without your prior  written  consent,  any shares of Common Stock other
         than the  Common  Stock or other  than in  connection  with any plan or
         arrangement described in the Prospectus.

                  (j) During the period during which the Company's  Common Stock
         is  registered  under the 1934 Act,  the  Company  will  furnish to its
         stockholders  as soon as practicable  after the end of each fiscal year
         an annual report (including a consolidated balance sheet and statements
         of consolidated income,  stockholders' equity or cash flow statement of
         the  Company and its  subsidiaries  as at the end of and for such year,
         certified  by  independent   public   accountants  in  accordance  with
         Regulation S-X under the 1933 Act).

                  (k) During the period of three years from the date hereof, the
         Company will furnish to you: (i) as soon as  available,  a copy of each
         report  of the  Company  furnished  generally  to  stockholders  of the
         Company or furnished to or filed with the Commission under the 1934 Act
         or any  national  securities  exchange  or system on which any class of
         securities  of the  Company  is listed or quoted,  (including,  but not
         limited  to,  reports  on Forms  10-KSB,  10-QSB  and 8-K and all proxy
         statements  and annual reports to  stockholders),  a copy of each other
         report of the  Company  mailed to its  stockholders  or filed  with the
         Commission or any national  securities  exchange or system on which any
         class of  securities  of the  Company is listed or  quoted,  each press
         release and material news items and articles released by the Company or
         the Bank and (ii)  from time to time,  such  other  public  information
         concerning the Company and the Bank as you may reasonably request.

                  (l)      The Company and the Bank will use  the  net  proceeds
         from the sale of the Common


<PAGE>


Ryan, Beck & Co., Inc.
August __, 1998
Page 14


         Stock substantially in the manner set forth in the Prospectus under the
caption "Use of Proceeds."

                  (m) Other than as permitted by the Conversion Regulations, the
         1933 Act, the 1933 Act  Regulations  and the laws of any state in which
         the shares of Common Stock are qualified for sale,  neither the Company
         nor the Bank will distribute any prospectus, offering circular or other
         offering  material in connection  with the offer and sale of the Common
         Stock.

                  (n) The Company will make generally  available to its security
         holders  as soon as  practicable,  but not later than 60 days after the
         close of the period  covered  thereby,  an earnings  statement (in form
         complying  with  the   provisions  of  Rule  158  of  the   regulations
         promulgated  under  the  1933  Act)  covering  a  twelve-month   period
         beginning not later than the first day of the Company's  fiscal quarter
         next  following the effective date (as defined in said Rule 158) of the
         Registration Statement.

                  (o)      The Company will promptly register  the  Common Stock
         under Section 12(g) of the 1934 Act.

                  (p) The  Company  will timely  file with the  Commission  such
         reports concerning the sales of Common Stock sold in the Conversion and
         the use of the proceeds  thereof as required by Rule 463 under the 1933
         Act.

                  (q) The Company  will use its best  efforts to  encourage  and
         assist a marketmaker  to establish and maintain a market for the Common
         Stock sold in the  Conversion on the Bulletin Board of the NASDAQ Stock
         Market.

                  (r)  The  Bank  will  maintain  appropriate  arrangements  for
         depositing all funds received from persons mailing subscriptions for or
         orders  to  purchase  Common  Stock in the  Subscription  Offering  and
         Community  Offering on an interest  bearing basis at the rate described
         in the  Prospectus  until  the  Closing  Date and  satisfaction  of all
         conditions  precedent to the release of the Bank's obligation to refund
         payments received from persons subscribing for or ordering Common Stock
         in the Subscription  Offering and Community Offering in accordance with
         the Plan as described in the  Prospectus or until refunds of such funds
         have been made to the persons  entitled  thereto in accordance with the
         Plan and as described in the  Prospectus.  The Bank will  maintain such
         records of all funds received to permit the funds of each subscriber to
         be separately insured by the SAIF (to the maximum extent allowable) and
         to enable  the Bank to make  appropriate  refunds  of such funds in the
         event that such refunds are required to be made in accordance  with the
         Plan and as described in the Prospectus.

                  (s) The  Company  will  take such  actions  and  furnish  such
         information as are reasonably requested by the Agent in order for Ryan,
         Beck to  ensure  compliance  with the  NASD's  "Interpretation  to Free
         Riding and Withholding."

                  (t) The Bank will not amend the Plan without the Agent's prior
         written consent in any manner that, in the opinion of the Agent,  would
         affect the sale of the Common Stock or the terms


<PAGE>


Ryan, Beck & Co., Inc.
August __, 1998
Page 15


         of this Agreement, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

                  (u) The Company and the Bank will use all  reasonable  efforts
         to comply with, or cause to be complied with, the conditions  precedent
         to the several  obligations of the Agent specified in Section 9 hereof,
         unless such condition is waived by the Agent.

         SECTION 6.  Payment of  Expenses.  The Company and the Bank jointly and
severally  agree  to  pay  all  expenses  incident  to  the  performance  of the
obligations  of the Company  and the Bank under this  Agreement,  including  the
following:  (i) the  preparation,  issuance and delivery of certificates for the
Common Stock to the subscribers  and purchasers in the Offerings;  (ii) the fees
and disbursements of the Company's and the Bank's counsel, accountants and other
advisors;  (iii) the  qualification  of the Common  Stock  under all  applicable
securities or Blue Sky laws,  including  filing fees and the reasonable fees and
disbursements  of counsel in connection  therewith  and in  connection  with the
preparation of a Blue Sky Survey;  (iv) the printing and delivery to you in such
quantities  as you  shall  reasonably  request  of  copies  of the  Registration
Statement,  the Prospectus and the Conversion  Application  and Holding  Company
Application  as originally  filed and as amended or  supplemented  and all other
documents in connection with the Conversion and this  Agreement;  (v) the filing
fees incurred in connection with the review of the Registration  Statement,  the
Conversion  Application,  or any  other  application,  form,  or  filing  by the
Commission,  the OTS and the NASD;  (vi) the fees for  listing the shares on the
OTC  Bulletin  Board of the Nasdaq  Stock  Market;  (vii) the fees and  expenses
relating to the appraisal;  (viii) the fees and expenses relating to advertising
expenses,  temporary  personnel expenses,  conversion center expenses,  investor
meeting expenses,  and other miscellaneous expenses relating to the marketing by
the  Agent  of the  Common  Stock;  and  (ix) the  cost of  printing  all  stock
certificates  and all other documents  applicable to the Conversion and the fees
and charges of any transfer agent,  registrar and other agent. In the event that
the Agent incurs any of the above expenses on behalf of the Company or the Bank,
the Company or the Bank,  as the case may be, shall pay or  reimburse  the Agent
for such  reasonable  fees and expenses  regardless of whether the Conversion is
successfully  completed.  The Agent will not incur any single expense  exceeding
$1,000 pursuant to this paragraph without the prior authorization of the Company
or the Bank. The parties hereto  acknowledge  that such expense  limitations may
also be exceeded in the event of a material  delay in the offering that requires
an update of financial information contained in the Registration Statement for a
period later than March 31, 1998.

SECTION 7. Indemnification.

         (a) The Bank and the Company  jointly and severally  agree to indemnify
and hold  harmless the Agent,  its  officers,  directors,  agents,  servants and
employees  and each  person,  if any,  who  controls  you within the  meaning of
Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20(a) of the 1934 Act, against any and all
loss, liability,  claim, damage or expense whatsoever (including but not limited
to  settlement  expenses,  subject to the  limitation  in the last  sentence  of
paragraph (c) below), joint or several, that the Agent or any of them may suffer
or to which the Agent or any of them may  become  subject  under all  applicable
federal and state laws or otherwise, and to promptly reimburse the Agent and any
such persons upon written demand for any expenses (including reasonable fees and
disbursements  of counsel)  incurred  by the Agent or any of them in  connection
with  investigating,  preparing or defending any actions,  proceedings or claims
(whether  commenced or threatened) to the extent such losses,  claims,  damages,
liabilities or actions: (i) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement,
or alleged untrue statements, of any material fact contained in the


<PAGE>


Ryan, Beck & Co., Inc.
August __, 1998
Page 16


Conversion   Application,   Holding  Company  Application  or  the  Registration
Statement (the  "Applications"),  (or any amendment or supplement thereto),  the
Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), the Proxy Statement (or any
amendment  or  supplement  thereto),  or  any  Blue  Sky  application  or  other
instrument or document of the Bank or based upon written information supplied by
the  Bank  or  their  representatives   (including  counsel)  in  any  state  or
jurisdiction  to register  or qualify  any or all of the shares of Common  Stock
under the  securities  laws  thereof (or any  amendment or  supplement  thereto)
(collectively,  the  "Blue  Sky  Application"),  or  any  application  or  other
document,  advertisement,  or communication  prepared, made or executed by or on
behalf of the Bank with its consent after review ("Sales  Information") or based
upon written information or statements  furnished or made by or on behalf of the
Bank or the  Company,  whether  or not  filed  in any  jurisdiction  in order to
qualify or register the shares of Common Stock under the securities law thereof;
(ii) arise out of, or are based upon, the omission or alleged  omission to state
in any of the foregoing documents or information, a material fact required to be
stated  therein or  necessary  to make the  statements  herein,  in light of the
circumstances  under which they were made, not  misleading;  or (iii) arise from
any theory of liability whatsoever relating to or arising from or based upon any
Application  (or any amendment or supplement  thereto),  the  Prospectus (or any
amendment or  supplement  thereto),  the Proxy  Statement  (or any  amendment or
supplement  thereto),  Blue  Sky  Application  or  Sales  Information  or  other
documentation  prepared by the Bank or the Company and distributed in connection
with  the  Offerings;  except  to  the  extent  such  losses,  claims,  damages,
liabilities  or  actions  arise out of or are  based  upon any  untrue  material
statements or alleged untrue  material  statements  in, or material  omission or
alleged  material  omission from an Application  (or any amendment or supplement
thereto),  the  Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement  thereto),  the Proxy
Statement (or any amendment or supplement  thereto),  Blue Sky  Application,  or
Sales  Information  made in reliance  upon and in  conformity  with  information
furnished in writing to the Bank by the Agent  regarding the Agent expressly for
use in the Prospectus,  which the Bank and the Company acknowledge includes only
the  information  contained in the  Prospectus  under the  captions  "Market for
Common   Stock"   and  "The   Conversion-Marketing   Arrangements";   nor  shall
indemnification  be required for material oral  misstatements  to a purchaser of
shares of Common Stock made by the Agent,  which are not based upon  information
provided by the Bank orally or in writing or based upon information contained in
the Application (or any amendment or supplement thereto), the Prospectus (or any
amendment or supplement  thereto),  the Proxy  Statement  (or any  amendments or
supplements thereto),  Blue Sky Application or any Sales Information distributed
in connection with the Conversion. In addition, neither the Company nor the Bank
will be liable under the foregoing  indemnification provision to the extent that
any loss, claim,  damage,  liability or action is found in a final judgment by a
court to have  resulted  from the Agent's bad faith or  negligence in performing
the services to be performed by the Agent under this Agreement.  Notwithstanding
the foregoing,  the indemnification provided for in this paragraph (a) shall not
apply to the Bank to the  extent  that such  indemnification  by the Bank  would
constitute a covered  transaction  under Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act.
For purposes of this  section,  the term  "expense"  shall  include,  but not be
limited  to,  counsel  fees and  costs,  court  costs,  out-of-pocket  costs and
compensation for the time spent by the Agent's  directors,  officers,  employees
and counsel  according to his or her normal hourly billing rates.  The foregoing
agreement to  indemnify  shall be in addition to any  liability  the Company may
otherwise  have to the Agent or the  persons  entitled  to the  benefit of these
indemnification provisions.

         (b) The  Agent  jointly  and  severally  agrees to  indemnify  and hold
harmless the Bank, the Company, the directors,  officers,  agents,  servants and
employees of each of them, and each person, if any, who controls the Bank or the
Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20(a)


<PAGE>


Ryan, Beck & Co., Inc.
August __, 1998
Page 17


of the 1934 Act against any and all loss,  liability,  claim,  damage or expense
whatsoever (including but not limited to settlement expenses), joint or several,
which they,  or any of them,  may suffer or to which they,  or any of them,  may
become subject under all applicable federal and state laws or otherwise,  and to
promptly  reimburse  the Bank or the Company,  and any such persons upon written
demand for any expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel)
incurred by them, or any of them, in connection with investigating, preparing or
defending any actions,  proceedings or claims (whether  commenced or threatened)
to the extent such losses,  claims,  damages,  liabilities or actions: (i) arise
out of or are based upon any untrue  statement or alleged untrue  statement of a
material  fact  contained in any  Application  (or any  amendment or  supplement
thereto) or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement  thereto),  the Proxy
Statement (or any amendments or supplements  thereto), or the Sales Information;
or (ii) arise out of or which are based upon the omission or alleged omission to
state in any of the  foregoing  documents a material  fact required to be stated
therein  or  necessary  to  make  the  statements   therein,  in  light  of  the
circumstances  under which they were made, not  misleading;  provided,  however,
that its  obligations  under this  Section 7(b) shall exist only if, and only to
the extent,  that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement was made in,
or such material fact or alleged  material fact was omitted from an  Application
(or any amendment or supplement  thereto),  the  Prospectus (or any amendment or
supplement  thereto),  the Proxy  Statement (or any  amendments  or  supplements
thereto),  or the Sales  Information  in reliance  upon and in  conformity  with
information furnished in writing to the Bank by the Agent or its representatives
(including counsel) expressly for use in the Prospectus,  which the Bank and the
Company  acknowledge  includes only the information  contained in the Prospectus
under the captions  "Market for the Common Stock" and "The  Conversion-Marketing
Arrangements."  In addition,  the Agent will not be liable  under the  foregoing
indemnification  provision to the extent that any loss, claim, damage, liability
or  action is found in a final  judgment  by a court to have  resulted  from the
Bank's bad faith or negligence.

         (c) Each  indemnified  party shall give prompt  written  notice to each
indemnifying  party of any  action,  proceeding,  claim  (whether  commenced  or
threatened),  or suit instituted against it in respect of which indemnity may be
sought  hereunder,  but  failure to so notify an  indemnifying  party  shall not
relieve it from any liability which it may have on account of this Section 7 and
Section 8 herein.  An  indemnifying  party may participate at its own expense in
the defense of such  action.  In addition,  if it so elects  within a reasonable
time after receipt of such notice, an indemnifying party, jointly with any other
indemnifying  parties  receiving  such  notice,  may assume the  defense of such
action with counsel  chosen by it and reasonably  acceptable to the  indemnified
parties that are  defendants  in such action,  unless such  indemnified  parties
reasonably  object to such  assumption  on the  ground  that  there may be legal
defenses  available  to them that are  different  from or in  addition  to those
available to such  indemnifying  party.  If an  indemnifying  party  assumes the
defense of such action,  the  indemnifying  parties  shall not be liable for any
fees and expenses of counsel for the indemnified  parties incurred thereafter in
connection with such action,  proceeding or claims,  other than reasonable costs
of investigation.  In no event shall the indemnifying  parties be liable for the
fees and expenses of more than one firm of attorneys for the indemnified parties
(unless an  indemnified  party or parties shall have  reasonably  concluded that
there  may be  defenses  available  to it or them  which are  different  from or
additional to those of the other indemnified parties) in connection with any one
action,  proceeding  or  claim or  separate  but  similar  or  related  actions,
proceedings or claims in the same  jurisdiction  arising out of the same general
allegations or circumstances. The indemnifying party shall not be liable for any
settlement of such action, proceeding or suit effected without its prior written
consent.



<PAGE>


Ryan, Beck & Co., Inc.
August __, 1998
Page 18


         (d) The  agreement  contained in this Section 7 and in Section 8 hereof
and the  representations and warranties of the Bank and the Company set forth in
this Agreement  shall remain  operative and in full force and effect  regardless
of:  (i) any  investigation  made by or on behalf of the Agent or its  officers,
directors or controlling persons,  agents or employees or by or on behalf of the
Bank, the Company or any officers,  directors or controlling persons,  agents or
employees of the Bank or the Company; (ii) delivery of and payment hereunder for
the shares of Common Stock; or (iii) any termination of this Agreement.

         SECTION 8. Contribution. If the indemnification of an indemnified party
provided   for  in  Section  7  of  this   Agreement  is  for  any  reason  held
unenforceable,  the Bank or the Company and the Agent agree to contribute to the
losses,  claims,  damages and liabilities for which such indemnification is held
unenforceable:  (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative
benefits  to the Bank or the  Company,  on the one hand,  and the Agent,  on the
other hand, of the Conversion as contemplated  (whether or not the Conversion is
consummated),  or (ii) if the application  provided for in clause (i) is for any
reason held  unenforceable,  in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not
only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative
fault of the Bank or the Company,  on the one hand, and the Agent,  on the other
hand, as well as other equitable considerations.  The Bank or the Company agrees
that for the purposes of this  Section 8, the  relative  benefits of the Bank or
the Company and the Agent of the Conversion as  contemplated  shall be deemed to
be in the same  proportion  that the  total  net  proceeds  from the  Conversion
received by the Bank or the Company in connection  with the  Conversion  bear to
the total fees paid or to be paid to the Agent under this  Agreement.  No person
found guilty of any fraudulent  misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section
11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was
not found guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. To the extent required by
law,  this Section 8 is subject and limited by the  provisions of Section 23A of
the Federal Reserve Act ("Section 23A"). For purposes of this Section 8, each of
the Agent's  officers and  directors  and each person,  if any, who controls the
Agent  within  the  meaning of the 1933 Act and the 1934 Act shall have the same
rights to contribution as the Agent,  and each person,  if any, who controls the
Bank or the  Company  within the  meaning of the 1933 Act and the 1934 Act,  and
each  officer,  director and each  person,  if any, who controls the Bank or the
Company, shall have the same rights to contribution as the Bank and the Company.
Any party  entitled to  contribution  shall  promptly after receipt of notice of
commencement  of any action,  suit,  claim or  proceeding  against such party in
respect to which a claim for  contribution  may be made against  another  party,
notify  such other  party,  but the  omission  to so notify such party shall not
relieve the party from whom contribution may be sought from any other obligation
it may have  hereunder  or otherwise  than under this  Section 8. The Bank,  the
Company  and  the  Agent  agree  that it  would  not be just  and  equitable  if
contribution  pursuant to this Section 8 were  determined by pro rata allocation
or by other method of  allocation  that does not take into account the equitable
considerations  referred to above in this Section 8. It is expressly agreed that
the Agent shall not be required to contribute to the Bank or the Company for any
loss,  liability,  claim,  damage or expense  any amount  that in the  aggregate
exceeds the amount paid to the Agent under this Agreement.

         SECTION 9. Conditions of Your Obligations.  Your obligations hereunder,
as to the Common Stock to be delivered at the Closing Date, are subject, in your
discretion,  to the condition that all  representations and warranties and other
statements of the Bank and the Company herein are, at and as of the commencement
of each of the Offerings and at and as of the Closing Date,  true and correct in
all material  respects,  the condition  that the Bank and the Company shall have
performed  in all  material  respects  all of its  obligations  hereunder  to be
performed on or before such dates, and to the following further conditions.


<PAGE>



Ryan, Beck & Co., Inc.
August __, 1998
Page 19


         (a) The  Registration  Statement shall have been declared  effective by
         the Commission not later than 5:30 p.m. on the August __, 1998, or with
         your consent at a later time and date;  and at the Closing Date no stop
         order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the
         consummation  of the  Conversion  shall have been issued under the 1933
         Act or proceedings  therefor  initiated or threatened by the Commission
         or any state  authority,  and no order or other action  suspending  the
         effectiveness  of the Prospectus or the  consummation of the Conversion
         shall have been issued or proceedings  therefor initiated or threatened
         by the Commission, any state authority, the OTS or the FDIC.

         (b)  At  the  Closing  Date  you  shall  have  received  the  following
         documents, certificates or opinions.

                  (1)  The  favorable  opinion,  dated  as of the  Closing  Date
                  addressed to the Agent and for its and its counsel's  benefit,
                  of Malizia,  Spidi,  Sloane & Fisch, P.C., special counsel for
                  the Company and the Bank, in form and  substance  satisfactory
                  to the Agent and its counsel,  that opines as to legal matters
                  set forth below.

                           (i) The  Company  has been duly  incorporated  and is
                           validly  existing as a  corporation  in good standing
                           under the laws of the State of New  Jersey.  The Bank
                           is duly  organized and validly  exists as a federally
                           chartered  savings  bank under the laws of the United
                           States  of  America;  the  Bank has  duly  adopted  a
                           federal stock charter and by-laws  related thereto to
                           become effective upon consummation of the Conversion;
                           and upon the Conversion  will become a duly organized
                           and validly existing federally chartered savings bank
                           in the capital stock form of organization.

                           (ii) The Company and the Bank each has the  corporate
                           power and  authority  to own,  lease and  operate its
                           properties  and to conduct its  business as described
                           in the Registration Statement and Prospectus; and the
                           Company  is  qualified  to do  business  only  in New
                           Jersey, which is, to our knowledge, the only state in
                           which it is doing business.

                           (iii) The deposit accounts of the Bank are insured by
                           the SAIF up to applicable  limits in accordance  with
                           applicable   regulations;   and,  to  such  counsel's
                           knowledge,  no  proceeding  for  the  termination  or
                           revocation   of  such   insurance   is   pending   or
                           threatened.  The Bank is a member of the Federal Home
                           Loan Bank of New York.

                           (iv)  Upon   consummation  of  the  Conversion,   the
                           authorized,  issued and outstanding  capital stock of
                           the Company will be within the range set forth in the
                           Registration  Statement and the Prospectus  under the
                           caption   "Capitalization"  and,  to  such  counsel's
                           knowledge, no shares of Common Stock have been issued
                           prior to the Closing Date; the shares of Common Stock
                           to be  sold  in the  Offerings  have  been  duly  and
                           validly  authorized for issuance and, when issued and
                           delivered by the Company against payment  therefor as
                           set forth in the Plan and stated on the cover page of
                           the  Prospectus,  will be duly and validly issued and
                           fully paid and


<PAGE>


Ryan, Beck & Co., Inc.
August __, 1998
Page 20


                           nonassessable; and  the  issuance  of the  shares  of
                           Common Stock is not subject to  statutory  preemptive
                           rights.

                           (v) Upon  consummation of the Conversion,  all of the
                           issued and outstanding capital stock of the Bank will
                           be duly  authorized and validly issued and fully paid
                           and nonassessable, and all such capital stock will be
                           owned of record  and,  to such  counsel's  knowledge,
                           beneficially,  by the  Company  free and clear of any
                           security   interest,    mortgage,    pledge,    lien,
                           encumbrance, claim or equity

                           (vi) The Company's  acquisition  of the Bank has been
                           approved by the OTS and, to such counsel's knowledge,
                           no action has been taken or is pending or  threatened
                           to revoke such approval.

                           (vii)  The  Conversion  Application,  as  amended  or
                           supplemented,  if amended or  supplemented,  as filed
                           with the  OTS,  complied  as to form in all  material
                           respects  with the  requirements  of the HOLA and the
                           Conversion  Regulations.  The OTS has  authorized the
                           Conversion,   subject  to  the  satisfaction  of  the
                           conditions  set forth in its  approval  and,  to such
                           counsel's  knowledge,  no action has been taken or is
                           pending or threatened to revoke such authorization.

                           (viii)  The OTS has  approved  the  Plan  and to such
                           counsel's  knowledge,  such  approval  has  not  been
                           revoked; to such counsel's knowledge, the Company and
                           the  Bank  have   conducted  the  Conversion  in  all
                           material   respects  in  accordance  with  applicable
                           requirements    of   the   Conversion    Regulations,
                           applicable    requirements    of    the    Conversion
                           Regulations,  applicable  federal  law and the  Plan,
                           including all material applicable terms,  conditions,
                           requirements   and   conditions   precedent   to  the
                           Conversion  imposed  upon the Company and the Bank by
                           the   Commission  and  the  OTS;  to  such  counsel's
                           knowledge no order has been issued by the  Commission
                           or the OTS to suspend the Offerings and no action for
                           such  purpose  has  been   instituted   or,  to  such
                           counsel's knowledge,  threatened by the Commission or
                           the  OTS;   and,  to  the  best  of  such   counsel's
                           knowledge,  no person has sought to obtain  review of
                           the  final  action  of  the  OTS  in  approving   the
                           Conversion Application or the Plan.

                           (ix)  This   Agreement  has  been  duly   authorized,
                           executed and delivered by the Company and the Bank.

                           (x) The Registration Statement is effective under the
                           1933 Act and no stop order  suspending  effectiveness
                           has been  issued  under  the  1933  Act and,  to such
                           counsel's  knowledge,  no  proceedings  therefor have
                           been initiated or threatened by the Commission.

                           (xi) Subject to satisfaction of conditions of the OTS
                           in  connection  with its  approval of the  Conversion
                           Application  and  Holding  Company  Application,   no
                           further  approval,  authorization,  consent  or other
                           order of any federal or state board


<PAGE>


Ryan, Beck & Co., Inc.
August __, 1998
Page 21


                           or body is required in connection  with the execution
                           and delivery of this  Agreement,  the issuance of the
                           shares of Common  Stock and the  consummation  of the
                           Conversion,  except  as may  be  required  under  the
                           securities or Blue Sky laws of various  jurisdictions
                           as to which counsel need render no opinion.

                           (xii) At the time the  Registration  Statement became
                           effective, (i) the Registration Statement (as amended
                           or  supplemented,  if  so  amended  or  supplemented)
                           (other than the financial statements, stock valuation
                           information and other financial and statistical  data
                           included  therein,  as to  which no  opinion  need be
                           rendered),  complied  as  to  form  in  all  material
                           respects  with the  requirements  of the 1933 Act and
                           the 1933  Act  Regulations  and  (ii) the  Prospectus
                           (other than the financial statements, stock valuation
                           information and other financial and statistical  data
                           included  therein,  as to  which no  opinion  need be
                           rendered)   complied  as  to  form  in  all  material
                           respects  with  the  requirements  of the  Conversion
                           Regulations   and  applicable   banking  and  federal
                           securities law.

                           (xiii) The information in the Registration  Statement
                           and Prospectus under the captions,  "The Conversion",
                           "Regulation",     "Taxation",     "Restrictions    on
                           Acquisition   of   Farnsworth   Bancorp,   Inc."  and
                           "Description  of Capital Stock" to the extent that it
                           constitutes   matters  of  law,  summaries  of  legal
                           matters,   documents   or   proceedings,   or   legal
                           conclusions, has been reviewed by such counsel and is
                           correct in all material respects;  provided, however,
                           that  as it  relates  to the  information  under  the
                           caption  "Taxation"  the  opinion  need only  address
                           matters of Federal law.

                           (xiv) The terms and  provisions  of the Common  Stock
                           conform in all material  respects to the  description
                           thereof contained in the Prospectus,  and the form of
                           certificate  used to  evidence  the  shares of Common
                           Stock conforms to New Jersey law.

                           (xv)  To  such  counsel's  knowledge,  there  are  no
                           material  contracts,   indentures,  loan  agreements,
                           notes,  leases or other  instruments  required  to be
                           described   or  referred   to  in  the   Registration
                           Statement  and  Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits
                           thereto  other than those  described  or  referred to
                           therein or filed as exhibits thereto.

                           (xvi) To such  counsel's  knowledge,  the Company and
                           the Bank have obtained all material federal licenses,
                           permits   and   other   governmental   authorizations
                           currently  required  under  HOLA for the  conduct  of
                           their  respective  businesses  as  described  in  the
                           Prospectus or the Registration Statement, and to such
                           counsel's  knowledge none of such material  licenses,
                           permits and other  governmental  authorizations  have
                           been revoked.

                           (xvii) The Plan has been duly authorized by the Board
                           of   Directors  of  the  Company  and  the  Board  of
                           Directors   of   the   Bank   and,   effective   upon
                           consummation  of the  Conversion,  the  Bank  will be
                           authorized to issue its capital


<PAGE>


Ryan, Beck & Co., Inc.
August __, 1998
Page 22


                           stock to the Company

                           (xviii) To such counsel's  knowledge,  the Company is
                           not in violation of its articles of  incorporation or
                           in default in the  performance  or  observance of any
                           obligation,    agreement,   covenant   or   condition
                           contained in any contract, indenture,  mortgage, loan
                           agreement,  note, lease or other instrument described
                           in the  Prospectus  or  filed  as an  exhibit  to the
                           Registration  Statement  except for such  defaults or
                           violations  which  would not have a material  adverse
                           impact  on the  financial  condition  or  results  of
                           operations  of the  Company  and the Bank  taken as a
                           whole;  the execution and delivery of this Agreement,
                           the  incurrence of the  obligations  herein set forth
                           and the consummation of the transactions contemplated
                           herein  have been duly  authorized  by all  necessary
                           corporate  action on the part of the Company and will
                           not  conflict  with or  constitute  a breach  of,  or
                           default   under,   or  result  in  the   creation  or
                           imposition   of  any   material   lien,   charge   or
                           encumbrance  upon  any  property  or  assets  of  the
                           Company pursuant to any material contract, indenture,
                           loan  agreement,  note,  lease  or  other  instrument
                           described in the Prospectus or filed as an exhibit to
                           the  Registration  Statement,  nor will  such  action
                           result  in any  violation  of the  provisions  of the
                           articles of incorporation or bylaws of the Company.

                           (xix) To such counsel's knowledge, the Bank is not in
                           violation of its federal mutual charter (and the Bank
                           will not be in violation of its charter in stock form
                           upon consummation of the Conversion) or in default in
                           the  performance  or  observance  of any  obligation,
                           agreement,  covenant or  condition  contained  in any
                           material contract,  indenture, loan agreement,  note,
                           lease or other instrument described in the Prospectus
                           or filed as an exhibit to the Registration  Statement
                           except for such  defaults or  violations  which would
                           not have a material  adverse  impact on the financial
                           condition or results of operations of the Company and
                           the Bank taken as a whole; the execution and delivery
                           of this Agreement,  the incurrence of the obligations
                           herein  set  forth  and  the   consummation   of  the
                           transaction  contemplated  herein,  will not conflict
                           with or constitute a breach of, or default under,  or
                           result in the creation or  imposition of any material
                           lien,  charge or  encumbrance  upon any  property  or
                           assets of the Bank pursuant to any material  contract
                           indenture,  loan  agreement,  note,  lease  or  other
                           instrument,  described in the  Prospectus or filed as
                           an exhibit to the  Registration  Statement,  nor will
                           such action result in any violation of the provisions
                           of the charter or bylaws of the Bank.

                           (xx) To such counsel's knowledge, the Company and the
                           Bank are not in  violation  of any written  directive
                           from the OTS or the FDIC to make any material  change
                           in the method of conducting their businesses.

                           (xxi) Based on the  certificate  of the  inspector of
                           election,  the  Plan  has been  duly  adopted  by the
                           required vote of the members of the Bank.




<PAGE>


Ryan, Beck & Co., Inc.
August __, 1998
Page 23


                           In rendering such opinion,  such counsel may rely (A)
                  as to  matters  involving  the  application  of  laws  of  any
                  jurisdiction or the United States,  to the extent such counsel
                  deems proper and specified in such  opinion,  upon the opinion
                  of other counsel of good standing (providing that such counsel
                  states that the Agent and its counsel are justified in relying
                  upon  such  specified  opinion  or  opinions),  and  (B) as to
                  matters of fact, to the extent such counsel  deems proper,  on
                  certificates  of  responsible  officers of the Company and the
                  Bank and public officials.

                  (2) The  favorable  opinion,  dated as of the Closing Date and
                  addressed   to   Ryan   Beck   and   for   its   benefit,   of
                  ___________________,  the Bank's  local  counsel,  in form and
                  substance to the effect that:

                           (i) The Bank is duly qualified to do business only in
                           New  Jersey,  which  is, to our  knowledge,  the only
                           state in which it is doing business.

                           (ii) There are no legal or  governmental  proceedings
                           pending or, to such counsel's  knowledge,  threatened
                           against  the  Company  or the Bank,  other than those
                           disclosed  in the  Registration  Statement,  and  all
                           pending legal and  governmental  proceedings to which
                           the Company or the Bank is the subject  which are not
                           disclosed in the  Registration  Statement,  including
                           ordinary   routine   litigation   incidental  to  the
                           business,  are,  considered  in  the  aggregate,  not
                           material.

                           (iii) To such  counsel's  knowledge,  the Company and
                           the Bank have  obtained all material  state and local
                           licenses,     permits    and    other    governmental
                           authorizations  currently required for the conduct of
                           their  respective  businesses  as  described  in  the
                           Registration  Statement and  Prospectus,  and to such
                           counsel's knowledge,  all such licenses,  permits and
                           other  governmental  authorizations are in full force
                           and  effect,  and the Company and the Bank are in all
                           material respects complying therewith.

                           (iv) To the  best of such  counsel's  knowledge,  the
                           Company and the Bank have title to all properties and
                           assets  which are  material  to the  business  of the
                           Company  and the  Bank,  respectively,  and to  those
                           properties and assets  described in the  Registration
                           Statement  as owned by  them,  free and  clear of all
                           liens, charges, encumbrances or restrictions,  except
                           such as are described in the  Registration  Statement
                           (including  the  Liquidation   Account)  or  are  not
                           material in  relation to the  business of the Company
                           and the Bank considered as one enterprise

                  (3) the letter of special counsel for the Company and the Bank
                  addressed to the Agent,  dated the Closing  Date,  in form and
                  substance to the effect that:

                           During the preparation of the Conversion Application,
                  the  Registration  Statement and the Prospectus,  such counsel
                  participated  in  conferences   with  management  of  and  the
                  independent  public  accountants  for the Company and the Bank
                  and the Agent  and its  representatives  and  based  upon such
                  conferences and a review of corporate records of the


<PAGE>


Ryan, Beck & Co., Inc.
August __, 1998
Page 24


                  Company and the Bank as such counsel  conducted in  connection
                  with the preparation of the  Registration  Statement,  nothing
                  has come to their  attention  that  would lead them to believe
                  that,  the  Registration  Statement,  the  Prospectus,  or any
                  amendment  or  supplement  thereto  (other than the  financial
                  statements,  notes to financial  statements,  financial tables
                  and other financial and  statistical  data and stock valuation
                  information  included  therein,  as to which such counsel need
                  express no view),  contained an untrue statement of a material
                  fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated
                  therein or necessary to make the statements  therein, in light
                  of  the   circumstances   under  which  they  were  made,  not
                  misleading.

                  (4) The  favorable  opinion,  dated as of the Closing Date, of
         Luse Lehman Gorman Pomerenk & Schick,  P.C, your counsel,  with respect
         to such matters as you may  reasonably  require.  Such opinion may rely
         upon the  opinions  of counsel to the Bank and the  Company,  and as to
         matters of fact,  upon  certificates  of officers and  directors of the
         Company and the Bank delivered pursuant hereto or as such counsel shall
         reasonably request.

(c) At the Closing Date, you shall receive a certificate of the Chief  Executive
Officer  and  the  Chief  Financial  Officer  of the  Company  and of the  Chief
Executive  Officer;  and Chief Financial  Officer of the Bank,  dated as of such
Closing Date,  to the effect that:  (i) since the  respective  dates as of which
information is given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, there has
been  no  material  adverse  change  in  the  financial  condition,  results  of
operations or business of the Company and the Bank considered as one enterprise,
whether  or  not  arising  in  the  ordinary   course  of  business;   (ii)  the
representations  and  warranties  in  Section 4 of this  Agreement  are true and
correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of the
Closing Date;  (iii) the Company and the Bank have complied with all  agreements
and  satisfied  all  conditions on their part to be performed or satisfied at or
prior to the Closing Date and will comply with all  obligations  to be satisfied
by them after the Conversion; (iv) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of
the Registration Statement has been initiated or threatened by the Commission or
any state  authority;  and (v) no order  suspending  any of the  Offerings,  the
Conversion,  the  acquisition of all of the shares of the Bank by the Company or
the  effectiveness of the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for that
purpose  have  been  initiated  or  threatened  by  the  Commission,  any  state
authority, the FDIC or the OTS.

(d) Prior to and at the  Closing  Date:  (i) there  shall have been no  material
adverse change in the financial condition,  results of operations or business of
the Company or the Bank independently, or of the Company or the Bank, considered
as one  enterprise,  from that as of the latest dates as of which such condition
is set forth in the Prospectus,  except as referred to therein; (ii) there shall
have been no  material  transaction  entered  into by the  Company and the Bank,
considered  as one  enterprise,  from the latest date as of which the  financial
condition of the Company or the Bank is set forth in the  Prospectus  other than
transactions referred to or contemplated therein;  (iii) the Company or the Bank
shall not have received from the FDIC or the OTS any direction (oral or written)
to make any material  change in the method of  conducting  their  business  with
which it has not complied (which direction, if any, shall have been disclosed to
the  Agent)  or which  materially  and  adversely  would  affect  the  financial
condition,  results of operations  or business of the Company or the Bank;  (iv)
neither the Company nor the Bank shall have been in default  (nor shall an event
have occurred which,  with notice or lapse of time or both,  would  constitute a
default) under any provision


<PAGE>


Ryan, Beck & Co., Inc.
August __, 1998
Page 25


of any agreement or instrument relating to any outstanding indebtedness;  (v) no
action, suit or proceedings,  at law or in equity or before or by any federal or
state commission,  board or other administrative agency, shall be pending or, to
the knowledge of the Company or the Bank,  threatened against the Company or the
Bank or  affecting  any of their  properties  wherein an  unfavorable  decision,
ruling or finding would materially and adversely affect the financial condition,
results of operations or business of the Company or the Bank,  taken as a whole;
and (vi) the shares of Common Stock shall have been  qualified or registered for
offering and sale under the securities or blue sky laws of the  jurisdictions as
set forth in the Preliminary Blue Sky Survey of the law firm of Malizia,  Spidi,
Sloane & Fisch, P.C.

(e)  Concurrently  with the execution of this Agreement,  the Agent, the Company
and the Bank shall receive a letter from Lewis W. Parker, III, dated August ___,
1998 and addressed to the Agent: (i) confirming that Lewis W. Parker,  III, is a
firm of independent  public accountants with respect to the Company and the Bank
within the meaning of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act  Regulations  and stating in
effect that in its opinion the  financial  statements  of the Bank for the years
ended  September  30, 1997 and 1996 and the six months  ended March 31, 1998 and
1997,  as are  included in the  Prospectus  and,  with  respect to such  audited
financial statements covered by its opinion included therein,  comply as to form
in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the 1933
Act,  the  1934 Act and the  related  published  rules  and  regulations  of the
Commission thereunder and generally accepted accounting principles; (ii) stating
in effect  that,  on the basis of certain  agreed  upon  procedures  (but not an
examination in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards) consisting
of a reading of the latest available  unaudited interim financial  statements of
the Bank  prepared by the Bank,  a reading of the minutes of the meetings of the
Board of Directors  and members of the Bank and  consultations  with officers of
the Bank responsible for financial and accounting  matters,  nothing came to its
attention  which caused it to believe that:  during the period from that date of
the  latest  audited  financial  statements  included  in  the  Prospectus  to a
specified date not more than five business days prior to the date hereof,  there
was any material increase in borrowings by the Company or the Bank (increases in
borrowings  (which shall not include  deposits)  will not be deemed  material if
such increase in total  borrowings  outstanding  does not exceed  $500,000);  or
there was any material  decrease in surplus and reserves of the Bank at the date
of such letter as compared with amounts shown in the latest audited statement of
condition  included in the Prospectus or there was any material  decrease in net
income  or net  interest  income  of the  Bank  for the  number  of full  months
commencing  immediately  after the period  covered by the latest  audited income
statement  included in the Prospectus and ended on the latest month end prior to
the date of the  Prospectus  or in such letter as compared to the  corresponding
period in the  preceding  year;  and (iii)  stating  that,  in  addition  to the
examination  referred  to in its  opinion  included  in the  Prospectus  and the
performance of the procedures referred to in clause (ii) of this subsection (e),
it has compared with the general  accounting  records of the Company  and/or the
Bank, as applicable, which are subject to the internal controls of the Company's
and/or the Bank's,  as applicable,  accounting system and other data prepared by
the  Company  and/or the Bank,  as  applicable,  directly  from such  accounting
records, to the extent specified in such letter, such amounts and/or percentages
set forth in the Prospectus as you may reasonably  request;  and they have found
such amounts and percentages to be in agreement therewith (subject to rounding).

(f) At the Closing Date,  you shall receive a letter from Lewis W. Parker,  III,
dated the Closing Date,  addressed to the Agent,  confirming the statements made
by it in the letter  delivered by it pursuant to subsection  (e) of this Section
9, the  "specified  date"  referred  to in clause  (ii) (C) thereof to be a date
specified


<PAGE>


Ryan, Beck & Co., Inc.
August __, 1998
Page 26


in such  letter,  which shall not be more than five  business  days prior to the
Closing Date.

(g) At the Closing Date, you shall have received a letter from FinPro,  dated as
of the Closing Date, confirming its appraisal.

(h) At the  Closing  Date,  your  counsel  shall have been  furnished  with such
documents  and  opinions  as they may  reasonably  require  for the  purpose  of
enabling  them to pass upon the sale of the  shares as herein  contemplated  and
related  proceedings or in order to evidence the accuracy or completeness of any
of  the  representations  or  warranties,  or  the  fulfillment  of  any  of the
conditions,  herein  contained;  and all proceedings taken by the Company or the
Bank in  connection  with the  Conversion  and the sale of the  shares of Common
Stock as herein  contemplated shall be satisfactory in form and substance to you
and your counsel.

(i) The  Company  and the Bank  shall not have  sustained  since the date of the
latest audited financial  statements included in the Registration  Statement and
Prospectus  any loss or  interference  with its business  from fire,  explosion,
flood or other calamity,  whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor
dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree,  otherwise than as set
forth or contemplated in the Registration Statement or otherwise provided to the
Agent in  writing  and in any such case  described  above,  is in your  judgment
sufficiently  material and adverse as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to
proceed  with any of the  Offerings  or the  delivery of the Common Stock on the
terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus.

(j)  Subsequent  to the date  hereof,  there shall not have  occurred any of the
following:  (i) a suspension or limitation in trading in securities generally on
the  New  York  Stock   Exchange   or   American   Stock   Exchange  or  in  the
over-the-counter  market,  or  quotations  halted  generally on the Nasdaq Stock
Market,  or minimum or maximum  prices for trading  have been fixed,  or maximum
ranges for prices for securities  have been required by either of such exchanges
or the NASD or by order of the commission or any other  governmental  authority;
(ii) a general moratorium on the operation of commercial banks,  federal savings
and loan  associations  or  savings  and loan  associations  in New  Jersey or a
general moratorium on the withdrawal of deposits from commercial banks,  federal
savings and loan  associations  or savings and loan  associations  in New Jersey
declared by either  federal or New Jersey  authorities;  (iii) the engagement by
the United States in hostilities  which have resulted in the declaration,  on or
after the date  hereof,  of a  national  emergency  or war;  or (iv) a  material
decline  in the  price of  equity  or debt  securities  if the  effect of such a
decline, in your judgment, makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with
any of the  Offerings or the delivery of the shares of Common Stock on the terms
and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus.

         If any of the  conditions  specified  in this  Section 9 shall not have
been fulfilled when and as required by this Agreement,  or by December 31, 1998,
this Agreement and all of your  obligations  hereunder may be canceled by you by
notifying the Bank of such cancellation in writing or by telegram at any time at
or  prior  to the  Closing  Date,  and any such  cancellation  shall be  without
liability  of any  party to any other  party  except as  otherwise  provided  in
Sections 1, 6, 7 and 8 hereof.  Notwithstanding  the above, if this Agreement is
canceled  pursuant  to this  paragraph,  the Bank and the  Company  jointly  and
severally  agree  to  reimburse  you  for  all of  your  out-of-pocket  expenses
reasonably  incurred by you,  including any legal fees to be paid to the Agent's
counsel,  and  an  advisory  and  administrative  services  fee  of  $25,000  in
connection with the


<PAGE>


Ryan, Beck & Co., Inc.
August __, 1998
Page 27


preparation  of  the   Registration   Statement  and  the  Prospectus,   and  in
contemplation of the proposed Offerings.

SECTION 10. Termination.

         (a) In the  event the  Company  fails to sell all of the  Common  Stock
within the period  specified,  and in accordance with the provisions of the Plan
or as required by the Conversion  Regulations,  this Agreement  shall  terminate
upon refund by the Bank to each person who has  subscribed for or ordered any of
the Common  Stock the full amount which it may have  received  from such person,
together  with  interest  as provided  in the  Prospectus,  and no party to this
Agreement shall have any obligation to the other  hereunder,  except for payment
by the Bank and/or the Company as set forth in Sections 1, 6, 7 and 8 hereof.

         (b) This Agreement may be terminated by the Agent,  with respect to the
Agent's obligations hereunder,  by notifying the Company at any time at or prior
to the Closing  Date,  if any of the  conditions  specified  in Section 9 hereof
shall not have been  fulfilled  when and as required by this Agreement or if the
Conversion has not been completed by December 31, 1998.

         SECTION  11.   Survival.   The  respective   indemnities,   agreements,
representations,  warranties  and other  statements of the Bank, the Company and
you,  as set forth in this  Agreement,  shall  remain in full force and  effect,
regardless of any  investigation  (or any  statement as to the results  thereof)
made by or on behalf of you or any of your  officers or  directors of any person
controlling you, or the Bank or the Company, or any officer,  director or person
controlling  the Bank or the  Company,  and shall  survive  termination  of this
Agreement  and the  receipt or  delivery of any payment for the shares of Common
Stock.

         SECTION  12.  Miscellaneous.  Notices  hereunder,  except as  otherwise
provided herein, shall be given in writing or by telegraph, addressed (a) to the
Agent at 150 Monument  Road,  Suite 106,  Bala Cynwyd,  Pennsylvania  19004-1725
(Attention: Richard Weiss), with copies to Luse Lehman Gorman Pomerenk & Schick,
P.C., Suite 400, 5335 Wisconsin Avenue, N.W.,  Washington D.C. 20015 (Attention:
Robert I.  Lipsher,  Esq.)  and (b) to the Bank and the  Company  at the  Bank's
principal  office  (Attention:  Gary N.  Pelehaty),  President),  with a copy to
Malizia,  Spidi,  Sloane & Fisch,  P.C.,  1301 K Street,  N.W.,  Suite 700 East,
Washington, D.C. 20005 (Attention: John J. Spidi, Esq.).

         This  Agreement  is made  solely for the benefit of and will be binding
upon the parties  hereto and their  respective  successors  and the  controlling
persons,  directors and officers  referred to in Section 7 hereof,  and no other
person will have any right or obligation hereunder.  The term "successors" shall
not include any purchaser of any of the shares of Common Stock.

         Capitalized  terms used  herein but not herein  defined  shall have the
meanings  ascribed  to them in the  Plan,  unless  the  context  hereof  clearly
indicates otherwise.

         This  Agreement  shall be governed by and construed in accordance  with
the laws of the State of New Jersey.

         Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement.


<PAGE>


Ryan, Beck & Co., Inc.
August __, 1998
Page 28


         This  Agreement may be signed in various  counterparts  which  together
will constitute one agreement.

         If the  foregoing  correctly  sets  forth  the  arrangement  among  the
Company, the Bank and the Agent, please indicate acceptance thereof in the space
provided below for that purpose, whereupon this letter and your acceptance shall
constitute a binding agreement.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                             <C>  <C>
FARNSWORTH BANCORP, INC.,                            PEOPLES SAVINGS BANK,
a New Jersey corporation                             a federal savings bank



By:                                             By:
     -------------------------------------           -------------------------------------
     Gary N. Pelehaty                                Gary N. Pelehaty
     President and Chief Executive Officer           President and Chief Executive Officer

</TABLE>

Accepted as of the date first above written.

RYAN, BECK & CO., INC.



By:
     -------------------------------------  
     Ben A. Plotkin
     President and Chief Executive Officer


<PAGE>


Ryan, Beck & Co., Inc.
August __, 1998
Page 29

         If the  foregoing  correctly  sets  forth  the  arrangement  among  the
Company, the Bank and the Agent, please indicate acceptance thereof in the space
provided below for that purpose, whereupon this letter and your acceptance shall
constitute a binding agreement.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                             <C>  <C>
FARNSWORTH BANCORP, INC.,                            PEOPLES SAVINGS BANK,
a New Jersey corporation                             a federal savings bank



By:                                             By:
     -------------------------------------           -------------------------------------
     Gary N. Pelehaty                                Gary N. Pelehaty
     President and Chief Executive Officer           President and Chief Executive Officer

</TABLE>


Accepted as of the date first above written.

RYAN, BECK & CO., INC.



By:
     -------------------------------------
     Ben A. Plotkin
     President and Chief Executive Officer







                                EXHIBIT 2

<PAGE>









                               PLAN OF CONVERSION




                                   Adopted on


                                  March 2, 1998










                          By the Board of Directors of


                              PEOPLES SAVINGS BANK



                             BORDENTOWN, NEW JERSEY


<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               Page
                                                                                                               ----


<S>      <C>                                                                                                  <C>
1.       Introduction.....................................................................................     1
2.       Definitions......................................................................................     2
3.       Procedure for Conversion.........................................................................     5
4.       Holding Company Applications and Approvals.......................................................     6
5.       Sale of Conversion Stock.........................................................................     6
6.       Number of Shares and Purchase Price of Conversion Stock..........................................     7
7.       Purchase by the Holding Company of the Stock of the Institution..................................     8
8.       Subscription Rights of Eligible Account Holders (First Priority).................................     8
9.       Subscription Rights of Employee Plans (Second Priority)..........................................     9
10.      Subscription Rights of Supplemental Eligible Account Holders (Third Priority)....................     9
11.      Subscription Rights of Other Members (Fourth Priority)...........................................     10
12.      Community Offering...............................................................................     10
13.      Syndicated Community Offering....................................................................     11
14.      Limitation on Purchases..........................................................................     12
15.      Payment for Conversion Stock.....................................................................     13
16.      Manner of Exercising Subscription Rights Through Order Forms.....................................     14
17.      Undelivered, Defective or Late Order Forms or Insufficient Payment...............................     15
18.      Restrictions on Resale or Subsequent Disposition.................................................     16
19.      Voting Rights of Stockholders....................................................................     16
20.      Establishment of Liquidation Account.............................................................     17
21.      Transfer of Savings Accounts.....................................................................     17
22.      Restrictions on Acquisition of the Institution and Holding Company...............................     18
23.      Payment of Dividends and Repurchases of Stock....................................................     18
24.      Amendment of Plan................................................................................     19
25.      Charter and Bylaws...............................................................................     19
26.      Consummation of Conversion.......................................................................     19
27.      Registration and Marketing.......................................................................     19
28.      Residents of Foreign Countries and Certain States................................................     19
29.      Expenses of Conversion...........................................................................     20
30.      Conditions to Conversion.........................................................................     20
31.      Interpretation...................................................................................     20

</TABLE>



<PAGE>






                               PLAN OF CONVERSION

                                       FOR

                              PEOPLES SAVINGS BANK
                             BORDENTOWN, NEW JERSEY


1.       INTRODUCTION

         This Plan of Conversion ("Plan") provides for the conversion of Peoples
Savings Bank,  Bordentown,  New Jersey  ("INSTITUTION")  into a federal  capital
stock savings institution.  The Board of Directors of the INSTITUTION  currently
contemplates  that all of the stock of the INSTITUTION  shall be held by another
corporation (the "Holding Company"). The purpose of this conversion is to enable
the  INSTITUTION  to  increase  its equity  capital  base and will  result in an
increase  in the  INSTITUTION's  capital  available  to  support  growth and for
expansion  of  its   facilities,   possible   acquisitions  of  other  financial
institutions,  possible  diversification  into other related financial  services
activities and further enhance the  INSTITUTION's  ability to render services to
the public and compete with other financial institutions. The use of the Holding
Company would also provide greater organizational flexibility. Shares of capital
stock of the  INSTITUTION  will be sold to the  Holding  Company and the Holding
Company will offer the Conversion  Stock upon the terms and conditions set forth
herein to Eligible Account  Holders,  the  tax-qualified  employee stock benefit
plans (the  "Employee  Plans")  established  by the  INSTITUTION  or the Holding
Company,  which may be  funded by the  Holding  Company,  Supplemental  Eligible
Account  Holders,  and Other Members in the  respective  priorities set forth in
this Plan.  Any shares of Conversion  Stock not  subscribed for by the foregoing
classes of persons  will be  offered  for sale to certain  members of the public
either  directly by the  INSTITUTION and the Holding Company through a Community
Offering or a  Syndicated  Community  Offering or in a Public  Offering.  In the
event that the  INSTITUTION  decides not to utilize  the Holding  Company in the
conversion, Conversion Stock of the INSTITUTION, in lieu of the Holding Company,
will be sold as set forth above and in the  respective  priorities  set forth in
this Plan. In addition to the foregoing, the INSTITUTION and the Holding Company
intend to implement stock option plans and other stock benefit plans at the time
of or  subsequent  to the  conversion  and may provide  employment  or severance
agreements to certain  management  employees  and certain other  benefits to the
directors,  officers  and  employees  of the  INSTITUTION  as  described  in the
prospectus for the Conversion Stock.

         This  Plan,  which  has  been  unanimously  approved  by the  Board  of
Directors of the INSTITUTION, must also be approved by the affirmative vote of a
majority of the total number of votes  entitled to be cast by Voting  Members of
the INSTITUTION at a special meeting to be called for that purpose. Prior to the
submission of this Plan to the Voting Members for  consideration,  the Plan must
be approved by the Office of Thrift Supervision (the "OTS").

         Upon  conversion,  each Account Holder having a Savings  Account at the
INSTITUTION prior to conversion will continue to have a Savings Account, without
payment  therefor,  in the  same  amount  and  subject  to the  same  terms  and
conditions (except for voting and liquidation  rights) as in effect prior to the
conversion.  After  conversion,  the INSTITUTION will succeed to all the rights,
interests,   duties  and  obligations  of  the  INSTITUTION  before  conversion,
including but not limited to all rights and interests of the  INSTITUTION in and
to its assets and properties,  whether real,  personal or mixed. The INSTITUTION
will  continue to be a member of the  Federal  Home Loan Bank System and all its
insured  savings  deposits  will  continue to be insured by the Federal  Deposit
Insurance Corporation (the "FDIC") to the extent provided by applicable law.

                                        1

<PAGE>




2.       DEFINITIONS

         For the purposes of this Plan,  the following  terms have the following
meanings:

         Account  Holder - The term Account  Holder  means any Person  holding a
Savings Account in the INSTITUTION.

         Acting in Concert - The Term  "Acting  in  Concert"  means (i)  knowing
participation in a joint activity or  interdependent  conscious  parallel action
towards a common goal  whether or not pursuant to an express  agreement;  (ii) a
combination  or pooling of voting or other  interests  in the  securities  of an
issuer  for  a  common   purpose   pursuant  to  any  contract,   understanding,
relationship,  agreement or other arrangement,  whether written or otherwise; or
(iii) a person or company  which acts in concert with another  person or company
("other  party") shall also be deemed to be acting in concert with any person or
company who is also  acting in concert  with that other  party,  except that any
tax-qualified  employee  stock  benefit  plan will not be deemed to be acting in
concert with its trustee or a person who serves in a similar capacity solely for
the purpose of  determining  whether stock held by the trustee and stock held by
the plan will be aggregated.

         Associate - The term  Associate  when used to  indicate a  relationship
with any  person,  means (i) any  corporation  or  organization  (other than the
INSTITUTION or a  majority-owned  subsidiary of the  INSTITUTION)  of which such
person is an officer or partner or is,  directly or  indirectly,  the beneficial
owner of 10 percent or more of any class of equity securities, (ii) any trust or
other estate in which such person has a substantial beneficial interest or as to
which such person serves as trustee or in a similar  fiduciary  capacity  except
that for the purposes of Sections 8 and 14 hereof, the term "Associate" does not
include any  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Stock  Benefit  Plan or any  Tax-Qualified
Employee  Stock  Benefit  Plan in which a person  has a  substantial  beneficial
interest or serves as a trustee or in a similar fiduciary  capacity,  and except
that, for purposes of aggregating  total shares that may be held by Officers and
Directors the term "Associate" does not include any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock
Benefit Plan,  and (iii) any relative or spouse of such person,  or any relative
of such  spouse,  who has the same home as such  person or who is a Director  or
Officer of the  INSTITUTION  or the  Holding  Company,  or any of its parents or
subsidiaries.

         Community Offering - The term Community Offering means the offering for
sale to certain members of the general public  directly by the Holding  Company,
of any shares not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering.

         Conversion  Stock - The term Conversion  Stock means the $.10 par value
common stock offered and issued by the Holding Company upon conversion.

         Director - The term  Director  means a member of the Board of Directors
of the INSTITUTION and, where applicable,  a member of the Board of Directors of
the Holding Company.

         Eligible  Account  Holder - The term Eligible  Account Holder means any
person holding a Qualifying Deposit at the INSTITUTION on the Eligibility Record
Date.  Only  the  name(s)  of the  Person(s)  listed  on the  account  as of the
Eligibility  Record Date (or a successor  entity or estate) shall be an Eligible
Account  Holder.  Any Person or Persons added to a Qualifying  Deposit after the
Eligibility Record Date shall not be an Eligible Account Holder.

         Eligibility  Record Date - The term  Eligibility  Record Date means the
date for  determining  Eligible  Account  Holders in the  INSTITUTION and is the
close of business on December 31, 1996.

                                        2

<PAGE>




         Employees - The term  Employees  means all Persons who are  employed by
the INSTITUTION.

         Employee  Plans - The  term  Employee  Plans  means  the  Tax-Qualified
Employee  Stock Benefit  Plans,  including the Employee  Stock  Ownership  Plan,
approved by the Board of Directors of the INSTITUTION.

         Estimated Valuation Range. The term Estimated Valuation Range means the
range  of the  estimated  pro  forma  market  value of the  Conversion  Stock as
determined by the Independent  Appraiser prior to the Subscription  Offering and
as it may be amended from time to time thereafter.

         FDIC - The term FDIC means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

         Holding Company - The term Holding Company means the corporation formed
for  the  purpose  of  acquiring  all of the  shares  of  capital  stock  of the
INSTITUTION  to be issued upon its  conversion  to stock form unless the Holding
Company  form of  organization  is not  utilized.  Shares of common stock of the
Holding Company will be issued in the conversion to Participants and others in a
Subscription,  Community,  Syndicated  Community or underwritten firm commitment
public offering, or through a combination thereof.

         Independent  Appraiser  -  The  term  Independent  Appraiser  means  an
appraiser  retained by the  INSTITUTION to prepare an appraisal of the pro forma
market value of the Conversion Stock.

         Institution  -  The  term  INSTITUTION   means  Peoples  Savings  Bank,
Bordentown, New Jersey.

         Local  Community  - The term  local  community  means the  incorporated
cities and the counties in which the INSTITUTION has offices.

         Member - The term Member means any Person or entity who  qualifies as a
member of the INSTITUTION pursuant to its charter and bylaws.

         OTS - The term OTS means Office of Thrift Supervision of the Department
of the Treasury.

         Officer  -  The  term  Officer  means  an  executive   officer  of  the
INSTITUTION and may include the Chairman of the Board,  Chief Executive Officer,
President,  Senior  Vice  Presidents,  Vice  Presidents  in charge of  principal
business functions,  Secretary and Treasurer and any Person performing functions
similar to those performed by the foregoing persons.

         Order Form - The term Order Form means any form  together with attached
cover  letter,  sent by the  INSTITUTION  to any Person  containing  among other
things a description of the alternatives available to such Person under the Plan
and by which any such  Person may make  elections  regarding  subscriptions  for
Conversion Stock in the Subscription and Community Offerings.

         Other Member - The term Other Member means any person,  who is a Member
of the INSTITUTION (other than Eligible Account Holders or Supplemental Eligible
Account Holders) at the close of business on the voting record date.

         Participants  -  The  term  Participants  means  the  Eligible  Account
Holders,  Employee  Plans,  Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders  and  Other
Members.


                                        3

<PAGE>



         Person  - The  term  Person  means  an  individual,  a  corporation,  a
partnership,   an  association,   a  joint-stock  company,  a  trust  (including
Individual   Retirement   Accounts  and  KEOGH  Accounts),   any  unincorporated
organization, a government or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

         Plan - The term Plan means this Plan of Conversion  of the  INSTITUTION
as it exists on the date hereof and as it may hereafter be amended in accordance
with its terms.

         Public  Offering - The term Public Offering means the offering for sale
through the Underwriter to the general public of any shares of Conversion  Stock
not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering or Community Offering.

         Purchase  Order - The term Purchase  Order means any form together with
attached cover letter,  sent by the Underwriter to any Person  containing  among
other things a description  of the  alternatives  available to such Person under
the Plan and by which any such Person may make elections regarding subscriptions
for Conversion Stock in the Public Offering or Syndicated Community Offering.

         Purchase  Price - The term Purchase  Price means the per share price at
which the Conversion Stock will be sold in accordance with the terms hereof.

         Qualifying  Deposit - The term Qualifying  Deposit means the balance of
each Savings  Account of $50 or more in the INSTITUTION at the close of business
on the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental  Eligibility Record Date. Savings
Accounts  with total  deposit  balances of less than $50 shall not  constitute a
Qualifying   Deposit.   Pursuant  to  the  authority   contained  in  12  C.F.R.
ss.563b.3(e)(1),  the term  Qualifying  Deposit also includes demand accounts as
defined in 12 C.F.R. ss.561.16(a) of $50 or more in the INSTITUTION at the close
of business on the Eligibility  Record Date or Supplemental  Eligibility  Record
Date.

         SEC - The term SEC refers to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

         Savings Account - The term Savings Account includes savings accounts as
defined in Section  561.42 of the Rules and  Regulations of the OTS and includes
certificates of deposit.

         Special  Meeting of Members - The term Special Meeting of Members means
the special meeting and any adjournments  thereof held to consider and vote upon
this Plan.

         Subscription  Offering  - The  term  Subscription  Offering  means  the
offering of Conversion Stock for purchase through Order Forms to Participants.

         Supplemental   Eligibility   Record   Date  -  The  term   Supplemental
Eligibility  Record  Date  means  the close of  business  on the last day of the
calendar quarter preceding the approval of the Plan by the OTS.

         Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder - The term Supplemental  Eligible
Account Holder means a holder of a Qualifying  Deposit in the INSTITUTION (other
than an officer or trustee or their  Associates) at the close of business on the
Supplemental Eligibility Record Date.

         Syndicated  Community Offering - The term Syndicated Community Offering
means the offering of Conversion Stock following the Subscription,  Community or
Public Offerings through a syndicate of broker-dealers.


                                        4

<PAGE>



         Tax-Qualified  Employee  Stock  Benefit  Plan - The term  Tax-Qualified
Employee  Stock  Benefit  Plan  means  any  defined   benefit  plan  or  defined
contribution  plan, such as an employee stock ownership plan,  stock bonus plan,
profit-sharing  plan or other plan,  which,  with its related  trust,  meets the
requirements to be "qualified" under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code.

         Underwriter - The term Underwriter means the investment banking firm or
firms  through  which  the  Conversion  Stock  will be  offered  and sold in the
Community or Public Offering.

         Voting Members - The term Voting Members means those persons qualifying
as voting members of the INSTITUTION pursuant to its charter and bylaws.

         Voting  Record Date - The term Voting  Record Date means the date fixed
by the Directors in accordance with OTS regulations for determining  eligibility
to vote at the Special Meeting of Members.

3.       PROCEDURE FOR CONVERSION

         After   approval  of  the  Plan  by  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the
INSTITUTION,  the Plan  shall be  submitted  together  with all other  requisite
material to the OTS for its approval.  Notice of the adoption of the Plan by the
Board of Directors of the  INSTITUTION  will be published in a newspaper  having
general  circulation in each community in which an office of the  INSTITUTION is
located  and  copies of the Plan will be made  available  at each  office of the
INSTITUTION for inspection by the Members.  Upon filing the application with the
OTS, the INSTITUTION also will cause to be published a notice of the filing with
the OTS of an  application  to convert in accordance  with the provisions of the
Plan. Following approval by the OTS, the Plan will be submitted to a vote of the
Voting  Members at a Special  Meeting of Members  called for that purpose.  Upon
approval of the Plan by a majority of the total  outstanding votes of the Voting
Members,  the  INSTITUTION  will  take all other  necessary  steps  pursuant  to
applicable  laws and  regulations to convert the  INSTITUTION to stock form. The
conversion must be completed within 24 months of the approval of the Plan by the
Voting  Members,  unless a longer time period is permitted by governing laws and
regulations.

         The period for the  Subscription  Offering and Community  Offering,  if
any, will be not less than 20 days nor more than 45 days unless  extended by the
INSTITUTION.  Upon  completion  of the  Subscription  Offering and the Community
Offering, if any, any unsubscribed shares of Conversion Stock will, if feasible,
be sold through the  Underwriter  to the general  public in the Public  Offering
and/or  Syndicated  Community  Offering.  If for any reason the Public  Offering
and/or Syndicated  Community Offering of all shares not sold in the Subscription
Offering and Community Offering cannot be effected,  the Holding Company and the
INSTITUTION will use their best efforts to obtain other  purchasers,  subject to
OTS approval.  Completion of the sale of all shares of Conversion Stock not sold
in the Subscription  Offering and Community  Offering is required within 45 days
after  termination of the  Subscription  Offering,  subject to extension of such
45-day period by the Holding  Company and the  INSTITUTION  with the approval of
the OTS. The Holding  Company and the  INSTITUTION  may jointly seek one or more
extensions of such 45-day period if necessary to complete the sale of all shares
of Conversion  Stock. In connection with such extensions,  subscribers and other
purchasers   will  be  permitted  to   increase,   decrease  or  rescind   their
subscriptions  or purchase orders to the extent required by the OTS in approving
the extensions.

         The Board of Directors of the INSTITUTION intends to take all necessary
steps to form the Holding Company including the filing of an Application on Form
H-(e)1 or  H-(e)1-S,  if available to the Holding  Company,  with the OTS.  Upon
conversion, the INSTITUTION will issue its capital stock to

                                        5

<PAGE>



the Holding  Company and the Holding  Company will issue and sell the Conversion
Stock in accordance with this Plan.

         The Board of Directors of the  INSTITUTION may determine for any reason
at any time  prior to the  issuance  of the  Conversion  Stock not to  utilize a
holding  company form of  organization  in the  Conversion,  in which case,  the
Holding Company's registration statement on Form SB-2 will be withdrawn from the
SEC, the  INSTITUTION  will take all steps  necessary to complete the conversion
from  the  mutual  to the  stock  form of  organization,  including  filing  any
necessary documents with the OTS and will issue and sell the Conversion Stock in
accordance with this Plan. In such event,  any  subscriptions or orders received
for Conversion  Stock of the Holding Company shall be deemed to be subscriptions
or orders for Conversion Stock of the INSTITUTION  without any further action by
the INSTITUTION or the subscribers for the Conversion  Stock.  Any references to
the  Holding  Company in this Plan shall mean the  INSTITUTION  in the event the
Holding Company is eliminated in Conversion.

         The Conversion  Stock will not be insured by the FDIC. The  INSTITUTION
will not  knowingly  lend  funds or  otherwise  extend  credit to any  Person to
purchase shares of the Conversion Stock.

4.       HOLDING COMPANY APPLICATIONS AND APPROVALS

         The Holding  Company shall make timely  applications  for any requisite
regulatory approvals, including an Application on Form H-(e)1 or an H-(e)1-S, if
available to the Holding  Company,  to be filed with the OTS and a  Registration
Statement  on Form SB-2 to be filed  with the SEC.  The  INSTITUTION  shall be a
wholly owned subsidiary of the Holding Company.

5.       SALE OF CONVERSION STOCK

         The Conversion Stock will be offered simultaneously in the Subscription
Offering to the Eligible Account Holders,  Employee Plans, Supplemental Eligible
Account  Holders and Other  Members in the  respective  priorities  set forth in
Sections 8 through 11 of this Plan. The  Subscription  Offering may be commenced
as early as the  mailing  of the Proxy  Statement  for the  Special  Meeting  of
Members and must be commenced in time to complete the conversion within the time
period specified in Section 3.

         Any shares of Conversion  Stock not subscribed for in the  Subscription
Offering  will be offered  for sale in the  Community  Offering  as  provided in
Section 12 of this Plan and may be offered in a Syndicated Community Offering or
sold through the Underwriter to the public in a Public Offering,  as provided in
Section  13,  if  necessary  and  feasible.  The  Subscription  Offering  may be
commenced  prior to the  Special  Meeting of Members  and,  in that  event,  the
Community  Offering,  if any, may also be commenced prior to the Special Meeting
of Members. The offer and sale of Conversion Stock, prior to the Special Meeting
of Members  shall,  however,  be  conditioned  upon  approval of the Plan by the
Voting Members.

         Shares  of  Conversion  Stock  may be  sold in a  Syndicated  Community
Offering,  or in a Public Offering,  as provided in Section 13 of this Plan in a
manner that will  achieve the widest  distribution  of the  Conversion  Stock as
determined by the INSTITUTION.  In the event of a Syndicated Community Offering,
or Public  Offering,  the sale of all  Conversion  Stock  subscribed for will be
consummated only if all unsubscribed for Conversion Stock is sold.


                                        6

<PAGE>



         The  INSTITUTION  may  elect  to pay  fees on  either  a  fixed  fee or
commission  basis or  combination  thereof to an  investment  banking firm which
assists it in the sale of the Conversion Stock in the offerings.

         The  INSTITUTION  may also  elect  to offer to pay fees on a per  share
basis to brokers who assist  Persons in  determining  to purchase  shares in the
offerings.

6.       NUMBER OF SHARES AND PURCHASE PRICE OF CONVERSION STOCK

         The total number of shares (or a range thereof) of Conversion  Stock to
be issued and offered for sale will be  determined by the Boards of Directors of
the INSTITUTION and the Holding Company,  immediately  prior to the commencement
of the Subscription  Offering,  subject to adjustment thereafter if necessitated
by a change in the appraisal  due to changes in market or financial  conditions,
with the approval of the OTS, if necessary.

         All shares sold in the  conversion  will be sold at a uniform price per
share  referred to in this Plan as the Purchase  Price.  The aggregate  Purchase
Price for all  shares of  Conversion  Stock  will not be  inconsistent  with the
estimated consolidated pro forma market value of the INSTITUTION.  The estimated
consolidated  pro forma market value of the  INSTITUTION  will be determined for
such purpose by the  Independent  Appraiser.  Prior to the  commencement  of the
Subscription  Offering, an Estimated Valuation Range will be established,  which
range will vary within 15% above to 15% below the  midpoint  of such range.  The
number of shares of Conversion  Stock to be issued and/or the Purchase Price per
share may be increased or  decreased by the  INSTITUTION.  In the event that the
aggregate  Purchase  Price of the  Conversion  Stock is below the minimum of the
Estimated  Valuation  Range,  or  materially  above the maximum of the Estimated
Valuation Range, resolicitation of subscribers may be required, provided that up
to a 15% increase above the maximum of the Estimated Valuation Range will not be
deemed material so as to require a resolicitation. Any such resolicitation shall
be  effected  in such  manner  and  within  such time as the  INSTITUTION  shall
establish,  with the approval of the OTS, if  required.  Up to a 15% increase in
the number of shares to be issued which is supported by an appropriate change in
the estimated pro forma market value of the  INSTITUTION or in order to fill the
order by the Employee Plans will not be deemed to be material so as to require a
resolicitation of subscriptions.

         Based  upon  the   independent   valuation  as  updated  prior  to  the
consummation  of  the  Subscription  and  Community  Offerings,  the  Boards  of
Directors  of the  INSTITUTION  and the Holding  Company  will fix the  Purchase
Price.

         Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  no sale of  Conversion  Stock  may be
consummated  unless,  prior  to such  consummation,  the  Independent  Appraiser
confirms to the INSTITUTION and Holding Company and to the OTS that, to the best
knowledge  of the  Independent  Appraiser,  nothing  of a  material  nature  has
occurred  which,  taking into  account  all  relevant  factors,  would cause the
Independent  Appraiser to conclude  that the aggregate  value of the  Conversion
Stock  sold at the  Purchase  Price is  incompatible  with its  estimate  of the
aggregate  consolidated  pro  forma  market  value of the  INSTITUTION.  If such
confirmation is not received,  the INSTITUTION may cancel the  Subscription  and
Community  Offerings,  the  Syndicated  Community  Offering  and/or  the  Public
Offering,  reopen or hold new Subscription and Community  Offerings,  Syndicated
Community  Offering  and/or the Public Offering to take such other action as the
OTS may permit.

         The Conversion Stock to be issued in the Conversion shall be fully paid
and nonassessable.



                                        7

<PAGE>



7.       PURCHASE BY THE HOLDING COMPANY OF THE STOCK OF THE INSTITUTION

         Upon the  consummation of the sale of all of the Conversion  Stock, the
Holding  Company will purchase from the  INSTITUTION all of the capital stock of
the  INSTITUTION  to be issued by the  INSTITUTION in the conversion in exchange
for the Conversion proceeds that are not permitted to be retained by the Holding
Company.

         The  Holding  Company  will apply to the OTS to retain up to 50% of the
proceeds of the Conversion.  Assuming the Holding  Company is not eliminated,  a
lesser percentage may be acceptable.

8.       SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS (FIRST PRIORITY)

         A.  Each  Eligible  Account  Holder  shall  receive,  without  payment,
nontransferable  subscription rights to subscribe for shares of Conversion Stock
equal to the greater of: (i) the maximum established for the Community Offering;
(ii) one-tenth of one percent of the Conversion Stock offered; or (iii) 15 times
the product  (rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by multiplying the
total number of shares of  Conversion  Stock  offered by a fraction of which the
numerator  is the  amount of the  Qualifying  Deposit of such  Eligible  Account
Holder and the  denominator  is the total amount of  Qualifying  Deposits of all
Eligible  Account  Holders but in no event  greater  than the  maximum  purchase
limitation specified in Section 14 hereof. All such purchases are subject to the
maximum  and  minimum  purchase  limitations  specified  in  Section  14 and are
exclusive of an increase in the total number of shares issued due to an increase
in the maximum of the Estimated  Valuation Range of up to 15%. Only Persons with
Qualifying  Deposits as of the Eligibility Record Date (or a successor entity or
estate)  shall  receive  subscription  rights.  Any Person or Persons added to a
Qualifying  Deposit after the  Eligibility  Record Date shall not be an Eligible
Account Holder.

         B. In the event that Eligible  Account  Holders  exercise  Subscription
Rights for a number of shares of Conversion  Stock in excess of the total number
of such shares eligible for  subscription,  the shares of Conversion Stock shall
be allocated among the subscribing Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each
subscribing  Eligible  Account  Holder,  to the extent  possible,  to purchase a
number of shares  sufficient  to make his or her total  allocation of Conversion
Stock equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares  subscribed  for
by the Eligible Account Holder.  Any shares remaining after that allocation will
be allocated among the subscribing  Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions
remain  unsatisfied in the proportion that the amount of the Qualifying  Deposit
of each Eligible Account Holder whose subscription  remains unsatisfied bears to
the total  amount of the  Qualifying  Deposits of all Eligible  Account  Holders
whose subscriptions  remain unsatisfied.  If the amount so allocated exceeds the
amount  subscribed for by any one or more Eligible Account  Holders,  the excess
shall be  reallocated  (one or more times as  necessary)  among  those  Eligible
Account  Holders whose  subscriptions  are still not fully satisfied on the same
principle  until all available  shares have been allocated or all  subscriptions
satisfied.

         C.  Subscription   rights  as  Eligible  Account  Holders  received  by
Directors and Officers and their  Associates which are based on deposits made by
such persons during the twelve (12) months preceding the Eligibility Record Date
shall be subordinated to the  Subscription  Rights of all other Eligible Account
Holders.



                                        8

<PAGE>



9.       SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF EMPLOYEE PLANS (SECOND PRIORITY)

         Subject  to  the  availability  of  sufficient   shares  after  filling
subscription  orders of Eligible  Account  Holders under Section 8, the Employee
Plans shall  receive  without  payment  nontransferable  subscription  rights to
purchase in the  Subscription  Offering the number of shares of Conversion Stock
requested  by such  Plans,  subject  to the  purchase  limitations  set forth in
Section 14.

         The Employee  Plans shall not be deemed to be  associates or affiliates
of or Persons  Acting in Concert  with any  Director  or Officer of the  Holding
Company or the INSTITUTION.

10.      SUPPLEMENTAL ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS (THIRD PRIORITY)

         A. In the event that the Eligibility Record Date is more than 15 months
prior to the date of the latest amendment to the Application  filed prior to OTS
approval,  then,  and only in that event,  each  Supplemental  Eligible  Account
Holder shall  receive,  without  payment,  nontransferable  subscription  rights
entitling such  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder to purchase that number of
shares of  Conversion  Stock  which is equal to the  greater of: (i) the maximum
purchase limitation established for the Community Offering; (ii) one-tenth of 1%
of the Conversion Stock Offered; and (iii) or 15 times the product (rounded down
to the next whole number)  obtained by multiplying the total number of shares of
Conversion Stock to be issued by a fraction of which the numerator is the amount
of the Qualifying  Deposit of the  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder and the
denominator is the total amount of the Qualifying  Deposits of all  Supplemental
Eligible  Account  Holders.  All such  purchases  are subject to the maximum and
minimum  purchase  limitations in Section 14 and are exclusive of an increase in
the total  number of shares  issued  due to an  increase  in the  maximum of the
Estimated Valuation Range of up to 15%.

         B.  Subscription  rights  received  pursuant to this Category  shall be
subordinated to the subscription rights received by Eligible Account Holders and
by the Employee Plans.

         C. Any  subscription  rights to  purchase  shares of  Conversion  Stock
received by an Eligible Account Holder in accordance with Section 8 shall reduce
to the extent thereof the subscription rights to be distributed pursuant to this
Section.

         D. In the event of an  oversubscription  for shares of Conversion Stock
pursuant to this Section,  shares of Conversion  Stock shall be allocated  among
the subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders as follows:

                                    (1)  Shares  of  Conversion  Stock  shall be
                           allocated  so as to  permit  each  such  Supplemental
                           Eligible Account Holder,  to the extent possible,  to
                           purchase  a number  of  shares  of  Conversion  Stock
                           sufficient  to make his total  allocation  (including
                           the  number of shares of  Conversion  Stock,  if any,
                           allocated in accordance  with Section 8) equal to 100
                           shares of Conversion Stock or the total amount of his
                           subscription, whichever is less.

                                    (2)  Any  shares  of  Conversion  Stock  not
                           allocated in accordance with  subparagraph  (1) above
                           shall be allocated among the subscribing Supplemental
                           Eligible  Account  Holders  on  an  equitable  basis,
                           related to the amounts of their respective Qualifying
                           Deposits as compared to the total Qualifying Deposits
                           of  all  subscribing  Supplemental  Eligible  Account
                           Holders.


                                        9

<PAGE>



11.      SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF OTHER MEMBERS (FOURTH PRIORITY)

         A. Each Other Member shall receive,  without  payment,  nontransferable
subscription  rights to subscribe  for shares of  Conversion  Stock in an amount
equal to the  greater of the maximum  purchase  limitation  established  for the
Community  Offering or one-tenth of one percent of the Conversion Stock offered,
subject to the maximum and minimum purchase limitations  specified in Section 14
and  exclusive  of an  increase in the total  number of shares  issued due to an
increase in the maximum of the  Estimated  Valuation  Range of up to 15%,  which
will be allocated only after first allocating to Eligible  Account Holders,  the
Employee  Plans  and  Supplemental   Eligible  Account  Holders  all  shares  of
Conversion Stock subscribed for pursuant to Sections 8, 9 and 10 above.

         B. In the  event  that such  Other  Members  subscribe  for a number of
shares of Conversion  Stock which,  when added to the shares of Conversion Stock
subscribed  for by the Eligible  Account  Holders,  the  Employee  Plans and the
Supplemental Eligible Account Holders is in excess of the total number of shares
of Conversion Stock being issued,  the  subscriptions of such Other Members will
be  allocated  among  the  subscribing  Other  Members  so  as  to  permit  each
subscribing Other Member, to the extent possible, to purchase a number of shares
sufficient to make his total  allocation of Conversion Stock equal to the lesser
of 100 shares or the number of shares  subscribed  for by the Other Member.  Any
shares  remaining will be allocated  among the  subscribing  Other Members whose
subscriptions  remain  unsatisfied on a 100 shares (or whatever lesser amount is
available)  per order basis  until all orders have been filled or the  remaining
shares have been allocated.

12.      COMMUNITY OFFERING

         If less than the total  number  of  shares  of  Conversion  Stock to be
subscribed for in the Conversion are sold in the Subscription  Offering,  shares
remaining  unsubscribed  may be made  available  for  purchase in the  Community
Offering to certain members of the general public.  The maximum number of shares
of Conversion Stock, which may be subscribed for in the Community  Offering,  if
any, by any Person shall not exceed such number of shares of Conversion Stock as
shall equal $60,000  divided by the Purchase  Price,  subject to the maximum and
minimum  purchase  limitations  specified  in Section 14. The shares may be made
available  in the  Community  Offering,  if  any,  through  a  direct  community
marketing  program  which may  provide  for  utilization  of a  broker,  dealer,
consultant or investment  banking  firm,  experienced  and expert in the sale of
savings institution  securities.  In the Community Offering, if any, shares will
be available for purchase by the general public with preference given to natural
persons  residing  in the Local  Community.  Subject to these  preferences,  the
INSTITUTION  shall make  distribution of the Conversion  Stock to be sold in the
Community  Offering  in such a manner as to promote the widest  distribution  of
Conversion Stock.

         If Persons in the Community  Offering,  whose orders would otherwise be
accepted,  subscribe for more shares than are available for purchase, the shares
available  to them will be  allocated  among  persons  submitting  orders in the
Community  Offering  in an  equitable  manner  as  determined  by the  Board  of
Directors. The INSTITUTION may establish all terms and conditions of such offer.

         The  Community  Offering,  if any,  may commence  simultaneously  with,
during or  subsequent  to the  completion  of the  Subscription  Offering and if
commenced  simultaneously with or during the Subscription Offering the Community
Offering may be limited to those Persons who are eligible to subscribe for stock
in the  Community  Offering.  If  commenced,  the  Community  Offering  must  be
completed  within 45 days  after the  completion  of the  Subscription  Offering
unless otherwise extended by the OTS.


                                       10

<PAGE>



         The INSTITUTION and the Holding Company, in their absolute  discretion,
reserve  the right to  reject  any or all  orders in whole or in part  which are
received  in the  Community  Offering,  at the  time  of  receipt  or as soon as
practicable following the completion of the Community Offering.

         Any shares of Conversion Stock not sold in the Subscription Offering or
in the Community  Offering,  if any, may then be sold through the Underwriter to
the general public at the Purchase Price in the Public Offering, subject to such
terms, conditions and procedures as may be determined by the Boards of Directors
of the  INSTITUTION and the Holding  Company,  in a manner that will achieve the
widest  distribution  of the  Conversion  Stock and  subject to the right of the
INSTITUTION and the Holding Company, in their absolute discretion,  to accept or
reject in whole or in part all  subscriptions  in the  Public  Offering.  In the
Public  Offering,  if any, any person  together  with any  Associate or group of
persons  Acting in Concert may  purchase up to the maximum  purchase  limitation
established for the Syndicated  Community  Offering,  subject to the maximum and
minimum  purchase  limitations  specified  in  Section  14 and  exclusive  of an
increase in the total number of shares  issued due to an increase in the maximum
of the Estimated  Valuation Range of up to 15%.  Shares  purchased by any Person
together  with any Associate or group of persons  Acting in Concert  pursuant to
Section 12 shall be counted  toward  meeting  the  maximum  purchase  limitation
specified  for  this  Section.  Provided  that  the  Subscription  Offering  has
commenced,  the  INSTITUTION  may commence the Public Offering at any time after
the mailing to the Members of the Proxy  Statement to be used in connection with
the Special  Meeting of Members,  provided that the  completion of the offer and
sale of the Conversion Stock shall be conditioned upon the approval of this Plan
by the Voting  Members.  It is expected that the Public  Offering,  if any, will
commence just prior to, or as soon as practicable  after, the termination of the
Subscription  Offering and the Community  Offering,  if any. The Public Offering
shall be  completed  within 45 days after the  termination  of the  Subscription
Offering, unless such period is extended as provided in Section 3, above.

         If for any reason a Public  Offering of shares of Conversion  Stock not
sold in the  Subscription  Offering and Community  Offering,  if any,  cannot be
effected,  other purchase arrangements will be made for the sale of unsubscribed
shares by the INSTITUTION, if possible. Such other purchase arrangements will be
subject to the approval of the OTS.

13.      SYNDICATED COMMUNITY OFFERING AND PUBLIC OFFERING

         Shares of  Conversion  Stock  not  subscribed  for in the  Subscription
Offering and Community Offering,  if any, or the Public Offering, if any, may be
sold in a Syndicated Community Offering,  subject to such terms,  conditions and
procedures as may be  determined  by the Boards of Directors of the  INSTITUTION
and the Holding Company,  in a manner that will achieve the widest  distribution
of the  Conversion  Stock and  subject to the right of the  INSTITUTION  and the
Holding Company, in their absolute  discretion,  to accept or reject in whole or
in  part  all  subscriptions  in  the  Syndicated  Community  Offering.  In  the
Syndicated  Community  Offering,  any  Person  may  purchase  up to the  maximum
purchase  limitation  established  for the  Community  Offering,  subject to the
maximum and minimum purchase  limitations  specified in Section 14 and exclusive
of an  increase in the total  number of shares  issued due to an increase in the
maximum of the Estimated  Valuation Range of up to 15%. Shares  purchased by any
Person  together  with any  Associate  or group of  persons  Acting  in  Concert
pursuant to Section 12 shall be counted  toward  meeting  the  maximum  purchase
limitation specified for this Section.  Provided that the Subscription  Offering
has commenced, the INSTITUTION may commence the Syndicated Community Offering at
any time after the mailing to the Members of the Proxy  Statement  to be used in
connection with the Special Meeting of Members,  provided that the completion of
the  offer  and  sale of the  Conversion  Stock  shall be  conditioned  upon the
approval  of this  Plan  by the  Voting  Members.  If the  Syndicated  Community
Offering is not sooner commenced pursuant to the provisions of the preceding

                                       11

<PAGE>



sentence,  the  Syndicated  Community  Offering  will  be  commenced  as soon as
practicable  following  the date  upon  which  the  Subscription  and  Community
Offerings terminate.

14.      LIMITATION ON PURCHASES

         The  following  limitations  shall apply to all  purchases of shares of
Conversion Stock:

         A. The  maximum  number  of  shares of  Conversion  Stock  which may be
subscribed  for or purchased in all  categories in the  conversion by any Person
(or persons through a single account) or Participant together with any Associate
or group of persons  Acting in Concert shall not exceed such number of shares as
shall equal $60,000 divided by the Purchase Price per share, except for Employee
Plans,  which in the aggregate  may  subscribe  for up to 10% of the  Conversion
Stock issued.  In accordance with Section 31 of the Plan, the Board of Directors
shall have the authority to determine  whether  persons are Acting in Concert or
otherwise are in compliance with the Plan's limitations on purchases.

         B. The  maximum  number  of  shares of  Conversion  Stock  which may be
purchased in all  categories in the  conversion by Officers and Directors of the
INSTITUTION  and their  Associates in the aggregate  shall not exceed 35% of the
total number of shares of Conversion Stock issued.

         C. A minimum of 25 shares of Conversion Stock must be purchased by each
Person  purchasing  shares in the  conversion  to the  extent  those  shares are
available; provided, however, that the minimum number of shares requirement will
not apply if the number of shares of Conversion  Stock purchased times the price
per share exceeds $500.

         D.  The  Employee  Plans  shall  not  be  deemed  to be  associates  or
affiliates of, or Persons Acting in Concert with, any Director or Officer of the
Holding Company or the Institution.

         If the  number  of  shares  of  Conversion  Stock  otherwise  allocable
pursuant  to Sections 8 through 13,  inclusive,  to any Person or that  Person's
Associates  would be in excess of the maximum number of shares  permitted as set
forth above,  the number of shares of  Conversion  Stock  allocated to each such
person shall be reduced to the lowest limitation  applicable to that Person, and
then the number of shares  allocated  to each group  consisting  of a Person and
that Person's  Associates  shall be reduced so that the aggregate  allocation to
that Person and his or her Associates complies with the above maximums, and such
maximum number of shares shall be  reallocated  among that Person and his or her
Associates as they may agree,  or in the absence of an agreement,  in proportion
to the shares  subscribed by each (after first applying the maximums  applicable
to each Person, separately).

         Depending upon market or financial  conditions,  the Board of Directors
of the INSTITUTION  and the Holding  Company,  without  further  approval of the
Members,  may  decrease  or  increase  the  purchase  limitations  in this Plan,
provided  that  the  maximum  purchase  limitations  may not be  increased  to a
percentage in excess of 5%. Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the maximum purchase
limitation  may be increased  up to 9.99%  provided  that orders for  Conversion
Stock  exceeding  5% of the  shares  being  offered  shall  not  exceed,  in the
aggregate, 10% of the total offering. If the INSTITUTION and the Holding Company
increase  the maximum  purchase  limitations,  the  INSTITUTION  and the Holding
Company are only required to resolicit  Persons who  subscribed  for the maximum
purchase  amount and may,  in the sole  discretion  of the  INSTITUTION  and the
Holding Company, resolicit certain other large subscribers. For purposes of this
Section 14, the Directors of the  INSTITUTION  and the Holding Company shall not
be deemed to be  Associates or a group  affiliated  with each other or otherwise
Acting in Concert solely as a result of their being Directors of the INSTITUTION
or the Holding Company.

                                       12

<PAGE>




         In the event of an  increase in the total  number of shares  offered in
the  conversion  due to an increase in the  maximum of the  Estimated  Valuation
Range of up to 15% (the "Adjusted  Maximum") the additional  shares will be used
in  the  following  order  of  priority:   (i)  to  fill  the  Employees  Plan's
subscription to up to 10% of the Adjusted Maximum;  (ii) in the event that there
is an  oversubscription  at the Eligible  Account Holder level, to fill unfilled
subscriptions  of Eligible  Account  Holders  exclusive of the Adjusted  Maximum
according  to  Section  8,  with  preference  given to  Purchasers  eligible  to
subscribe for  Conversion  Stock in the Community  Offering;  (iii) in the event
that there is an  oversubscription  at the Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder
level, to fill unfilled  subscriptions of Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders
exclusive of the Adjusted Maximum according to Section 10, with preference given
to  Purchasers  eligible to  subscribe  for  Conversion  Stock in the  Community
Offering;  (iv) in the  event  that  there is an  oversubscription  at the Other
Member level, to fill unfilled  subscriptions of Other Members  exclusive of the
Adjusted  Maximum in  accordance  with  Section  11,  with  preference  given to
Purchasers eligible to subscribe for Conversion Stock in the Community Offering;
and (v) to fill unfilled  Subscriptions in the Community  Offering  exclusive of
the Adjusted Maximum,  with preference given to Purchasers eligible to subscribe
for Conversion Stock in the Community Offering.

         Each Person  purchasing  Conversion  Stock in the  Conversion  shall be
deemed to confirm that such purchase  does not conflict with the above  purchase
limitations contained in this Plan.

         For a period of three  years  following  the  conversion,  no  Officer,
Director or their Associates shall purchase,  without the prior written approval
of the OTS,  any  outstanding  shares of common  stock of the  Holding  Company,
except from a  broker-dealer  registered  with the SEC. This provision shall not
apply  to  negotiated  transactions  involving  more  than  one  percent  of the
outstanding  shares of common stock of the Holding Company,  the exercise of any
options  pursuant to a stock  option plan or  purchases  of common  stock of the
Holding  Company,  made by or held by any  Tax-Qualified  Employee Stock Benefit
Plan or Non-Tax Qualified  Employee Stock Benefit Plan of the INSTITUTION or the
Holding Company  (including the Employee Plans) which may be attributable to any
Officer or Director.  As used herein, the term "negotiated  transaction" means a
transaction in which the  securities are offered and the terms and  arrangements
relating to any sale are arrived at through  direct  communications  between the
seller or any person  acting on its behalf and the  purchaser or his  investment
representative.  The term "investment  representative" shall mean a professional
investment  advisor  acting as agent for the  purchaser and  independent  of the
seller  and  not  acting  on  behalf  of  the  seller  in  connection  with  the
transaction.

15.      PAYMENT FOR CONVERSION STOCK

         All payments for Conversion Stock  subscribed for in the  Subscription,
Community,  Syndicated  Community and Public Offerings must be delivered in full
to the INSTITUTION,  together with a properly completed and executed Order Form,
or Purchase Order in the case of the Syndicated Community or Public Offering, on
or prior to the expiration  date specified on the Order Form or Purchase  Order,
as the case may be, unless such date is extended by the  INSTITUTION;  provided,
however,   that  if  the  Employee  Plans   subscribes  for  shares  during  the
Subscription  Offering,  the  Employee  Plan will not be required to pay for the
shares  at the  time  they  subscribe  but  rather  may pay for such  shares  of
Conversion Stock upon  consummation of the Conversion.  The INSTITUTION may make
scheduled  discretionary   contributions  to  an  Employee  Plan  provided  such
contributions  do not  cause  the  INSTITUTION  to fail to meet  its  regulatory
capital requirement.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the INSTITUTION and the Holding Company
shall  have the  right,  in  their  sole  discretion,  to  permit  institutional
investors  to  submit  contractually  irrevocable  orders  in the  Community  or
Syndicated   Community  Offering  and  to  thereafter  submit  payment  for  the
Conversion

                                       13

<PAGE>



Stock for which they are  subscribing  in the Community or Syndicated  Community
Offering at any time prior to the completion of the Conversion.

         Payment for  Conversion  Stock  subscribed  for shall be made either in
cash (if delivered in person), check or money order. Alternatively,  subscribers
in the  Subscription and Community  Offerings may pay for the shares  subscribed
for by authorizing the INSTITUTION on the Order Form or Purchase Order to make a
withdrawal from the subscriber's Savings Account at the INSTITUTION in an amount
equal to the purchase price of such shares. Such authorized withdrawal,  whether
from a savings passbook or certificate  account,  shall be without penalty as to
premature  withdrawal.  If the  authorized  withdrawal  is  from  a  certificate
account,  and the remaining balance does not meet the applicable minimum balance
requirement,  the  certificate  shall be  canceled  at the  time of  withdrawal,
without  penalty,  and the remaining  balance will earn interest at the passbook
rate. Funds for which a withdrawal is authorized will remain in the subscriber's
Savings Account but may not be used by the subscriber until the Conversion Stock
has been sold or the 45-day  period (or such longer period as may be approved by
the OTS)  following  the  Subscription  Offering has expired,  whichever  occurs
first.  Thereafter,  the  withdrawal  will be given  effect  only to the  extent
necessary  to satisfy the  subscription  (to the extent it can be filled) at the
Purchase  Price per share.  Interest  will  continue to be earned on any amounts
authorized for withdrawal  until such withdrawal is given effect.  Interest will
be paid by the INSTITUTION at not less than the passbook annual rate on payments
for Conversion Stock received in cash or by money order or check.  Such interest
will be paid  from  the  date  payment  is  received  by the  INSTITUTION  until
consummation or termination of the conversion.  If for any reason the conversion
is not  consummated,  all  payments  made by  subscribers  in the  Subscription,
Community,  Syndicated  Community and Public  Offerings will be refunded to them
with  interest.  In case of  amounts  authorized  for  withdrawal  from  Savings
Accounts, refunds will be made by canceling the authorization for withdrawal.

         The INSTITUTION is prohibited by regulation  from knowingly  making any
loans  or  granting  any  lines  of  credit  for the  purchase  of  stock in the
conversion and, therefore, will not do so.

16.      MANNER OF EXERCISING SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS THROUGH ORDER FORMS

         As soon as  practicable  after the  Prospectus  prepared by the Holding
Company and  INSTITUTION  has been  declared  effective  by the OTS and the SEC,
Order  Forms  will be  distributed  to the  Participants  at  their  last  known
addresses  appearing  on the  records  of the  INSTITUTION  for the  purpose  of
subscribing to shares of Conversion Stock in the Subscription  Offering and will
be  made  available  for  use in the  Community  Offering.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  the  INSTITUTION may elect to send Order Forms only to those Persons
who request  them after such notice as is approved by the OTS and is adequate to
apprise the Participants of the pendency of the  Subscription  Offering has been
given.  Such notice may be  included  with the proxy  statement  for the Special
Meeting of Members and may also be  included in a notice of the  pendency of the
conversion  and the  Special  Meeting of Members  sent to all  Eligible  Account
Holders in accordance with regulations of the OTS.

         Each Order Form or Purchase  Order will be preceded or  accompanied  by
the Prospectus (if a holding  company form of  organization  is utilized) or the
Offering  Circular (if the holding company form of organization is not utilized)
describing the Holding Company (if utilized),  the  INSTITUTION,  the Conversion
Stock  and  the  Subscription,   Community,   Syndicated  Community  and  Public
Offerings.  Each Order Form and Purchase Order will contain, among other things,
the following:

         A. A specified  date by which all Order Forms and Purchase  Orders must
be received by the  INSTITUTION,  which date shall be not less than twenty (20),
nor more than forty-five (45) days,

                                       14

<PAGE>



following the date on which the Order Forms are mailed by the  INSTITUTION,  and
which date will constitute the termination of the Subscription Offering;

         B. The purchase  price per share for shares of  Conversion  Stock to be
sold in the Subscription, Community, Syndicated Community and Public Offerings;

         C. A  description  of the  minimum  and  maximum  number  of  shares of
Conversion  Stock  which may be  subscribed  for  pursuant  to the  exercise  of
Subscription  Rights  or  otherwise  purchased  in  the  Community,   Syndicated
Community or Public Offerings;

         D.  Instructions  as to how the recipient of the Order Form or Purchase
Order is to indicate  thereon the number of shares of Conversion Stock for which
such person elects to subscribe and the available alternative methods of payment
therefor;

         E. An  acknowledgment  that the recipient of the Order Form or Purchase
Order has received a final copy of the Prospectus or Offering  Circular,  as the
case may be, prior to execution of the Order Form or Purchase Order;

         F.  A  statement  to  the  effect  that  all  subscription  rights  are
nontransferable,  will be void at the end of the Subscription  Offering, and can
only be exercised by  delivering  within the  subscription  period such properly
completed  and executed  Order Form or Purchase  Order,  together  with cash (if
delivered  in person),  check or money order in the full amount of the  purchase
price as  specified  in the Order  Form for the shares of  Conversion  Stock for
which the  recipient  elects to  subscribe in the  Subscription  Offering (or by
authorizing on the Order Form that the INSTITUTION withdraw said amount from the
subscriber's Savings Account at the INSTITUTION) to the INSTITUTION; and

         G. A statement to the effect that the  executed  Order Form or Purchase
Order,  once received by the INSTITUTION,  may not be modified or amended by the
subscriber without the consent of the INSTITUTION.

         Notwithstanding  the above,  the  INSTITUTION  and the Holding  Company
reserve the right in their sole  discretion to accept or reject orders  received
on photocopied  or facsimile  order forms or whose payment is to be made by wire
transfer.

17.      UNDELIVERED, DEFECTIVE OR LATE ORDER FORMS: INSUFFICIENT PAYMENT

         In the event Order Forms or Purchase  Orders (a) are not  delivered and
are  returned to the  INSTITUTION  by the United  States  Postal  Service or the
INSTITUTION is unable to locate the addressee,  (b) are not received back by the
INSTITUTION  or are  received  by the  INSTITUTION  after  the  expiration  date
specified  thereon,  (c) are  defectively  filled out or  executed,  (d) are not
accompanied  by the full  required  payment,  or,  in the case of  institutional
investors in the  Community or  Syndicated  Community  Offering,  by  delivering
irrevocable  orders together with a legally  binding  commitment to pay in cash,
check,  money order or wire transfer the full amount of the purchase price prior
to 48 hours before the completion of the conversion for the shares of Conversion
Stock  subscribed  for  (including  cases in which  savings  accounts from which
withdrawals are authorized are  insufficient to cover the amount of the required
payment),  or (e) are not mailed  pursuant to a "no mail" order placed in effect
by the account holder, the subscription rights of the person to whom such rights
have  been  granted  will  lapse as though  such  person  failed  to return  the
completed  Order  Form  within  the time  period  specified  thereon;  provided,
however,  that the  INSTITUTION  may,  but will not be  required  to,  waive any
immaterial  irregularity  on any Order Form or  Purchase  Order or  require  the
submission of corrected Order Forms

                                       15

<PAGE>



or Purchase  Orders or the remittance of full payment for  subscribed  shares by
such date as the INSTITUTION may specify.  The interpretation of the INSTITUTION
of terms and  conditions  of the Plan and of the Order Forms or Purchase  Orders
will be final, subject to the authority of the OTS.

18.      RESTRICTIONS ON RESALE OR SUBSEQUENT DISPOSITION

         A. All shares of Conversion Stock purchased by Directors or Officers of
the INSTITUTION or the Holding Company in the conversion shall be subject to the
restriction  that,  except as  provided  in  Section  18B,  below,  or as may be
approved  by the  OTS,  no  interest  in such  shares  may be sold or  otherwise
disposed  of for  value  for a  period  of one (1)  year  following  the date of
purchase.

         B. The  restriction on  disposition  of shares of Conversion  Stock set
forth in Section 18A above shall not apply to the following:

                  (i) Any exchange of such shares in connection with a merger or
acquisition  involving the  INSTITUTION or the Holding  Company,  which has been
approved by the OTS; and

                  (ii) Any disposition of such shares following the death of the
person to whom such shares were initially sold under the terms of the Plan.

         C.  With  respect  to  all  shares  of  Conversion   Stock  subject  to
restrictions  on  resale  or  subsequent  disposition,  each  of  the  following
provisions shall apply;

                  (i) Each certificate representing shares restricted within the
meaning of Section 18A, above,  shall bear a legend  prominently  stamped on its
face giving notice of the restriction;

                  (ii) Instructions  shall be issued to the stock transfer agent
for  the  Holding  Company  not to  recognize  or  effect  any  transfer  of any
certificate  or record of  ownership  of any such  shares  in  violation  of the
restriction on transfer; and

                  (iii)  Any  shares of  capital  stock of the  Holding  Company
issued with respect to a stock dividend,  stock split, or otherwise with respect
to  ownership  of  outstanding   shares  of  Conversion  Stock  subject  to  the
restriction on transfer hereunder shall be subject to the same restriction as is
applicable to such Conversion Stock.

19.      VOTING RIGHTS OF STOCKHOLDERS

         Upon  conversion,  the holders of the capital stock of the  INSTITUTION
shall have the  exclusive  voting  rights  with  respect to the  INSTITUTION  as
specified in its charter. The holders of the common stock of the Holding Company
shall have the exclusive voting rights with respect to the Holding Company.



                                       16

<PAGE>



20.      ESTABLISHMENT OF LIQUIDATION ACCOUNT

         The INSTITUTION shall establish at the time of conversion a liquidation
account in an amount  equal to its net worth as of the latest  practicable  date
prior  to  conversion.  The  liquidation  account  will  be  maintained  by  the
INSTITUTION  for the benefit of the Eligible  Account  Holders and  Supplemental
Eligible  Account Holders who continue to maintain their Savings Accounts at the
INSTITUTION.  Each Eligible  Account Holder and  Supplemental  Eligible  Account
Holder  shall,  with  respect to his Savings  Account,  hold a related  inchoate
interest in a portion of the  liquidation  account  balance,  in relation to his
Savings  Account  balance  at  the  Eligibility  Record  Date  and  Supplemental
Eligibility Record Date or to such balance as it may be subsequently reduced, as
hereinafter provided.

         In the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of the INSTITUTION (and
only in such event),  following all liquidation payments to creditors (including
those to Account Holders to the extent of their Savings  Accounts) each Eligible
Account  Holder and  Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holder shall be entitled to
receive a liquidating  distribution from the liquidation  account, in the amount
of the then  adjusted  subaccount  balance  for his Savings  Account  then held,
before  any  liquidation  distribution  may  be  made  to  any  holders  of  the
INSTITUTION's capital stock. No merger,  consolidation,  purchase of bulk assets
with  assumption  of  Savings  Accounts  and  other   liabilities,   or  similar
transactions  with an FDIC  institution,  in which  the  INSTITUTION  is not the
surviving  institution,  shall be deemed to be a complete  liquidation  for this
purpose.  In such transactions,  the liquidation account shall be assumed by the
surviving institution.

         The  initial  subaccount  balance  for a  Savings  Account  held  by an
Eligible  Account  Holder  or  Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holder  shall be
determined by multiplying the opening  balance in the  liquidation  account by a
fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of such Eligible Account Holder's
and  Supplemental   Eligible  Account  Holder's   Qualifying   Deposit  and  the
denominator  of which is the total  amount  of all  Qualifying  Deposits  of all
Eligible  Account  Holders  and  Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders in the
INSTITUTION.  Such initial subaccount balance shall not be increased,  but shall
be subject to downward adjustment as described below.

         If, at the close of business on any annual closing date,  commencing on
or after the effective  date of conversion,  the deposit  balance in the Savings
Account of an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder is
less than the lesser of (i) the balance in the  Savings  Account at the close of
business on any other annual closing date subsequent to the  Eligibility  Record
Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, as applicable,  or (ii) the amount
of the Qualifying  Deposit in such Savings  Account,  the subaccount  balance of
such Savings Account shall be adjusted by reducing such subaccount balance in an
amount  proportionate to the reduction in such deposit balance.  In the event of
such downward  adjustment,  the  subaccount  balance  shall not be  subsequently
increased, notwithstanding any subsequent increase in the deposit balance of the
related  Savings  Account.  If any such Savings  Account is closed,  the related
subaccount shall be reduced to zero.

         The creation  and  maintenance  of the  liquidation  account  shall not
operate to restrict the use or  application  of any of the net worth accounts of
the INSTITUTION.

21.      TRANSFER OF SAVINGS ACCOUNTS

         Each person holding a Savings Account at the INSTITUTION at the time of
conversion  shall  retain  an  identical  Savings  Account  at  the  INSTITUTION
following  conversion  in the same  amount  and  subject  to the same  terms and
conditions (except as to voting and liquidation rights).


                                       17

<PAGE>



22.      RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF THE INSTITUTION AND HOLDING COMPANY

         A. In accordance with OTS regulations, for a period of three years from
the date of  consummation  of  conversion,  no Person,  other  than the  Holding
Company, shall directly or indirectly offer to acquire or acquire the beneficial
ownership of more than 10% of any class of an equity security of the INSTITUTION
without the prior written consent of the OTS.

         B.1. The charter of the  INSTITUTION  contains a provision  stipulating
that no person, except the Holding Company, for a period of five years following
the date of conversion  shall directly or indirectly offer to acquire or acquire
the beneficial  ownership of more than 10% of any class of an equity security of
the  INSTITUTION,  without the prior  written  approval of the OTS. In addition,
such  charter may also  provide  that for a period of five years  following  the
conversion,  shares  beneficially  owned  in  violation  of the  above-described
charter  provision  shall not be  entitled to vote and shall not be voted by any
person or counted as voting  stock in  connection  with any matter  submitted to
stockholders  for a vote.  In  addition,  special  meetings of the  stockholders
relating to changes in control or amendment of the charter may only be called by
the Board of  Directors,  and  shareholders  shall not be  permitted to cumulate
their votes for the election of directors.

         B.2.  The  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of the  Holding  Company may
contain a provision  stipulating  that in no event shall any record owner of any
outstanding  shares of the Holding  Company's common stock who beneficially owns
in excess of 10% of such outstanding shares be entitled or permitted to any vote
in respect to any shares held in excess of 10%. In addition,  the Certificate of
Incorporation  and Bylaws of the Holding Company may provide for staggered terms
of the directors, noncumulative voting for directors, limitations on the calling
of special  meetings,  a fair price provision for certain business  combinations
and certain notice requirements.

         C.       For the purposes of this Section 22, B.1.:

                  (i) The term "person"  includes an individual,  a group acting
in concert, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a joint stock company,
a trust, an unincorporated  organization or similar company,  a syndicate or any
other  group  formed for the  purpose of  acquiring,  holding  or  disposing  of
securities of an insured institution;

                  (ii) The term "offer"  includes every offer to buy or acquire,
solicitation of an offer to sell, tender offer for, or request or invitation for
tenders of, a security or interest in a security for value;

                  (iii) The term "acquire"  includes every type of  acquisition,
whether effected by purchase, exchange, operation of law or otherwise; and

                  (iv)   The   term   "security"    includes    non-transferable
subscription  rights  issued  pursuant  to a plan  of  conversion  as  well as a
"security" as defined in 15 U.S.C. ss.78c(a)(10).

23.      PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS AND REPURCHASES OF STOCK

         The  INSTITUTION  shall  not  declare  or pay a cash  dividend  on,  or
repurchase  any of, its  capital  stock if the effect  thereof  would  cause its
regulatory  capital  to be  reduced  below  (i)  the  amount  required  for  the
Liquidation  Account  or (ii) the  federal  regulatory  capital  requirement  in
Section  567.2  of  the  Rules  and  Regulations  of  the  OTS.  Otherwise,  the
INSTITUTION or the Holding Company may declare

                                       18

<PAGE>



dividends,  repurchase capital stock or make capital distributions in accordance
with applicable law and regulations.

24.      AMENDMENT OF PLAN

         If deemed necessary or desirable, the Plan may be substantively amended
at any time prior to solicitation of proxies from Members to vote on the Plan by
a  two-thirds  vote of the  INSTITUTION's  Board of  Directors,  and at any time
thereafter by such vote of such Board of Directors  with the  concurrence of the
OTS.  Any  amendment  to the Plan made after  approval by the  Members  with the
approval of the OTS shall not necessitate further approval by the Members unless
otherwise  required by the OTS. The Plan may be  terminated  by majority vote of
the INSTITUTION's Board of Directors at any time prior to the Special Meeting of
Members to vote on the Plan, and at any time  thereafter with the concurrence of
the OTS.

         By adoption of the Plan, the Members of the  INSTITUTION  authorize the
Board of Directors to amend or terminate  the Plan under the  circumstances  set
forth in this Section.

25.      CHARTER AND BYLAWS

         By voting to adopt the Plan,  members of the INSTITUTION will be voting
to adopt a charter  and bylaws to read in the form of  charter  and bylaws for a
federally  chartered stock institution.  The effective date of the INSTITUTION's
amended  charter  and  bylaws  shall  be the  date of  issuance  and sale of the
Conversion Stock as specified by the OTS.

26.      CONSUMMATION OF CONVERSION

         The conversion of the INSTITUTION  shall be deemed to take place and be
effective  upon the  completion of all requisite  organizational  procedures for
obtaining  the  federal  stock  charter  for  the  INSTITUTION  and  sale of all
Conversion Stock.

27.      REGISTRATION AND MARKETING

         Within the time period required by applicable laws and regulations, the
Holding  Company will  register the  securities  issued in  connection  with the
conversion  pursuant  to the  Securities  Exchange  Act of  1934  and  will  not
deregister  such  securities  for a period of at least three  years  thereafter,
except that the maintenance of registration  for three years  requirement may be
fulfilled by any  successor  to the Holding  Company.  In addition,  the Holding
Company  will use its best  efforts to encourage  and assist a  market-maker  to
establish  and  maintain  a market  for the  Conversion  Stock and to list those
securities on a national or regional securities exchange or the NASDAQ System.

28.      RESIDENTS OF FOREIGN COUNTRIES AND CERTAIN STATES

         The  INSTITUTION  will  make  reasonable  efforts  to  comply  with the
securities laws of all States in the United States in which Persons  entitled to
subscribe for shares of Conversion  Stock pursuant to the Plan reside.  However,
no such Person will be issued  subscription  rights or be  permitted to purchase
shares of Conversion Stock in the  Subscription  Offering if such Person resides
in a foreign  country or in a state of the United  States with  respect to which
any of the following apply: (i) a small number of Persons otherwise  eligible to
subscribe  for shares under the Plan reside in such state;  (ii) the issuance of
subscription  rights or the offer or sale of shares of Conversion  Stock to such
Persons would require the  INSTITUTION or the Holding  Company,  as the case may
be, under the securities laws of such state, to

                                       19

<PAGE>


register as a broker,  dealer,  salesman  or agent or to  register or  otherwise
qualify its securities  for sale in such state;  or (iii) such  registration  or
qualification would be impracticable for reasons of cost or otherwise.

29.      EXPENSES OF CONVERSION

         The  INSTITUTION  shall use its best  efforts to assure  that  expenses
incurred by it in connection with the conversion shall be reasonable.

30.      CONDITIONS TO CONVERSION

         The  conversion of the  INSTITUTION  pursuant to this Plan is expressly
conditioned upon the following:

         (a) Prior  receipt by the  INSTITUTION  of rulings of the United States
Internal  Revenue  Service and the State of New Jersey  taxing  authorities,  or
opinions of counsel,  substantially  to the effect that the conversion  will not
result in any adverse  federal or state tax  consequences  to  Eligible  Account
Holders  or the  INSTITUTION  and  the  Holding  Company  before  or  after  the
conversion;

         (b)  The sale of all of the Conversion Stock offered in the conversion;
and

         (c)  The completion of the conversion within the time period  specified
in Section 3 of this Plan.

31.      INTERPRETATION

         All  interpretations  of this Plan and application of its provisions to
particular  circumstances  by a  majority  of  the  Board  of  Directors  of the
INSTITUTION shall be final, subject to the authority of the OTS.



                                       20





                                EXHIBIT 3.(i)

<PAGE>


                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                            FARNSWORTH BANCORP, INC.


                                    ARTICLE I

                                      Name
                                      ----

     The  name of the  corporation  is  Farnsworth  Bancorp,  Inc.  (herein  the
"Corporation").

                                   ARTICLE II

                                Registered Office
                                -----------------

     The  address  of the  Corporation's  registered  office in the State of New
Jersey is 789  Farnsworth  Avenue,  Bordentown,  New  Jersey,  in the  County of
Burlington.  The name of the  Corporation's  registered agent at such address is
Gary N. Pelehaty.

                                   ARTICLE III

                                     Powers
                                     ------

     The  purpose of the  Corporation  is to engage in any  activity  within the
purposes for which corporations may be organized under 14A:2-7 of the New Jersey
Business Corporation Act.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                      Term
                                      ----

     The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

                                    ARTICLE V

                                  Incorporator
                                  ------------

     The name and mailing address of the Incorporator is as follows:

                  Name                           Mailing Address
                  ----                           ---------------

         Gary N. Pelehaty                        789 Farnsworth Avenue
                                                 Bordentown, New Jersey 08505



<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE VI

                                Initial Directors
                                -----------------

         The number of directors  constituting the initial board of directors of
the  Corporation is seven (7) and the names and addresses of the persons who are
to serve as directors until their successors are elected and qualified, are:


       Name                                   Mailing Address
       ----                                   ---------------

Gary N. Pelehaty                              789 Farnsworth Avenue
                                              Bordentown, New Jersey 08505

George G. Aaronson, Jr.                       789 Farnsworth Avenue
                                              Bordentown, New Jersey 08505

Edgar N. Peppler                              789 Farnsworth Avenue
                                              Bordentown, New Jersey 08505

Charles E. Adams                              789 Farnsworth Avenue
                                              Bordentown, New Jersey 08505

Herman Gutstein                               789 Farnsworth Avenue
                                              Bordentown, New Jersey 08505

William H. Wainwright                         789 Farnsworth Avenue
                                              Bordentown, New Jersey 08505

G. Edward Koenig, Jr.                         789 Farnsworth Avenue
                                              Bordentown, New Jersey 08505


                                   ARTICLE VII

                                  Capital Stock
                                  -------------

         The  aggregate  number of shares of all classes of capital  stock which
the Corporation has authority to issue is 6,000,000 of which 5,000,000 are to be
shares of common stock,  $.10 par value per share, and of which 1,000,000 are to
be shares of serial preferred stock, $.10 par value per share. The shares may be
issued  by the  Corporation  without  the  approval  of  stockholders  except as
otherwise  provided in this  Article  VII or the rules of a national  securities
exchange, if applicable.  The consideration for the issuance of the shares shall
be paid to or received by the  Corporation  in full before  their  issuance  and
shall  not be less  than the par  value per  share.  The  consideration  for the
issuance  of the shares  shall be cash,  services  rendered,  personal  property
(tangible  or  intangible),  real  property,  leases  of  real  property  or any
combination of the foregoing. In the absence of actual fraud in the transaction,
the judgment of the board of  directors  as to the value of such  consideration,
shall be conclusive.  Upon payment of such  consideration,  such shares shall be
deemed to be fully paid and nonassessable.  In the case of a stock dividend, the
part of the surplus of the  Corporation  which is  transferred to stated capital
upon the  issuance  of  shares  as a stock  dividend  shall be  deemed to be the
consideration for their issuance.


                                        2

<PAGE>



         A  description  of the  different  classes  and  series (if any) of the
Corporation's   capital  stock,   and  a  statement  of  the  relative   powers,
designations,  preferences and rights of the shares of each class and series (if
any) of capital  stock,  and the  qualifications,  limitations  or  restrictions
thereof, are as follows:

         A. Common Stock. Except as provided in this Certificate, the holders of
the common  stock shall  exclusively  possess all voting  power.  Each holder of
shares of common stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share held by such
holders.

         Whenever  there  shall have been paid,  or  declared  and set aside for
payment,  to the holders of the outstanding  shares of any class of stock having
preference over the common stock as to the payment of dividends, the full amount
of dividends and sinking fund or retirement fund or other  retirement  payments,
if any, to which such holders are  respectively  entitled in  preference  to the
common stock,  then dividends may be paid on the common stock,  and on any class
or series of stock entitled to participate therewith as to dividends, out of any
assets legally available for the payment of dividends, but only when as declared
by the board of directors of the Corporation.

         In the  event of any  liquidation,  dissolution  or  winding  up of the
Corporation,  after  there shall have been paid,  or declared  and set aside for
payment, to the holders of the outstanding shares of any class having preference
over  the  common  stock,  the  full  preferential  amounts  to  which  they are
respectively  entitled,  the  holders  of the  common  stock and of any class or
series of stock  entitled to participate  therewith,  in whole or in part, as to
distribution of assets shall be entitled, after payment or provision for payment
of all debts and liabilities of the Corporation, to receive the remaining assets
of the Corporation available for distribution, in cash or in kind.

         Each  share of  common  stock  shall  have the  same  relative  powers,
preferences  and rights as, and shall be identical in all respects with, all the
other shares of common stock of the Corporation.

         B. Serial Preferred Stock. Except as provided in this Certificate,  the
board  of  directors  of  the  Corporation  is  authorized,   by  resolution  or
resolutions  from time to time  adopted,  to provide for the  issuance of serial
preferred  stock  in  series  and to fix and  state  the  powers,  designations,
preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of the
shares of such  series,  and the  qualifications,  limitations  or  restrictions
thereof, including, but not limited to determination of any of the following:

         1. the  distinctive  serial  designation  and  the  number  of   shares
constituting such series; and

         2. the  dividend  rates or the  amount of  dividends  to be paid on the
shares of such series,  whether  dividends  shall be cumulative and, if so, from
which  date  or  dates,  the  payment  date  or  dates  for  dividends,  and the
participating or other special rights, if any, with respect to dividends; and

         3. the voting  powers,  full or limited,  if any, of the shares of such
series; and

         4.  whether the shares of such series shall be  redeemable  and, if so,
the price or prices at which,  and the terms and  conditions  upon  which,  such
shares may be redeemed; and

         5. the amount or amounts  payable upon the shares of such series in the
event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of the
Corporation; and



                                        3

<PAGE>



         6.  whether the shares of such series shall be entitled to the benefits
of a sinking or  retirement  fund to be applied to the purchase or redemption of
such shares, and, if so entitled,  the amount of such fund and the manner of its
application,  including the price or prices at which such shares may be redeemed
or purchased through the application of such funds; and

         7.  whether the shares of such series  shall be  convertible  into,  or
exchangeable  for,  shares of any other class or classes or any other  series of
the same or any other  class or classes of stock of the  Corporation  and, if so
convertible  or  exchangeable,  the conversion  price or prices,  or the rate or
rates of exchange, and the adjustments thereof, if any, at which such conversion
or exchange may be made, and any other terms and  conditions of such  conversion
or exchange; and

         8. the  subscription  or purchase price and form of  consideration  for
which the shares of such series shall be issued; and

         9.  whether the shares of such series  which are  redeemed or converted
shall have the status of  authorized  but  unissued  shares of serial  preferred
stock and whether such shares may be reissued as shares of the same or any other
series of serial preferred stock.

         Each share of each series of serial preferred stock shall have the same
relative  powers,  preferences  and  rights as,  and shall be  identical  in all
respects with, all the other shares of the Corporation of the same series.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                Preemptive Rights
                                -----------------

         No holder of any of the shares of any class or series of capital  stock
or of  options,  warrants  or other  rights to  purchase  shares of any class or
series  of  stock or of  other  securities  of the  Corporation  shall  have any
preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any unissued stock of any class or
series, or any unissued bonds, certificates of indebtedness, debentures of other
securities  convertible into or exchangeable for stock of any class or series or
carrying  any  right to  purchase  stock of any  class or  series;  but any such
unissued  stock,  bonds,  certificates  or  indebtedness,  debentures  or  other
securities  convertible  into or exchangeable for stock or carrying any right to
purchase stock may be issued pursuant to resolution of the board of directors of
the Corporation to such persons, firms, corporations or associations, whether or
not holders thereof, and upon such terms as may be deemed advisable by the board
of directors in the exercise of its sole discretion.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                              Repurchase of Shares
                              --------------------

         The Corporation may from time to time, pursuant to authorization by the
board of directors of the  Corporation  and without action by the  stockholders,
purchase  or  otherwise  acquire  shares of capital  stock of any class,  bonds,
debentures, notes, script, warrants, obligations,  evidences of indebtedness, or
other securities of the Corporation in such manner, upon such terms, and in such
amounts as the board of directors shall  determine;  subject,  however,  to such
limitations  or  restrictions,  if any, as are contained in the express terms of
any class of shares of the  Corporation  outstanding at the time of the purchase
or acquisition or as are imposed by law or regulation.


                                        4

<PAGE>



                                    ARTICLE X

              Meetings of Stockholders; Cumulative Voting; Proxies
              ----------------------------------------------------

         A.  Notwithstanding  any other  provision  of this  Certificate  or the
Bylaws of the Corporation, any action required to be taken or which may be taken
at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation may be taken
without a meeting, if all shareholders  entitled to vote thereon consent thereto
in writing. The power of shareholders to take action by non-unanimous consent is
specifically denied. In the case of a merger, consolidation,  acquisition of all
capital shares of the  Corporation  or sale of assets,  such action may be taken
without  a  meeting  only if all  shareholders  consent  in  writing,  or if all
shareholders  entitled to vote consent in writing and all other shareholders are
provided the advance notification  required by Section 14A: 5-6(2)(b) of the New
Jersey Business Corporation Act.

         B. Special  meetings of the  stockholders  of the  Corporation  for any
purpose  or  purposes  may  be  called  at any  time  by  the  President  of the
Corporation, by a majority of the board of directors of the Corporation, or by a
committee of the board of directors  which has been duly designated by the board
of directors  and whose powers and  authorities,  as provided in a resolution of
the board of  directors or in the Bylaws of the  Corporation,  include the power
and authority to call such meetings, but such special meetings may not be called
by any other person or persons.

         C. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to
express consent or dissent to corporate  action in writing without a meeting may
authorize  another person or persons to act for him or her by proxy, but no such
proxy shall be voted or acted upon after eleven months from its date, unless the
proxy  provides for a longer  period.  To be valid, a proxy must be executed and
authorized as required or permitted by law.

         D. There shall be no cumulative  voting by stockholders of any class or
series in the election of directors of the Corporation.

         E. Meetings of stockholders  may be held within or outside the State of
New Jersey, as the Bylaws may provide.

         F. The presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of a majority of
the outstanding shares of voting stock shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of
stockholders.

                                   ARTICLE XI

                      Notice for Nominations and Proposals
                      ------------------------------------

         Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors
and of  business  to be  brought  by  stockholders  before  any  meeting  of the
stockholders  of the  Corporation  shall be given in the manner  provided in the
Bylaws of the Corporation.



                                        5

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE XII

                                    Directors
                                    ---------

         A. Number;  Vacancies. The number of directors of the Corporation shall
be such number as shall be provided from time to time in or in  accordance  with
the Bylaws,  provided that a decrease in the number of directors  shall not have
the  effect of  shortening  the term of any  incumbent  director,  and  provided
further  that no action  shall be taken to decrease  or  increase  the number of
directors from time to time unless at least  two-thirds of the directors then in
office shall  concur in said action.  Vacancies in the board of directors of the
Corporation,  however caused, and newly-created directorships shall be filled by
a vote of a majority of the directors  then in office,  whether or not a quorum,
or by a sole  remaining  director,  and any director so chosen shall hold office
for a term expiring at the next annual meeting of stockholders.

         B. Classified Board. The board of directors of the Corporation shall be
divided into three classes of directors which shall be designated Class I, Class
II and Class III. The members of each class shall be elected for a term of three
years and until their  successors are elected and qualified.  Such classes shall
be as nearly equal in number as the then total number of directors  constituting
the entire  board of  directors  shall  permit,  with the terms of office of all
members  of one class  expiring  each  year.  At the  first  annual  meeting  of
stockholders,  directors  in Class I shall be elected to hold  office for a term
expiring at the third succeeding annual meeting thereafter. At the second annual
meeting of  stockholders,  directors of Class II shall be elected to hold office
for a term expiring at the third  succeeding  meeting  thereafter.  At the third
annual meeting of stockholders,  directors of Class III shall be elected to hold
office for a term expiring at the third  succeeding  annual meeting  thereafter.
Thereafter, at each succeeding annual meeting, directors whose term shall expire
at any annual  meeting  shall  continue  to serve  until such time as his or her
successor  shall have been duly elected and shall have  qualified  unless his or
her position on the board of directors shall have been abolished by action taken
to reduce the size of the board of directors prior to said meeting.

         If  the  number  of  directors  of  the  Corporation  is  reduced,  the
directorship(s)  eliminated  shall be allocated  among classes as appropriate so
that the number of directors  in each class is as  specified in the  immediately
preceding paragraph.  The board of directors shall designate, by the name of the
incumbent(s), the position(s) to be abolished. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no
decrease in the number of directors shall have the effect of shortening the term
of any  incumbent  director.  If the number of directors of the  Corporation  is
increased,  the  additional  directorships  shall be allocated  among classes as
appropriate so that the number of directors in each class is as specified in the
immediately preceding paragraph.

         Whenever  the holders of any one or more series of  preferred  stock of
the Corporation shall have the right, voting separately as a class, to elect one
or more directors of the  Corporation,  the board of directors  shall consist of
said  directors  so elected in  addition  to the  number of  directors  fixed as
provided above in this Article XII. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and except as
otherwise may be required by law, whenever the holders of any one or more series
of preferred stock of the Corporation shall have the right, voting separately as
a class,  to elect one or more  directors of the  Corporation,  the terms of the
director  or  directors  elected  by  such  holders  shall  expire  at the  next
succeeding annual meeting of stockholders.



                                        6

<PAGE>



                                  ARTICLE XIII

                              Removal of Directors
                              --------------------

         Notwithstanding  any other provision of this  Certificate or the Bylaws
of the  Corporation,  any  director  or the  entire  board of  directors  of the
Corporation may be removed for cause,  at any time, by the  affirmative  vote of
the holders of at least 80% of the  outstanding  shares of capital  stock of the
Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors  (considered
for this purpose as one class) cast at a meeting of the stockholders  called for
that purpose. In addition, the board of directors shall have the power to remove
directors for cause and to suspend directors pending a final  determination that
cause exists for removal.

                                   ARTICLE XIV

                      Certain Limitations on Voting Rights
                      ------------------------------------

         Notwithstanding   any   other   provision   of  this   Certificate   of
Incorporation,  in no event  shall any record  owner of any  outstanding  Common
Stock which is beneficially owned,  directly or indirectly,  by a person who, as
of any record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote on any
matter,  beneficially  owns in excess of 10% of the  then-outstanding  shares of
Common Stock (the "Limit"),  be entitled, or permitted to any vote in respect of
the shares held in excess of the Limit. The number of votes which may be cast by
any record owner by virtue of the  provisions  hereof in respect of Common Stock
beneficially  owned by such person owning shares in excess of the Limit shall be
a number equal to the total  number of votes which a single  record owner of all
Common  Stock owned by such person  would be entitled to cast,  multiplied  by a
fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of such class or series
which are both  beneficially  owned by such  person  and owned of record by such
record  owner  and the  denominator  of which is the  total  number of shares of
Common Stock  beneficially  owned by such person  owning shares in excess of the
Limit.

         Further,  for a  period  of  five  years  from  the  completion  of the
conversion  of Peoples  Savings Bank from mutual to stock form,  no Person shall
directly or indirectly  Offer to acquire or acquire the beneficial  ownership of
more than 10% of any class of any equity security of the Corporation.

         A.       The following definitions shall apply to this Article XIV.

         1.  "Affiliate"  shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Rule 12b-2 of
the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as
in effect on the date of filing of this Certificate.

         2.  "Beneficial  Ownership"  (including  beneficially  owned)  shall be
determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (or any successor rule or statutory  provision),
or, if said Rule 13d-3 shall be rescinded  and there shall be no successor  rule
or  provision  thereto,  pursuant to said Rule 13d-3 as in effect on the date of
filing of this Certificate of Incorporation;  provided,  however,  that a person
shall, in any event, also be deemed the "beneficial owner" of any Common Stock:

         (1) which   such   person  or  any of its affiliates beneficially owns,
directly or indirectly; or


                                        7

<PAGE>



         (2)      which such person or any of its  affiliates  has (i) the right
                  to acquire  (whether such right is exercisable  immediately or
                  only after the passage of time),  pursuant  to any  agreement,
                  arrangement  or  understanding  (but shall not be deemed to be
                  the beneficial  owner of any voting shares solely by reason of
                  an  agreement,   contract,  or  other  arrangement  with  this
                  Corporation  to effect any  transaction  which is described in
                  any  one or more  of  sections  of  Article  XV) or  upon  the
                  exercise of conversion rights,  exchange rights,  warrants, or
                  options  or  otherwise,  or (ii)  sole  or  shared  voting  or
                  investment   power  with  respect  thereto   pursuant  to  any
                  agreement,   arrangement,   understanding,   relationship   or
                  otherwise (but shall not be deemed to be the beneficial  owner
                  of any voting  shares  solely by reason of a  revocable  proxy
                  granted for a particular meeting of stockholders,  pursuant to
                  a  public  solicitation  of  proxies  for such  meeting,  with
                  respect to shares of which  neither  such  person nor any such
                  affiliate is otherwise deemed the beneficial owner); or

         (3)      which are beneficially owned,  directly or indirectly,  by any
                  other person with which such first mentioned  person or any of
                  its  affiliates  acts as a partnership,  limited  partnership,
                  syndicate   or  other  group   pursuant   to  any   agreement,
                  arrangement  or  understanding  for the purpose of  acquiring,
                  holding, voting or disposing of any shares of capital stock of
                  this Corporation;

and  provided  further,  however,  that  (1) no  Director  or  Officer  of  this
Corporation (or any affiliate of any such Director or Officer) shall,  solely by
reason of any or all of such Directors or Officers acting in their capacities as
such, be deemed,  for any purposes hereof,  to beneficially own any Common Stock
beneficially  owned by any other  such  Director  or Officer  (or any  affiliate
thereof),  and (2) neither any employee stock  ownership or similar plan of this
Corporation or any subsidiary of this Corporation,  nor any trustee with respect
thereto or any  affiliate of such trustee  (solely by reason of such capacity of
such trustee), shall be deemed, for any purposes hereof, to beneficially own any
Common Stock held under any such plan.  For purposes of computing the percentage
beneficial  ownership of Common Stock of a person,  the outstanding Common Stock
shall include  shares deemed owned by such person  through  application  of this
subsection but shall not include any other Common Stock which may be issuable by
this  Corporation  pursuant to any  agreement,  or upon  exercise of  conversion
rights,  warrants  or  options,  or  otherwise.  For  all  other  purposes,  the
outstanding  Common Stock shall include only Common Stock then  outstanding  and
shall not  include any Common  Stock  which may be issuable by this  Corporation
pursuant to any agreement,  or upon the exercise of conversion rights,  warrants
or options, or otherwise.

         3.  "Continuing  Directors"  shall mean  those  members of the Board of
Directors who were directors  prior to the time when the Interested  stockholder
became an Interested stockholder.

         4. The term "Offer"  shall mean every  written offer to buy or acquire,
solicitation  of an offer to sell,  tender  offer or request or  invitation  for
tender of, a security  or interest in a security  for value;  provided  that the
term "Offer" shall not include (i) inquiries  directed  solely to the management
of the Corporation and not intended to be communicated to stockholders which are
designed  to elicit  an  indication  of  management's  receptivity  to the basic
structure of a potential  acquisition  with respect to the amount of cash and/or
securities,  manner of acquisition  and formula for  determining  price, or (ii)
non-binding   expressions  of  understanding  or  letters  of  intent  with  the
management  of the  Corporation  regarding  the basic  structure  of a potential
acquisition  with  respect to the amount of cash  and/or  securities,  manner of
acquisition and formula for determining price.

         5. A "person" shall mean any individual,  firm,  corporation,  or other
entity.

                                        8

<PAGE>




         B. The Board of  Directors  shall have the power to construe  and apply
the provisions of this Article XIV and to make all  determinations  necessary or
desirable to implement  such  provisions,  including  but not limited to matters
with respect to (i) the number of shares of Common Stock  beneficially  owned by
any person,  (ii) whether a person is an affiliate of another,  (iii)  whether a
person has an agreement,  arrangement,  or understanding  with another as to the
matters  referred  to in  the  definition  of  beneficial  ownership,  (iv)  the
application of any other definition or operative provision of the section to the
given facts, or (v) any other matter relating to the  applicability or effect of
this Article XIV. Any constructions, applications, or determinations made by the
directors  pursuant  to this  Article XIV in good faith and on the basis of such
information  and  assistance as was then  reasonably  available for such purpose
shall be conclusive and binding upon the Corporation and its stockholders.

         C. The Board of  Directors  shall  have the  right to  demand  that any
person who is reasonably  believed to beneficially own Common Stock in excess of
the Limit (or holders of record of Common Stock beneficially owned by any person
in excess of the  Limit)  ("Holder  in  Excess")  supply  the  Corporation  with
complete  information as to (i) the record  owner(s) of all shares  beneficially
owned by such person who is  reasonably  believed to own shares in excess of the
Limit,  (ii) any other factual matter relating to the applicability or effect of
this Article XIV as may  reasonably  be  requested of such person.  The Board of
Directors  shall  further  have the right to  receive  from any Holder in Excess
reimbursement  for all  expenses  incurred by the Board in  connection  with its
investigation  of any matters  relating to the  applicability  or effect of this
section on such  Holder in Excess,  to the extent such  investigation  is deemed
appropriate  by the  Board of  Directors  as a result  of the  Holder  in Excess
refusing  to  supply  the  Corporation  with the  information  described  in the
previous sentence.

         D. Except as otherwise  provided by law or  expressly  provided in this
Article  XIV,  the  presence in person or by proxy,  of the holders of record of
shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitling the holders thereof to cast
a majority of the votes (after giving effect, if required,  to the provisions of
this Article XIV)  entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock
of the Corporation entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of
the stockholders,  and every reference in this Certificate of Incorporation to a
majority  or other  proportion  of capital  stock (or the holders  thereof)  for
purposes  of  determining   any  quorum   requirement  or  any  requirement  for
stockholder  consent or  approval  shall be deemed to refer to such  majority or
other  proportion of the votes (or the holders thereof) then entitled to be cast
in respect of such capital stock.

         E. The  provisions  of this Article XIV shall not be  applicable to any
tax-qualified   defined  benefit  plan  or  defined  contribution  plan  of  the
Corporation or its subsidiaries or to the Offer to acquire or the acquisition of
more than 10% of any class of equity  security of the  Corporation if such Offer
to acquire or acquisition  has been approved by a majority of the  Corporation's
Continuing Directors.

         F. In the event any provision (or portion  thereof) of this Article XIV
shall be found to be invalid,  prohibited or unenforceable  for any reason,  the
remaining  provisions (or portions  thereof) of this Article XIV shall remain in
full force and effect, and shall be construed as if such invalid,  prohibited or
unenforceable  provision  had been  stricken  here  from or  otherwise  rendered
inapplicable,  it being the intent of this Corporation and its stockholders that
each such remaining  provision (or portion  thereof) of this Article XIV remain,
to the fullest extent  permitted by law,  applicable  and  enforceable as to all
stockholders,  including  stockholders owning an amount of stock over the Limit,
notwithstanding any such finding.



                                        9

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE XV

                        Approval of Business Combinations
                        ---------------------------------

         A.       Definitions and Related Matters.  For  the  purposes  of  this
Article XV and as otherwise  expressly  referenced hereto in this Certificate of
Incorporation:

                  1.  "Affiliate"  means a person that  directly,  or indirectly
through one or more intermediaries,  controls,  or is controlled by, or is under
common control with, a specified person.

                  2. "Announcement date," when used in reference to any business
combination,  means  the date of the first  public  announcement  of the  final,
definitive proposal for that business combination.

                  3.  "Associate," when used to indicate a relationship with any
person,  means (1) any  corporation or  organization  of which that person is an
officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of 10% or
more of any class of voting  stock,  (2) any trust or other estate in which that
person has a substantial  beneficial  interest or as to which that person serves
as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity,  or (3) any relative or spouse of
that  person,  or any  relative  of that  spouse,  who has the same home as that
person.

                  4.  "Beneficial  owner,"  when used with respect to any stock,
means a person:

                           (1)  that, individually or with or through any of its
affiliates or associates, beneficially owns that stock, directly or indirectly;

                           (2)  that, individually or with or through any of its
affiliates or associates,  has (a) the right to acquire that stock (whether that
right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), pursuant to
any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether or not in writing), or upon
the exercise of conversion  rights,  exchange  rights,  warrants or options,  or
otherwise;  provided,  however, that a person shall not be deemed the beneficial
owner of stock  tendered  pursuant  to a tender or  exchange  offer made by that
person or any of that  person's  affiliates  or  associates  until that tendered
stock is accepted for purchase or exchange;  or (b) the right to vote that stock
pursuant  to any  agreement,  arrangement  or  understanding  (whether or not in
writing);  provided,  however,  that a person shall not be deemed the beneficial
owner of any stock under this  subparagraph  if the  agreement,  arrangement  or
understanding  to vote that stock (i) arises  solely from a  revocable  proxy or
consent given in response to a proxy or consent  solicitation made in accordance
with the applicable  rules and  regulations  under the Exchange Act, and (ii) is
not then  reportable on a Schedule 13D under the Exchange Act (or any comparable
or successor report); or

                           (3)           that has any agreement, arrangement  or
understanding  (whether  or not in  writing),  for  the  purpose  of  acquiring,
holding,  voting  (except  voting  pursuant to a  revocable  proxy or consent as
described in subparagraph (b) of paragraph (2) of this subsection,  or disposing
of that stock with any other person that beneficially  owns, or whose affiliates
or associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, that stock.

                  5.  "Business  combination,"  when  used in  reference  to the
Corporation and any interested stockholder of the Corporation, means:

                                       10

<PAGE>




                           (1) any merger or consolidation of the Corporation or
any subsidiary of the Corporation  with (a) that  interested  stockholder or (b)
any other  corporation  (whether or not it is an interested  stockholder  of the
Corporation) which is, or after a merger or consolidation would be, an affiliate
or associate of that interested stockholder;

                           (2) any  sale,  lease,  exchange,  mortgage,  pledge,
transfer or other  disposition (in one transaction or a series of  transactions)
to or with that  interested  stockholder  or any  affiliate or associate of that
interested  stockholder  of assets of the  Corporation  or any subsidiary of the
Corporation  (a) having an  aggregate  market  value equal to 10% or more of the
aggregate market value of all the assets, determined on a consolidated basis, of
the  Corporation,  (b) having an aggregate  market value equal to 10% or more of
the aggregate market value of all the outstanding  stock of the Corporation,  or
(c)  representing  10% or more of the earnings power or income,  determined on a
consolidated basis, of the Corporation;

                           (3)      the issuance or transfer by the  Corporation
or any  subsidiary  of the  Corporation  (in  one  transaction  or a  series  of
transactions)  of  any  stock  of  the  corporation  or  any  subsidiary  of the
Corporation  which  has an  aggregate  market  value  equal to 5% or more of the
aggregate  market value of all the outstanding  stock of the Corporation to that
interested  stockholder  or  any  affiliate  or  associate  of  that  interested
stockholder,  except  pursuant to the exercise of warrants or rights to purchase
stock  offered,  or a dividend  or  distribution  paid or made,  pro rata to all
stockholders of the Corporation;

                           (4)      the adoption of any plan or proposal for the
liquidation  or  dissolution  of the  Corporation  proposed  by, on behalf of or
pursuant  to any  agreement,  arrangement  or  understanding  (whether or not in
writing) with that interested  stockholder or any affiliate or associate of that
interested stockholder;

                           (5)    any reclassification of securities (including,
without  limitation,  any stock split, stock dividend,  or other distribution of
stock in respect of stock, or any reverse stock split), or  recapitalization  of
the  corporation,  or any merger or  consolidation  of the Corporation  with any
subsidiary of the Corporation, or any other transaction (whether or not with, or
into,  or otherwise  involving  that  interested  stockholder),  proposed by, on
behalf of or pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether or
not in writing) with that  interested  stockholder or any affiliate or associate
of that interested stockholder, which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of
increasing the  proportionate  share of the  outstanding  shares of any class or
series of stock or securities  convertible  into voting stock of the Corporation
or any subsidiary of the  Corporation  which is directly or indirectly  owned by
that  interested  stockholder  or any affiliate or associate of that  interested
stockholder,  except as a result of immaterial  changes due to fractional  share
adjustments; or

                           (6)     any receipt by that interested stockholder or
any  affiliate  or  associate  of that  interested  stockholder  of the benefit,
directly  or  indirectly  (except   proportionately  as  a  stockholder  of  the
Corporation),  of any loans,  advances,  guarantees,  pledges or other financial
assistance or any tax credits or other tax advantages provided by or through the
Corporation;  provided,  however, that the term "business combination" shall not
be deemed  to  include  the  receipt  of any of the  foregoing  benefits  by the
Corporation or any of the  Corporation's  affiliates  arising from  transactions
(such as intercompany loans or tax sharing arrangements) between the Corporation
and its affiliates in the ordinary course of business.


                                       11

<PAGE>



                  6. "Common stock" means any stock other than preferred stock.

                  7.   "Consummation   date,"  with   respect  to  any  business
combination, means the date of consummation of that business combination.

                  8. "Control,"  including terms  "controlling"  "controlled by"
and "under common control with," means the  possession,  directly or indirectly,
of the power to direct or cause the direction of the  management and policies of
a person,  whether  through the  ownership  of voting  stock,  by  contract,  or
otherwise. A person's beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the voting power of
the  Corporation's  voting  stock  shall  create a  presumption  that person has
control of the Corporation.  Notwithstanding the foregoing in this subsection, a
person shall not be deemed to have control of a corporation if that person holds
voting  power,  in good  faith and not for the  purpose  of  circumventing  this
section,  as an agent,  bank, broker,  nominee,  custodian or trustee for one or
more beneficial owners who do not individually or as a group have control of the
Corporation.

                  9. "Exchange Act" means the "Securities Exchange Act of 1934,"
(15 U.S.C. ss.78a et seq.) as the same has been or hereafter may be amended from
time to time.

                  10.  "Interested  stockholder,"  when used in reference to the
Corporation,  means any person (other than the  Corporation or any subsidiary of
the Corporation) that:

                           (1)  is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly,
of 10% or more of the  voting  power  of the  outstanding  voting  stock  of the
Corporation; or

                           (2)   is an affiliate or associate of the Corporation
and at any time within the  five-year  period  immediately  prior to the date in
question was the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 10% or more of the
voting power of the then outstanding  stock of the Corporation.  For the purpose
of determining  whether a person is an interested  stockholder  pursuant to this
subsection, the number of shares of voting stock of the Corporation deemed to be
outstanding  shall include shares deemed to be beneficially  owned by the person
through  application of subsection A.4 of this Article but shall not include any
other unissued shares of voting stock of the  Corporation  which may be issuable
pursuant to any  agreement,  arrangement or  understanding,  or upon exercise of
conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.

                           (3) is an assignee of or has  otherwise  succeeded to
any shares of voting  stock  which were at any time within the  two-year  period
immediately prior to the date in question  beneficially  owned by any Interested
Stockholder,  if such assignment or succession shall have occurred in the course
of a  transaction  or series of  transactions  not  involving a public  offering
within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933.

                  11. "Market  value," when used in reference to property of the
Corporation, means:

                           (1)   in the case of stock, the highest closing sales
price of the stock during the 30 day period  immediately  preceding  the date in
question,  on the principal United States securities  exchange  registered under
the Exchange Act on which that stock is listed,  or, if that stock is not listed
on any such exchange,  the highest closing bid quotation with respect to a share
of that stock  during the 30-day  period  preceding  the date in question on the
National Association of Securities Dealers,  Inc. Automated Quotation System, or
any system then in use, or if no such quotations are available, the fair

                                       12

<PAGE>



market value on the date in question of a share of the  Corporation's  stock  as
determined by the board of directors of the Corporation in good faith; and

                           (2) in the case of property other than cash or stock,
the fair market value of that  property on the date in question as determined by
the board of directors of the Corporation in good faith.

                  12.      "Stock" means:

                           (1)    any stock or similar security, any certificate
of interest, any participation in any profit sharing agreement, any voting trust
certificate, or any certificate of deposit for stock; and

                           (2)      any security  convertible, with  or  without
consideration,  into stock, or any warrant, call or other option or privilege of
buying stock  without being bound to do so, or any other  security  carrying any
right to acquire, subscribe to or purchase stock.

                  13. "Stock  acquisition  date," with respect to any person and
the  Corporation,  means the date that such person first  becomes an  interested
stockholder of the Corporation.

                  14.   "Subsidiary"   of  the   Corporation   means  any  other
corporation  of which voting stock having a majority of the votes entitled to be
cast is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation.

                  15.  "Voting  stock"  means  shares  of  capital  stock of the
Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

B.       Approval of Business Combinations.

         The  Corporation  shall not engage in a business  combination  with any
interested  stockholder  for a period of five years  following  that  interested
stockholder's stock acquisition date unless the business combination is approved
by  the  board  of  directors  prior  to  the  interested   stockholder's  stock
acquisition date.

         In  addition,   the  Corporation  shall  not  engage  in  any  business
combination  with any  interested  stockholder  of the  Corporation  at any time
unless one of the following three conditions are met:

         1. the  business  combination  is approved by the board of directors of
the Corporation  prior to that interested  stockholder's  stock acquisition date
and thereafter approved by stockholders in accordance with applicable law.

         2. the business  combination is approved by the affirmative vote of the
holders  of at least  80% of the  voting  stock not  beneficially  owned by that
interested stockholder at a meeting called for such purpose.


                                       13

<PAGE>



         3.      the business combination meets all of the following conditions:

                  (1) the aggregate  amount of the cash and the market value, as
of the consummation  date, of  consideration  other than cash to be received per
share by holders of  outstanding  shares of common stock of the  Corporation  in
that business combination is at least equal to the higher of the following:

                           (a)      the highest per share price  (including  any
brokerage commissions, transfer taxes and soliciting dealers' fees) paid by that
interested  stockholder  for any  shares  of common  stock of the same  class or
series acquired by it (i) within the five-year period  immediately  prior to the
announcement date with respect to that business combination,  or (ii) within the
five-year  period  immediately  prior to, or in, the  transaction  in which that
interested  stockholder became an interested  stockholder,  whichever is higher;
plus,  in either case,  interest  compounded  annually from the earliest date on
which that highest per share acquisition price was paid through the consummation
date at the rate for one-year  United States Treasury  obligations  from time to
time in effect;  less the aggregate  amount of any cash dividends  paid, and the
market value of any dividends paid other than in cash, per share of common stock
since that earliest date, up to the amount of that interest; and

                           (b)     the market value per share of common stock on
the  announcement  date with  respect to that  business  combination  or on that
interested  stockholder's  stock  acquisition  date,  whichever is higher;  plus
interest compounded annually from that date through the consummation date at the
rate for  one-year  United  States  Treasury  obligations  from  time to time in
effect;  less the aggregate  amount of any cash  dividends  paid, and the market
value of any dividends  paid other than in cash, per share of common stock since
that date, up to the amount of that interest;

                  (2) the  aggregate  amount of the cash and the market value as
of the  consummation  date of  consideration  other than cash to be received per
share by holders of  outstanding  shares of any class or series of stock,  other
than common stock,  of the  Corporation  is at least equal to the highest of the
following  (whether or not that interested  stockholder has previously  acquired
any shares of that class or series of stock):

                           (a)      the highest per share price  (including  any
brokerage commissions, transfer taxes and soliciting dealers' fees) paid by that
interested  stockholder for any shares of that class or series of stock acquired
by it (i) within the five-year period immediately prior to the announcement date
with respect to that business  combination,  or (ii) within the five-year period
immediately   prior  to,  or  in,  the  transaction  in  which  that  interested
stockholder  became an  interested  stockholder,  whichever is higher;  plus, in
either case,  interest  compounded  annually from the earliest date on which the
highest per share  acquisition  price was paid through the consummation  date at
the rate for one-year  United States Treasury  obligations  from time to time in
effect;  less the aggregate  amount of any cash  dividends  paid, and the market
value of any  dividends  paid  other  than in cash,  per share of that  class or
series of stock since that earliest date, up to the amount of that interest;

                           (b)      the highest preferential amount per share to
which the holders of shares of that class or series of stock are entitled in the
event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, plus the
aggregate amount of any dividends  declared or due at to which those holders are
entitled  prior to payment of  dividends  on some other class or series of stock
(unless the aggregate amount of those dividends is included in that preferential
amount); and


                                       14

<PAGE>



                           (c)      the market value per share of that class  or
series  of  stock  on the  announcement  date  with  respect  to  that  business
combination  or  on  that  interested   stockholder's  stock  acquisition  date,
whichever is higher;  plus interest  compounded  annually from that date through
the  consummation   date  at  the  rate  for  one-year  United  States  Treasury
obligations  from time to time in effect;  less the aggregate amount of any cash
dividends  paid,  and the market value of any dividends paid other than in cash,
per share of that class or series of stock since that date,  up to the amount of
that interest;

                  (3)  the   consideration  to  be  received  by  holders  of  a
particular class or series of outstanding  stock (including common stock) of the
Corporation  in that business  combination is in cash or in the same form as the
interested  stockholder has used to acquire the largest number of shares of that
class or series of stock previously acquired by it;

                  (4) the  holders  of all  outstanding  shares  of stock of the
Corporation not beneficially  owned by that interested  stockholder  immediately
prior to the  consummation of that business  combination are entitled to receive
in that business  combination  cash or other  consideration  for those shares in
compliance with paragraphs (1), (2) and (3) of this subsection; and

                  (5) after that interested stockholder's stock acquisition date
and prior to the  consummation  date with respect to that business  combination,
that  interested  stockholder  has  not  become  the  beneficial  owner  of  any
additional shares of stock of the Corporation, except:

                           (a)    as  part  of the transaction which resulted in
that interested stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

                           (b)    by virtue of proportionate stock splits, stock
dividends or other distributions of stock in respect of stock not constituting a
business combination as defined in Section A.5(5) of this Article;

                           (c)     through a business combination meeting all of
the conditions of paragraph (3) and this paragraph; or

                           (d)    through the purchase by that interested stock-
holder  at any  price  which,  if that  price  had  been  paid  in an  otherwise
permissible business combination, the announcement date and consummation date of
which was the date of that purchase,  would have satisfied the  requirements  of
paragraphs (1), (2) and (3) of this subsection.

                  (6)  Exceptions.  The  provisions of this Article XV shall not
apply  to  any  business  combination  of the  Corporation  with  an  interested
stockholder  of  the   Corporation   which  became  an  interested   stockholder
inadvertently, if such interested stockholder (i) as soon as practicable divests
itself,  himself or herself of a  sufficient  amount of the voting  stock of the
Corporation so that it, he or she no longer is the beneficial owner, directly or
indirectly,  of 10% or more of the voting power of the outstanding  voting stock
of the Corporation or a subsidiary  corporation,  and (ii) would not at any time
within the five-year period preceding the announcement date with respect to that
business   combination  have  been  an  interested   stockholder  but  for  that
inadvertent acquisition. Nothing contained in this Article XV shall be construed
to relieve any interested  stockholder from any fiduciary  obligation imposed by
law.


                                       15

<PAGE>



         Evaluation of Business Combinations. In connection with the exercise of
its judgment in determining what is in the best interests of the Corporation and
of the  stockholders,  when  evaluating  a business  combination  or a tender or
exchange offer, the board of directors of the Corporation  shall, in addition to
considering  the adequacy of the amount to be paid in  connection  with any such
transaction,  consider all of the following  factors and any other factors which
it deems  relevant:  (i) the social and  economic  effects of entering  into the
transaction on the Corporation and its subsidiaries,  and its present and future
employees, depositors, loan and other customers, creditors and other elements of
the  communities in which the Corporation  and its  subsidiaries  operate or are
located; (ii) the business and financial condition and earnings prospects of the
acquiring  person or entity,  including,  but not limited  to, debt  service and
other existing financial  obligations,  financial  obligations to be incurred in
connection with the acquisition,  and other likely financial  obligations of the
acquiring person or entity,  and the possible effect of such conditions upon the
Corporation  and its  subsidiaries  and the other elements of the communities in
which the Corporation and its subsidiaries operate or are located; and (iii) the
competence,  experience, and integrity of the acquiring person or entity and its
or their management.

                                   ARTICLE XVI

                Elimination of Directors' and Officers' Liability
                -------------------------------------------------

         Directors  and  officers  of the  Corporation  shall  have no  personal
liability to the Corporation or its  stockholders  for damages for breach of any
duty owed to the Corporation or its stockholders, provided that this Article XVI
shall not relieve a director or officer  from  liability  for any breach of duty
based upon an act or omission (i) in breach of the  director's or officer's duty
of loyalty to the  Corporation  or its  stockholders,  (ii) not in good faith or
involving  a knowing  violation  of law, or (iii)  resulting  in receipt by such
person of an  improper  personal  benefit.  Any repeal or  modification  of this
Article XVI by the  stockholders of the Corporation  shall not adversely  affect
any right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation hereunder or
otherwise  with respect to any act or omission  occurring  before such repeal or
modification is effective. If the New Jersey Business Corporation Act is amended
to further limit the personal  liability of directors  and  officers,  then such
liability will be limited to the fullest extent permitted under the law.

                                  ARTICLE XVII

                                 Indemnification
                                 ---------------

         A. Indemnification.  The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was
or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened,  pending or
completed  action,  suit or proceeding,  including actions by or in the right of
the  Corporation,  whether  civil,  criminal,  administrative,   arbitrative  or
investigative,  by reason of the fact  that  such  person is or was a  director,
officer,  employee or agent of the Corporation or of any constituent corporation
absorbed by the Corporation in a consolidation  or merger,  or is or was serving
at the request of the Corporation as a director,  officer,  employee or agent of
another Corporation,  partnership, joint venture, sole proprietorship,  trust or
other enterprise,  against expenses  (including  attorneys'  fees),  judgements,
fines and amounts paid in settlement  actually and  reasonably  incurred by such
person in  connection  with such action,  suit or  proceeding to the full extent
permissible under New Jersey law.



                                       16

<PAGE>



         B. Advance  Payment.  The  Corporation  may pay in advance any expenses
(including  attorneys' fees) which may become subject to  indemnification  under
Section A of this Article XVII if the person receiving the payment undertakes in
writing to repay the same if it is ultimately  determined  that he or she is not
entitled to indemnification by the Corporation under New Jersey law.

         C.  Nonexclusive.  The  indemnification  and  advancement  of  expenses
provided by Sections A and B of this Article XVII or otherwise  granted pursuant
to New Jersey law shall not be  exclusive  of any other rights to which a person
may be entitled by law, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders, or disinterested
directors, or otherwise.

         D. Continuation.  The  indemnification  and advance payment provided by
Sections A and B shall continue as to a person who has ceased to hold a position
named in  paragraph A of this  Article XVII and shall inure to his or her heirs,
executors and  administrators.  In addition,  any repeal or modification of this
Article XVII by the  stockholders of the Corporation  shall not adversely affect
any right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation hereunder or
otherwise  with respect to any act or omission  occurring  before such repeal or
modification is effective.

         E. Insurance.  The  Corporation may purchase and maintain  insurance on
behalf of any person who holds or who has held any  position  named in Section A
of this Article XVII,  against any liability  incurred by him or her in any such
position,  or  arising  out of his or her  status  as such,  whether  or not the
Corporation  would have power to  indemnify  him or her against  such  liability
under this Article and New Jersey law.

         F. Savings Clause.  If this Article XVII or any portion hereof shall be
invalidated  on any  ground by any  court of  competent  jurisdiction,  then the
Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director,  officer,  employee, and
agent  of  the  Corporation  as  to  costs,  charges,  and  expenses  (including
attorneys' fees), judgments,  fines, and amounts paid in settlement with respect
to any action,  suit, or proceeding,  whether civil,  criminal,  administrative,
arbitrative  or  investigative,  including  an  action by or in the right of the
Corporation  to the full  extent  permitted  by any  applicable  portion of this
Article  XVII  that  shall  not have  been  invalidated  and to the full  extent
permitted by applicable law.

                                  ARTICLE XVIII

                               Amendment of Bylaws
                               -------------------

         In  furtherance  and  not in  limitation  of the  powers  conferred  by
statute,  the board of directors of the  Corporation is expressly  authorized to
make,  repeal,  alter, amend and rescind the Bylaws of the Corporation by a vote
of  two-thirds  of the board of  directors  present at a legal  meeting  held in
accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the  Bylaws.  Notwithstanding  any  other
provision  of  this   Certificate  or  the  Bylaws  of  the   Corporation   (and
notwithstanding  the fact that some lesser  percentage may be specified by law),
the Bylaws  shall not be made,  repealed,  altered,  amended or rescinded by the
stockholders  of the  Corporation  except by the vote of the holders of not less
than 80% of the  outstanding  shares  of the  capital  stock of the  Corporation
entitled to vote  generally in the election of  directors  (considered  for this
purpose as one  class)  cast at a meeting  of the  stockholders  called for that
purpose  (provided that notice of such proposed  adoption,  repeal,  alteration,
amendment or rescission is included in the notice of such  meeting),  or, as set
forth above, by the board of directors.


                                       17

<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE XIX

                    Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation
                    -----------------------------------------

         The Corporation  reserves the right to repeal,  alter, amend or rescind
any  provision  contained  in this  Certificate  in the manner now or  hereafter
prescribed by law, and all rights  conferred on stockholders  herein are granted
subject to this reservation.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the provisions set
forth in Articles  VIII, X, XI, XII, XIII,  XIV, XV, XVI,  XVII,  XVIII and this
Article  XIX of  this  Certificate  may not be  repealed,  altered,  amended  or
rescinded in any respect unless such action is approved by the affirmative  vote
of the holders of not less than 80% of the  outstanding  shares of capital stock
of the  Corporation  entitled to vote  generally  in the  election of  directors
(considered  for  this  purpose  as a single  class)  cast at a  meeting  of the
stockholders  called for that  purpose  (provided  that notice of such  proposed
adoption,  repeal,  alteration,  amendment or rescission is properly included in
the notice of such meeting).


         THE  UNDERSIGNED,  being the Incorporator  hereinbefore  named, for the
purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the New Jersey Business Corporation
Act, does make this Certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this is my
act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and  accordingly has hereunto
set my hand this the 6th day of May, 1998.


                                                 /s/Gary N. Pelehaty
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 Gary N. Pelehaty
                                                 Incorporator




                                       18





                                EXHIBIT 3.(ii)

<PAGE>

                                     BYLAWS
                                       OF
                            FARNSWORTH BANCORP, INC.


                             ARTICLE I - Home Office

         The home office of Farnsworth Bancorp,  Inc. (the "Corporation")  shall
be located at 789 Farnsworth Avenue, in Bordentown, in the County of Burlington,
in the State of New Jersey.  The Corporation may also have offices at such other
places within or without the State of New Jersey as the board of directors shall
from time to time determine.

                            ARTICLE II - Shareholders

         Section  1. Place of  Meetings.  All annual  and  special  meetings  of
shareholders  shall be held at the home  office  of the  Corporation  or at such
other place in the State of New Jersey as the board of directors may determine.

         Section 2.        Annual Meeting.  A meeting of the shareholders of the
Corporation  for the election of directors and for the  transaction of any other
business of the Corporation  shall be held annually at such date and time as the
board of directors may determine.

         Section 3. Special Meetings. Notwithstanding any other provision of the
Certificate  of  Incorporation  or these Bylaws of the  Corporation,  any action
required  to be taken or which may be taken at any annual or special  meeting of
shareholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting, only as provided
in the Certificate of Incorporation.

         Section 4.      Conduct of Meetings.  Annual and special meetings shall
be conducted in  accordance  with rules and  procedures  adopted by the board of
directors.

         Section 5. Notice of Meetings.  Written notice stating the place,  day,
and hour of the  meeting and the  purpose(s)  for which the meeting is so called
shall be  delivered  not fewer than ten nor more than 50 days before the date of
the  meeting,  either  personally  or by  mail,  by or at the  direction  of the
president,  or the  secretary,  or the  directors  calling the meeting,  to each
shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting.  If mailed,  such notice
shall be deemed to be delivered  when  deposited  in the mail,  addressed to the
shareholder  at the address as it appears on the stock transfer books or records
of the Corporation as of the record date prescribed in Section 6 of this Article
II with  postage  prepaid.  When any  shareholders'  meeting,  either  annual or
special, is adjourned for 30 days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting shall
be given as in the case of an original  meeting.  It shall not be  necessary  to
give any notice of the time and place of any meeting  adjourned for less than 30
days  or of  the  business  to be  transacted  at the  meeting,  other  than  an
announcement at the meeting at which such adjournment is taken.

         Section 6. Fixing of Record Date.  For the purpose of  determining  the
shareholders  entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or
any  adjournment,  or  the  shareholders  entitled  to  receive  payment  of any
dividend,  or in order to make a  determination  of  shareholders  for any other
proper purpose, the board of directors shall fix in advance a date as the record
date for any such determination of shareholders.  Such date in any case shall be
not more than 60 days and, in case of a meeting of shareholders,  not fewer than
10 days prior to the date on which the particular action, requiring


<PAGE>



such  determination  of  shareholders,  is to be taken.  When a determination of
shareholders  entitled to vote at any meeting of  shareholders  has been made as
provided in this Section 6 of Article II, such determination  shall apply to any
adjournment.

         Section 7. Voting Lists. A list of  shareholders  shall be kept on file
at the home office of the  Corporation and shall be subject to inspection by any
shareholder for a proper purpose and upon five days written demand, who has been
a shareholder of record for at least six months  preceding his or her demand or,
any person holding, or so authorized in writing by the holders of at least 5% of
the outstanding shares.

         Section  8.  Quorum.  A  majority  of  the  outstanding  shares  of the
Corporation  entitled  to  vote,  represented  in  person  or  by  proxy,  shall
constitute a quorum at a meeting of shareholders. If less than a majority of the
outstanding  shares is  represented  at a meeting,  a majority  of the shares so
represented  may adjourn the  meeting  from time to time,  subject to the notice
requirements of Section 5 of this Article II. At such adjourned meeting at which
a quorum shall be present or represented,  any business may be transacted  which
might  have  been  transacted  at  the  meeting  as  originally  notified.   The
shareholders  present at a duly  organized  meeting  may  continue  to  transact
business   until   adjournment,   notwithstanding   the   withdrawal  of  enough
shareholders to constitute less than a quorum.

         Section 9. Proxies. At all meetings of stockholders,  a stockholder may
vote  by  proxy  executed  by the  stockholder  in the  manner  provided  by the
Certificate  of  Incorporation.  Proxies  solicited on behalf of the  management
shall be  voted as  directed  by the  stockholder  or,  in the  absence  of such
direction, as determined by a majority of the board of directors. No proxy shall
be valid after eleven  months from the date of its  execution  unless  otherwise
provided in the proxy.

         Section 10. Voting.  At each election for directors,  every stockholder
entitled to vote at such  election  shall be entitled to one vote for each share
of stock held by him or her.  Directors shall be elected by a plurality of votes
of the  shares  present in person or  represented  by proxy at the  meeting  and
entitled to vote on the election of directors.  Unless otherwise provided in the
Certificate of Incorporation,  by statute,  or by these Bylaws, in matters other
than the election of  directors,  a majority of the shares  present in person or
represented  by proxy at a lawful  meeting  and  entitled to vote on the subject
matter, shall be sufficient to pass on a transaction or matter.

         Section 11. Voting of Shares in the Name of Two or More  Persons.  When
ownership of stock stands in the name of two or more persons,  in the absence of
written  directions to the  Corporation  to the contrary,  at any meeting of the
shareholders of the Corporation,  any one or more of such shareholders may cast,
in person or by proxy,  all votes to which such  ownership is  entitled.  In the
event an attempt is made to cast  conflicting  votes,  in person or by proxy, by
the several  persons in whose names shares of stock stand,  the vote or votes to
which  those  persons  are  entitled  shall be cast as directed by a majority of
those  holding  such and present in person or by proxy at such  meeting,  but no
votes shall be cast for such stock if a majority cannot agree.

         Section 12. Voting of Shares of Certain Holders. Shares standing in the
name of another corporation may be voted by any officer,  agent, or proxy as the
bylaws of such corporation may prescribe,  or, in the absence of such provision,
as the board of directors of such  corporation may determine.  Shares held by an
administrator,  executor,  guardian,  or conservator may be voted by him or her,
either in person or by proxy,  without a transfer of such shares into his or her
name.  Shares  standing  in the  name of a  trustee  may be voted by him or her,
either in person or by proxy, but no trustee shall

                                       -2-

<PAGE>



be  entitled to vote shares held by him or her without a transfer of shares into
his or her name.  Shares standing in the name of a receiver may be voted by such
receiver,  and shares held by or under the control of a receiver may be voted by
such receiver without the transfer into his or her name if authority to do so is
contained  in an  appropriate  order of the court or other  public  authority by
which such receiver was appointed.

         A  shareholder  whose shares are pledged shall be entitled to vote such
shares until the shares have been transferred into the name of the pledgee,  and
thereafter, the pledgee shall be entitled to vote the shares so transferred.

         Neither  treasury  shares of its own stock held by the  Corporation nor
shares held by another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote
for  the  election  of  directors  of such  other  corporation  are  held by the
Corporation,  shall be voted at any meeting or counted in determining  the total
number of outstanding shares at any given time for purposes of any meeting.

         Section  13.  Inspectors  of  Election.  In advance  of any  meeting of
shareholders, the board of directors may appoint any persons other than nominees
for office as inspectors of election to act at such meeting or any  adjournment.
The  number of  inspectors  shall be either one or three.  Any such  appointment
shall not be  altered at the  meeting.  If  inspectors  of  election  are not so
appointed,  the chairman of the board or the president may, or on the request of
not fewer than 10 percent of the votes  represented at the meeting  shall,  make
such  appointment at the meeting.  If appointed at the meeting,  the majority of
the votes  present shall  determine  whether one or three  inspectors  are to be
appointed. In case any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or
refuses  to act,  the  vacancy  may be  filled  by  appointment  by the board of
directors  in advance of the  meeting or at the  meeting by the  chairman of the
board or the president.

         Unless  otherwise  prescribed by regulation of the board, the duties of
such inspectors  shall include:  determining the number of shares and the voting
power of each share, the shares  represented at the meeting,  the existence of a
quorum, and the authenticity,  validity and effect of proxies;  receiving votes,
ballots,  or consents;  hearing and  determining all challenges and questions in
any way arising in connection  with the rights to vote;  counting and tabulating
all votes or consents; determining the result; and such acts as may be proper to
conduct the election or vote with fairness to all shareholders.

         Section 14. Nominating Committee. The board of directors shall act as a
nominating  committee  for  selecting  the  management  nominees for election as
directors.  Except in the case of a nominee substituted as a result of the death
or other  incapacity of a management  nominee,  the nominating  committee  shall
deliver  written  nominations to the secretary at least twenty days prior to the
date of the annual meeting.  Provided such committee makes such nominations,  no
nominations for directors except those made by the nominating committee shall be
voted upon at the annual meeting unless other  nominations by  stockholders  are
made in writing and delivered to the secretary of the  Corporation in accordance
with the provisions of Article II, Section 15 of these Bylaws.


         Section  15.  Notice for  Nominations  and  Proposals.  Nominations  of
candidates for election as directors at any annual meeting of  stockholders  may
be made (a) by, or at the  direction of, a majority of the board of directors or
(b) by any  stockholder  entitled to vote at such annual  meeting.  Only persons
nominated in accordance  with the  procedures set forth in this Section 15 shall
be eligible for election as directors at an annual meeting.  Ballots bearing the
names of all the persons who have been nominated

                                       -3-

<PAGE>



for election as directors at an annual meeting in accordance with the procedures
set forth in this Section 15 shall be provided for use at the annual meeting.

         Nominations,  other than those made by or at the direction of the board
of  directors,  shall be made  pursuant  to  timely  notice  in  writing  to the
Secretary of the  Corporation  as set forth in this Section 15. To be timely,  a
stockholder's  notice  shall be  delivered  to, or mailed and  received  at, the
principal  office  of the  Corporation  not  less  than  60  days  prior  to the
anniversary date of the immediately  preceding annual meeting of stockholders of
the  Corporation;  provided,  however,  that with respect to the first scheduled
annual meeting,  notice by the  stockholder  must be so delivered or received no
later than the close of  business  on the tenth day  following  the day on which
notice of the date of the  scheduled  meeting  must be  delivered or received no
later  than the close of  business  on the fifth day  preceding  the date of the
meeting.  Such  stockholder's  notice shall set forth (a) as to each person whom
the  stockholder  proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director
and as to the stockholder  giving the notice (i) the name, age, business address
and  residence  address  of  such  person,  (ii)  the  principal  occupation  or
employment of such person,  (iii) the class and number of shares of  Corporation
stock which are Beneficially Owned (as defined in Article XIV of the Certificate
of  Incorporation)  by such person on the date of such stockholder  notice,  and
(iv) any other  information  relating  to such  person  that is  required  to be
disclosed in  solicitations  of proxies with respect to nominees for election as
directors, pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended (the  "Exchange  Act"),  including,  but not limited to,  information
required to be  disclosed  by Items 4, 5, 6 and 7 of Schedule 14A to be filed on
with the Securities and Exchange  Commission (or any successors of such items or
schedule);  and (b) as to the  stockholder  giving  the  notice (i) the name and
address, as they appear on the Corporation's  books, of such stockholder and any
other  stockholders known by such stockholder to be supporting such nominees and
(ii) the class and number of shares of Corporation  stock which are Beneficially
Owned by such  stockholder  on the date of such  stockholder  notice and, to the
extent  known,  by any  other  stockholders  known  by  such  stockholder  to be
supporting such nominees on the date of such stockholder  notice. At the request
of the board of directors,  any person nominated by, or at the direction of, the
Board for  election  as a director  at an annual  meeting  shall  furnish to the
Secretary  of the  Corporation  that  information  required to be set forth in a
stockholder's notice of nomination which pertains to the nominee.

         Proposals, other than those made by or at the direction of the board of
directors,  shall be made  pursuant to timely notice in writing to the Secretary
of the Corporation as set forth in this Section 15. For stockholder proposals to
be included in the  Corporation's  proxy materials,  the stockholder must comply
with all the timing and informational requirements of Rule 14a-8 of the Exchange
Act (or any successor  regulation).  With respect to stockholder proposals to be
considered  at the  annual  meeting  of  stockholders  but not  included  in the
Corporation's proxy materials,  the stockholder's  notice shall be delivered to,
or mailed and received at, the principal office of the Corporation not less than
60 days  prior  to the  anniversary  date of the  immediately  preceding  annual
meeting of stockholders of the Corporation.  Such stockholder's notice shall set
forth as to each  matter the  stockholder  proposes  to bring  before the annual
meeting (a) a brief description of the proposal desired to be brought before the
annual  meeting  and the  reasons  for  conducting  such  business at the annual
meeting, (b) the name and address, as they appear on the Corporation's books, of
the  stockholder  proposing  such business  and, to the extent known,  any other
stockholders  known by such stockholder to be supporting such proposal,  (c) the
class and number of shares of the Corporation stock which are Beneficially Owned
by the  stockholder  on the date of such  stockholder  notice and, to the extent
known, by any other stockholders known by such stockholder to be supporting such
proposal on the date of such stockholder  notice, and (d) any financial interest
of the stockholder in such proposal (other than interests which all stockholders
would have).

                                       -4-

<PAGE>




         The board of directors may reject any  nomination  by a stockholder  or
stockholder  proposal  not  timely  or  properly  made in  accordance  with  the
requirements  of this  Section 15. If the board of  directors,  or a  designated
committee thereof,  determines that the information  provided in a stockholder's
notice does not satisfy the informational requirements of this Section 15 in any
material respect, the Secretary of the Corporation shall notify such stockholder
of the deficiency in the notice.  The  stockholder  shall have an opportunity to
cure the deficiency by providing additional  information to the Secretary within
such  period  of time,  not to exceed  five  days from the date such  deficiency
notice is given to the stockholder,  as the board of directors or such committee
shall reasonably  determine.  If the deficiency is not cured within such period,
or if the board of directors or such committee  reasonably  determines  that the
additional  information  provided by the stockholder,  together with information
previously provided, does not satisfy the requirements of this Section 15 in any
material  respect,  then the board of  directors  may reject such  stockholder's
nomination  or  proposal.  The  Secretary  of the  Corporation  shall  notify  a
stockholder  in writing  whether his or her nomination or proposal has been made
in accordance with the time and  informational  requirements of this Section 15.
Notwithstanding the procedures set forth in this paragraph, if neither the board
of directors nor such committee makes a determination  as to the validity of any
nominations or proposals by a stockholder,  the presiding  officer of the annual
meeting shall determine and declare at the annual meeting whether the nomination
or proposal  was made in  accordance  with the terms of this  Section 15. If the
presiding  officer  determines  that  a  nomination  or  proposal  was  made  in
accordance  with the terms of this Section 15, he shall so declare at the annual
meeting and ballots  shall be provided  for use at the meeting  with  respect to
such nominee or proposal.  If the presiding officer determines that a nomination
or proposal  was not made in  accordance  with the terms of this  Section 15, he
shall so declare at the annual meeting and the defective  nomination or proposal
shall be disregarded.


                        ARTICLE III - Board of Directors

         Section 1. General Powers.  The business and affairs of the Corporation
shall be under the direction of its board of  directors.  The board of directors
may annually  elect a chairman of the board and one or more vice  chairmen  from
among its members and shall designate,  when present, either the chairman of the
board or in his or her  absence,  one of the vice  chairmen  to  preside  at its
meetings.

         Section 2. Number,  Term and  Election.  The board of  directors  shall
initially  consist of seven  members and shall be divided into three  classes as
nearly equal in number as  possible.  The members of each class shall be elected
for a term of three years and until their  successors  are elected or qualified.
The board of directors  shall be classified in accordance with the provisions of
the Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation. Directors are to be elected by a
plurality  of votes cast by the shares  entitled  to vote in the  election  at a
meeting of stockholders at which a quorum is present. The board of directors may
increase the number of members of the board of  directors  but in no event shall
the number of directors be increased in excess of fifteen (15) persons.

         Section 3. Place of  Meeting.  All annual and  special  meetings of the
board of directors  shall be held at the principal  office of the Corporation or
at such other place within or outside the State in which the principal office of
the  Corporation  is  located as the board of  directors  may  determine  and as
designated in the notice of such meeting.

         Section 4.        Regular Meetings.  A regular meeting of the board  of
directors  shall be held  without  other notice than this Bylaw at such time and
date as the board of directors may determine.


                                       -5-

<PAGE>



         Section 5. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the board of directors
may be called by or at the request of the chairman of the board,  the president,
or one-third of the directors.  The persons  authorized to call special meetings
of the board of directors may fix any place,  within or outside the State of New
Jersey,  as the place for holding any special  meeting of the board of directors
called by such persons.

         Members of the board of directors may  participate in special  meetings
by means of conference  telephone or similar  communications  equipment by which
all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Such participation
shall constitute presence in person.

         Section 6.  Notice of Special  Meeting.  Written  notice of at least 24
hours  regarding  any  special  meeting  of the  board  of  directors  or of any
committee  designated thereby shall be given to each director in accordance with
these Bylaws, although such notice may be waived by the director. The attendance
of such  director  at a  meeting  shall  constitute  a waiver  of notice of such
meeting,  except where a director  attends a meeting for the express  purpose of
objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully
called or convened.  Neither the business to be  transacted  at, nor the purpose
of,  any  meeting  need be  specified  in the notice of waiver of notice of such
meeting.

         Section 7.  Quorum.  A majority  of the  number of  directors  fixed by
Section 2 of this Article III shall  constitute a quorum for the  transaction of
business  at any  meeting  of the  board of  directors,  but if less  than  such
majority  is present  at a meeting,  a majority  of the  directors  present  may
adjourn the meeting from time to time.  Notice of any adjourned meeting shall be
given in the same manner as prescribed by Section 6 of this Article III.

         Section 8. Manner of Acting.  The act of the majority of the  directors
present at a meeting at which a quorum is present  shall be the act of the board
of  directors,  unless a  greater  number is  prescribed  by these  Bylaws,  the
Certificate of Incorporation or the laws of New Jersey.

         Section 9. Action Without a Meeting.  Any action  required or permitted
to be taken by the  board of  directors  at a  meeting  may be taken  without  a
meeting if a consent in  writing,  setting  forth the action so taken,  shall be
signed by all of the directors.

         Section 10. Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by sending
a  written  notice of such  resignation  to the home  office of the  Corporation
addressed  to the  chairman  of the  board or the  president.  Unless  otherwise
specified,  such  resignation  shall take effect upon receipt by the chairman of
the board or the president.

         Section 11. Vacancies.  Any vacancy occurring on the board of directors
may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining  directors,
although  less than a quorum of the board of  directors.  A director  elected to
fill a vacancy shall be elected to serve until the next election of directors by
the shareholders.  Any directorship to be filled by reason of an increase in the
number of directors  may be filled by election by the board of  directors  for a
term of office  continuing  only until the next  election  of  directors  by the
shareholders.

         Section  12.  Compensation.  Directors,  as such,  may receive a stated
salary for their services. By resolution of the board of directors, a reasonable
fixed sum, and  reasonable  expenses of  attendance,  if any, may be allowed for
actual attendance at each regular or special meeting of the board of directors.

                                       -6-

<PAGE>



Members  of  either   standing  or  special   committees  may  be  allowed  such
compensation as the board of directors may determine.

         Section 13. Presumption of Assent. A director of the Corporation who is
present  at a  meeting  of  the  board  of  directors  at  which  action  on any
Corporation  matter is taken shall be  presumed  to have  assented to the action
taken  unless his dissent or  abstention  shall be entered in the minutes of the
meeting or unless he or she shall file a written dissent to such action with the
person acting as the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment  thereof or
shall  forward  such  dissent  by  registered  mail  to  the  secretary  of  the
Corporation within five days after the date a copy of the minutes of the meeting
is  received.  Such right to dissent  shall not apply to a director who voted in
favor of such action.

         Section 14.     Removal of Directors.  Directors of the Corporation may
be  removed  only  in  accordance   with  the   Corporation's   Certificate   of
Incorporation.


                   ARTICLE IV - Executive And Other Committees

         Section 1. Appointment.  The board of directors,  by resolution adopted
by a majority of the full board,  may designate the chief executive  officer and
two or more of the other  directors to  constitute an executive  committee.  The
designation  of any committee  pursuant to this Article IV and the delegation of
authority shall not operate to relieve the board of directors,  or any director,
of any responsibility imposed by law or regulation.

         Section  2.  Authority.  The  executive  committee,  when the  board of
directors is not in session, shall have and may exercise all of the authority of
the board of directors  except to the extent,  if any, that such authority shall
be limited by the resolution appointing the executive committee; and except also
that the  executive  committee  shall  not have the  authority  of the  board of
directors with reference to: the declaration of dividends;  the amendment of the
Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws of the Corporation, or recommending
to the shareholders a plan of merger,  consolidation,  or conversion;  the sale,
lease,  or other  disposition  of all or  substantially  all of the property and
assets of the Corporation  otherwise than in the usual and regular course of its
business; a voluntary dissolution of the Corporation; a revocation of any of the
foregoing; or the approval of a transaction in which any member of the executive
committee, directly or indirectly, has any material beneficial interest.

         Section  3.  Tenure.  Subject  to the  provisions  of Section 8 of this
Article IV, each member of the executive  committee  shall hold office until the
next  regular  annual  meeting of the board of  directors  following  his or her
designation  and until a successor is  designated  as a member of the  executive
committee.

         Section 4. Meetings. Regular meetings of the executive committee may be
held without notice at such times and places as the executive  committee may fix
from time to time by resolution. Special meetings of the executive committee may
be called by any member  thereof upon not less than one day's notice stating the
place, date and hour of the meeting.  Any member of the executive  committee may
waive  notice of any meeting  and no notice of any meeting  need be given to any
member  thereof who attends in person.  The notice of a meeting of the executive
committee need not state the business proposed to be transacted at the meeting.


                                       -7-

<PAGE>



         Section 5. Quorum. A majority of the members of the executive committee
shall  constitute  a quorum  for the  transaction  of  business  at any  meeting
thereof,  and  action  of the  executive  committee  must be  authorized  by the
affirmative  vote of a majority of the  members  present at a meeting at which a
quorum is present.

         Section 6. Action Without a Meeting.  Any action  required or permitted
to be taken by the  executive  committee  at a  meeting  may be taken  without a
meeting if a consent in  writing,  setting  forth the action so taken,  shall be
signed by all of the members of the executive committee.

         Section 7.       Vacancies.  Any vacancy in the executive committee may
be filled by a resolution adopted by a majority of the full board of directors.

         Section  8.  Resignations  and  Removal.  Any  member of the  executive
committee may be removed at any time with or without cause by resolution adopted
by a  majority  of the full  board of  directors.  Any  member of the  executive
committee may resign from the executive  committee at any time by giving written
notice to the  president  or  secretary  of the  Corporation.  Unless  otherwise
specified,  such resignation shall take effect upon its receipt;  the acceptance
of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

         Section 9. Procedure.  The executive  committee shall elect a presiding
officer from its members and may fix its own rules of procedure  which shall not
be  inconsistent  with  these  Bylaws.  It shall  keep  regular  minutes  of its
proceedings and report the same to the board of directors for its information at
the meeting held next after the proceedings shall have occurred.

         Section 10. Other Committees.  The board of directors may by resolution
establish any other committee  composed of directors as they may determine to be
necessary or appropriate  for the conduct of the business of the Corporation and
may prescribe the duties, constitution, and procedures thereof.


                              ARTICLE V - Officers

         Section 1. Positions.  The officers of the Corporation  shall include a
chief executive officer, president, one or more vice presidents, a secretary and
a  treasurer,  each of whom  shall be  elected  by the board of  directors.  The
offices of the secretary and treasurer may be held by the same person and a vice
president  may also be  either  the  secretary  or the  treasurer.  The board of
directors may designate one or more vice  presidents as executive vice president
or senior vice president. The board of directors may also elect or authorize the
appointment  of such other  officers  as the  business  of the  Corporation  may
require.  The officers  shall have such authority and perform such duties as the
board of directors may from time to time authorize or determine.  In the absence
of action by the board of  directors,  the  officers  shall have such powers and
duties as generally pertain to their respective offices.

         Section 2. Election and Term of Office. The officers of the Corporation
shall be elected  annually at the first  meeting of the board of directors  held
after each annual  meeting of the  shareholders.  If the election of officers is
not held at such  meeting,  such  election  shall be held as soon  thereafter as
possible. Each officer shall hold office until a successor has been duly elected
and  qualified  or until the  officer's  death,  resignation,  or removal in the
manner hereinafter provided. Election or appointment of an officer, employee, or
agent shall not of itself create contractual  rights. The board of directors may
authorize the Corporation to enter into an employment contract with any officer,
but no such contract

                                       -8-

<PAGE>



shall  impair the right of the board of  directors  to remove any officer at any
time in accordance with Section 3 of this Article V.

         Section  3.  Removal.  Any  officer  may be  removed  by the  board  of
directors whenever in its judgment the best interests of the Corporation will be
served  thereby,  but such  removal,  other  than for  cause,  shall be  without
prejudice to any contractual rights of the person so removed.

         Section 4.        Vacancies.  A vacancy in any office because of death,
resignation, removal, disqualification,  or otherwise may be filled by the board
of directors for the unexpired portion of the term.

         Section 5.        Remuneration.  The remuneration of the officers shall
be fixed from time to time by the board of directors, by employment contracts or
otherwise.


               ARTICLE VI - Contracts, Loans, Checks, and Deposits

         Section 1.  Contracts.  Except as otherwise  prescribed by these Bylaws
with respect to  certificates  for shares,  the board of directors may authorize
any officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation to enter into any contract or
execute  and  deliver  any  instrument  in the  name  of and  on  behalf  of the
Corporation. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

         Section 2.        Loans.  No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the
Corporation and no evidence of  indebtedness  shall be issued in its name unless
authorized by the board of directors.  Such authority may be general or confined
to specific instances.

         Section 3. Checks, Drafts, Etc. All checks, drafts, or other orders for
the payment of money,  notes, or other  evidences of indebtedness  issued in the
name of the Corporation shall be signed by one or more officers,  employees,  or
agents of the  Corporation,  which may  include  facsimile  signatures,  in such
manner as shall from time to time be determined by the board of directors.

         Section 4.        Deposits.  All funds of the Corporation not otherwise
employed shall be deposited  from time to time to the credit of the  Corporation
in any duly authorized depositories as the board of directors may select.


            ARTICLE VII - Certificates for Shares and Their Transfer

         Section 1. Certificates for Shares. Certificates representing shares of
capital stock of the Corporation shall be in such form as shall be determined by
the board of directors. Such certificates shall be signed by the chief executive
officer or by any other  officer of the  Corporation  authorized by the board of
directors,  attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary, and sealed with
the corporate seal or a facsimile thereof.  The signatures of such officers upon
a certificate  may be facsimiles if the certificate is manually signed on behalf
of a transfer agent or a registrar other than the  Corporation  itself or one of
its  employees.   Each   certificate  for  shares  of  capital  stock  shall  be
consecutively  numbered  or  otherwise  identified.  The name and address of the
person to whom the  shares  are  issued,  with the  number of shares and date of
issue,  shall be entered on the stock  transfer  books of the  Corporation.  All
certificates  surrendered to the  Corporation for transfer shall be canceled and
no new certificate shall be

                                       -9-

<PAGE>



issued  until the  former  certificate  for a like  number  of  shares  has been
surrendered  and  canceled,  except  that in the  case  of a lost  or  destroyed
certificate,  a new  certificate  may be issued upon such terms and indemnity to
the Corporation as the board of directors may prescribe.

         Section 2.  Transfer of Shares.  Transfer of shares of capital stock of
the Corporation  shall be made only on its stock transfer  books.  Authority for
such transfer shall be given only by the holder of record or by his or her legal
representative,  who shall furnish proper evidence of such authority,  or by his
or her attorney  authorized by a duly executed  power of attorney and filed with
the Corporation.  Such transfer shall be made only on surrender for cancellation
of the certificate  for such shares.  The person in whose name shares of capital
stock stand on the books of the  Corporation  shall be deemed by the Corporation
to be the owner for all purposes.

         Section 3.      Payment for Shares.  No certificate shall be issued for
any shares until such share is fully paid.

         Section 4.      Form  of Payment for Shares.  The consideration for the
issuance of shares shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of New Jersey
law.

         Section 5. Stock Ledger.  The stock ledger of the Corporation  shall be
the only evidence as to who are the  stockholders  entitled to examine the stock
ledger,  the list  required  by Section 7 of  Article II of these  Bylaws or the
books of the  Corporation,  or to vote in person or by proxy at any  meeting  of
stockholders.

         Section 6. Lost  Certificates.  The board of directors may direct a new
certificate to be issued in place of any certificate  theretofore  issued by the
Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed,  upon the making of
an affidavit of that fact by the person  claiming the certificate of stock to be
lost,  stolen,  or destroyed.  When authorizing such issue of a new certificate,
the board of directors may, in its  discretion  and as a condition  precedent to
the  issuance  thereof,  require the owner of such lost,  stolen,  or  destroyed
certificate, or his or her legal representative,  to give the Corporation a bond
in such sum as it may  direct as  indemnity  against  any claim that may be made
against the  Corporation  with respect to the  certificate  alleged to have been
lost, stolen, or destroyed.

         Section 7.  Beneficial  Owners.  The  Corporation  shall be entitled to
recognize the exclusive  right of a person  registered on its books as the owner
of shares to  receive  dividends,  and to vote as such  owner,  and shall not be
bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such shares on
the part of any other person,  whether or not the Corporation shall have express
or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by law.

                    ARTICLE VIII - Fiscal Year; Annual Audit

         The  fiscal  year  of the  Corporation  shall  end on the  last  day of
September of each year. The  Corporation  shall be subject to an annual audit as
of the end of its fiscal year by independent public accountants appointed by and
responsible to the board of directors.






                                      -10-

<PAGE>


                             ARTICLE IX - Dividends

         Subject  only  to  the  terms  of  the  Corporation's   Certificate  of
Incorporation and applicable law, the board of directors may, from time to time,
declare and the  Corporation may pay,  dividends on its  outstanding  classes of
capital stock which are eligible for dividends.


                           ARTICLE X - Corporate Seal

         The board of directors  shall  provide a Corporate  seal which shall be
two concentric  circles between which shall be the name of the Corporation.  The
year of incorporation or an emblem may appear in the center.


                             ARTICLE XI - Amendments

         These  Bylaws may be amended  only as  specified  in the  Corporation's
Certificate of Incorporation.





                                      -11-





                                   EXHIBIT 5


<PAGE>
                      MALIZIA, SPIDI, SLOANE & FISCH, P.C.
                                ATTORNEYS AT LAW
                               1301 K STREET, N.W.
                                 SUITE 700 EAST
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20005
                                 (202) 434-4660
                            FACSIMILE: (202) 434-4661

                                                     WRITER'S DIRECT DIAL NUMBER


June 12, 1998

Board of Directors
Peoples Savings Bank
789 Farnsworth Avenue
Bordentown, New Jersey  08505

         Re:      Registration Statement Under the Securities Act of 1933
                  -------------------------------------------------------

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         This opinion is rendered in connection with the Registration  Statement
on Form SB-2 to be filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission  under the
Securities Act of 1933 relating to the offer and sale of up to 548,838 shares of
common  stock,  par value $0.10 per share (the "Common  Stock"),  of  Farnsworth
Bancorp, Inc. (the "Company"), including shares to be issued to certain employee
benefit plans of the Company and its subsidiary. The Common Stock is proposed to
be issued  pursuant to the Plan of  Conversion  (the "Plan") of Peoples  Savings
Bank (the "Bank") in connection  with the Bank's  conversion  from the mutual to
the stock form of organization and reorganization into a wholly-owned subsidiary
of the  Company  (the  "Conversion").  As  special  counsel  to the Bank and the
Company, we have reviewed the corporate proceedings relating to the Plan and the
Conversion  and such other legal matters as we have deemed  appropriate  for the
purpose of rendering this opinion.

         Based on the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the shares of Common
Stock of the Company covered by the aforesaid  Registration Statement will, when
issued in accordance  with the terms of the Plan against full payment  therefor,
be validly issued, fully paid, and non-assessable  shares of Common Stock of the
Company.

         We assume no  obligation to advise you of changes that may hereafter be
brought to our attention.



<PAGE>

Board of Directors
June 12, 1998
Page Two

         We hereby  consent to the use of this  opinion and to the  reference to
our  firm  appearing  in  the  Company's  Prospectus  under  the  headings  "The
Conversion - Effects of Conversion to Stock Form on Depositors  and Borrowers of
Peoples Savings Bank--Tax  Effects" and "Legal and Tax Matters." We also consent
to any  references  to our legal  opinion  referred to under the  aforementioned
headings in the Prospectus.


                                       Very truly yours,


                                       /s/Malizia, Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C.
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                       MALIZIA, SPIDI, SLOANE & FISCH, P.C.








                                   EXHIBIT 8.1


<PAGE>
                         [FORM OF FEDERAL TAX OPINION]





__________ ____, 1998

Board of Directors
Peoples Savings Bank
789 Farnsworth Avenue
Bordentown, New Jersey  08505

Re:  Federal Income Tax Opinion  Relating to the Proposed  Conversion of Peoples
     Savings  Bank  from  a   Federally-Chartered   Mutual  Savings  Bank  to  a
     Federally-Chartered  Stock Savings Bank Pursuant to Section 368(a)(1)(F) of
     the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Members of the Board:

         In accordance with your request,  set forth  hereinbelow is the opinion
of this firm  relating  to  material  federal  income  tax  consequences  of the
proposed conversion (the "Conversion") of Peoples Savings Bank (the "Bank") from
a federally-chartered mutual savings bank to a federally-chartered capital stock
savings bank (the "Stock Bank"),  and formation of a parent holding company (the
"Holding  Company")  which will  simultaneously  acquire all of the  outstanding
stock of Stock Bank. As proposed, the Conversion will be implemented pursuant to
Section  368(a)(1)(F)  of the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended (the
"Code").

         We  have  examined  such  corporate  records,  certificates  and  other
documents as we have considered  necessary or appropriate  for this opinion.  In
such examination,  we have accepted,  and have not independently  verified,  the
authenticity  of all original  documents,  the  accuracy of all copies,  and the
genuineness of all signatures.  Further, the capitalized terms which are used in
this  opinion  and are not  expressly  defined  herein  shall  have the  meaning
ascribed to them in the Bank's Plan of Conversion  adopted on March 2, 1998 (the
"Plan of Conversion").

                               STATEMENT OF FACTS
                               ------------------

         Based  solely  upon  our  review  of  such  documents,  and  upon  such
information  as the Bank has  provided  to us  (which we have not  attempted  to
verify in any respect), and in reliance upon such documents and information,  we
understand the relevant facts with respect to the Conversion to be as follows:



<PAGE>


Board of Directors
Peoples Savings Bank
___________ ___, 1998
Page 2

         The Bank is a  federally-chartered  mutual  savings  bank.  As a mutual
savings bank, the Bank has no authorized  capital stock.  Instead,  the Bank, in
mutual form, has a unique equity  structure.  A savings depositor of the Bank is
entitled to interest  income on his or her account  balance as declared and paid
by the Bank. A savings  depositor has no right to a distribution of any earnings
of the Bank,  but rather these  amounts  become  retained  earnings of the Bank.
However,  a savings depositor has a right to share pro rata, with respect to the
withdrawal value of his or her respective  savings  account,  in any liquidation
proceeds distributed in the event the Bank is ever liquidated.  Voting rights in
the Bank are held by its  members.  Each member is entitled to cast one vote for
each $100 or a fraction  thereof of the withdrawal value of the member's account
and each  borrower  member is  entitled to one vote.  Each  member  shall have a
maximum of 1,000 votes. All of the interests held by a savings  depositor in the
Bank cease when such depositor closes his or her account(s) with the Bank.

         The Board of Directors of the Bank has decided that in order to promote
the growth and expansion of the Bank through the raising of additional  capital,
it would be advantageous for the Bank to: (i) convert from a federally-chartered
mutual  savings bank to a  federally-chartered  capital stock savings bank,  and
(ii) arrange for the Holding Company to simultaneously  acquire all of the Stock
Bank's  stock.  The Bank's Board of Directors  has  determined  that in order to
provide  greater  flexibility  in  future  operations  of  the  Bank,  including
diversification of business opportunities and acquisition, it is advantageous to
have the Stock Bank's stock held by the Holding Company. Pursuant to the Plan of
Conversion,  the  Bank's  certificate  of  incorporation  to operate as a mutual
savings  bank will be amended and a new  certificate  of  incorporation  will be
acquired  to  allow  it  to   continue   its   operations   in  the  form  of  a
federally-chartered  capital stock savings bank. The Plan of Conversion provides
for the  conversion of the Bank from  mutual-to-stock  form, and an appraisal of
the pro forma market  value of the stock of the Stock Bank,  which will be owned
solely by the Holding  Company.  The Plan of Conversion  must be approved by the
Office of Thrift Supervision  ("OTS"),  and by an affirmative vote of at least a
majority  of the total  votes  eligible  to be cast at a special  meeting of the
Bank's members called to vote on the Plan of Conversion.

         The Holding  Company is being formed under the laws of the State of New
Jersey for the purpose of the proposed  transaction  described herein, to engage
in business as a savings and loan  holding  company and to hold all of the stock
of the Stock Bank.  The Holding  Company will issue shares of its voting  common
stock ("Holding Company Stock") upon completion of the Conversion,  as described
below, to persons purchasing such shares through a Subscription  Offering and to
the general public in a Public Offering.

         Following  appropriate  regulatory  approval,  the  Plan of  Conversion
provides  for the  issuance  of  shares of  Holding  Company  Stock to  eligible
depositors and borrowers of the Bank and others as described below and set forth
in the Plan of Conversion.  The aggregate  purchase price at which all shares of
Holding Company Stock will be offered and sold pursuant to the


<PAGE>


Board of Directors
Peoples Savings Bank
___________ ___, 1998
Page 3

Plan of Conversion  will be equal to the estimated pro forma market value of the
Bank at the  time of the  Conversion  as held  as a  subsidiary  of the  Holding
Company.  The  estimated  pro  forma  market  value  will  be  determined  by an
independent  appraiser.  Pursuant to the Plan of Conversion,  all such shares of
Holding Company Stock will be issued and sold at a uniform price per share.  The
Conversion  and the sale of newly issued shares of the Stock Bank's stock to the
Holding Company will be deemed  effective  concurrently  with the closing of the
sale of Holding Company Stock.

         As required by OTS regulations, shares of Holding Company Stock will be
offered  pursuant  to  non-transferable  subscription  rights  on the  basis  of
preference  categories.  All shares must be sold and to the extent that  Holding
Company Stock is available,  no subscriber will be allowed to purchase less than
25 shares of Holding Company Stock,  provided that the aggregate  purchase price
does not exceed $500. The Bank has  established  various  preference  categories
under  which  shares of  Holding  Company  Stock may be  purchased  and a public
offering  category  for the sale of shares not  purchased  under the  preference
categories.  If the third preference  category is determined to be inappropriate
to  the  Conversion,  then  there  will  only  be  three  preference  categories
consisting of the first,  second,  and fourth  preference  categories  set forth
below, and all references herein to Supplemental Eligible Account Holder and the
Supplemental  Eligibility  Record  Date shall not be  applicable  to the subject
transaction.

         The first  preference  category  is  reserved  for the Bank's  Eligible
Account Holders. The Plan of Conversion defines "Eligible Account Holder" as any
person holding a Qualifying Deposit.  The Plan of Conversion defines "Qualifying
Deposit" as the aggregate balance of all savings accounts of an Eligible Account
Holder in the Bank at the close of business on December  31,  1996,  which is at
least equal to $50.00.  If a savings  account holder of the Bank qualifies as an
Eligible   Account   Holder,   he  or  she  will   receive,   without   payment,
non-transferable  subscription  rights to purchase  Holding  Company Stock.  The
number of shares that each Eligible  Account Holder may subscribe to is equal to
the greater of (a) the maximum  purchase  limitation  established for the Public
Offering;  (b) one tenth of one percent of the total offering of shares;  or (c)
fifteen times the product  (rounded  down to the next whole number)  obtained by
multiplying  the total number of shares of Holding Company Stock to be issued by
a fraction of which the numerator is the amount of the Qualifying Deposit of the
Eligible  Account  Holder  and  the  denominator  is  the  total  amount  of the
Qualifying   Deposits  of  all  Eligible  Account   Holders.   If  there  is  an
oversubscription,  shares will be allocated among  subscribing  Eligible Account
Holders so as to permit each account holder, to the extent possible, to purchase
a number of shares  sufficient to make his or her total  allocation equal to 100
shares.  Any shares not then allocated  shall be allocated among the subscribing
Eligible Account Holders on an equitable basis,  related to the amounts of their
respective  deposits  as compared  to the total  deposits  of  Eligible  Account
Holders on the Eligibility Record Date. Non-transferable  subscription rights to
purchase  Holding  Company Stock  received by officers and directors of the Bank
and their  associates  based on their increased  deposits in the Bank in the one
year period


<PAGE>


Board of Directors
Peoples Savings Bank
___________ ___, 1998
Page 4

preceding  the  Eligibility  Record  Date  shall be  subordinated  to all  other
subscriptions  involving the exercise of nontransferable  subscription rights to
purchase shares of Holding Company Stock under the first preference category.

         The second preference  category is reserved for tax-qualified  employee
stock  benefit  plans of the Stock Bank.  The Plan of  Conversion  defines  "tax
qualified  employee stock benefit plans" as any defined  benefit plan or defined
contribution  plan, such as an employee stock ownership plan,  stock bonus plan,
profit-sharing  plan or other  plan,  which,  with its  related  trust meets the
requirements to be "qualified"  under Section 401 of the Code. Under the Plan of
Conversion,  the Stock Bank's  tax-qualified  employee  stock  benefit plans may
subscribe for up to 10% of the shares of Holding  Company Stock to be offered in
the Conversion.

         The third preference  category is reserved for the Bank's  Supplemental
Eligible Account Holders. The Plan of Conversion defines "Supplemental  Eligible
Account  Holder" as any person (other than officers or directors of the Bank and
their associates)  holding a deposit in the Bank on the last day of the calendar
quarter   preceding   the  approval  of  the  Plan  of  Conversion  by  the  OTS
("Supplemental  Eligibility Record Date").  This third preference  category will
only be used in the  event  that the  Eligibility  Record  Date is more  than 15
months prior to the date of the latest amendment to the Application for Approval
of  Conversion  on Form AC  filed  prior  to  approval  by the  OTS.  The  third
preference category provides that each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder will
receive,  without  payment,  nontransferable  subscription  rights  to  purchase
Holding  Company  Stock to the extent that such shares of Holding  Company Stock
are available after satisfying  subscriptions for shares in the first and second
preference  categories  above.  The  number of  shares  to which a  Supplemental
Eligible  Account  Holder may  subscribe  to is the  greater of (a) the  maximum
purchase limitation established for the Community Offering; (b) one-tenth of one
percent  of the total  offering  of shares;  or (c)  fifteen  times the  product
(rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by multiplying the total number
of the shares of Holding  Company  Stock to be issued by a fraction of which the
numerator  is the amount of the  deposit of the  Supplemental  Eligible  Account
Holder  and  the  denominator  is  the  total  amount  of  the  deposits  of all
Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holders on the Supplemental  Eligibility  Record
Date.  Subscription  rights received  pursuant to the third preference  category
shall be  subordinated  to all  rights  under the first  and  second  preference
categories.   Non-transferable   subscription   rights  to  be   received  by  a
Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder in the third preference  category shall be
reduced  by the  subscription  rights  received  by such  account  holder  as an
Eligible Account Holder under the first and second preference categories. In the
event of an  oversubscription,  shares  will be  allocated  so as to enable each
Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holder,  to the extent  possible,  to purchase a
number  of shares  sufficient  to make his total  allocation,  including  shares
previously allocated in the first and second preference categories, equal to 100
shares or the total amount of his  subscription,  whichever is less.  Any shares
not then  allocated  shall  be  allocated  among  the  subscribing  Supplemental
Eligible Account Holders


<PAGE>


Board of Directors
Peoples Savings Bank
___________ ___, 1998
Page 5

on an  equitable  basis  related to the amount of their  respective  deposits as
compared to the total deposits of Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holders on the
Supplemental Eligibility Record Date.

         If there is no  oversubscription  of the Holding  Company  Stock in the
first, second, and third preference  categories,  the fourth preference category
becomes  operable.  In the  fourth  preference  category,  members  of the  Bank
entitled  to vote at the  special  meeting of  members  to  approve  the Plan of
Conversion who are not Eligible Account Holders or Supplemental Eligible Account
Holders  ("Other  Members")  will  receive,  without  payment,  non-transferable
subscription  rights  entitling them to purchase  Holding  Company Stock.  Other
Members  shall each  receive  subscription  rights to purchase up to the maximum
purchase  limitation  established  for the Public  Offering or  one-tenth of one
percent of the total  offering  of shares,  to the extent that  Holding  Company
Stock is  available.  In the  event  of an  oversubscription  by Other  Members,
Holding  Company  Stock will be  allocated  pro rata  according to the number of
shares subscribed for by each Other Member.

         The Plan of Conversion  further provides for limitations upon purchases
of Holding Company Stock. Specifically, any person by himself or herself or with
an associate or a group of persons  acting in concert may subscribe for not more
than  $60,000  of  Holding  Company  Stock  offered  pursuant  to  the  Plan  of
Conversion,  except that Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans may purchase
up to 10% of the total shares of Holding  Company Stock  issued.  Subject to any
required  regulatory  approval  and the  requirements  of  applicable  laws  and
regulations,  the Bank may increase or decrease any of the purchase  limitations
set forth  herein at any time.  The Board of  Directors  of the Bank may, in its
sole discretion,  increase the maximum purchase  limitation up to 5.0%. Requests
to purchase additional shares of Holding Company Stock under this provision will
be allocated  by the Board of  Directors on a pro rata basis giving  priority in
accordance  with the  priority  rights  set  forth  in the  Plan of  Conversion.
Officers and directors of the Bank and their  associates may not purchase in the
aggregate  more than 35% of the Holding  Company  Stock  issued  pursuant to the
Conversion.  Directors  of the Bank  will not be  deemed  associates  or a group
acting  in  concert  solely  as a result  of their  membership  on the  board of
directors of the Bank. All of the shares of Holding  Company Stock  purchased by
officers and  directors  will be subject to certain  restrictions  on sale for a
period of one year.

         The Plan of  Conversion  provides  that no person  will be  issued  any
subscription  rights or be permitted to purchase  any Holding  Company  Stock if
such person resides in a foreign country or in a state of the United States with
respect  to which all of the  following  apply:  (a) a small  number of  persons
otherwise  eligible to subscribe for shares under the Plan of Conversion  reside
in such state;  (b) the issuance of subscription  rights or the offer or sale of
the Holding  Company Stock in such state,  would require the Bank or the Holding
Company under the securities law of such state to register as a broker or dealer
or to register or otherwise qualify its securities for


<PAGE>


Board of Directors
Peoples Savings Bank
___________ ___, 1998
Page 6

sale  in such  state;  and (c)  such  registration  or  qualification  would  be
impracticable for reasons of cost or otherwise.

         The  Plan  of  Conversion  also  provides  for the  establishment  of a
Liquidation  Account  by Stock  Bank for the  benefit  of all  Eligible  Account
Holders  and  Supplemental   Eligible  Account  Holders  (if  applicable).   The
Liquidation  Account  will be equal in amount to the net worth of Bank as of the
time of the Conversion.  The  establishment of the Liquidation  Account will not
operate to restrict the use or  application  of any of the net worth accounts of
the  Stock  Bank,  except  that the  Stock  Bank  will not  declare  or pay cash
dividends on or  repurchase  any of its stock if the result  thereof would be to
reduce its net worth  below the amount  required  to  maintain  the  Liquidation
Account.  The Liquidation Account will be for the benefit of the Bank's Eligible
Account Holders and Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders who maintain accounts
in the Bank at the time of the Conversion.  All such account holders,  including
those not entitled to subscription rights for reasons of foreign or out-of-state
residency  (as  described  above),  will  have an  interest  in the  Liquidation
Account.  The  interest an Eligible  Account  Holder and  Supplemental  Eligible
Account  Holder  will  have a right  to  receive,  in the  event  of a  complete
liquidation of the Stock Bank, is a distribution from the Liquidation Account in
the amount of the then current adjusted subaccount balances for savings accounts
then held, which will be made prior to any liquidation distribution with respect
to the capital stock of the Stock Bank.

         The  initial  subaccount  balance  for a  savings  account  held  by an
Eligible  Account Holder and/or  Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holder shall be
determined by multiplying the opening  balance in the  Liquidation  Account by a
fraction of which the numerator is the amount of the  qualifying  deposit in the
savings account,  and the denominator is the total amount of qualifying deposits
of all Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in the
Stock Bank. The initial subaccount  balance will never be increased,  but may be
decreased  if the  deposit  balance  in any  qualifying  savings  account of any
Eligible  Account  Holder or any savings  account of any  Supplemental  Eligible
Account Holder on any annual closing date subsequent to the  Eligibility  Record
Date or Supplemental  Eligibility Record Date, whichever is applicable,  is less
than the lesser of (1) the deposit  balance in the savings  account at the close
of business on any other  annual  closing  date  subsequent  to the  Eligibility
Record Date or the  Supplemental  Eligibility  Record Date, or (2) the amount of
the qualifying  deposit in such savings  account.  In such event, the subaccount
balance for the savings  account  will be adjusted by reducing  each  subaccount
balance in an amount  proportionate  to the  reduction  in the  savings  account
balance.  Once  decreased,  the Plan of Conversion  provides that the subaccount
balance will never be subsequently  increased,  and if the savings account of an
Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder is closed,  the
related subaccount balance in the Liquidation Account will be reduced to zero.

         The net proceeds  from the sale of the shares of Holding  Company Stock
will become the permanent  capital of Holding  Company,  and the Holding Company
will in turn purchase 100%


<PAGE>


Board of Directors
Peoples Savings Bank
___________ ___, 1998
Page 7

of the stock  issued by Stock  Bank,  in  exchange  for up to 50% of the Holding
Company's stock offering net proceeds or such other percentage as is approved by
the Board of Directors with the concurrence of the OTS.

         Following  the  Conversion,  voting  rights  in Stock  Bank  will  rest
exclusively in the Holding  Company.  Voting rights in the Holding  Company will
rest exclusively in the stockholders of the Holding Company. The Conversion will
not interrupt the business of the Bank,  and its business will continue as usual
under the Stock Bank. Each depositor will retain a withdrawable  savings account
or accounts equal in amount to the withdrawable  account or accounts at the time
of the Conversion.  Mortgage loans of the Bank will remain  unchanged and retain
their same  characteristics  in the Stock Bank after the  Conversion.  The Stock
Bank will  continue  membership  in the Federal Home Loan Bank System,  and will
remain  subject to the regulatory  authority of the OTS.  Deposits in Stock Bank
will continue to be insured by the Savings Bank Insurance Fund  administered  by
the Federal Deposit  Insurance  Corporation up to applicable limits of insurance
coverage.

         Immediately prior to the Conversion,  the Bank will have a positive net
worth in accordance with generally accepted accounting  principles.  The savings
account  holders  of  the  Bank  will  pay  expenses  of the  Conversion  solely
attributable to them, if any. Further, the Bank will pay its own expenses of the
Conversion  and will not pay any  expenses  solely  attributable  to the  Bank's
savings account holders or to the purchasers of Holding Company Stock.

                          REPRESENTATIONS BY MANAGEMENT
                          -----------------------------

         In  connection   with  the   Conversion,   the  following   statements,
representations and declarations have been made to us by management of the Bank:

         1. The Conversion  will be implemented in accordance  with the terms of
the Plan of Conversion  and all  conditions  precedent  contained in the Plan of
Conversion shall be performed prior to the consummation of the Conversion.

         2. The fair market  value of the  withdrawable  savings  accounts  plus
interests in the  Liquidation  Account to be  constructively  received under the
Plan of  Conversion  will in each  instance be equal to the fair market value of
each savings account of the Bank plus the interest in the residual equity of the
Bank surrendered in exchange  therefor.  All proprietary rights in the Bank form
an integral part of the withdrawable  savings accounts being  surrendered in the
Conversion.

         3.  The  Holding  Company  and  the  Stock  Bank  each  have no plan or
intention to redeem or otherwise acquire any of the Holding Company Stock issued
in the proposed transaction.


<PAGE>


Board of Directors
Peoples Savings Bank
___________ ___, 1998
Page 8


         4. To the best of the knowledge of the management of the Bank, there is
not now nor will there be at the time of the Conversion,  any plan or intention,
on the part of the depositors in the Bank to withdraw  their deposits  following
the  Conversion.   Deposits  withdrawn   immediately  prior  to  or  immediately
subsequent to the  Conversion  (other than maturing  deposits) are considered in
making these assumptions.

         5. Immediately  following the consummation of the proposed transaction,
the Stock Bank will  possess  the same assets and  liabilities  as the Bank held
immediately prior to the proposed transaction, plus substantially all of the net
proceeds  from the sale of its stock to the Holding  Company  (except for assets
used to pay  expenses in the  Conversion).  Assets  used to pay  expenses of the
Conversion  (without reference to the expenses of the Subscription  Offering and
the Public Offering) and all  distributions  (except for regular normal interest
payments made by the Bank  immediately  preceding the  transaction)  will in the
aggregate  constitute  less than one percent (1%) of the assets of the Bank, net
of liabilities associated with such assets, and will be paid by the Bank and the
Holding  Company  from the  proceeds  of the  Subscription  Offering  and Public
Offering.

         6. Following the Conversion,  Stock Bank will continue to engage in its
business in substantially the same manner as engaged in by the Bank prior to the
Conversion. The Stock Bank has no plan or intention to sell or otherwise dispose
of any of its assets, except in the ordinary course of business.

         7. No cash or property  will be given to any member of the Bank in lieu
of subscription  rights or an interest in the  Liquidation  Account of the Stock
Bank.

         8. None of the  compensation  to be  received  by any  deposit  account
holder-employees   of  the  Bank  or  the  Holding   Company  will  be  separate
consideration  for,  or  allocable  to, any of their  deposits  in the Bank.  No
interest  in the  Liquidation  Account of the Stock Bank will be received by any
deposit  account   holder-employees  as  separate  consideration  for,  or  will
otherwise be allocable to, any employment  agreement,  and the compensation paid
to  each  deposit  account  holder-employee,  during  the  twelve  month  period
preceding  or  subsequent  to the  Conversion,  will  be for  services  actually
rendered and will be commensurate with amounts paid to third parties  bargaining
at arm's length for similar services. No shares of Holding Company Stock will be
issued to or purchased by any deposit account holder-employee of the Bank or the
Holding Company at a discount or as compensation in the Conversion.

         9. The aggregate fair market value of the  Qualifying  Deposits held by
Eligible   Account  Holders  or  Supplemental   Eligible   Account  Holders  (if
applicable)  as of the  close of  business  on the  Eligibility  Record  Date or
Supplemental  Eligibility  Record Date (if applicable)  entitled to interests in
the Liquidation Account to be established by Stock Bank equalled or


<PAGE>


Board of Directors
Peoples Savings Bank
___________ ___, 1998
Page 9

exceeded  99% of the  aggregate  fair  market  value  of  all  savings  accounts
(including  those  accounts of less than  $50.00) in the Bank as of the close of
business on such date.

         10. There is no plan or intention  for the Stock Bank to be  liquidated
or merged with another corporation following the consummation of the Conversion.

         11. The Bank and the Stock Bank are corporations  within the meaning of
Section 7701(a)(3) of the Code.

         12. The Holding  Company has no plan or  intention to sell or otherwise
dispose  of  the  stock  of  the  Stock  Bank  received  by it in  the  proposed
transaction.

         13.  Both  the  Stock  Bank  and the  Holding  Company  have no plan or
intention,  either  currently  or at  the  time  of  the  Conversion,  to  issue
additional shares of common stock following the proposed transaction, other than
shares that may be issued to employees or  directors  pursuant to certain  stock
option  and stock  incentive  plans or that may be issued  to  employee  benefit
plans.

         14. If all of the net proceeds  from the sale of Holding  Company Stock
had been  contributed  by the Holding  Company to the Stock Bank in exchange for
common  stock of the Stock Bank in the  Conversion,  as  opposed to the  Holding
Company retaining a portion of such net proceeds ("retained  proceeds"),  and if
the Stock  Bank  immediately  thereafter  made a  distribution  of the  retained
proceeds to the Holding  Company,  the Stock Bank would have sufficient  current
and accumulated earnings and profits for tax purposes such that the distribution
would not result in the recapture of any portion of the bad debt reserves of the
Stock Bank under Section 593(e) of the Code.

         15. At the time of the proposed  transaction,  the fair market value of
the assets of the Bank on a going concern  basis  (including  intangibles)  will
equal or exceed the amount of its  liabilities  plus the amount of  liability to
which such  assets are  subject.  The Bank will have a positive  regulatory  net
worth at the time of the Conversion.

         16. The Bank is not under the  jurisdiction of a court in a Title 11 or
similar  case  within  the  meaning  of Section  368(a)(3)(A)  of the Code.  The
proposed  transaction does not involve a receivership,  foreclosure,  or similar
proceeding before a federal or state agency involving a financial institution to
which Section 585 or 593 of the Code applies.

         17. The Bank's savings  depositors  will pay expenses of the Conversion
solely  attributable to them, if any. The Holding  Company,  the Stock Bank, and
the Bank will pay  their own  expenses  of the  Conversion  and will not pay any
expenses solely attributable to the savings depositors or to the Holding Company
stockholders.



<PAGE>


Board of Directors
Peoples Savings Bank
___________ ___, 1998
Page 10

         18.  The  liabilities  of the Bank  assumed  by the Stock Bank plus the
liabilities,  if any, to which the transferred  assets are subject were incurred
by the Bank in the ordinary  course of its business and are associated  with the
assets transferred.

         19. There will be no purchase  price  advantage for the Bank's  deposit
account holders who purchase Holding Company Stock in the Conversion.

         20.  Neither  the Bank nor the Stock Bank is an  investment  company as
defined in Sections 368(a)(2)(F)(iii) and (iv) of the Code.

         21. No  creditors  of the Bank have  taken any steps to  enforce  their
claims against the Bank by instituting bankruptcy or other legal proceedings, in
either a court or  appropriate  regulatory  agency,  that  would  eliminate  the
proprietary interests of the members of the Bank prior to the Conversion.

         22. The proposed  transaction does not involve the payment to the Stock
Bank or the Bank of  financial  assistance  from  federal  agencies  within  the
meaning of Notice 89-102, 1989-40 C.B. 1.

         23. The Eligible  Account  Holders' and  Supplemental  Eligible Account
Holders'  proprietary  interest  in the Bank arise  solely by virtue of the fact
that they are account holders in the Bank.

         24. At the time of the Conversion,  the Bank will not have  outstanding
any  warrants,  options,  convertible  securities,  or any  other  type of right
pursuant  to which any person  could  acquire an equity  interest in the Holding
Company or the Stock Bank.

         25.  The  Stock  Bank  has no plan or  intention  to sell or  otherwise
dispose of any of the assets of the Bank acquired in the transaction (except for
dispositions,  including  deposit  withdrawals,  made in the ordinary  course of
business).

         26. On a per share  basis,  the purchase  price of the Holding  Company
Stock in the Conversion  will be equal to the fair market value of such stock at
the time of the completion of the proposed transaction.

         27. The Bank has received or will receive an opinion from Finpro,  Inc.
("Appraiser's Opinion"), which concludes that subscription rights to be received
by Eligible Account Holders,  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders,  and other
eligible  subscribers do not have any ascertainable  fair market value,  because
they are acquired by the recipients  without cost, are  non-transferable,  exist
for such a short  duration,  and merely  afford the  recipients  a right only to
purchase  Holding  Company Stock at a price equal to its  estimated  fair market
value, which


<PAGE>


Board of Directors
Peoples Savings Bank
___________ ___, 1998
Page 11

will be the same price used in the Public  Offering for  unsubscribed  shares of
Holding Company Stock.

         28.  The Bank  will not have any net  operating  losses,  capital  loss
carryovers, or built-in losses at the time of the Conversion.

                               OPINION OF COUNSEL
                               ------------------

         Based  solely  upon the  foregoing  information  and our  analysis  and
examination of current applicable federal income tax laws, rulings, regulations,
judicial precedents, and the Appraiser's Opinion, and provided the Conversion is
undertaken in  accordance  with the above  assumptions,  we render the following
opinion of counsel:

         1. The  change in the form of  operation  of the Bank from a  federally
chartered  mutual  savings bank to a federally  chartered  capital stock savings
bank, as described above, will constitute a reorganization within the meaning of
Section  368(a)(1)(F)  of the Code,  and no gain or loss will be  recognized  to
either the Bank or to the Stock Bank as a result of such  Conversion.  (See Rev.
Rul.  80-105,  1980-1 C.B. 78). The Bank and the Stock Bank will each be a party
to a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(b) of the Code. (Rev. Rul.
72-206, 1972-1 C.B. 104).

         2. No gain or loss will be  recognized by the Stock Bank on the receipt
of money in  exchange  for shares of Stock Bank stock.  (Section  1032(a) of the
Code).

         3. The Holding  Company will recognize no gain or loss upon its receipt
of money in exchange for shares of Holding  Company Stock.  (Section  1032(a) of
the Code).

         4. The  assets of the Bank will have the same basis in the hands of the
Stock  Bank as in the  hands of the Bank  immediately  prior to the  Conversion.
(Section 362(b) of the Code).

         5. The  holding  period of the assets of the Bank to be received by the
Stock Bank will include the period during which the assets were held by the Bank
prior to the Conversion.  (Section 1223(2) of the Code).

         6.  Depositors  will realize gain, if any, upon the issuance to them of
(i) withdrawable deposit accounts of the Stock Bank, (ii) subscription rights in
connection  with the  Conversion,  and/or  (iii)  interests  in the  Liquidation
Account of the Stock Bank. Any gain resulting therefrom will be recognized,  but
only in an  amount  not in excess of the fair  market  value of the  Liquidation
Accounts and/or subscription rights received. The Liquidation Accounts will have
nominal,  if any,  fair  market  value.  Based  solely  on the  accuracy  of the
conclusion reached in the Appraiser's Opinion, and our reliance on such opinion,
that the subscription rights have no


<PAGE>


Board of Directors
Peoples Savings Bank
___________ ___, 1998
Page 12

value at the time of distribution or exercise,  no gain or loss will be required
to be recognized  by depositors  upon receipt or  distribution  of  subscription
rights.  (Section 1001 of the Code). See Paulsen v. Commissioner,  469 U.S. 131,
139 (1985).

         Likewise,  based  solely on the  accuracy of the  aforesaid  conclusion
reached  in the  Appraiser's  Opinion,  and our  reliance  thereon,  we give the
following  opinions:  (a) no taxable income will be recognized by the borrowers,
directors,  officers,  and  employees of the Bank upon  distribution  to them of
subscription  rights or upon the exercise or lapse of the subscription rights to
acquire Holding  Company Stock at fair market value;  (b) no taxable income will
be realized by the  depositors  of the Bank as a result of the exercise or lapse
of the  subscription  rights to purchase  Holding  Company  Stock at fair market
value (Rev.  Rul.  56-572,  1956-2 C.B.  182); and (c) no taxable income will be
realized by the Bank, the Stock Bank, or the Holding  Company on the issuance or
distribution of subscription rights to depositors of the Bank to purchase shares
of Holding Company Stock at fair market value (Section 311 of the Code).

         Notwithstanding the Appraiser's Opinion, if the subscription rights are
subsequently  found to have a fair market value greater than zero, income may be
recognized by various  recipients of the subscription  rights (in certain cases,
whether or not the rights are  exercised)  and the  Holding  Company  and/or the
Stock  Bank may be  taxable  on the  distribution  of the  subscription  rights.
(Section 311 of the Code). In this regard, the subscription  rights may be taxed
partially or entirely at ordinary income tax rates.

         7. The basis of the savings  accounts in the Stock Bank received by the
account  holders  of the  Bank  will be the same as the  basis of their  savings
accounts in the Bank surrendered in exchange therefor (Section  358(a)(1)).  The
basis of the interests in the Liquidation  Account of the Stock Bank received by
the Eligible Account Holders and  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders will be
zero, that being the cost of such property.  (Paulsen v. Commissioner,  469 U.S.
131, 139 (1985)). The basis of the non-transferable  subscription rights will be
zero,  provided  that such  subscription  rights  are not  deemed to have a fair
market  value  and  that the  subscription  price of such  stock  issuable  upon
exercise  of such rights is equal to the fair  market  value of such stock.  The
basis of the Holding  Company Stock to its  stockholders  will be purchase price
thereof,  increased by the basis, if any, of the  subscription  rights exercised
(Section  1012 of the Code).  The holding  period of Holding  Company Stock will
commence upon the effective date of exercise of the subscription rights (Section
1223(6) of the Code). The holding period for the Holding Company Stock purchased
pursuant  to the direct  community  offering,  public  offering  or under  other
purchase arrangements will commence on the date following the date on which such
stock is purchased. (Rev. Rul. 70- 598, 1970-2 C.B. 168).

         8. The part of the taxable year of the Bank before the  Conversion  and
the part of the  taxable  year of the  Stock  Bank  after  the  Conversion  will
constitute a single taxable year of the


<PAGE>


Board of Directors
Peoples Savings Bank
___________ ___, 1998
Page 13

Stock Bank. (See Rev. Rul. 57-276, 1957-1 C.B. 126). Consequently, the Bank will
not be  required  to file a federal  income  tax  return  for a portion  of such
taxable year (Section 1.381(b)-1(a)(2) of the Treasury Regulations).

         9.  As  provided  by  Section   381(c)(2)   of  the  Code  and  Section
1.381(c)(2)-1  of the Treasury  Regulations,  the Stock Bank will succeed to and
take into account the earnings and profits or deficit in earnings and profits of
the Bank as of the date or dates of transfer.

         10.  Pursuant to the  provisions  of Section  381(c)(4) of the Code and
Section 1.381(c)(4)-1(a)(1)(ii) of the Treasury Regulations, the Stock Bank will
succeed to and take into account,  immediately after the  reorganization,  those
accounts of the Bank which  represent  bad debt reserves in respect of which the
Bank has taken a bad debt  deduction  for taxable  years ending on or before the
date of the  reorganization.  The bad debt  reserves  will not be required to be
restored  to the  gross  income of  either  the Bank or the  Stock  Bank for the
taxable year of the  reorganization,  and such bad debt  reserves  will have the
same  character  in the hands of the Stock  Bank as they  would  have had in the
hands of the Bank if no  distribution  or transfer had  occurred.  No opinion is
being  expressed  as to whether  the bad debt  reserves  will be  required to be
restored  to the  gross  income of  either  the Bank or the  Stock  Bank for the
taxable year of the reorganization.

         11. Regardless of book entries made for the creation of the Liquidation
Account,  the Conversion,  as described above, will not diminish the accumulated
earnings and profits of the Stock Bank available for the subsequent distribution
of dividends within the meaning of Section 316 of the Code. (Section 1.312-11(b)
and (c) of the Treasury Regulations).

         12. For  purposes  of Section  381 of the Code,  the Stock Bank will be
treated  the same as the Bank would have been had there been no  reorganization.
Accordingly,  the taxable year of the Bank will not end on the effective date of
the proposed transaction merely because of the transfer of assets of the Bank to
the Stock Bank and the tax  attributes of the Bank  enumerated in Section 381(c)
will  be  taken  into  account  by the  Stock  Bank  as if  there  had  been  no
reorganization (Section 1.381(b)-1(a)(2)) of the Treasury Regulations).

         No opinion is expressed as to the tax treatment of the Conversion under
the provisions of any of the other sections of the Code and Treasury Regulations
which  may also be  applicable  thereto,  or under  federal  law,  or to the tax
treatment of any conditions  existing at the time of, or effects resulting from,
the  transactions  which  are not  specifically  covered  by the items set forth
above.  Notwithstanding  any  reference  to  Section  381  above,  no opinion is
expressed or intended to be expressed  herein as to the effect,  if any, of this
transaction on the continued existence of, the carryover or carryback of, or the
limitation on, any net operating losses of the Bank or its successor,  the Stock
Bank, under the Code.



<PAGE>


Board of Directors
Peoples Savings Bank
___________ ___, 1998
Page 14

         We hereby  consent to the  filing of this  opinion as an exhibit to the
Application  for  Conversion  on Form AC of the Bank  filed  with  the OTS,  the
Application  H-(e)(1)-S  of the  Holding  Company  filed  with the OTS,  and the
Registration  Statement  on Form SB-2 of the  Holding  Company  filed  under the
Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended,  and to the  reference  of our firm in the
prospectus related to this opinion.

                                            Very truly yours,


               
                                            MALIZIA, SPIDI, SLOANE & FISCH, P.C.











                                   EXHIBIT 8.2


<PAGE>

LEWIS W. PARKER, III
CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT
- ------------------------------
P.O. BOX 6510, 9L PRINCESS ROAD
LAWRENCEVILLE, N.J. 08648
TEL.: 609-896-2177
FAX:  609-844-0133



June 12, 1998



Board of Directors
Peoples Savings Bank
789 Farnsworth Avenue
Bordentown, New Jersey 08505

Board Members:

You have requested my opinion  regarding  certain New Jersey tax consequences to
Peoples Savings Bank ("the Bank") and its depositors under the laws of the State
of New Jersey of the proposed  conversion  (the  "Conversion"),  under which the
Bank  will  be  changed  from a  federally-chartered  mutual  savings  bank to a
federally-chartered  capital  stock  savings bank (the "Stock  Bank"),  a parent
holding  company  will be formed and  incorporated  in New Jersey (the  "Holding
Company")  to  acquire  all of the  outstanding  stock of the  Stock  Bank  (the
"Acquisition"),  and the stock of the  Holding  Company  will be  offered to the
public (the "Offering"),  pursuant to a Plan of Conversion  adopted by the Board
of Directors of the Bank on March 2, 1998 ("the Plan").

The Bank's special counsel, Malizia, Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C., has previously
provided  the  Bank  an  opinion  regarding  the  material  federal  income  tax
consequences of the Conversion, the Acquisition,  and the Offering (the "Federal
Tax Opinion"). Based upon the facts stated in the Federal Tax Opinion, including
certain  representations of the Bank, the Federal Tax Opinion  concludes,  among
other things, that the Conversion qualifies as a tax-free  reorganization  under
ss 368(a)(1)(F) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended  ("Code"),  and
that the Bank, the Stock Bank, and the Holding Company and the depositors of the
Bank will not recognize  income,  gain, or loss for federal  income tax purposes
upon the implementation of the Conversion, the Acquisition, and the Offering.

Based upon the facts and  circumstances  attendant to the Conversion as detailed
in the  Plan,  and the  provisions  of the  code  and the  Federal  Tax  Opinion
rendered,  it is my opinion that the laws of the State of New Jersey  will,  for
income tax purposes, treat the Conversion transaction as detailed in the Plan in
an identical  manner as it is treated by the Internal Revenue Service for income
tax purposes,  and that under such state law no adverse income tax  consequences
will be incurred  by either the Bank or its  account  holders as a result of the
implementation of the Plan.

The opinion herein expressed  specifically does not include,  without limitation
by the  specification  thereof,  an opinion with respect to any franchise tax or
capital stock taxes which might result from the implementation of the plan.

My  opinion  is based on the facts and  conditions  as  stated  herein,  whether
directly or by  reference  to the Federal Tax  Opinion.  If any of the facts and
conditions  are not entirely  complete or accurate,  it is imperative  that I be
informed immediately,  as the inaccuracy or incompleteness could have a material
effect on my  conclusions.  In  rendering  my  opinion,  I am  relying  upon the
relevant  provisions  of the  Code,  the  laws of the  State of New  Jersey,  as
amended,  the regulations and rules  thereunder and judicial and  administrative
interpretations  thereof,  which  are  subject  to  change  or  modification  by
subsequent legislative,  regulatory,  administrative, or judicial decisions. Any
such  changes  could  also have an  effect  on the  validity  of my  opinion.  I
undertake no  responsibility  to update or supplement my opinion.  My opinion is
not binding on the Internal Revenue Service or the State of New Jersey,  nor can
any  assurance  be  given  that  any of the  foregoing  parties  will not take a
contrary  position  or that my  opinion  will be  upheld if  challenged  by such
parties.


<PAGE>

Board of Directors
Peoples Savings Bank
June 12, 1998
Page 2




Finally,  I hereby  consent to the  filing of this  opinion as an exhibit to the
Application for Conversion on Form AC ("Form AC") or similar filings of the Bank
filed with the Office of Thrift  Supervision,  the filing of this  opinion as an
exhibit to the Application H-(e)(1)S of the Holding Company to be filed with the
Office of Thrift  Supervision,  and the filing of this  opinion as an exhibit to
the Holding  Company's  Registration  Statement on Form SB-2 ("Form SB-2") to be
filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission,  and to reference to my firm
in the  offering  circular  contained  in the Form  AC,  Form  SB-2 and  related
documents related to this opinion.

Very truly yours,



/s/Lewis W. Parker
- ------------------
Lewis W. Parker, III, CPA








                                   EXHIBIT 8.3


<PAGE>
FINPRO [LOGO]                                    26 Church Street - P.O. Box 323
                                                        Liberty Corner, NJ 07938
                                           (908) 604-9336 - (908) 604-5951 (FAX)
                                          [email protected] - www.finpronj.com
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------






June 12, 1998


Board of Directors
Peoples Savings Bank
789 Farnsworth Avenue
Bordentown, New Jersey 08505


Dear Board Members:

All  capitalized  terms not  otherwise  defined in this letter have the meanings
given such terms in the Plan of Conversion  adopted by the Board of Directors of
Peoples  Savings  Bank  (the  "Bank"),  whereby  the Bank  will  convert  from a
federally  chartered mutual savings bank to a federally  chartered stock savings
bank and issue all of the Bank's stock to Farnsworth Bancorp, Inc. (the "Holding
Company").  Simultaneously,  the  Holding  Company  will issue  shares of common
stock.

We  understand  that in  accordance  with the Plan of  Conversion,  Subscription
Rights to purchase  shares of the Bank's Common Stock in the Holding Company are
to be issued to (i) Eligible Account Holders,  (ii) the ESOP, (iii) Supplemental
Eligible  Account  Holders,  and  (iv)  Other  Members.   Based  solely  on  our
observation  that the  Subscription  Rights will be available to such Recipients
without cost, will be legally  non-transferable and of short duration,  and will
afford such  parties the right only to  purchase  shares of Common  Stock at the
same  price as will be paid by members of the  general  public in the  Community
Offering,  but without  undertaking  any independent  investigation  of state or
federal law or the position of the Internal Revenue Service with respect to this
issue, we are of the opinion that:

     (1)  the Subscription Rights will have no ascertainable market value; and

     (2)  the price at which the Subscription  Rights are excercisable  will not
          be more or less than the pro forma  market  value of the  shares  upon
          issuance.

Changes  in the local and  national  economy,  the  legislative  and  regulatory
environment,  the stock market,  interest rates, and other external forces (such
as natural  disasters or significant  world events) may occur from time to time,
often with great  unpredictability and may materially impact the value of thrift
stocks as a whole or the Bank's value alone.  Accordingly,  no assurance  can be
given that persons who  subscribe  to shares of Common  Stock in the  Conversion
will thereafter be able to buy or sell such shares at the same price paid in the
Subscription Offering.

                                            Very Truly Yours,
                                            FinPro, Inc.



                                            /s/Kenneth G. Emerson, CPA
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Kenneth G. Emerson, CPA
                                            Director





                                  EXHIBIT 10.1
<PAGE>


                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         THIS AGREEMENT,  is entered into this 14th day of May 1998, (Effective)
Date") by and between Peoples Savings Bank, Bordentown, New Jersey (the "Savings
Bank") and Gary N. Pelehaty (the "Executive").

                                   WITNESSETH

         WHEREAS, the Executive has heretofore been employed by the Savings Bank
as the President and Chief Executive Officer and is experienced in all phases of
the business of the Savings Bank; and

         WHEREAS,  the  Savings  Bank  desires to be ensured of the  Executive's
continued active participation in the business of the Savings Bank; and

         WHEREAS,  in order to induce the  Executive  to remain in the employ of
the Savings Bank and in consideration  of the Executive's  agreeing to remain in
the employ of the Savings  Bank,  the parties  desire to specify the  continuing
employment relationship between the Savings Bank and the Executive;

         NOW  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of  the  premises  and  the  mutual
agreements herein contained, the parties hereby agree as follows:

         1.  Employment.  The Savings Bank hereby  employs the  Executive in the
capacity of President and Chief Executive Officer.  The Executive hereby accepts
said employment and agrees to render such administrative and management services
to the Savings Bank and to any to-be-formed parent holding company ("Parent") as
are currently rendered and as are customarily performed by persons situated in a
similar  executive  capacity.  The  Executive  shall promote the business of the
Savings Bank and Parent. The Executive's other duties shall be such as the Board
of Directors for the Savings Bank (the "Board of Directors" or "Board") may from
time to time  reasonably  direct,  including  normal duties as an officer of the
Savings Bank.

         2. Term of Employment.  The term of employment of Executive  under this
Agreement  shall be for the period  commencing on the Effective  Date and ending
thirty-six (36) months thereafter  ("Term").  Additionally,  on, or before, each
annual  anniversary  date from the Effective Date, the Term of employment  under
this Agreement shall be extended for up to an additional  period beyond the then
effective  expiration date upon a  determination  and resolution of the Board of
Directors  that the  performance of the Executive has met the  requirements  and
standards of the Board,  and that the Term of such Agreement  shall be extended.
References  herein to the Term of this Agreement shall refer both to the initial
term and successive terms.




<PAGE>



         3.    Compensation, Benefits and Expenses.

               (a) Base Salary.  The Savings Bank shall  compensate  and pay the
Executive during the Term of this Agreement a minimum base salary at the rate of
$90,000.00 per annum ("Base  Salary"),  payable in cash not less frequently than
monthly;  provided,  that the rate of such salary shall be reviewed by the Board
of Directors not less often than annually,  and the Executive  shall be entitled
to receive increases at such percentages or in such amounts as determined by the
Board of Directors. The base salary may not be decreased without the Executive's
express written consent.

               (b)  Discretionary  Bonus.  The  Executive  shall be  entitled to
participate in an equitable manner with all other senior management employees of
the Savings Bank in discretionary bonuses that may be authorized and declared by
the Board of Directors to its senior management executives from time to time. No
other  compensation  provided for in this Agreement shall be deemed a substitute
for the Executive's right to participate in such discretionary  bonuses when and
as declared by the Board.

               (c)  Participation in Benefit and Retirement Plans. The Executive
shall be entitled to  participate in and receive the benefits of any plan of the
Savings Bank which may be or may become applicable to senior management relating
to pension or other retirement benefit plans,  profit-sharing,  stock options or
incentive plans, or other plans,  benefits and privileges given to employees and
executives of the Savings Bank, to the extent  commensurate with his then duties
and responsibilities, as fixed by the Board of Directors of the Savings Bank.

               (d)  Participation in Medical Plans and Insurance  Policies.  The
Executive  shall be entitled to  participate  in and receive the benefits of any
plan or policy of the  Savings  Bank  which may be or may become  applicable  to
senior  management  relating to life insurance,  short and long term disability,
medical,  dental,  eye-care,  prescription drugs or medical reimbursement plans.
Additionally,  Executive's  dependent family shall be eligible to participate in
medical and dental  insurance plans sponsored by the Savings Bank or Parent with
the cost of such premiums paid by the Savings Bank.

               (e) Vacations and Sick Leave.  The Executive shall be entitled to
paid annual vacation leave in accordance  with the policies as established  from
time to time by the  Board of  Directors,  which  shall in no event be less than
four weeks per annum.  The  Executive  shall also be  entitled to an annual sick
leave benefit as established by the Board for senior management employees of the
Savings Bank. The Executive shall be entitled to receive additional compensation
at the end of each  calendar  year based upon any  vacation  days that have been
accrued for such calendar year that have not been utilized by the Executive.  At
the discretion of the Board,  accrued but unutilized sick leave may also be paid
out as additional compensation at the end of each year.

               (f) Expenses.  The Savings Bank shall  reimburse the Executive or
otherwise  provide  for or pay  for  all  reasonable  expenses  incurred  by the
Executive in furtherance of, or

                                        2

<PAGE>



in connection with the business of the Savings Bank,  including,  but not by way
of   limitation,   automobile  and  traveling   expenses,   and  all  reasonable
entertainment  expenses,  subject  to such  reasonable  documentation  and other
limitations as may be established by the Board of Directors of the Savings Bank.
If such expenses are paid in the first  instance by the  Executive,  the Savings
Bank shall reimburse the Executive therefor.

               (g)  Changes in  Benefits.  The  Savings  Bank shall not make any
changes in such plans,  benefits or privileges  previously  described in Section
3(c),  (d) and (e)  which  would  adversely  affect  the  Executive's  rights or
benefits thereunder,  unless such change occurs pursuant to a program applicable
to all  executive  officers  of the  Savings  Bank  and  does  not  result  in a
proportionately  greater  adverse  change in the rights of, or benefits  to, the
Executive  as compared  with any other  executive  officer of the Savings  Bank.
Nothing paid to Executive  under any plan or arrangement  presently in effect or
made available in the future shall be deemed to be in lieu of the salary payable
to Executive pursuant to Section 3(a) hereof.

         4.    Loyalty; Noncompetition.

               (a) The Executive shall devote his full time and attention to the
performance  of his  employment  under  this  Agreement.  During the term of the
Executive's  employment under this Agreement,  the Executive shall not engage in
any business or activity  contrary to the  business  affairs or interests of the
Savings Bank or Parent.

               (b)  Nothing  contained  in this  Section  4 shall be  deemed  to
prevent or limit the right of Executive to invest in the capital  stock or other
securities of any business  dissimilar  from that of the Savings Bank or Parent,
or, solely as a passive or minority investor, in any business.

         5. Standards.  During the term of this  Agreement,  the Executive shall
perform his duties in  accordance  with such  reasonable  standards  expected of
executives with comparable  positions in comparable  organizations and as may be
established from time to time by the Board of Directors.

         6.  Termination and Termination  Pay. The Executive's  employment under
this Agreement shall be terminated upon any of the following occurrences:

               (a) The death of the Executive during the term of this Agreement,
in  which  event  the  Executive's  estate  shall be  entitled  to  receive  the
compensation  due the  Executive  through the last day of the calendar  month in
which Executive's death shall have occurred.

               (b)  The  Board  of  Directors  may  terminate  the   Executive's
employment at any time, but any termination by the Board of Directors other than
termination  for Just  Cause,  shall  not  prejudice  the  Executive's  right to
compensation or other benefits under the Agreement.  The Executive shall have no
right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after termination
for Just Cause. The Board may within its sole discretion,  acting in good faith,
terminate  the  Executive  for  Just  Cause  and  shall  notify  such  Executive
accordingly. Termination

                                        3

<PAGE>



for "Just Cause" shall include termination  because of the Executive's  personal
dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty involving
personal profit, intentional failure to perform stated duties, willful violation
of any law,  rule or  regulation  (other  than  traffic  violations  or  similar
offenses) or final  cease-and-desist  order, or material breach of any provision
of the Agreement.

               (c) Except as provided pursuant to Section 9 hereof, in the event
Executive's  employment  under  this  Agreement  is  terminated  by the Board of
Directors without Just Cause, the Savings Bank shall be obligated to continue to
pay the Executive the salary provided pursuant to Section 3(a) herein, up to the
date of termination of the remaining Term of this Agreement, but in no event for
a period of less than twelve  months,  and the cost of Executive  obtaining  all
health,  life,  disability,  and other  benefits  which the  Executive  would be
eligible  to  participate  in through  such date based upon the  benefit  levels
substantially equal to those being provided Executive at the date of termination
of employment.

               (d) The voluntary termination by the Executive during the term of
this  Agreement  with the delivery of no less than 60 days written notice to the
Board of  Directors,  other than  pursuant  to Section  9(b),  in which case the
Executive shall be entitled to receive only the compensation, vested rights, and
all employee benefits up to the date of such termination.

         7.    Regulatory Exclusions.

         (a) If the Executive is suspended  and/or  temporarily  prohibited from
participating  in the conduct of the Savings  Bank's  affairs by a notice served
under Section  8(e)(3) or (g)(1) of the FDIA (12 U.S.C.  1818(e)(3) and (g)(1)),
the Savings Bank's  obligations under the Agreement shall be suspended as of the
date of service, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in the
notice are  dismissed,  the Savings Bank may within its  discretion  (i) pay the
Executive  all  or  part  of  the  compensation   withheld  while  its  contract
obligations were suspended and (ii) reinstate any of its obligations  which were
suspended.

         (b) If the  Executive is removed  and/or  permanently  prohibited  from
participating  in the conduct of the Savings  Bank's  affairs by an order issued
under Sections 8(e)(4) or 8(g)(1) of the Federal Deposit  Insurance Act ("FDIA")
(12 U.S.C.  1818(e)(4)  and (g)(1)),  all  obligations of the Savings Bank under
this Agreement shall  terminate,  as of the effective date of the order, but the
vested rights of the parties shall not be affected.

         (c) If the Savings Bank is in default (as defined in Section 3(x)(1) of
FDIA) all  obligations  under this Agreement  shall  terminate as of the date of
default,  but  this  paragraph  shall  not  affect  any  vested  rights  of  the
contracting parties.

         (d) All obligations under this Agreement shall be terminated, except to
the extent  determined that  continuation of this Agreement is necessary for the
continued  operation of the Savings  Bank:  (i) by the Director of the Office of
Thrift Supervision ("Director of OTS"), or his or her designee, at the time that
the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") enters

                                        4

<PAGE>



into an  agreement  to provide  assistance  to or on behalf of the Savings  Bank
under the authority  contained in Section 13(c) of FDIA; or (ii) by the Director
of the OTS, or his or her designee, at the time that the Director of the OTS, or
his or her designee approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to
operation  of the Savings  Bank or when the Savings  Bank is  determined  by the
Director of the OTS to be in an unsafe or unsound  condition.  Any rights of the
parties that have already vested, however, shall not be affected by such action.

         (e) Notwithstanding  anything herein to the contrary, any payments made
to the Executive  pursuant to the Agreement,  or otherwise,  shall be subject to
and  conditioned  upon  compliance  with 12 USC ss.1828(k)  and any  regulations
promulgated thereunder.

         8. Disability.  If the Executive shall become disabled or incapacitated
to the extent  that he is unable to perform his duties  hereunder,  by reason of
medically determinable physical or mental impairment,  as determined by a doctor
engaged by the Board of  Directors,  Executive  shall  nevertheless  continue to
receive the compensation and benefits provided under the terms of this Agreement
as follows:  100% of such  compensation  and benefits for a period of 12 months,
but not exceeding the remaining  term of the  Agreement,  and 65% thereafter for
the remainder of the term of the Agreement.  Such benefits noted herein shall be
reduced by any benefits  otherwise  provided to the Executive during such period
under the provisions of disability insurance coverage in effect for Savings Bank
employees.  Thereafter, Executive shall be eligible to receive benefits provided
by the Savings Bank under the  provisions  of disability  insurance  coverage in
effect  for  Savings  Bank  employees.   Upon  returning  to  active   full-time
employment,  the  Executive's  full  compensation as set forth in this Agreement
shall be reinstated as of the date of  commencement of such  activities.  In the
event that the Executive  returns to active employment on other than a full-time
basis,  then his  compensation  (as set forth in Section 3(a) of this Agreement)
shall be reduced in proportion to the time spent in said employment, or as shall
otherwise be agreed to by the parties.

         9.    Change in Control.

               (a) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary,  in the
event of the involuntary  termination of Executive's  employment during the term
of this Agreement following any Change in Control of the Savings Bank or Parent,
or within 24 months  thereafter  of such Change in  Control,  absent Just Cause,
Executive  shall be paid an  amount  equal to the  product  of 2.999  times  the
Executive's  "base  amount" as defined in  Section  280G(b)(3)  of the  Internal
Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended  (the  "Code")  and  regulations  promulgated
thereunder.  Said sum shall be paid, at the option of  Executive,  either in one
(1) lump sum  within  thirty  (30) days of such  termination  of  service  or in
periodic  payments  over  the  next  36  months  or the  remaining  term of this
Agreement,  whichever  is  less,  as if  Executive's  employment  had  not  been
terminated,  and such  payments  shall be in lieu of any other  future  payments
which the  Executive  would be otherwise  entitled to receive under Section 6 of
this Agreement.  Notwithstanding the forgoing,  all sums payable hereunder shall
be  reduced  in such  manner and to such  extent so that no such  payments  made
hereunder when aggregated with all other payments to be made to the Executive by
the Savings Bank or the Parent shall be deemed an "excess parachute payment"

                                        5

<PAGE>



in  accordance  with  Section  280G of the Code and be subject to the excise tax
provided at Section  4999(a) of the Code.  The term  "Change in  Control"  shall
refer to (i) the control of voting proxies  whether  related to  stockholders or
mutual  members by any person,  other than the Board of Directors of the Savings
Bank, to direct more than 25% of the outstanding  votes of the Savings Bank, the
control of the election of a majority of the Savings  Bank's  directors,  or the
exercise  of a  controlling  influence  over the  management  or policies of the
Savings Bank by any person or by persons acting as a group within the meaning of
Section  13(d) of the Exchange  Act,  (ii) an event whereby the OTS, FDIC or any
other  department,  agency or  quasi-agency of the federal  government  cause or
bring about,  without the consent of the Savings Bank, a change in the corporate
structure or organization  of the Savings Bank;  (iii) an event whereby the OTS,
FDIC or any other  agency or  quasi-agency  of the federal  government  cause or
bring about,  without the consent of the Savings Bank, a taxation or involuntary
distribution  of retained  earnings or proceeds  from the sale of  securities to
depositors,  borrowers,  any  government  agency  or  organization  or  civic or
charitable organization;  or (iv) a merger or other business combination between
the Savings Bank and another  corporate  entity  whereby the Savings Bank is not
the  surviving  entity.  In the event that the Savings Bank shall convert in the
future from mutual-to-stock  form, the term "Change in Control" shall also refer
to: (i) the sale of all,  or a material  portion,  of the assets of the  Savings
Bank or the Parent;  (ii) the merger or  recapitalization of the Savings Bank or
the Parent  whereby the Savings Bank or the Parent is not the surviving  entity;
(iii) a change in  control  of the  Savings  Bank or the  Parent,  as  otherwise
defined  or  determined  by the  Office of  Thrift  Supervision  or  regulations
promulgated  by it; or (iv) the  acquisition,  directly  or  indirectly,  of the
beneficial  ownership  (within the meaning of that term as it is used in Section
13(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934 and the  rules  and  regulations
promulgated  thereunder) of twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the outstanding
voting securities of the Savings Bank or the Parent by any person, trust, entity
or group. The term "person" means an individual  other than the Executive,  or a
corporation,  partnership,  trust, association,  joint venture, pool, syndicate,
sole proprietorship, unincorporated organization or any other form of entity not
specifically listed herein.

               (b)  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the
contrary,  Executive may voluntarily terminate his employment during the term of
this Agreement  following a Change in Control of the Savings Bank or Parent,  or
within twenty-four months following such Change in Control,  and Executive shall
thereupon  be entitled to receive the payment  described in Section 9(a) of this
Agreement,  upon the occurrence,  or within 120 days  thereafter,  of any of the
following  events,  which have not been consented to in advance by the Executive
in writing: (i) if Executive would be required to move his personal residence or
perform his principal  executive functions more than thirty-five (35) miles from
the Executive's  primary office as of the signing of this Agreement;  (ii) if in
the organizational structure of the Savings Bank, Executive would be required to
report to a person or persons  other than the Board of  Directors of the Savings
Bank;  (iii) if the  Savings  Bank  should  fail to  maintain  Executive's  base
compensation  in effect as of the date of the Change in Control and the existing
employee  benefits plans,  including  material fringe benefit,  stock option and
retirement   plans;   (iv)  if   Executive   would  be   assigned   duties   and
responsibilities  other than those  normally  associated  with his  position  as
referenced  at  Section  1,  herein;  (v)  if  Executive's  responsibilities  or
authority

                                        6

<PAGE>



have in any way been  materially  diminished  or reduced;  or (vi) if  Executive
would not be reelected to the Board of Directors of the Savings Bank.

        10.  Withholding.  All payments  required to be made by the Savings Bank
hereunder to the Executive  shall be subject to the withholding of such amounts,
if any,  relating to tax and other  payroll  deductions  as the Savings Bank may
reasonably  determine  should be  withheld  pursuant  to any  applicable  law or
regulation.

        11.    Successors and Assigns.

               (a) This  Agreement  shall inure to the benefit of and be binding
upon any corporate or other  successor of the Savings Bank or Parent which shall
acquire,  directly  or  indirectly,  by  merger,   consolidation,   purchase  or
otherwise,  all or substantially  all of the assets or stock of the Savings Bank
or Parent.

               (b) Since the  Savings  Bank is  contracting  for the  unique and
personal  skills  of the  Executive,  the  Executive  shall  be  precluded  from
assigning or delegating his rights or duties  hereunder  without first obtaining
the written consent of the Savings Bank.

        12. Amendment;  Waiver. No provisions of this Agreement may be modified,
waived or discharged unless such waiver,  modification or discharge is agreed to
in  writing,  signed by the  Executive  and such  officer or  officers as may be
specifically designated by the Board of Directors of the Savings Bank to sign on
its behalf. No waiver by any party hereto at any time of any breach by any other
party  hereto  of, or  compliance  with,  any  condition  or  provision  of this
Agreement  to be  performed  by such  other  party  shall be  deemed a waiver of
similar or  dissimilar  provisions  or conditions at the same or at any prior or
subsequent time.

        13.  Governing  Law.  The  validity,  interpretation,  construction  and
performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the United States
where  applicable  and  otherwise  by the  substantive  laws of the State of New
Jersey.

        14.  Nature of  Obligations.  Nothing  contained  herein shall create or
require  the  Savings  Bank to  create a trust of any kind to fund any  benefits
which may be payable hereunder,  and to the extent that the Executive acquires a
right to receive  benefits from the Savings Bank hereunder,  such right shall be
no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Savings Bank.

        15. Headings.  The section headings  contained in this Agreement are for
reference  purposes  only  and  shall  not  affect  in any  way the  meaning  or
interpretation of this Agreement.

        16.  Severability.  The  provisions  of this  Agreement  shall be deemed
severable  and the  invalidity  or  unenforceability  of any  provision  of this
Agreement  shall  not  affect  the  validity  or  enforceability  of  the  other
provisions of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.


                                        7

<PAGE>



        17. Arbitration.  Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to
this  Agreement,  or the breach  thereof,  shall be settled  by  arbitration  in
accordance  with the rules then in effect of the district office of the American
Arbitration  Association ("AAA") nearest to the home office of the Savings Bank,
and  judgment  upon the  award  rendered  may be  entered  in any  court  having
jurisdiction thereof,  except to the extent that the parties may otherwise reach
a mutual settlement of such issue.  Further, the settlement of the dispute to be
approved  by the  Board of the  Savings  Bank may  include a  provision  for the
reimbursement  by the Savings Bank to the Executive for all reasonable costs and
expenses,  including  reasonable  attorneys'  fees,  arising from such  dispute,
proceedings  or  actions,  or the Board of the  Savings  Bank or the  Parent may
authorize such  reimbursement  of such reasonable costs and expenses by separate
action upon a written action and determination of the Board following settlement
of the  dispute.  Such  reimbursement  shall be paid  within  ten  (10)  days of
Executive furnishing to the Savings Bank or Parent evidence, which may be in the
form,  among  other  things,  of a canceled  check or  receipt,  of any costs or
expenses incurred by Executive.

        18. Confidential Information. The Executive acknowledges that during his
or her  employment  he or  she  will  learn  and  have  access  to  confidential
information  regarding  the Savings  Bank and the Parent and its  customers  and
businesses ("Confidential Information").  The Executive agrees and covenants not
to  disclose  or use for his or her own  benefit,  or the  benefit  of any other
person or entity, any such Confidential Information, unless or until the Savings
Bank or the  Parent  consents  to  such  disclosure  or use or such  information
becomes common  knowledge in the industry or is otherwise  legally in the public
domain. The Executive shall not knowingly disclose or reveal to any unauthorized
person any Confidential Information relating to the Savings Bank, the Parent, or
any  subsidiaries or affiliates,  or to any of the businesses  operated by them,
and the  Executive  confirms  that such  information  constitutes  the exclusive
property of the Savings Bank and the Parent.  The Executive  shall not otherwise
knowingly  act or conduct  himself (a) to the material  detriment of the Savings
Bank or the Parent, or its subsidiaries, or affiliates, or (b) in a manner which
is  inimical or contrary  to the  interests  of the Savings  Bank or the Parent.
Executive  acknowledges  and agrees that the existence of this Agreement and its
terms and conditions constitutes  Confidential  Information of the Savings Bank,
and the Executive  agrees not to disclose the Agreement or its contents  without
the prior written  consent of the Savings Bank.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,
the Savings Bank reserves the right in its sole discretion to make disclosure of
this  Agreement as it deems  necessary or  appropriate  in  compliance  with its
regulatory  reporting  requirements.  Notwithstanding  anything  herein  to  the
contrary, failure by the Executive to comply with the provisions of this Section
may  result  in the  immediate  termination  of the  Agreement  within  the sole
discretion of the Savings Bank,  disciplinary action against the Executive taken
by the Savings Bank,  including but not limited to the termination of employment
of the Executive for breach of the Agreement and the provisions of this Section,
and other remedies that may be available in law or in equity.

        19. Entire Agreement.  This Agreement together with any understanding or
modifications  thereof as agreed to in writing by the parties,  shall constitute
the entire agreement between the parties hereto.



                                        8






                                  EXHIBIT 10.2
<PAGE>


                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


        THIS AGREEMENT,  is entered into this 14th day of May 1998, ("Effective)
Date") by and between Peoples Savings Bank, Bordentown, New Jersey (the "Savings
Bank") and Charles Alessi (the "Executive").

                                   WITNESSETH

         WHEREAS, the Executive has heretofore been employed by the Savings Bank
as the Vice  President and Chief  Financial  Officer and is  experienced  in all
phases of the business of the Savings Bank; and

         WHEREAS,  the  Savings  Bank  desires to be ensured of the  Executive's
continued active participation in the business of the Savings Bank; and

         WHEREAS,  in order to induce the  Executive  to remain in the employ of
the Savings Bank and in consideration  of the Executive's  agreeing to remain in
the employ of the Savings  Bank,  the parties  desire to specify the  continuing
employment relationship between the Savings Bank and the Executive;

         NOW  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of  the  premises  and  the  mutual
agreements herein contained, the parties hereby agree as follows:

         1.  Employment.  The Savings Bank hereby  employs the  Executive in the
capacity of Vice President and Chief  Financial  Officer.  The Executive  hereby
accepts said employment and agrees to render such  administrative and management
services to the Savings  Bank and to any  to-be-formed  parent  holding  company
("Parent") as are currently rendered and as are customarily performed by persons
situated  in a similar  executive  capacity.  The  Executive  shall  promote the
business of the Savings Bank and Parent.  The Executive's  other duties shall be
such as the Board of Directors for the Savings Bank (the "Board of Directors" or
"Board") may from time to time reasonably direct,  including normal duties as an
officer of the Savings Bank.

         2. Term of Employment.  The term of employment of Executive  under this
Agreement  shall be for the period  commencing on the Effective  Date and ending
thirty-six (36) months thereafter  ("Term").  Additionally,  on, or before, each
annual  anniversary  date from the Effective Date, the Term of employment  under
this Agreement shall be extended for up to an additional  period beyond the then
effective  expiration date upon a  determination  and resolution of the Board of
Directors  that the  performance of the Executive has met the  requirements  and
standards of the Board,  and that the Term of such Agreement  shall be extended.
References  herein to the Term of this Agreement shall refer both to the initial
term and successive terms.




<PAGE>



         3.    Compensation, Benefits and Expenses.

               (a) Base Salary.  The Savings Bank shall  compensate  and pay the
Executive during the Term of this Agreement a minimum base salary at the rate of
$50,000 per annum  ("Base  Salary"),  payable in cash not less  frequently  than
monthly;  provided,  that the rate of such salary shall be reviewed by the Board
of Directors not less often than annually,  and the Executive  shall be entitled
to receive increases at such percentages or in such amounts as determined by the
Board of Directors. The base salary may not be decreased without the Executive's
express written consent.

               (b)  Discretionary  Bonus.  The  Executive  shall be  entitled to
participate in an equitable manner with all other senior management employees of
the Savings Bank in discretionary bonuses that may be authorized and declared by
the Board of Directors to its senior management executives from time to time. No
other  compensation  provided for in this Agreement shall be deemed a substitute
for the Executive's right to participate in such discretionary  bonuses when and
as declared by the Board.

               (c)  Participation in Benefit and Retirement Plans. The Executive
shall be entitled to  participate in and receive the benefits of any plan of the
Savings Bank which may be or may become applicable to senior management relating
to pension or other retirement benefit plans,  profit-sharing,  stock options or
incentive plans, or other plans,  benefits and privileges given to employees and
executives of the Savings Bank, to the extent  commensurate with his then duties
and responsibilities, as fixed by the Board of Directors of the Savings Bank.

               (d)  Participation in Medical Plans and Insurance  Policies.  The
Executive  shall be entitled to  participate  in and receive the benefits of any
plan or policy of the  Savings  Bank  which may be or may become  applicable  to
senior  management  relating to life insurance,  short and long term disability,
medical,  dental,  eye-care,  prescription drugs or medical reimbursement plans.
Additionally,  Executive's  dependent family shall be eligible to participate in
medical and dental  insurance plans sponsored by the Savings Bank or Parent with
the cost of such premiums paid by the Savings Bank.

               (e) Vacations and Sick Leave.  The Executive shall be entitled to
paid annual vacation leave in accordance  with the policies as established  from
time to time by the  Board of  Directors,  which  shall in no event be less than
four weeks per annum.  The  Executive  shall also be  entitled to an annual sick
leave benefit as established by the Board for senior management employees of the
Savings Bank. The Executive shall be entitled to receive additional compensation
at the end of each  calendar  year based upon any  vacation  days that have been
accrued for such calendar year that have not been utilized by the Executive.  At
the discretion of the Board,  accrued but unutilized sick leave may also be paid
out as additional compensation at the end of each year.

               (f) Expenses.  The Savings Bank shall  reimburse the Executive or
otherwise  provide  for or pay  for  all  reasonable  expenses  incurred  by the
Executive in furtherance of, or

                                        2

<PAGE>



in connection with the business of the Savings Bank,  including,  but not by way
of   limitation,   automobile  and  traveling   expenses,   and  all  reasonable
entertainment  expenses,  subject  to such  reasonable  documentation  and other
limitations as may be established by the Board of Directors of the Savings Bank.
If such expenses are paid in the first  instance by the  Executive,  the Savings
Bank shall reimburse the Executive therefor.

               (g)  Changes in  Benefits.  The  Savings  Bank shall not make any
changes in such plans,  benefits or privileges  previously  described in Section
3(c),  (d) and (e)  which  would  adversely  affect  the  Executive's  rights or
benefits thereunder,  unless such change occurs pursuant to a program applicable
to all  executive  officers  of the  Savings  Bank  and  does  not  result  in a
proportionately  greater  adverse  change in the rights of, or benefits  to, the
Executive  as compared  with any other  executive  officer of the Savings  Bank.
Nothing paid to Executive  under any plan or arrangement  presently in effect or
made available in the future shall be deemed to be in lieu of the salary payable
to Executive pursuant to Section 3(a) hereof.

         4.    Loyalty; Noncompetition.

               (a) The Executive shall devote his full time and attention to the
performance  of his  employment  under  this  Agreement.  During the term of the
Executive's  employment under this Agreement,  the Executive shall not engage in
any business or activity  contrary to the  business  affairs or interests of the
Savings Bank or Parent.

               (b)  Nothing  contained  in this  Section  4 shall be  deemed  to
prevent or limit the right of Executive to invest in the capital  stock or other
securities of any business  dissimilar  from that of the Savings Bank or Parent,
or, solely as a passive or minority investor, in any business.

         5. Standards.  During the term of this  Agreement,  the Executive shall
perform his duties in  accordance  with such  reasonable  standards  expected of
executives with comparable  positions in comparable  organizations and as may be
established from time to time by the Board of Directors.

         6.  Termination and Termination  Pay. The Executive's  employment under
this Agreement shall be terminated upon any of the following occurrences:

               (a) The death of the Executive during the term of this Agreement,
in  which  event  the  Executive's  estate  shall be  entitled  to  receive  the
compensation  due the  Executive  through the last day of the calendar  month in
which Executive's death shall have occurred.

               (b)  The  Board  of  Directors  may  terminate  the   Executive's
employment at any time, but any termination by the Board of Directors other than
termination  for Just  Cause,  shall  not  prejudice  the  Executive's  right to
compensation or other benefits under the Agreement.  The Executive shall have no
right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after termination
for Just Cause. The Board may within its sole discretion,  acting in good faith,
terminate  the  Executive  for  Just  Cause  and  shall  notify  such  Executive
accordingly. Termination

                                        3

<PAGE>



for "Just Cause" shall include termination  because of the Executive's  personal
dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty involving
personal profit, intentional failure to perform stated duties, willful violation
of any law,  rule or  regulation  (other  than  traffic  violations  or  similar
offenses) or final  cease-and-desist  order, or material breach of any provision
of the Agreement.

               (c) Except as provided pursuant to Section 9 hereof, in the event
Executive's  employment  under  this  Agreement  is  terminated  by the Board of
Directors without Just Cause, the Savings Bank shall be obligated to continue to
pay the Executive the salary provided pursuant to Section 3(a) herein, up to the
date of termination of the remaining Term of this Agreement, but in no event for
a period of less than twelve  months,  and the cost of Executive  obtaining  all
health,  life,  disability,  and other  benefits  which the  Executive  would be
eligible  to  participate  in through  such date based upon the  benefit  levels
substantially equal to those being provided Executive at the date of termination
of employment.

               (d) The voluntary termination by the Executive during the term of
this  Agreement  with the delivery of no less than 60 days written notice to the
Board of  Directors,  other than  pursuant  to Section  9(b),  in which case the
Executive shall be entitled to receive only the compensation, vested rights, and
all employee benefits up to the date of such termination.

         7.    Regulatory Exclusions.

         (a) If the Executive is suspended  and/or  temporarily  prohibited from
participating  in the conduct of the Savings  Bank's  affairs by a notice served
under Section  8(e)(3) or (g)(1) of the FDIA (12 U.S.C.  1818(e)(3) and (g)(1)),
the Savings Bank's  obligations under the Agreement shall be suspended as of the
date of service, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in the
notice are  dismissed,  the Savings Bank may within its  discretion  (i) pay the
Executive  all  or  part  of  the  compensation   withheld  while  its  contract
obligations were suspended and (ii) reinstate any of its obligations  which were
suspended.

         (b) If the  Executive is removed  and/or  permanently  prohibited  from
participating  in the conduct of the Savings  Bank's  affairs by an order issued
under Sections 8(e)(4) or 8(g)(1) of the Federal Deposit  Insurance Act ("FDIA")
(12 U.S.C.  1818(e)(4)  and (g)(1)),  all  obligations of the Savings Bank under
this Agreement shall  terminate,  as of the effective date of the order, but the
vested rights of the parties shall not be affected.

         (c) If the Savings Bank is in default (as defined in Section 3(x)(1) of
FDIA) all  obligations  under this Agreement  shall  terminate as of the date of
default,  but  this  paragraph  shall  not  affect  any  vested  rights  of  the
contracting parties.

         (d) All obligations under this Agreement shall be terminated, except to
the extent  determined that  continuation of this Agreement is necessary for the
continued  operation of the Savings  Bank:  (i) by the Director of the Office of
Thrift Supervision ("Director of OTS"), or his or her designee, at the time that
the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") enters

                                        4

<PAGE>



into an  agreement  to provide  assistance  to or on behalf of the Savings  Bank
under the authority  contained in Section 13(c) of FDIA; or (ii) by the Director
of the OTS, or his or her designee, at the time that the Director of the OTS, or
his or her designee approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to
operation  of the Savings  Bank or when the Savings  Bank is  determined  by the
Director of the OTS to be in an unsafe or unsound  condition.  Any rights of the
parties that have already vested, however, shall not be affected by such action.

         (e) Notwithstanding  anything herein to the contrary, any payments made
to the Executive  pursuant to the Agreement,  or otherwise,  shall be subject to
and  conditioned  upon  compliance  with 12 USC ss.1828(k)  and any  regulations
promulgated thereunder.

         8. Disability.  If the Executive shall become disabled or incapacitated
to the extent  that he is unable to perform his duties  hereunder,  by reason of
medically determinable physical or mental impairment,  as determined by a doctor
engaged by the Board of  Directors,  Executive  shall  nevertheless  continue to
receive the compensation and benefits provided under the terms of this Agreement
as follows:  100% of such  compensation  and benefits for a period of 12 months,
but not exceeding the remaining  term of the  Agreement,  and 65% thereafter for
the remainder of the term of the Agreement.  Such benefits noted herein shall be
reduced by any benefits  otherwise  provided to the Executive during such period
under the provisions of disability insurance coverage in effect for Savings Bank
employees.  Thereafter, Executive shall be eligible to receive benefits provided
by the Savings Bank under the  provisions  of disability  insurance  coverage in
effect  for  Savings  Bank  employees.   Upon  returning  to  active   full-time
employment,  the  Executive's  full  compensation as set forth in this Agreement
shall be reinstated as of the date of  commencement of such  activities.  In the
event that the Executive  returns to active employment on other than a full-time
basis,  then his  compensation  (as set forth in Section 3(a) of this Agreement)
shall be reduced in proportion to the time spent in said employment, or as shall
otherwise be agreed to by the parties.

         9.    Change in Control.

               (a) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary,  in the
event of the involuntary  termination of Executive's  employment during the term
of this Agreement following any Change in Control of the Savings Bank or Parent,
or within 24 months  thereafter  of such Change in  Control,  absent Just Cause,
Executive  shall be paid an  amount  equal to the  product  of 2.999  times  the
Executive's  "base  amount" as defined in  Section  280G(b)(3)  of the  Internal
Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended  (the  "Code")  and  regulations  promulgated
thereunder.  Said sum shall be paid, at the option of  Executive,  either in one
(1) lump sum  within  thirty  (30) days of such  termination  of  service  or in
periodic  payments  over  the  next  36  months  or the  remaining  term of this
Agreement,  whichever  is  less,  as if  Executive's  employment  had  not  been
terminated,  and such  payments  shall be in lieu of any other  future  payments
which the  Executive  would be otherwise  entitled to receive under Section 6 of
this Agreement.  Notwithstanding the forgoing,  all sums payable hereunder shall
be  reduced  in such  manner and to such  extent so that no such  payments  made
hereunder when aggregated with all other payments to be made to the Executive by
the Savings Bank or the Parent shall be deemed an "excess parachute payment"

                                        5

<PAGE>



in  accordance  with  Section  280G of the Code and be subject to the excise tax
provided at Section  4999(a) of the Code.  The term  "Change in  Control"  shall
refer to (i) the control of voting proxies  whether  related to  stockholders or
mutual  members by any person,  other than the Board of Directors of the Savings
Bank, to direct more than 25% of the outstanding  votes of the Savings Bank, the
control of the election of a majority of the Savings  Bank's  directors,  or the
exercise  of a  controlling  influence  over the  management  or policies of the
Savings Bank by any person or by persons acting as a group within the meaning of
Section  13(d) of the Exchange  Act,  (ii) an event whereby the OTS, FDIC or any
other  department,  agency or  quasi-agency of the federal  government  cause or
bring about,  without the consent of the Savings Bank, a change in the corporate
structure or organization  of the Savings Bank;  (iii) an event whereby the OTS,
FDIC or any other  agency or  quasi-agency  of the federal  government  cause or
bring about,  without the consent of the Savings Bank, a taxation or involuntary
distribution  of retained  earnings or proceeds  from the sale of  securities to
depositors,  borrowers,  any  government  agency  or  organization  or  civic or
charitable organization;  or (iv) a merger or other business combination between
the Savings Bank and another  corporate  entity  whereby the Savings Bank is not
the  surviving  entity.  In the event that the Savings Bank shall convert in the
future from mutual-to-stock  form, the term "Change in Control" shall also refer
to: (i) the sale of all,  or a material  portion,  of the assets of the  Savings
Bank or the Parent;  (ii) the merger or  recapitalization of the Savings Bank or
the Parent  whereby the Savings Bank or the Parent is not the surviving  entity;
(iii) a change in  control  of the  Savings  Bank or the  Parent,  as  otherwise
defined  or  determined  by the  Office of  Thrift  Supervision  or  regulations
promulgated  by it; or (iv) the  acquisition,  directly  or  indirectly,  of the
beneficial  ownership  (within the meaning of that term as it is used in Section
13(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934 and the  rules  and  regulations
promulgated  thereunder) of twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the outstanding
voting securities of the Savings Bank or the Parent by any person, trust, entity
or group. The term "person" means an individual  other than the Executive,  or a
corporation,  partnership,  trust, association,  joint venture, pool, syndicate,
sole proprietorship, unincorporated organization or any other form of entity not
specifically listed herein.

                (b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the
contrary,  Executive may voluntarily terminate his employment during the term of
this Agreement  following a Change in Control of the Savings Bank or Parent,  or
within twenty-four months following such Change in Control,  and Executive shall
thereupon  be entitled to receive the payment  described in Section 9(a) of this
Agreement,  upon the occurrence,  or within 120 days  thereafter,  of any of the
following  events,  which have not been consented to in advance by the Executive
in writing: (i) if Executive would be required to move his personal residence or
perform his principal  executive functions more than thirty-five (35) miles from
the Executive's  primary office as of the signing of this Agreement;  (ii) if in
the organizational structure of the Savings Bank, Executive would be required to
report to a person or persons other than the President or the Board of Directors
of the  Savings  Bank;  (iii)  if the  Savings  Bank  should  fail  to  maintain
Executive's base  compensation in effect as of the date of the Change in Control
and the existing  employee  benefits plans,  including  material fringe benefit,
stock option and retirement  plans;  (iv) if Executive  would be assigned duties
and  responsibilities  other than those normally associated with his position as
referenced  at Section 1,  herein;  or (v) if  Executive's  responsibilities  or
authority have in any way been materially diminished or reduced.


                                        6

<PAGE>



        10.  Withholding.  All payments  required to be made by the Savings Bank
hereunder to the Executive  shall be subject to the withholding of such amounts,
if any,  relating to tax and other  payroll  deductions  as the Savings Bank may
reasonably  determine  should be  withheld  pursuant  to any  applicable  law or
regulation.

        11.    Successors and Assigns.

               (a) This  Agreement  shall inure to the benefit of and be binding
upon any corporate or other  successor of the Savings Bank or Parent which shall
acquire,  directly  or  indirectly,  by  merger,   consolidation,   purchase  or
otherwise,  all or substantially  all of the assets or stock of the Savings Bank
or Parent.

               (b) Since the  Savings  Bank is  contracting  for the  unique and
personal  skills  of the  Executive,  the  Executive  shall  be  precluded  from
assigning or delegating his rights or duties  hereunder  without first obtaining
the written consent of the Savings Bank.

        12. Amendment;  Waiver. No provisions of this Agreement may be modified,
waived or discharged unless such waiver,  modification or discharge is agreed to
in  writing,  signed by the  Executive  and such  officer or  officers as may be
specifically designated by the Board of Directors of the Savings Bank to sign on
its behalf. No waiver by any party hereto at any time of any breach by any other
party  hereto  of, or  compliance  with,  any  condition  or  provision  of this
Agreement  to be  performed  by such  other  party  shall be  deemed a waiver of
similar or  dissimilar  provisions  or conditions at the same or at any prior or
subsequent time.

        13.  Governing  Law.  The  validity,  interpretation,  construction  and
performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the United States
where  applicable  and  otherwise  by the  substantive  laws of the State of New
Jersey.

        14.  Nature of  Obligations.  Nothing  contained  herein shall create or
require  the  Savings  Bank to  create a trust of any kind to fund any  benefits
which may be payable hereunder,  and to the extent that the Executive acquires a
right to receive  benefits from the Savings Bank hereunder,  such right shall be
no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Savings Bank.

        15. Headings.  The section headings  contained in this Agreement are for
reference  purposes  only  and  shall  not  affect  in any  way the  meaning  or
interpretation of this Agreement.

        16.  Severability.  The  provisions  of this  Agreement  shall be deemed
severable  and the  invalidity  or  unenforceability  of any  provision  of this
Agreement  shall  not  affect  the  validity  or  enforceability  of  the  other
provisions of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

        17. Arbitration.  Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to
this  Agreement,  or the breach  thereof,  shall be settled  by  arbitration  in
accordance  with the rules then in effect of the district office of the American
Arbitration  Association ("AAA") nearest to the home office 

                                        7

<PAGE>



of the Savings Bank,  and judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any
court  having  jurisdiction  thereof,  except to the extent that the parties may
otherwise reach a mutual  settlement of such issue.  Further,  the settlement of
the  dispute  to be  approved  by the Board of the  Savings  Bank may  include a
provision  for the  reimbursement  by the Savings Bank to the  Executive for all
reasonable costs and expenses,  including  reasonable  attorneys' fees,  arising
from such dispute,  proceedings or actions,  or the Board of the Savings Bank or
the  Parent  may  authorize  such  reimbursement  of such  reasonable  costs and
expenses by separate action upon a written action and determination of the Board
following settlement of the dispute. Such reimbursement shall be paid within ten
(10) days of Executive furnishing to the Savings Bank or Parent evidence,  which
may be in the form, among other things,  of a canceled check or receipt,  of any
costs or expenses incurred by Executive.

        18. Confidential Information. The Executive acknowledges that during his
or her  employment  he or  she  will  learn  and  have  access  to  confidential
information  regarding  the Savings  Bank and the Parent and its  customers  and
businesses ("Confidential Information").  The Executive agrees and covenants not
to  disclose  or use for his or her own  benefit,  or the  benefit  of any other
person or entity, any such Confidential Information, unless or until the Savings
Bank or the  Parent  consents  to  such  disclosure  or use or such  information
becomes common  knowledge in the industry or is otherwise  legally in the public
domain. The Executive shall not knowingly disclose or reveal to any unauthorized
person any Confidential Information relating to the Savings Bank, the Parent, or
any  subsidiaries or affiliates,  or to any of the businesses  operated by them,
and the  Executive  confirms  that such  information  constitutes  the exclusive
property of the Savings Bank and the Parent.  The Executive  shall not otherwise
knowingly  act or conduct  himself (a) to the material  detriment of the Savings
Bank or the Parent, or its subsidiaries, or affiliates, or (b) in a manner which
is  inimical or contrary  to the  interests  of the Savings  Bank or the Parent.
Executive  acknowledges  and agrees that the existence of this Agreement and its
terms and conditions constitutes  Confidential  Information of the Savings Bank,
and the Executive  agrees not to disclose the Agreement or its contents  without
the prior written  consent of the Savings Bank.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,
the Savings Bank reserves the right in its sole discretion to make disclosure of
this  Agreement as it deems  necessary or  appropriate  in  compliance  with its
regulatory  reporting  requirements.  Notwithstanding  anything  herein  to  the
contrary, failure by the Executive to comply with the provisions of this Section
may  result  in the  immediate  termination  of the  Agreement  within  the sole
discretion of the Savings Bank,  disciplinary action against the Executive taken
by the Savings Bank,  including but not limited to the termination of employment
of the Executive for breach of the Agreement and the provisions of this Section,
and other remedies that may be available in law or in equity.

        19. Entire Agreement.  This Agreement together with any understanding or
modifications  thereof as agreed to in writing by the parties,  shall constitute
the entire agreement between the parties hereto.



                                        8





                                  EXHIBIT 10.3
<PAGE>


                      CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE AGREEMENT


         THIS CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE AGREEMENT  ("Agreement")  entered into
this 14th day of May 1998  ("Effective  Date"),  by and between  Peoples Savings
Bank, Bordentown, New Jersey (the "Savings Bank") and Ms. Elaine Denelsbeck (the
"Employee").

         WHEREAS, the Employee is currently employed by the Savings Bank as Loan
Servicing  Manager and Assistant  Secretary and is experienced in certain phases
of the business of the Savings Bank; and

         WHEREAS, the parties desire by this writing to set forth the rights and
responsibilities  of the Savings  Bank and  Employee if the Savings  Bank should
undergo a change in control (as defined  hereinafter in the Agreement) after the
Effective Date.

         NOW, THEREFORE, it is AGREED as follows:

         1.  Employment.  The  Employee is employed in the  capacity as the Loan
Servicing  Manager and  Assistant  Secretary of the Savings  Bank.  The Employee
shall render such administrative and management services to the Savings Bank and
any  to-be-formed  parent  savings and loan holding  company  ("Parent")  as are
currently  rendered and as are  customarily  performed by persons  situated in a
similar  executive  capacity.  The Employee's  other duties shall be such as the
Board of Directors  for the Savings Bank (the "Board of  Directors"  or "Board")
may from time to time reasonably  direct,  including normal duties as an officer
of the Savings Bank and the Parent.

         2.  Term of  Agreement.  The  term of this  Agreement  shall be for the
period  commencing  on the  Effective  Date  and  ending  36  months  thereafter
("Term").  Additionally,  on, or before,  each annual  anniversary date from the
Effective  Date,  the Term of this  Agreement  may be extended for an additional
period  beyond  the then  effective  expiration  date upon a  determination  and
resolution of the Board of Directors  that the  performance  of the Employee has
met the  requirements  and  standards  of the  Board,  and that the Term of such
Agreement shall be extended.

         3.       Termination of Employment in Connection  with or Subsequent to
                  a Change in Control.

         (a) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary,  in the event
of the involuntary  termination of Employee's  employment  under this Agreement,
absent Just Cause, in connection with, or within  twenty-four (24) months after,
any Change in Control of the Savings Bank or Parent,  Employee  shall be paid an
amount equal to 2.999 times the  Employee's  "base amount" as defined in Section
280G(b)(3)  of the Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended (the "Code") and
regulations promulgated thereunder. Said sum shall be paid, at the

                                        1

<PAGE>



option of Employee,  either in one (1) lump sum within  thirty (30) days of such
termination  of service or in periodic  payments  over the next 36 months.  Such
payments shall be in lieu of any other future  payments which the Employee would
be otherwise entitled to receive. Notwithstanding the forgoing, all sums payable
hereunder  shall be  reduced in such  manner and to such  extent so that no such
payments made  hereunder when  aggregated  with all other payments to be made to
the  Employee  by the  Savings  Bank or the  Parent  shall be deemed an  "excess
parachute  payment" in accordance with Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code
of 1986,  as amended  (the  "Code") and be subject to the excise tax provided at
Section 4999(a) of the Code. The term "Change in Control" shall refer to (i) the
control of voting proxies  whether  related to stockholders or mutual members by
any person,  other than the Board of  Directors of the Savings  Bank,  to direct
more than 25% of the  outstanding  votes of the Savings Bank, the control of the
election of a majority of the Savings  Bank's  directors,  or the  exercise of a
controlling influence over the management or policies of the Savings Bank by any
person or by persons  acting as a group  within the meaning of Section  13(d) of
the Exchange Act,  (ii) an event whereby the OTS, FDIC or any other  department,
agency or quasi-agency of the federal  government cause or bring about,  without
the  consent  of the  Savings  Bank,  a change  in the  corporate  structure  or
organization  of the Savings  Bank;  (iii) an event whereby the OTS, FDIC or any
other agency or  quasi-agency  of the federal  government  cause or bring about,
without the consent of the Savings Bank, a taxation or involuntary  distribution
of retained  earnings or proceeds  from the sale of  securities  to  depositors,
borrowers,  any  government  agency  or  organization  or  civic  or  charitable
organization; or (iv) a merger or other business combination between the Savings
Bank and another  corporate entity whereby the Savings Bank is not the surviving
entity.  In the event that the  Savings  Bank shall  convert in the future  from
mutual-to-stock  form, the term "Change in Control" shall also refer to: (i) the
sale of all, or a material  portion,  of the assets of the  Savings  Bank or the
Parent;  (ii) the merger or  recapitalization  of the Savings Bank or the Parent
whereby  the Savings  Bank or the Parent is not the  surviving  entity;  (iii) a
change in control of the Savings  Bank or the Parent,  as  otherwise  defined or
determined by the Office of Thrift Supervision or regulations promulgated by it;
or (iv) the  acquisition,  directly or indirectly,  of the beneficial  ownership
(within  the  meaning  of  that  term  as it is used  in  Section  13(d)  of the
Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934  and the  rules  and  regulations  promulgated
thereunder)  of  twenty-five  percent  (25%) or more of the  outstanding  voting
securities  of the Savings  Bank or the Parent by any person,  trust,  entity or
group.  The term  "person"  means an individual  other than the  Employee,  or a
corporation,  partnership,  trust, association,  joint venture, pool, syndicate,
sole proprietorship, unincorporated organization or any other form of entity not
specifically listed herein.

         (b)  Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of this  Agreement  to the
contrary  except as  provided  at  Sections 4 and 5,  Employee  may  voluntarily
terminate  his  employment  under  this  Agreement  within   twenty-four  months
following a Change in Control of the Savings Bank or Parent,  and Employee shall
thereupon be entitled to receive the payment and  benefits  described in Section
3(a) of this  Agreement,  upon  the  occurrence,  or  within  ninety  (90)  days
thereafter,  of any of the following events, which have not been consented to in
advance by the  Employee in writing:  (i) if Employee  would be required to move
his personal  residence or perform his principal  executive  functions more than
thirty-five (35) miles from the Employee's primary

                                        2

<PAGE>



office  as of the  signing  of this  Agreement;  (ii)  if in the  organizational
structure of the Savings Bank or Parent, Employee would be required to report to
a person or persons other than the President or the Board of the Savings Bank or
Parent;  (iii)  if the  Savings  Bank or  Parent  should  fail to  maintain  the
Employee's  base  compensation in effect as of the date of the Change in Control
and existing employee benefits plans,  including material fringe benefit,  stock
option and retirement plans, except to the extent that such reduction in benefit
programs is part of an overall  adjustment  in benefits for all employees of the
Savings  Bank or Parent  and does not  disproportionately  adversely  impact the
Employee;  (iv) if Employee would be assigned duties and responsibilities  other
than those  normally  associated  with his position as  referenced at Section 1,
herein; or (v) if Employee's  responsibilities or authority have in any way been
materially diminished or reduced.

         4.       Other Changes in Employment Status.

         Except as provided for at Section 3, herein, the Board of Directors may
terminate  the  Employee's  employment  at any time with or  without  Just Cause
within its sole discretion.  This Agreement shall not be deemed to give Employee
any right to be  retained  in the  employment  or  service  of the  Bank,  or to
interfere with the right of the Bank to terminate the employment of the Employee
at any time. The Employee shall have no right to receive  compensation  or other
benefits for any period after termination for Just Cause.  Termination for "Just
Cause" shall include termination because of the Employee's personal  dishonesty,
incompetence,  willful  misconduct,  breach of fiduciary duty involving personal
profit,  intentional failure to perform stated duties,  willful violation of any
law, rule or regulation  (other than traffic  violations or similar offenses) or
final  cease-and-desist  order,  or  material  breach  of any  provision  of the
Agreement.

         5.       Regulatory Exclusions.

         (a) If the  Employee  is removed  and/or  permanently  prohibited  from
participating  in the conduct of the Savings  Bank's  affairs by an order issued
under Sections 8(e)(4) or 8(g)(1) of the Federal Deposit  Insurance Act ("FDIA")
(12 U.S.C.  1818(e)(4)  and (g)(1)),  all  obligations of the Savings Bank under
this Agreement shall  terminate,  as of the effective date of the order, but the
vested rights of the parties shall not be affected.

         (b) If the Savings Bank is in default (as defined in Section 3(x)(1) of
FDIA) all  obligations  under this Agreement  shall  terminate as of the date of
default,  but  this  paragraph  shall  not  affect  any  vested  rights  of  the
contracting parties.

         (c) All obligations under this Agreement shall be terminated, except to
the extent  determined that  continuation of this Agreement is necessary for the
continued  operation of the Savings  Bank:  (i) by the Director of the Office of
Thrift Supervision ("Director of OTS"), or his or her designee, at the time that
the Federal Deposit Insurance  Corporation  ("FDIC") enters into an agreement to
provide  assistance  to or on behalf of the  Savings  Bank  under the  authority
contained in Section  13(c) of FDIA;  or (ii) by the Director of the OTS, or his
or her designee,

                                        3

<PAGE>



at the time that the  Director  of the OTS,  or his or her  designee  approves a
supervisory  merger to resolve problems related to operation of the Savings Bank
or when the Savings  Bank is  determined  by the Director of the OTS to be in an
unsafe or unsound condition. Any rights of the parties that have already vested,
however, shall not be affected by such action.

         (d) If the Employee is suspended  and/or  temporarily  prohibited  from
participating  in the conduct of the Savings  Bank's  affairs by a notice served
under Section  8(e)(3) or (g)(1) of the FDIA (12 U.S.C.  1818(e)(3) and (g)(1)),
the Savings Bank's  obligations under the Agreement shall be suspended as of the
date of service, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in the
notice are  dismissed,  the Savings Bank may within its  discretion  (i) pay the
Employee all or part of the compensation withheld while its contract obligations
were suspended and (ii) reinstate any of its obligations which were suspended.

         (e) Notwithstanding  anything herein to the contrary, any payments made
to the Employee pursuant to the Agreement, or otherwise, shall be subject to and
conditioned   upon  compliance  with  12  USC  ss.1828(k)  and  any  regulations
promulgated thereunder.


         6.       Successors and Assigns.

         (a) This  Agreement  shall inure to the benefit of and be binding  upon
any  corporate  or other  successor  of the Savings  Bank which  shall  acquire,
directly or indirectly, by merger, consolidation,  purchase or otherwise, all or
substantially all of the assets or stock of the Savings Bank or Parent.

         (b) The Employee  shall be precluded  from  assigning or delegating his
rights or duties  hereunder  without first  obtaining the written consent of the
Savings Bank.

         7.  Amendments.  No amendments or additions to this Agreement  shall be
binding  upon the  parties  hereto  unless  made in  writing  and signed by both
parties, except as herein otherwise specifically provided.

         8.  Applicable  Law. This  agreement  shall be governed by all respects
whether as to validity, construction, capacity, performance or otherwise, by the
laws of the State of New Jersey,  except to the extent that Federal law shall be
deemed to apply.

         9.  Severability.     The provisions of this Agreement shall be  deemed
severable and the  invalidity  or  unenforceability  of any provision  shall not
affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof.

         10. Arbitration. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to
this  Agreement,  or the breach  thereof,  shall be settled  by  arbitration  in
accordance  with the rules then in effect of the district office of the American
Arbitration  Association  ("AAA")  nearest to the home  office of the Bank,  and
judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court

                                        4

<PAGE>



having jurisdiction thereof, except to the extent that the parties may otherwise
reach a mutual settlement of such issue.  Further, the settlement of the dispute
to be  approved  by the  Board of the  Bank  may  include  a  provision  for the
reimbursement by the Bank to the Employee for all reasonable costs and expenses,
including reasonable attorneys' fees, arising from such dispute,  proceedings or
actions, or the Board of the Bank or the Parent may authorize such reimbursement
of such  reasonable  costs and expenses by separate action upon a written action
and  determination  of the  Board  following  settlement  of the  dispute.  Such
reimbursement  shall be paid within ten (10) days of Employee  furnishing to the
Bank or Parent  evidence,  which may be in the form,  among other  things,  of a
canceled check or receipt, of any costs or expenses incurred by Employee.

         11. Confidential Information. The Employee acknowledges that during his
or her  employment  he or  she  will  learn  and  have  access  to  confidential
information  regarding  the Savings  Bank and the Parent and its  customers  and
businesses ("Confidential  Information").  The Employee agrees and covenants not
to  disclose  or use for his or her own  benefit,  or the  benefit  of any other
person or entity, any such Confidential Information, unless or until the Savings
Bank or tthe  Parent  consents  to such  disclosure  or use or such  information
becomes common  knowledge in the industry or is otherwise  legally in the public
domain.  The Employee shall not knowingly disclose or reveal to any unauthorized
person any Confidential Information relating to the Savings Bank, the Parent, or
any  subsidiaries or affiliates,  or to any of the businesses  operated by them,
and the  Employee  confirms  that such  information  constitutes  the  exclusive
property of the Savings Bank and the Parent.  The Employee  shall not  otherwise
knowingly  act or conduct  himself (a) to the material  detriment of the Savings
Bank or the Parent, or its subsidiaries, or affiliates, or (b) in a manner which
is  inimical or contrary  to the  interests  of the Savings  Bank or the Parent.
Employee  acknowledges  and agrees that the existence of this  Agreement and its
terms and conditions constitutes  Confidential  Information of the Savings Bank,
and the Employee  agrees not to disclose the  Agreement or its contents  without
the prior written  consent of the Savings Bank.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,
the Savings Bank reserves the right in its sole discretion to make disclosure of
this  Agreement as it deems  necessary or  appropriate  in  compliance  with its
regulatory  reporting  requirements.  Notwithstanding  anything  herein  to  the
contrary,  failure by the Employee to comply with the provisions of this Section
may  result  in the  immediate  termination  of the  Agreement  within  the sole
discretion of the Savings Bank,  disciplinary  action against the Employee taken
by the Savings Bank,  including but not limited to the termination of employment
of the Employee for breach of the Agreement and the  provisions of this Section,
and other remedies that may be available in law or in equity.

         12. Entire Agreement. This Agreement together with any understanding or
modifications  thereof as agreed to in writing by the parties,  shall constitute
the entire agreement between the parties hereto.

                                        5







                                  EXHIBIT 23.2


<PAGE>
LEWIS W. PARKER, III
CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT
- ------------------------------
P.O. BOX 6510, 9L PRINCESS ROAD
LAWRENCEVILLE, N.J. 08648
TEL.: 609-896-2177
FAX:  609-844-0133



                              ACCOUNTANT'S CONSENT




Board of Directors
Peoples Saving Bank



I consent  to the use in this  Registration  Statement  of Peoples  Saving  Bank
Corporation Form SB-2 and the Application for Conversion on Form AC of my report
dated October 29, 1997, in the financial  statements of Peoples Savings Bank and
as of September 30, 1997 and 1996,  and for the fiscal years then ended,  and to
the reference to my firm under the heading "Experts" in the related prospectus.




                                             /s/Lewis W. Parker
                                             ------------------





Lawrenceville, New Jersey
June 12, 1998






                                  EXHIBIT 23.3


<PAGE>
FINPRO [LOGO]                                    26 Church Street - P.O. Box 323
                                                        Liberty Corner, NJ 07938
                                           (908) 604-9336 - (908) 604-5951 (FAX)
                                          [email protected] - www.finpronj.com
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------




June 12, 1998


Board of Directors
Peoples Savings Bank
789 Farnsworth Avenue
Bordentown, New Jersey 08505


Dear Board Members:

We hereby consent to the use of our firm's name, FinPro,  Inc. ("FinPro") in the
Form AC Application  for  Conversion of Peoples  Savings Bank,  Bordentown,  New
Jersey, and any amendments thereto,  in the Form SB-2 Registration  Statement of
Farnsworth  Bancorp,  Inc. and any amendments  thereto,  and in the  Application
H-(e)l-S for Farnsworth Bancorp,  Inc.. We also hereby consent to the use of our
firm's name and the  inclusion of,  summary of, and  references to our Appraisal
Report and our opinion concerning  subscription rights in such filings including
the Prospectus of Farnsworth Bancorp, Inc..


                                    Very Truly Yours,


                                    /s/Kenneth G. Emerson, CPA
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Kenneth G. Emerson, CPA

Liberty Corner, New Jersey
June 12, 1998


<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                                   9
<LEGEND>
     THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION DERIVED FROM THE
     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS IN THE PROSPECTUS WHICH FORMS PART OF FORM SB-2 AND IS
     QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL INFORMATION.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER>                                  1,000

       
<S>                                          <C>           <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                                 12-MOS        6-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                             SEP-30-1997   SEP-30-1998
<PERIOD-END>                                  SEP-30-1997   MAR-31-1998
<CASH>                                         1,282           475
<INT-BEARING-DEPOSITS>                         1,082         2,450
<FED-FUNDS-SOLD>                                   0             0
<TRADING-ASSETS>                                   0             0
<INVESTMENTS-HELD-FOR-SALE>                       96           128
<INVESTMENTS-CARRYING>                         2,758         2,540
<INVESTMENTS-MARKET>                           3,016         2,724
<LOANS>                                       26,474        28,405
<ALLOWANCE>                                       66           125
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                37,619        38,685
<DEPOSITS>                                    35,196        36,088
<SHORT-TERM>                                       0             0
<LIABILITIES-OTHER>                              333           372
<LONG-TERM>                                        0             0
                              0             0
                                        0             0
<COMMON>                                           0             0
<OTHER-SE>                                     2,088         2,225
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES-AND-EQUITY>                37,619        38,685
<INTEREST-LOAN>                                2,034         1,106
<INTEREST-INVEST>                                424           136
<INTEREST-OTHER>                                 177            91
<INTEREST-TOTAL>                               2,635         1,333
<INTEREST-DEPOSIT>                             1,328           676
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                             1,409             1
<INTEREST-INCOME-NET>                          1,226           656
<LOAN-LOSSES>                                      8            59
<SECURITIES-GAINS>                                 7             1
<EXPENSE-OTHER>                                1,106           578
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                  273           152
<INCOME-PRE-EXTRAORDINARY>                       192            38
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                    0             0
<CHANGES>                                          0             0
<NET-INCOME>                                     192           114
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                      0             0
<EPS-DILUTED>                                      0             0
<YIELD-ACTUAL>                                  7.34          3.66
<LOANS-NON>                                      199           266
<LOANS-PAST>                                       0            65
<LOANS-TROUBLED>                                   0             0
<LOANS-PROBLEM>                                    0             0
<ALLOWANCE-OPEN>                                  58            66
<CHARGE-OFFS>                                      0             0
<RECOVERIES>                                       0             0
<ALLOWANCE-CLOSE>                                 66           125
<ALLOWANCE-DOMESTIC>                              66           125
<ALLOWANCE-FOREIGN>                                0             0
<ALLOWANCE-UNALLOCATED>                            0             0
        


</TABLE>



                                  EXHIBIT 99.1

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                            FARNSWORTH BANCORP, INC.
                                                                                                                    STOCK ORDER FORM
                                                                                     Please read and complete this Stock Order Form.
                                                                         Instructions are included on the reverse side of this form.


<S>                                                                             <C>
DEADLINE FOR DELIVERY                                                           FOR OFFICE USE ONLY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------      ----------------------------------------------------
12:00 noon, Eastern time, on ______, 1998
Please mail the completed Stock Order Form in the enclosed business reply        ----------       -------       -------      -------
envelope to the address listed below or hand-deliver to either Peoples           Date Rec'd       Batch #       Order #      Deposit
Savings Bank office.  Copies and facsimiles of Stock Order Forms will not 
be accepted.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------      ----------------------------------------------------

(1)  NUMBER OF SHARES
- -------------------------------      --------------------------------              -------------------------------------------------
       Number of Shares                      Price per Share                                     Total Amount Due
       ----------------                      ---------------                                     ----------------
                                 X               $10.00                  =                      $
 -------------------------------      --------------------------------              ------------------------------------------------
    (25 Share Minimum)


(2)  METHOD OF PAYMENT                                                          (3)  PURCHASER INFORMATION
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------    ----------------------------------------------------
[_]   Enclosed is a check or money order payable to Peoples Savings Bank        Check the box which applies.
      for $______________.                                                        (a)|_|  Eligible Account Holder - Check here if 
                                                                                you were a depositor with at least $50 at  Peoples 
[_]   I authorize Peoples Savings Bank to make the withdrawal(s) from the       Savings Bank on December 31, 1996.  List any
      Peoples Savings Bank account(s) listed below, and understand that the      account(s) you had at that date below.
      amounts I authorize below will not otherwise be available to me once        (b) |_| Supplemental Eligible Account Holder - 
      this Stock Order Form is submitted. (There is no early withdrawal         Check here if you were a depositor with at least $50
      penalty for the purchase of stock.)                                       at Peoples Savings Bank on June 30, 1998, but are 
                                                                                not an Eligible Account Holder.  List any account(s)
                                                                                you had at that date below.
    Account Number(s)                       Amount(s)                             (c) |_| Other Member - Check here if you were a  
                                                                                depositor of Peoples Federal Savings Bank on _____,
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------   1998  or  borrower  at  Peoples  Savings Bank as of 
                                                                                December 2, 1996 who continued to be a  borrower as
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------   of _____, 1998, but are not an  Eligible or
                                                                                Supplemental Eligible Account Holder.  List any 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------   account(s) you had at that date below.
                                                                                  (d) |_|  Check here if you were not a Peoples
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------   Savings Bank account holder or borrower at any of
                                                                                the above dates. 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------     Account Title (Name(s) on Account)  Account Number
Total Withdrawal:                                                                 ----------------------------------  --------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------   
                                                                                ------------------------------------  --------------
                                                                                ------------------------------------  --------------
                                                                                ------------------------------------  --------------
                                                                                ------------------------------------  --------------
                                                                                    If additional space is needed, please attach a
                                                                                separate page and submit it with this Stock Order 
                                                                                                    Form.
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(4)  STOCK REGISTRATION (Please Print Clearly - The registration information you list below will be utilized for subsequent
mailings, including the registration of stock certificates.  Please make sure the information is complete and legible.)
<S>                                                                 <C>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
(First Name, Middle Initial, Last Name)                             Social Security No./Tax ID# (certificate will show this number)

- ------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
(First Name, Middle Initial, Last Name)                             Social Security No./Tax ID#

- ------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
(Street Address)                                                    (Daytime Phone Number)

- ------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
(City, State, Zip Code)                                             (Evening Phone Number)

- ------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 (5) FORM OF STOCK OWNERSHIP (check one - see reverse side of this Form for ownership definitions)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                              <C>                 <C>                                              <C>
 |_|  Individual                 |_| Joint Tenants   |_| Tenants in Common                            |_| Uniform Transfer to Minors
 |_|  IRA (for broker use only)  |_| Corporation     |_| Fiduciary (Under Agreement Dated___, 199__)  |_|  Other  ______________
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                              <C>
(6) NASD AFFILIATION (Check and initial only if applicable.)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|_| Check here and initial below if you are a member of the NASD ("National Association of Securities Dealers") or a person
associated with an NASD member or a member of the immediate family of any such person to whose support such person contributes,
directly or indirectly, or if you have an account in which an NASD member, or person associated with an NASD member, has a
beneficial interest.  I agree (i) not to sell, transfer or hypothecate the stock for a period of 90 days following issuance; and
(ii) to report this subscription in writing to the applicable NASD member I am associated with within one day of payment for the
stock.
____ (Please initial)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(7) ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND SIGNATURE (VERY IMPORTANT)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I(we) acknowledge receipt of the Prospectus dated _________, 1998, and that I(we) have been advised to read the Prospectus
(including the section entitled "Risk Factors").  I(we) understand that, after receipt by Peoples Savings Bank, this order may not
be modified or withdrawn without the consent of Peoples Savings.  I(we) hereby certify that the shares which are being subscribed
for are for my(our) account only, and that I(we) have no present agreement or understanding regarding any subsequent sale or
transfer of such shares and I(we) confirm that my(our) order does not conflict with the purchase limitation and ownership
limitation provisions in the Plan of Conversion and Stock Issuance Plan.  I(we) acknowledge that the common stock being ordered is
not a deposit or savings account, is not insured by the FDIC and is not guaranteed by Peoples Savings Bank, or any government
agency.   Under penalties of perjury, I(we) certify that (1) the Social Security #(s) or Tax ID#(s) given above is(are) correct;
and (2) I(we) am(are) not subject to backup withholding tax. (You must cross out #2 above if you have been notified by the
Internal Revenue Service that you are subject to backup withholding because of underreporting interest or dividends on your tax
return).

Please sign and date this form.   Only one signature is required, unless authorizing a withdrawal from a Peoples Savings Bank 
deposit account requiring more than one signature to withdraw funds.   If signing as a custodian, corporate officer, etc., please
include your full title.

- ------------------------------------------------------     ---------------------------------------------------------------------
Signature           Title (if applicable)     Date         Signature                      Title (if applicable)          Date
 
THIS ORDER NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED - WE RECOMMEND RETAINING A COPY OF THIS FORM FOR YOUR RECORDS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 

                           QUESTIONS? Please call (609) ___-____ from 9:00 am to 4:00 pm, Monday-Friday
                           Stock Information Center: 789 Farnsworth Avenue, Bordentown, New Jersey 08505
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ARE NOT DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS AND ARE NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE
                                  CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCY.
</TABLE>

<PAGE>


                          STOCK ORDER FORM INSTRUCTIONS
                          -----------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                             <C>
(1) NUMBER OF SHARES -- Indicate  the number of shares of  Farnsworth  Bancorp,  Inc.  common  stock that you wish to  purchase  and
indicate the amount due.  The minimum  purchase is 25 shares or $250.  No  individual  person may purchase  more than $60,000 in the
Offering.  No person,  together  with  associates or persons  acting in concert with such person,  may purchase more than $60,000 in
the Offering.  Peoples Savings Bank reserves the right to accept or reject orders placed in the Community Offering, if any.

(2) METHOD OF PAYMENT -- Payment for shares may be made by check or money order  payable to Peoples  Savings  Bank.  Funds  received
in this form of payment will be cashed  immediately  and  deposited  into a separate  account  established  for the purposes of this
Offering.  You will earn interest at Peoples Savings Bank's annual  passbook rate (currently  ___%) from the time funds are received
until the Offering is consummated.

You may pay for your shares by withdrawal  from your Peoples  Savings Bank deposit  account(s).  Indicate the account  number(s) and
the  amount(s) to be withdrawn.  These funds will be  unavailable  to you from the time this Stock Order Form is received  until the
Offering  is  consummated.  The funds will  continue  to earn  interest  at the  account's  contractual  rate until the  Offering is
consummated.  Please contact the Stock  Information  Center early in the Offering  period,  if you are intending to utilize  Peoples
Savings Bank IRA funds (or any other IRA funds) to make your stock purchase.

(3) PURCHASER  INFORMATION -- Check the applicable box. This information is very important  because  eligibility  dates are utilized
to  prioritize  your order in the event that we receive  more stock  orders than  available  stock.  List the name(s) on the deposit
account(s)  and account  number(s)  that you held at the applicable  date.  Please see the portion of the  Prospectus  entitled "The
Reorganization  and Offering -  Subscription  Offering and  Subscription  Rights" for a detailed  explanation  of how shares will be
allocated in the event the Offering is  oversubscribed.  Failure to complete this section,  completing this section  incorrectly or 
omitting information in this section could result in a loss of all or part of your stock allocation.

(4) STOCK  REGISTRATION  -- Please  CLEARLY  PRINT the name(s) and address in which you want the stock  certificate  registered  and
mailed.  If you are  exercising  subscription  rights by  purchasing  in the  Subscription  Offering as a Peoples  Savings  Bank (i)
eligible  depositor as of 12/31/96 or (ii) eligible  depositor as of 6/30/98,  or (iii) other depositor as of __/__/98,  or borrower
with a loan outstanding as of December 2, 1996,  whose loan continued to be outstanding as of __/__/98,  you must register the stock
in the name of one of the account  holders listed on your account as of the applicable  date.  However,  adding the name(s) of other
persons  who are not  account  holders,  or were  account  holders  at a later  date  than  yourself,  will be a  violation  of your
subscription  right and will result in a loss of your purchase  priority.  NOTE: ONE STOCK  CERTIFICATE  WILL BE GENERATED PER ORDER
FORM.  IF VARIOUS  REGISTRATIONS  AND SHARE  AMOUNTS  ARE  DESIRED  ON VARIOUS  CERTIFICATES,  A SEPARATE  STOCK  ORDER FORM MUST BE
COMPLETED FOR EACH CERTIFICATE DESIRED.

Enter the Social Security Number or Tax ID Number of the registered owner(s).  The first number listed will be identified with the
stock certificate for tax purposes.
Be sure to include at least one phone number, in the event you must be contacted regarding this Stock Order Form.

(5) FORM OF STOCK OWNERSHIP --  Please check the one type of ownership applicable to your registration.  An explanation of each
follows:

                        GUIDELINES FOR REGISTERING STOCK
                        --------------------------------

         For reasons of clarity and  standardization,  the stock transfer industry has developed uniform  stockholder  registrations
which we will utilize in the issuance of your  Farnsworth  Bancorp,  Inc. stock  certificate(s).  If you have any questions,  please
consult your legal advisor.
         Stock ownership must be registered in one of the following manners:
- ---------------------------------------------------
INDIVIDUAL:                Avoid the use of two  initials.  Include  the  first  given  name,  middle  initial  and last name of the
                           stockholder.  Omit words of limitation  that do not affect  ownership  rights such as "special  account,"
                           "single man," "personal  property," etc. If the stock is held individually  upon the individual's  death,
                           the stock will be owned by the individual's  estate and distributed as indicated by the individual's will
                           or otherwise in accordance with law.
- ---------------------------------------------------
JOINT:                     Joint  ownership of stock by two or more persons  shall be inscribed on the  certificate  with one of the
                           following  types of joint  ownership.  Names  should be joined by "and";  do not connect  with "or." Omit
                           titles such as "Mrs.," "Dr.," etc.
                           JOINT TENANTS--Joint  Tenancy with Right of Survivorship and not as Tenants in Common may be specified to
                           identify two or more owners where ownership is intended to pass automatically to the surviving tenant(s).
                           TENANTS IN  COMMON--Tenants  in Common may be specified  to identify  two or more  owners.  When stock is
                           held as tenancy in common,  upon the death of one  co-tenant,  ownership of the stock will be held by the
                           surviving  co-tenant(s)  and by the  heirs of the  deceased  co-tenant.  All  parties  must  agree to the
                           transfer or sale of shares held in this form of ownership.
- ----------------------------------------------------
UNIFORM TRANSFER           Stock  may be held in the name of a  custodian  for a minor under the Uniform Transfers to Minors laws of
TO MINORS:                 the individual states. There may be only one custodian and one minor designated on a  stock  certificate.
                           The standard  abbreviation of custodian is "CUST,", while the  description  "Uniform Transfers  to Minors
                           Act" is  abbreviated: "UNIF TRAN MIN ACT." Standard U.S. Postal Service  state  abbreviations  should  be
                           used to  describe the appropriate state.  For example, stock held  by  John P. Jones  under  the  Uniform
                           Transfers to Minors Act will be abbreviated:
                                    JOHN P. JONES CUST SUSAN A. JONES
                                    UNIF TRAN MIN ACT NJ
- -----------------------------------------------------
FIDUCIARIES:               Stock held in a fiduciary capacity must contain the following:
                           1.       The name(s) of the fiduciary(ies):
                                    o If an individual, list the first given name, middle initial and last name.
                                    o If a corporation, list the corporate title
                                    o If an individual and a corporation, list the corporation's title before the individual.
                           2.       The fiduciary  capacity:  Adminstrator,  Concervator,  Committee,  Executor,  Trustee,  Personal
                                    Representative, Custodian
                           3.       The type of document  governing the fiduciary  relationship.  Generally,  such relationships are
                                    either under a form of living trust  agreement or pursuant to a court order.  Without a document
                                    establishing a fiduciary relationship, your stock may not be registered in a fiduciary capacity.
                           4.       The date of the document  governing the relationship.  The date of the document need not be used
                                    in the description of a trust created by a will.
                           5.       Either of the following:
                                                     The name of the maker, donor or testator OR
                                                     The name of the beneficiary
                                                     Example of Fiduciary Ownership:
                                                              JOHN D. SMITH, TRUSTEE FOR TOM A. SMITH
                                                              UNDER AGREEMENT DATED 6/9/74
(6)  NASD AFFILIATION -- Check the box and initial, if applicable.

(7)  ACKNOWLEDGMENT  AND SIGNATURE -- Stock order forms submitted  without a signature will not be accepted.  Only one signature is
     required,  unless the method of payment  section of this Form includes  authorization  to withdraw from a Peoples  Savings Bank
     account requiring more than one signature.  If signing as a custodian,  trustee,  corporate officer,  etc., please include your
     title.  If exercising a Power of Attorney, you must submit a copy of the POA agreement with this Form.

</TABLE>




                                  EXHIBIT 99.2
<PAGE>


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              PEOPLES SAVINGS BANK







                               Marketing Materials





DRAFT DATED 6/8/98
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


<PAGE>



                              PEOPLES SAVINGS BANK

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                -----------------


CORRESPONDENCE
- --------------

Letter to Members Eligible to Vote
Letters to Depositors Not Entitled to Vote (Closed - Accounts)
Letter to Potential Investors
"Blue Sky"  Member  Letter
Ryan, Beck "Broker-Dealer" Letter
Stockgram
Proxygram
Stock Order Acknowledgment Card
Stock Certificate Mailing Letter

ADVERTISEMENTS
- --------------

Lobby Poster

PRESS RELEASES
- --------------

Press Release - Offering Commences
Press Release - Offering Completed

BROCHURES
- ---------

Q&A About the Conversion

FORMS
- -----

Stock Order Form



<PAGE>



LETTER TO MEMBERS ELIGIBLE TO VOTE
[Peoples Savings Letterhead]




________, 1998

Dear Customer:

I am pleased to inform you that the Board of Directors has unanimously  approved
a Plan of Conversion  whereby  Peoples  Savings Bank  ("Peoples  Savings" or the
"Savings Bank") will convert from a federally-chartered mutual savings bank to a
federally-chartered  stock savings bank. As part of the conversion process,  the
Savings Bank will become a wholly-owned  subsidiary of Farnsworth Bancorp, Inc.,
which is a recently organized New Jersey corporation.

Enclosed are a Prospectus,  Stock Order Form, and Question and Answer  Brochure.
You may purchase  common stock in the Conversion  without paying a commission or
fee. Your completed Stock Order Form,  along with full payment or  authorization
to withdraw funds from your Peoples Federal deposit account(s), must be received
at either of our offices by 12:00 noon Eastern Time on _________, 1998.

Please remember:

o    YOUR DEPOSIT  ACCOUNTS AT THE SAVINGS  BANK WILL  CONTINUE TO BE INSURED TO
     THE MAXIMUM EXTENT ALLOWED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION.

o    THERE WILL BE NO CHANGE IN THE TERMS OF YOUR ACCOUNTS OR LOANS.

o    DEPOSITORS WILL ENJOY THE SAME SERVICES IN OUR OFFICES WITH THE SAME STAFF.

o    YOUR VOTE IN FAVOR OF CONVERSION DOES NOT OBLIGATE YOU TO BUY STOCK.

o    YOU HAVE A RIGHT TO BUY STOCK BEFORE STOCK IS OFFERED TO THE GENERAL PUBLIC
     SUBJECT  TO THE  PURCHASE  PRIORITY  ALLOCATIONS  SET  FORTH IN THE PLAN OF
     CONVERSION.

Interest at the Savings Bank's stated rate on passbook  accounts will be paid on
all  subscription   funds  received  until  completion  or  termination  of  the
Conversion.

<PAGE>



LETTER TO MEMBERS ELIGIBLE TO VOTE
Page 2

Authorized  withdrawals from existing accounts will continue to earn interest at
the contractual  rate until the completion of the  Conversion.  You may purchase
the  common  stock by a  withdrawal  from your  savings or  certificate  account
without  the penalty for early  withdrawals.  Please call the Stock  Information
Center early in the Conversion period if you wish to purchase common stock using
IRA funds because IRA-related procedures require additional processing time.

The Office of Thrift  Supervision has approved the Plan of Conversion subject to
a favorable vote of our members.  Also enclosed you will find a Proxy Statement,
Proxy  Card(s) and a reply  envelope.  Management  urges that you vote "FOR" the
Plan of Conversion after reviewing the Proxy Statement. Please sign the enclosed
Proxy  Card(s)  and  return  them to any  Peoples  Savings  office  or mail them
immediately  in the  enclosed  reply  envelope.  Should you choose to attend the
Special  Meeting of Members and vote in person,  you may do so by revoking  your
previously executed proxy.

If you have any  questions,  please call the Stock  Information  Center at (609)
___-____, from 9:00 a.m. - 4:00 p.m., Monday through Friday.

We hope that you will take advantage of this opportunity to join us as a charter
stockholder of Farnsworth Bancorp, Inc.

Sincerely,




Gary N. Pelehaty
President and Chief Executive Officer



This  letter is neither an offer to sell nor a  solicitation  of an offer to buy
common  stock.  The offer is made only by the  Prospectus.  The shares of common
stock  offered  in the  Conversion  are not  accounts  or  deposits  and are not
federally  insured or  guaranteed.  The common  stock has not been  approved  or
disapproved  by the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission,  the Federal  Deposit
Insurance Corporation,  the Office of Thrift Supervision or any other government
agency.

                            Stock Information Center
                              Peoples Savings Bank
                              789 Farnsworth Avenue
                              Bordentown, NJ 08505
                                 (609) ___-____


<PAGE>



LETTER TO DEPOSITORS - CLOSED ACCOUNTS  [Peoples Savings Letterhead]

__________, 1998

Dear Sir/Madam:

I am pleased to inform you that the Board of Directors has unanimously  approved
a Plan of Conversion  whereby  Peoples  Savings Bank  ("Peoples  Savings" or the
"Savings Bank") will convert from a federally-chartered mutual savings bank to a
federally-chartered  stock savings bank. As part of the conversion process,  the
Savings Bank will become a wholly-owned  subsidiary of Farnsworth Bancorp, Inc.,
which is a recently organized New Jersey corporation.

Enclosed are a Prospectus,  Stock Order Form, and Question and Answer  Brochure.
As a depositor  of Peoples  Savings on December  31, 1996 you have a priority to
purchase  Farnsworth  Bancorp,  Inc. common stock in the Conversion before it is
offered to the general  public and without paying a commission or fee subject to
the purchase  priority  allocations  set forth in the Plan of  Conversion.  Your
completed Stock Order Form, along with full payment,  must be received at any of
our offices by 12:00 noon, Eastern Time on ________, 1998.

Interest at the Savings Bank's stated rate on passbook  accounts will be paid on
all  subscription   funds  received  until  completion  or  termination  of  the
Conversion.

If you have any  questions,  please call the Stock  Information  Center at (609)
___-____, from 9:00 a.m. - 4:00 p.m., Monday through Friday.

We hope that you will take advantage of this opportunity to join us as a charter
stockholder of Farnsworth Bancorp, Inc.

Sincerely,

Gary N. Pelehaty
President and Chief Executive Officer

This  letter is neither an offer to sell nor a  solicitation  of an offer to buy
common  stock.  The offer is made only by the  Prospectus.  The shares of common
stock  offered  in the  Conversion  are not  accounts  or  deposits  and are not
federally  insured or  guaranteed.  The common  stock has not been  approved  or
disapproved  by the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission,  the Federal  Deposit
Insurance Corporation,  the Office of Thrift Supervision or any other government
agency.

                            Stock Information Center
                              Peoples Savings Bank
                              789 Farnsworth Avenue
                              Bordentown, NJ 08505
                                 (609) ___-____


<PAGE>



LETTER TO POTENTIAL INVESTORS
[Peoples Savings Letterhead]




__________, 1998

Dear Potential Investor:

I am pleased to inform you that the Board of Directors has unanimously  approved
a Plan of Conversion  whereby  Peoples  Savings Bank  ("Peoples  Savings" or the
"Savings Bank") will convert from a federally-chartered mutual savings bank to a
federally-chartered  stock savings bank. As part of the conversion process,  the
Savings Bank will become a wholly-owned  subsidiary of Farnsworth Bancorp, Inc.,
which is a recently organized New Jersey corporation.

In connection with the Conversion,  Farnsworth  Bancorp,  Inc. is offering up to
477,250 shares of common stock (subject to a possible increase to 548,838 shares
of common  stock)  at $10.00  per share  through a  Subscription  and  Community
Offering.  The stock is being offered to qualifying depositors and other members
of the Savings Bank along with the employee stock  ownership plan of the Savings
Bank in a  Subscription  Offering and, if available,  to certain  members of the
general public in a Community Offering.

Enclosed are a Prospectus,  Stock Order Form,  reply envelope,  and Question and
Answer Brochure. If you are interested in purchasing shares of common stock, you
may do so during the Subscription, Community or Public Offering without paying a
commission or fee.  Your  completed  Stock Order Form,  along with full payment,
must  be  received  at any of our  offices  by  12:00  noon,  Eastern  Time,  on
_________, 1998.

Interest at the Savings  Bank's  stated rate paid on passbook  accounts  will be
paid on all  subscription  funds received until completion or termination of the
Conversion.

If you have any  questions,  please call the Stock  Information  Center at (609)
___-____, from 9:00 a.m. - 4:00 p.m., Monday through Friday.

We hope that you will take advantage of this opportunity to join us as a charter
stockholder of Farnsworth Bancorp, Inc.

Sincerely,




Gary N. Pelehaty
President and Chief Executive Officer

<PAGE>


LETTER TO POTENTIAL INVESTORS
Page 2




This  letter is neither an offer to sell nor a  solicitation  of an offer to buy
common  stock.  The offer is made only by the  Prospectus.  The shares of common
stock  offered  in the  Conversion  are not  accounts  or  deposits  and are not
federally  insured or  guaranteed.  The common  stock has not been  approved  or
disapproved  by the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission,  the Federal  Deposit
Insurance Corporation,  the Office of Thrift Supervision or any other government
agency.


                            Stock Information Center
                              Peoples Savings Bank
                              789 Farnsworth Avenue
                              Bordentown, NJ 08505
                                 (609) ___-____




<PAGE>



"BLUE SKY" MEMBER LETTER
[Peoples Savings Letterhead]




________, 1998

Dear Member:

I am pleased to inform you that the Board of Directors has unanimously  approved
a Plan of Conversion  whereby  Peoples  Savings Bank  ("Peoples  Federal" or the
"Savings Bank") will convert from a federally-chartered mutual savings bank to a
federally-chartered  stock savings bank. As part of the conversion process,  the
Savings Bank will become a wholly-owned  subsidiary of Farnsworth Bancorp, Inc.,
which is a recently organized New Jersey corporation.

The Office of Thrift  Supervision has approved the Plan of Conversion subject to
a favorable vote of our members. Please read the enclosed Proxy Statement,  vote
and sign the enclosed  Proxy  Card(s) and mail them to us in the enclosed  reply
envelope. The Board of Directors urges you to vote "FOR" the Plan of Conversion.
We must receive the card(s) prior to ____ a.m./p.m.,  Eastern Time, on ________,
1998.

Although  you may vote on the  Savings  Bank's  Plan of  Conversion,  Farnsworth
Bancorp,  Inc. is unfortunately  unable to offer or sell its common stock to you
because  the  small  number of  members  in your  state  makes  registration  or
qualification  under your state securities laws impractical.  Accordingly,  this
letter, the enclosed Proxy Statement,  and the enclosed Prospectus should not be
considered  an offer to sell nor a  solicitation  of an offer to buy the  common
stock.  The Prospectus is referred to in the Proxy Statement for a more detailed
explanation of the conversion process and is enclosed with this letter solely to
provide such  explanation  and not as an offer to sell nor a solicitation  of an
offer to buy the common stock described in the Prospectus.

If you have any  questions  about your voting rights or the  Conversion,  please
call our Stock  Information  Center at (609)  ___-____,  from 9:00 a.m.  to 4:00
p.m., Monday through Friday.

Sincerely,



Gary N. Pelehaty
President and Chief Executive Officer


<PAGE>



"BLUE SKY" MEMBER LETTER
Page 2




This  letter is neither an offer to sell nor a  solicitation  of an offer to buy
common  stock.  The offer is made only by the  Prospectus,  however,  neither an
offer to sell nor a  solicitation  of an  offer  to buy is being  made  with the
enclosed  Prospectus.  The shares of common stock offered in the  Conversion are
not accounts or deposits and are not federally insured or guaranteed. The common
stock has not been  approved  or  disapproved  by the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission,  the Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation,  the Office of Thrift
Supervision or any other government agency.

                            Stock Information Center
                              Peoples Savings Bank
                              789 Farnsworth Avenue
                              Bordentown, NJ 08505
                                 (609) ___-____




<PAGE>



RYAN, BECK "BROKER-DEALER" LETTER
[Ryan, Beck Letterhead]




_________, 1998



Dear Potential Investor:

At the request of Farnsworth Bancorp, Inc., we are enclosing materials regarding
the conversion of Peoples Savings Bank from a federally-chartered mutual savings
bank to a  federally-chartered  stock  savings bank.  The materials  include the
Prospectus  and a Question and Answer  Brochure  describing  the  Conversion and
Farnsworth Bancorp, Inc.'s common stock offering.

We have  been  asked  to  forward  these  materials  to you in  view of  certain
regulatory requirements and securities laws.

Sincerely,


Ryan, Beck & Co.



This  letter is neither an offer to sell nor a  solicitation  of an offer to buy
common  stock.  The offer is made only by the  Prospectus.  The shares of common
stock  offered  in the  Conversion  are not  accounts  or  deposits  and are not
federally  insured or  guaranteed.  The common  stock has not been  approved  or
disapproved  by the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission,  the Federal  Deposit
Insurance Corporation,  the Office of Thrift Supervision or any other government
agency.



<PAGE>



                                    STOCKGRAM
                                   [Optional]

                         Farnsworth Bancorp, Inc. [LOGO]

DEAR POTENTIAL INVESTOR:

TIME IS RUNNING  OUT FOR YOU TO PURCHASE  STOCK IN  FARNSWORTH  BANCORP,  INC.'S
INITIAL STOCK OFFERING.

THIS IS A REMINDER THAT YOUR  OPPORTUNITY TO PURCHASE STOCK IN OUR  SUBSCRIPTION
AND COMMUNITY OFFERING EXPIRES AT 12:00 NOON, EASTERN TIME, ________, 1998.

YOU SHOULD HAVE  RECENTLY  RECEIVED A PROSPECTUS  AND STOCK ORDER FORM.  IF NOT,
PLEASE CALL OUR STOCK INFORMATION CENTER IMMEDIATELY.

A STOCK ORDER FORM AND  POSTAGE-PAID  REPLY  ENVELOPE ARE  ENCLOSED.  YOUR STOCK
ORDER FORM AND  PAYMENT  MUST BE  RECEIVED  AT ANY OF OUR OFFICES BY 12:00 NOON,
EASTERN TIME, ON ________, 1998.

IF YOU HAVE ALREADY PLACED AN ORDER FOR FARNSWORTH  BANCORP,  INC. STOCK, PLEASE
DISREGARD THIS NOTICE.

ANY  QUESTIONS  YOU MAY HAVE CAN BE ANSWERED  BY CALLING  THE STOCK  INFORMATION
CENTER AT (609) ___-____ FROM 9:00 A.M. TO 4:00 P.M., MONDAY THROUGH FRIDAY.

SINCERELY,



GARY N. PELEHATY
PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

THIS  LETTER IS NEITHER AN OFFER TO SELL NOR A  SOLICITATION  OF AN OFFER TO BUY
COMMON  STOCK.  THE OFFER IS MADE ONLY BY THE  PROSPECTUS.  THE SHARES OF COMMON
STOCK  OFFERED  IN THE  CONVERSION  ARE NOT  ACCOUNTS  OR  DEPOSITS  AND ARE NOT
FEDERALLY  INSURED OR  GUARANTEED.  THE COMMON  STOCK HAS NOT BEEN  APPROVED  OR
DISAPPROVED  BY THE  SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION,  THE FEDERAL  DEPOSIT
INSURANCE CORPORATION,  THE OFFICE OF THRIFT SUPERVISION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT
AGENCY.


<PAGE>



                                      LOGO

                                    PROXYGRAM

DEAR CUSTOMER:

TIME IS RUNNING OUT TO VOTE ON THE PLAN OF CONVERSION! YOUR VOTE IS IMPORTANT TO
US. A FAILURE TO VOTE WILL HAVE THE SAME EFFECT AS A VOTE AGAINST THE PLAN.  THE
BOARD OF DIRECTORS URGES YOU TO VOTE FOR THE PLAN OF CONVERSION.

YOU SHOULD HAVE RECENTLY RECEIVED PROXY CARD(S) AND A PROXY STATEMENT DESCRIBING
PEOPLES SAVINGS BANK'S PLAN OF CONVERSION.

PLEASE VOTE AND SIGN THE ENCLOSED  PROXY CARD(S) AND RETURN THEM PROMPTLY IN THE
ENCLOSED  POSTAGE-PAID  REPLY ENVELOPE OR DELIVER THEM TO EITHER PEOPLES SAVINGS
OFFICE PRIOR TO ____ A.M./P.M. ON ________, 1998.

VOTING ON THE PLAN DOES NOT  OBLIGATE  YOU TO PURCHASE  STOCK IN THE  FARNSWORTH
BANCORP, INC. STOCK OFFERING.

IF YOU RECENTLY MAILED THE PROXY CARD(S), PLEASE ACCEPT OUR THANKS AND DISREGARD
THIS REQUEST.

IF YOU HAVE ANY  QUESTIONS,  OR WOULD LIKE TO RECEIVE  ANOTHER COPY OF THE PROXY
STATEMENT,  PLEASE CALL OUR  REPRESENTATIVES  AT THE STOCK INFORMATION CENTER AT
(609) ___-____, FROM 9:00 A.M. THROUGH 4:00 P.M., MONDAY THROUGH FRIDAY.

SINCERELY,

GARY N. PELEHATY
PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

THIS  LETTER IS NEITHER AN OFFER TO SELL NOR A  SOLICITATION  OF AN OFFER TO BUY
COMMON  STOCK.  THE OFFER IS MADE ONLY BY THE  PROSPECTUS.  THE SHARES OF COMMON
STOCK  OFFERED  IN THE  CONVERSION  ARE NOT  ACCOUNTS  OR  DEPOSITS  AND ARE NOT
FEDERALLY  INSURED OR  GUARANTEED.  THE COMMON  STOCK HAS NOT BEEN  APPROVED  OR
DISAPPROVED  BY THE  SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION,  THE FEDERAL  DEPOSIT
INSURANCE CORPORATION,  THE OFFICE OF THRIFT SUPERVISION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT
AGENCY.


<PAGE>



STOCK ORDER ACKNOWLEDGMENT CARD




Name

Address

Dear Subscriber:

We have received your subscription for ____ shares of Farnsworth  Bancorp,  Inc.
common  stock.  Farnsworth  Bancorp,  Inc.  is the  holding  company for Peoples
Savings Bank.

The Common Stock will be registered  in the name(s)  shown above.  Please verify
the  accuracy  of  your  name  and  address.   If  this  information  is  listed
incorrectly,  or if you have any  questions,  please call our Stock  Information
Center at (609) ___-____, from 9:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m., Monday through Friday.

Please note that this  acknowledgment  does not  represent  the total  number of
shares that you may receive. The actual purchase will be determined by the total
number of orders received. The allocation process is described in more detail in
the Prospectus.

Thank you for your interest and we will keep you informed regarding the progress
of the Conversion.

Sincerely,




Gary N. Pelehaty
President and Chief Executive Officer

THIS  LETTER IS NEITHER AN OFFER TO SELL NOR A  SOLICITATION  OF AN OFFER TO BUY
COMMON  STOCK.  THE OFFER IS MADE ONLY BY THE  PROSPECTUS.  THE SHARES OF COMMON
STOCK  OFFERED  IN THE  CONVERSION  ARE NOT  ACCOUNTS  OR  DEPOSITS  AND ARE NOT
FEDERALLY  INSURED OR  GUARANTEED.  THE COMMON  STOCK HAS NOT BEEN  APPROVED  OR
DISAPPROVED  BY THE  SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION,  THE FEDERAL  DEPOSIT
INSURANCE CORPORATION,  THE OFFICE OF THRIFT SUPERVISION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT
AGENCY.



<PAGE>



STOCK CERTIFICATE MAILING LETTER
[Peoples Savings Letterhead]




_________, 1998


Dear Stockholder:

On behalf of the Board of Directors of Farnsworth Bancorp, Inc., I would like to
welcome  you as a charter  stockholder.  Our  customers'  response  to the stock
offering was very gratifying,  and we appreciate your support and participation.
______ shares were sold at a price of $10.00 per share.

Your  stock  certificate  is  enclosed.  If you  have any  questions  concerning
certificate registration or transfer, please contact our stock transfer agent:

            [Insert name, address and phone number of Transfer Agent]

If  the  original  stock  certificate  must  be  forwarded  for  reissue,  it is
recommended  that you send it by  registered  mail. If your address has changed,
please notify the Transfer Agent immediately.

If you paid for your  shares by  check,  you will  soon  receive  a check  under
separate cover representing  interest at the rate of ____%. If you paid for your
shares by  authorizing  a  withdrawal  from a Peoples  Savings  Bank  savings or
certificate account, that withdrawal has been made.

Sincerely,




Gary N. Pelehaty
President and Chief Executive Officer



<PAGE>



                             TOMBSTONE ADVERTISEMENT

                                     [LOGO]




                            Farnsworth Bancorp, Inc.
                    Holding Company for Peoples Savings Bank




                              UP TO 477,250 SHARES
                                  Common Stock*






                                $10.00 Per Share
                              (Subscription Price)



Shares may be purchased during the Subscription and Community Offering,  without
payment of commission or fees.

This Offering expires at 12:00 noon, Eastern Time, on ________, 1998.

To receive a copy of the Prospectus, please call the Stock Information Center at
(609) ___-____, from 9:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m., Monday through Friday.


* The total  offering  is subject to a possible  increase  to 548,838  shares of
common stock.


This  notice is neither an offer to sell nor a  solicitation  of an offer to buy
common  stock.  The offer is made only by the  Prospectus.  The shares of common
stock  offered  in the  Conversion  are not  accounts  or  deposits  and are not
federally  insured or  guaranteed.  The common  stock has not been  approved  or
disapproved  by the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission,  the Federal  Deposit
Insurance Corporation,  the Office of Thrift Supervision or any other government
agency.


<PAGE>



LOBBY POSTER




                            Farnsworth Bancorp, Inc.
                   (Holding Company for Peoples Savings Bank)


                              Up to 477,250 Shares
                (subject to possible increase to 548,838 shares)

                                  Common Stock


                                  $10 Per Share
                                 Purchase Price



We are conducting an offering of common stock.


If you have any  questions  about the  Conversion  of Peoples  Savings Bank from
mutual to stock form, please visit the Stock  Information  Center located in the
main office.


This  notice is neither an offer to sell nor a  solicitation  of an offer to buy
common  stock.  The offer is made only by the  Prospectus.  The shares of common
stock  offered  in the  Conversion  are not  accounts  or  deposits  and are not
federally  insured or  guaranteed.  The common  stock has not been  approved  or
disapproved  by the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission,  the Federal  Deposit
Insurance Corporation,  the Office of Thrift Supervision or any other government
agency.



<PAGE>



PRESS RELEASE - APPROVAL OF SALE

                            CONTACT: Gary N. Pelehaty
                      President and Chief Executive Officer

                            TELEPHONE: (609) 298-0723
                               DATE: ______, 1998

                              FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bordentown,  NJ. Peoples Savings Bank ("Peoples  Savings") has received approval
from regulatory authorities to convert from a mutual to a stock savings bank. As
part of the Conversion, Farnsworth Bancorp, Inc., the recently organized holding
company for Peoples  Savings,  is offering up to 477,250  shares of common stock
(or up to 548,838  shares to reflect  changes in market or financial  conditions
following  commencement  of the Offering) at a subscription  price of $10.00 per
share.  Common  Stock  will  be  offered  through  a  Subscription  Offering  to
qualifying  depositors  and other  members  of  Peoples  Savings  along with the
employee stock ownership plan of Peoples  Savings and, if any shares remain,  to
members of the general public through a Community Offering.

The Subscription  Offering,  which is being managed by Ryan, Beck & Co., Inc. is
expected to conclude at 12:00 noon, Eastern Time, on _______, 1998.

Information  including  details of the offering and Peoples Savings'  operations
are  described in the  Prospectus,  which is  available  upon request by calling
Peoples Savings' Stock  Information  Center at (609) ___-____,  from 9:00 a.m. -
4:00 p.m., Monday through Friday.


This release is neither an offer to sell nor a  solicitation  of an offer to buy
common  stock.  The offer is made only by the  Prospectus.  The shares of common
stock  offered  in the  Conversion  are not  accounts  or  deposits  and are not
federally  insured or  guaranteed.  The common  stock has not been  approved  or
disapproved  by the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission,  the Federal  Deposit
Insurance Corporation,  the Office of Thrift Supervision or any other government
agency.



<PAGE>



PRESS RELEASE - OFFERING COMPLETED

                            CONTACT: Gary N. Pelehaty
                      President and Chief Executive Officer

                            TELEPHONE: (609) 298-0723
                               DATE: _______, 1998

                              FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bordentown,  NJ. Gary N.  Pelehaty,  President  and Chief  Executive  Officer of
Peoples  Savings Bank.  ("Peoples  Savings"),  announced today the completion of
Peoples  Savings'  conversion  from a  mutual  institution  to a  capital  stock
institution and the sale of all of its  outstanding  capital stock to Farnsworth
Bancorp, Inc., its holding company.

A total of _____ shares of common stock of Farnsworth Bancorp, Inc. were sold at
$10.00 per share in a Subscription  Offering to customers of Peoples Savings and
the employee stock ownership plan of Peoples  Savings.  The stock will be traded
on the OTC Electronic Bulletin Board under the symbol "____".

Mr. Pelehaty  expressed his appreciation to the more than ___ persons who became
stockholders of Farnsworth Bancorp, Inc. Mr. Pelehaty was pleased by the support
and  confidence  shown by the  Savings  Bank's  customers.  As a  result  of the
Conversion, the Savings Bank increased its capital base and is better positioned
to serve the needs of its customers and community.

Ryan, Beck & Co. Inc.,  served as investment banker and managed the Subscription
Offering.  Malizia, Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C. served as counsel for Farnsworth
Bancorp, Inc. and Peoples Savings Bank.


<PAGE>




                           PEOPLES SAVINGS BANK [LOGO]



                               QUESTIONS & ANSWERS
                     ABOUT THE CONVERSION AND STOCK OFFERING


Peoples Savings Bank ("Peoples  Savings" or the "Savings Bank") is converting to
the stock form of ownership  pursuant to a Plan of Conversion (the "Plan").  You
have the  opportunity to become a stockholder in Farnsworth  Bancorp,  Inc., the
Savings Bank's recently organized holding company (the "Holding Company").  This
pamphlet answers frequently asked questions about the stock conversion and about
your opportunity to invest in the Holding Company.

Investment in the common stock involves certain risks. For a discussion of these
risks  and  other  factors,   investors  are  urged  to  read  the  accompanying
Prospectus.

                                     GENERAL
                                     -------

Q.      What is meant by Conversion?

A.      Conversion  is a  change  in  the  legal  form  of  the  Savings  Bank's
        organization.  Peoples Savings is presently a federally chartered mutual
        (no  stockholders)  savings bank. After the Conversion,  Peoples Savings
        will be a  federally-chartered  capital stock savings bank and the stock
        of its  holding  company,  Farnsworth  Bancorp,  Inc.,  will  be held by
        stockholders  who purchase stock in the Conversion or in the open market
        following the Conversion.

Q.      Why is Peoples Savings converting to the stock form of ownership?

A.      Although   the   Peoples   Savings   exceeds  all   regulatory   capital
        requirements,  the Savings Bank's  business  strategy  includes  raising
        additional  capital.  The conversion of Peoples  Savings and the related
        sale of the Holding Company's common stock will:

        o         Allow customers and community members to become  stockholders,
                  sharing in our organization's future;

        o         Provide   additional   funds  for   lending   and   investment
                  activities;

        o         Facilitate future access to the capital markets;

        o         Enhance the operating flexibility of our organization; and

        o         Enhance the ability of Peoples Savings to compete  effectively
                  with other financial institutions.

                                       1
<PAGE>


Q.      What steps are involved in completing the Conversion?

A.      o      A Plan of Conversion was adopted by the Board of Directors of the
               Savings Bank;
        o      The Office of Thrift Supervision approved the Plan of Conversion,
               subject to approval of the Savings Bank's members (depositors and
               certain borrowers);
        o      The Board of  Directors  is  soliciting  proxies from the Savings
               Bank's  members,  requesting  that  they  vote  "FOR" the Plan of
               Conversion;
        o      The Holding Company is conducting  a  Subscription  Offering  for
               certain depositors and borrowers; 
        o      At the  conclusion  of  the  Conversion, the Holding Company will
               own all of the stock of Peoples  Savings, and  stockholders  will
               own Farnsworth Bancorp, Inc.'s common stock; and
        o      When  the  Plan  is  approved  and  the  Offering  is  completed,
               certificates  for the common  stock will be issued to  Farnsworth
               Bancorp's stockholders.

Q.      What effect will the Conversion have on the Savings Bank's operations?

A.      After the  Conversion,  Peoples Savings will continue to offer customers
        its current range of financial  services.  The Savings Bank's  principal
        business of accepting  deposits and making mortgage and other loans will
        continue without interruption.

Q.      Will there be any changes in management or personnel of the Savings Bank
        as a result of the Conversion?

A.      No.  Directors,  officers and  employees  will continue  in  their  same
        positions at  the Savings  Bank.  Our  day-to-day  activities  will  not
        change.

Q.      Will the Conversion have any effect on my deposit accounts or loans with
        Peoples Savings Bank?

A.      No.  The  Conversion  will not  affect  the  balance,  interest  rate or
        withdrawal rights of your savings or certificate accounts.  Insurance of
        deposit  accounts by the FDIC will continue  without change.  The rights
        and  obligations of borrowers  under their loan  agreements  will not be
        affected.

Q.      How will the proceeds raised from the sale of common stock be used?

A.      The net  proceeds  from the sale of common stock will  increase  Peoples
        Savings'  capital base and will be used for general  corporate  purposes
        including  making  future loans and  investments.  The net proceeds will
        initially be placed in short-term investments.

                                       2
<PAGE>


Q.      What  are  the  purchase  priorities for  the  Subscription Offering and
        Community Offering?

A.      Non-transferable  subscription  rights to subscribe for the common stock
        in a  Subscription  Offering have been granted,  in descending  order of
        purchase priority to (i) depositors with aggregate deposits of $50.00 or
        more as of December  31,  1996;  (ii) the Savings  Bank's  tax-qualified
        Employee Stock Ownership Plan; (iii) depositors with aggregate  deposits
        of  $50.00  or more as of June  30,  1998;  and (iv)  depositors  of the
        Savings Bank as of ______,  1998, and borrowers of the Savings Bank with
        loans  outstanding  as  of  December  2,  1996  which  continued  to  be
        outstanding as of _______, 1998.

        Because  Qualifying  Deposits  are  utilized  in  allocating  shares  to
        Eligible  Account Holders and  Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders,
        each such subscriber should be sure to list on the Stock Order Form  all
        the deposit  accounts in which he or she had an  ownership  interest  at
        the  applicable  date,  December 31,  1996,  June 30, 1998  or ________,
        1998.

        Subject to the prior rights of holders of  subscription  rights,  common
        stock may be offered in a Community  Offering to certain  members of the
        general public.

Q.      Are the depositors and borrowers who are eligible  to  buy  common stock
        obligated to do so?

A.      No. They will become stockholders only if they decide to purchase shares
        of common stock

Q.      As a  depositor  or  borrower  eligible  to  buy  common  stock  in  the
        Subscription Offering, may I sell or assign my subscription rights?

A.      No.  Such transfer is prohibited by law.

Q.      How was the offering range and the price per share determined?

A.      The offering range is based on an independent appraisal of the pro forma
        market  value  of  the  common  stock  performed  by an  appraisal  firm
        experienced in valuations of thrift institutions.  The appraisal,  dated
        June 12, 1998,  indicated  that the  aggregate pro forma market value of
        the common  stock ranged  between $3.5 million and $5.5 million  (with a
        mid-point of $4.2 million).  The offering  range is between  352,750 and
        548,838 shares. The Board of Directors determined to offer the shares at
        $10.00 per share.

Q.      Will the common stock I purchase  be  insured  by  the  Federal  Deposit
        Insurance Corporation?

A.      No. Common  stock  cannot  be insured by the Federal  Deposit  Insurance
        Corporation ("FDIC"). Your deposit accounts at Peoples Savings, however,
        will continue to be insured by the FDIC.


                                       3
<PAGE>

Q.      Will dividends be paid?

A.      Farnsworth  Bancorp,  Inc.  does not expect to establish a cash dividend
        policy  during the first year after the  Conversion.  Future  payment of
        dividends is subject to the discretion of the Board of Directors,  which
        will  consider  the  Savings  Bank's  and  Holding  Company's  earnings,
        regulatory requirements, business needs and other relevant factors.

Q.      How will the common stock be traded?

A.     It is  anticipated  that the common  stock of the  Holding  Company  will
       receive  approval for  quotation on the OTC  Electronic  Bulletin  Board.
       However,  there can be no assurance that an active and liquid market will
       develop. Although under no obligation to do so, Ryan Beck & Co., Inc. has
       informed  Peoples  Savings that it intends,  upon the  completion  of the
       Conversion,  to make a market in the common stock by maintaining  bid and
       asked quotations.

                                     VOTING
                                     ------

                             YOUR VOTE IS IMPORTANT!

Details about the stock  conversion of Peoples Savings Bank and the formation of
the Holding Company are provided in the Proxy Statement.

Q.      Am I required to vote or buy stock?

A.      No.  Members are not  required to vote,  and voting does not  obligate a
        member to buy stock. Because your vote is important, however, management
        urges  that you take  advantage  of this  opportunity  to vote "FOR" the
        Plan. Your proxy card is enclosed in the window of your envelope. Please
        vote, sign and return the card(s) in the enclosed proxy return envelope.
        The card(s) must be received by _______, 1998.

Q.      Has Peoples Savings' Board of Directors adopted the Plan of Conversion?

A.      Yes.  The  Plan  of  Conversion  was unanimously adopted by the Board of
        Directors of the Savings Bank.

Q.      What vote is necessary to approve the Plan of Conversion?

A.      The Conversion cannot be consummated without the approval of the Savings
        Bank's members. The Plan of Conversion must be approved by a majority of
        the total votes  eligible  to be cast.  Not voting is the same as voting
        against the Plan. Therefore, your vote is very important!


                                       4
<PAGE>

Q.      Why did I get several proxy cards?

A.      If you have more than one  deposit  account or loan,  you could  receive
        more than one proxy card,  depending on the ownership  structure of your
        accounts.  Please vote, sign and return all cards that you receive. Only
        one signature is needed on proxy cards with more than one name listed.

Q.      How many votes do I have?

A.      Each account  holder is entitled to one vote for each $100,  or fraction
        thereof,  on deposit in such accounts.  Each borrower member is entitled
        to cast one vote in addition  to the number of votes,  if any, he or she
        is  entitled to cast as an  accountholder.  No member may cast more than
        1,000 votes.

                             PURCHASING COMMON STOCK
                             -----------------------

Q.      How many shares are being offered?

A.      The Holding Company is offering  between 352,750 and 477,250  shares  of
        common stock.  Under  certain  circumstances,  the number of shares  may
        be increased to 548,838 shares.

Q.      What is the price per share?

A.      The subscription price is $10.00 per share.

Q.      How do I order common stock during the Offering?

A.      Complete and return the enclosed Stock Order Form, together with payment
        or authorization for account withdrawal, as described above. You may use
        the enclosed order return  envelope.  Orders must be received by Peoples
        Savings by 12:00 noon, Eastern Time on ________, 1998.

Q.      How do I pay for common stock?

A.      Payment  may  be  made  by  check,  bank  draft  or  money  order  or by
        authorization  for withdrawal  (without early  withdrawal  penalty) from
        passbook,   statement   savings  or  certificate  of  deposit   accounts
        maintained at Peoples  Savings.  Funds  authorized for  withdrawal  will
        remain  in the  account  and  will  continue  to  earn  interest  at the
        contractual  rate, but will be  unavailable to the depositor  during the
        Offering.  Subscriptions  made by check,  bank draft or money order will
        earn interest at Peoples  Savings'  passbook  savings account rate until
        the Conversion is completed.


                                       5
<PAGE>

Q.      How much common stock may I order?

A.      The purchase  limits in the  Conversion  are  described in detail in the
        section of the Prospectus entitled "The Conversion - Subscription Rights
        and the  Subscription  Offering  and  Community  Offering".  The maximum
        number  of shares  which  any  person  or  persons,  or for any  person,
        associate  or group of persons  acting in  concert,  is 6,000  shares or
        $60,000 in the Conversion. The minimum purchase is 25 shares or $250.

Q.      As a depositor  or mortgage  borrower,  will I pay a lower price for the
        common stock than someone who is not a customer of the Savings Bank?

A.      No. The price per share is the same for all subscribers in the Offering.

Q.      Do I pay a commission?

A.      No.  No commission or fee will be charged for  the  purchase  of  shares
        during the Offering.

Q.      Are executive officers and  directors of  the  Savings  Bank planning to
        purchase common stock?

A.      Yes.  Peoples   Savings'  executive  officers  and  directors  presently
        expect  to  purchase an aggregate of  approximately  $38,800  of  common
        stock.

Q.      What happens to my order if  orders  are  received for more common stock
        than is available?

A.     This is referred to as an  oversubscription  and shares will be allocated
       on a priority basis as described in the Prospectus. The priority order is
       also described  above.  Any funds submitted by you to purchase stock will
       be refunded  you with  interest  should your order not be filled,  or not
       filled in full.

Q.      I have an IRA  account  at  Peoples  Savings.  Can I use  this  money to
        purchase the common stock without incurring any tax consequences?

A.      You will need to transfer your IRA relationship to a broker-dealer,  who
        will establish a self-directed IRA account for you. Peoples Savings will
        not  charge a penalty  for early  withdrawal,  and there  will be no IRS
        penalty  incurred  as a result of  purchasing  the common  stock by this
        means. Please call the Stock Information Center at least two weeks prior
        to  the  close  of  the  Offering  for a  complete  description  of  and
        assistance with IRA procedures.

                                       6
<PAGE>



Q.      May shares be registered in someone else's name?

A.      No.  Common stock  initially  must be  registered  in the name(s) of the
        purchaser(s)  as  described  on  the  Stock  Order  Form.  You may later
        re-register the stock in other names.

Q.      In the future, how may I purchase additional shares or sell shares?

A.      You may  purchase or sell shares  through your  stockbroker  or discount
        brokerage firm. The firm will charge a commission for trades.

Q.      When will I receive my common stock certificate(s)?

A.      Common stock  certificates will be mailed by our transfer agent promptly
        after the  Conversion is completed.  Please be aware that you may not be
        able to sell shares  purchased  in the  Offering  until you receive your
        stock certificate.

This brochure is neither an offer to sell nor a solicitation  of an offer to buy
common  stock.  The offer is made only by the  Prospectus.  The shares of common
stock  offered  in the  Conversion  are not  accounts  or  deposits  and are not
federally  insured or  guaranteed.  The common  stock has not been  approved  or
disapproved  by the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission,  the Federal  Deposit
Insurance Corporation,  the Office of Thrift Supervision or any other government
agency.

                                   QUESTIONS?
                            Stock Information Center
                              Peoples Savings Bank
                              789 Farnsworth Avenue
                              Bordentown, NJ 08505
                                (609) ___ - ____


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission